BSM BANCORP
S-4, 1998-03-18
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: BSM BANCORP, 8-A12G, 1998-03-18
Next: AMERIPATH INC, S-8, 1998-03-18



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 18, 1998
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-4
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                                  BSM BANCORP
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
          CALIFORNIA                         6712                  77-0442667
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                      Number)
</TABLE>
 
                              2739 SANTA MARIA WAY
                            SANTA MARIA, CALIFORNIA
                                 (805) 937-8551
 
               (Address, including zip code and telephone number,
             including area code, of registrant's principal office)
 
                                WILLIAM A. HARES
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              2739 SANTA MARIA WAY
                         SANTA MARIA, CALIFORNIA, 93401
                                 (805) 937-8551
 
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
         JOHN F. STUART, ESQ.                     LOREN P. HANSEN, ESQ.
           Reitner & Stuart                          Knecht & Hansen
   1730 K Street, N.W., Suite 1100             1301 Dove Street, Suite 900
        Washington, D.C. 20006                   Newport Beach, CA 92660
            (202) 466-2818                            (714) 851-8070
 
                            ------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                            ------------------------
 
    If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. / /
                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
       TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF              AMOUNT TO         OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE           AMOUNT OF
     SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED         BE REGISTERED         PER UNIT*        OFFERING PRICE*     REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, no par value...........   7,170,947 shares         $27.25           $195,408,300          $57,646
</TABLE>
 
*   Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee and
    calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) (1) and based on the average of the bid
    and asked price for Mid-State Bank's common stock on March 13, 1998.
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             BSM BANCORP PROSPECTUS
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FORM S-4 ITEM
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                    <C>
       1.  Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside Front
             Cover page of Prospectus...........................  OUTSIDE FRONT COVER PAGE; FACING PAGE
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
             Prospectus.........................................  AVAILABLE INFORMATION; TABLE OF CONTENTS
       3.  Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and
             Other Information..................................  RISK FACTORS
       4.  Terms of the Transactions............................  SUMMARY; THE MERGER; DESCRIPTION OF MID-STATE AND
                                                                    BANCORP STOCK
       5.  Pro Forma Financial Information......................  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
       6.  Material Contracts with the Company Being Acquired...  THE MERGER
       7.  Additional Information Required for Reoffering by
             Persons and Parties Deemed to be Underwriters......  *
       8.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............  LEGAL MATTERS; EXPERTS
       9.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
             for Securities Act Liabilities.....................  *
      10.  Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants..........  *
      11.  Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference....  *
      12.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3 Registrants...  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE;
                                                                    SUMMARY; APPENDIX F
      13.  Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference....  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
      14.  Information with Respect to Registrants Other Than
             S-3 or S-2 Registrants.............................  *
      15.  Information with Respect to S-3 Companies............  *
      16.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3 Companies.....  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE;
                                                                    SUMMARY; APPENDIX E
      17.  Information with Respect to Companies Other Than S-2
             or S-3 Companies...................................  *
      18.  Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations
             are to be Solicited................................  SUMMARY; THE MID-STATE MEETING; THE BANCORP MEETING;
                                                                    INFORMATION CONCERNING MID-STATE MEETING ONLY;
                                                                    INFORMATION CONCERNING BANCORP MEETING ONLY
      19.  Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations
             are not to be Solicited, or in an Exchange Offer...  *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Not applicable
<PAGE>
                          [Mid-State Bank Letterhead]
 
Dear Shareholder:
 
    You are cordially invited to attend the 1998 Annual Meeting of the
Shareholders of Mid-State Bank, a California corporation to be held on
         , 1998, at 7:30 PM at the Administrative Headquarters Building, 991
Bennett Street, Arroyo Grande, California.
 
    At this meeting you will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to
approve the principal terms of the amended Agreement to Merge and Plan of
Reorganization dated January 29, 1998 and amended on March 18, 1998 ("the
Agreement") by and among Mid-State Bank, BSM Bancorp, and Bank of Santa Maria
pursuant to which (i) Bank of Santa Maria will merge with and into Mid-State
Bank, with Mid-State Bank continuing as the surviving bank, (ii) BSM Bancorp
will become the bank holding company for Mid-State Bank and change its name to
Mid-State Bancshares and (iii) the shareholders of Mid-State Bank will become
shareholders of the new Mid-State Bancshares in accordance with the exchange
ratio set forth in the Agreement.
 
    Based on the number of shares of BSM Bancorp common stock outstanding as of
the record date for the BSM Bancorp annual meeting, the shares of Mid-State
Bancshares to be issued to Mid-State Bank shareholders pursuant to the agreement
will represent approximately 70% of the shares of Mid-State Bancshares Common
Stock outstanding following the Merger. The enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/
Prospectus more fully describes the proposed merger and related transactions,
including information about the involved entities.
 
    At the annual meeting, the shareholders of Mid-State Bank will be asked to
consider and vote upon the election as directors of the seven (7) individuals
nominated by the Board of Directors as more fully set out herein.
 
    More detailed information about the nominees, specified proposals, and other
matters regarding the Annual Meeting is included in the attached Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
    The Board of Directors of Mid-State Bank has carefully considered the terms
and conditions of the Agreement and the proposed merger with Bank of Santa
Maria. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MID-STATE BANK HAS CONCLUDED THAT THE MERGER IS
IN THE BEST INTEREST OF MID-STATE AND HOLDERS OF MID-STATE BANK COMMON STOCK,
AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT MID-STATE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" THE APPROVAL
OF THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE MERGER. Hoefer & Arnett, Mid-State's financial
advisor, has delivered to the Board of Directors its opinion that the terms of
the exchange ratio are fair, from a financial point of view, to Mid-State's
shareholders. A copy of this opinion is attached as Exhibit B to the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
    It is important that your shares be represented and voted at the Annual
Meeting, regardless of the number of shares you own and whether or not you plan
to attend the Annual Meeting. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority
of Mid-State's common stock entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting is required
for approval of the principal terms of the Merger. Your failure to vote for
approval of the principal terms of the Merger has the same effect as a vote
against the Merger. Therefore, we urge you to sign, date and mail the enclosed
proxy. If you decide to attend the Annual Meeting and wish to vote in person,
you may withdraw your proxy at that time.
 
    We hope that the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus will answer any questions
you may have concerning the Merger and the other items. If you have any further
questions please telephone shareholder relations at Mid-State at (805) 473-6829.
 
YOU SHOULD NOT SEND IN YOUR CERTIFICATES FOR MID-STATE BANK STOCK AT THIS TIME.
YOU WILL RECEIVE INSTRUCTIONS AT A LATER DATE REGARDING THE
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE OF YOUR STOCK CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES OF MID-STATE BANCSHARES
STOCK.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
                                                Sincerely,
                                                Gracia B. Bello
                                                Clifford H. Clark
                                                Daryl L. Flood
                                                Raymond E. Jones
                                                Albert L. Maguire
                                                Gregory B. Morris
                                                Carrol R. Pruett
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
                          [Bancorp shareholder letter]
 
         , 1998
 
To Our Shareholders:
 
    You are cordially invited to attend the 1998 Annual Meeting (the "Bancorp
Annual Meeting") of Shareholders of BSM Bancorp, a California corporation
("Bancorp"), to be held on          , 1998 at   :  p.m. at which you will be
asked to consider and vote on a proposal to approve the principal terms of the
amended Agreement to Merge and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 29,
1998 and amended on March 18, 1998 (the "Agreement") by and among the Bancorp,
Bank of Santa Maria (the "Bank") and Mid-State Bank ("Mid-State") pursuant to
which (i) the Bank will merge with and into Mid-State and Mid-State will
continue as the surviving bank, (ii) the Bancorp will become the bank holding
company for Mid-State and change its name to "Mid-State Bancshares" and (iii)
the shareholders of Mid-State will become shareholders of the Bancorp in
accordance with the exchange ratio set forth in the Agreement (the "Merger").
 
    Based on the number of shares of Bancorp Common Stock outstanding as of the
record date for the Bancorp Annual Meeting, the shares of Bancorp Common Stock
to be issued to Mid-State shareholders pursuant to the Agreement will represent
approximately 70% of the shares of Bancorp Common Stock outstanding following
the Merger. The enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus more fully describes
the proposed merger and related transactions, including information about the
Bancorp, the Bank and Mid-State.
 
    Banking has changed dramatically over the past 20 years since we first
started the Bank. In order to take full advantage of the changes in the banking
environment the Bank and the Bancorp must continue to evolve and grow. We
believe that the Merger with Mid-State will give us a broader range of options
with respect to access to additional capital, possibilities for expansion of the
branch system and expanded abilities in the financial services area, as well as
other business activities.
 
    At the Bancorp Annual Meeting, the shareholders of the Bancorp will also be
asked to consider and vote upon the election as directors the eleven (11)
individuals nominated by the Board of Directors as more fully set out herein. In
addition, the shareholders of the Bancorp will also be asked to consider and
vote upon proposed amendments to the Bancorp's 1996 Stock Option Plan in order
to accommodate certain terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.
 
    More detailed information about the nominees, specified proposals and other
matters regarding the Bancorp Annual Meeting is included in the attached Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
    The Board of Directors of the Bancorp has carefully considered the terms and
conditions of the Agreement and the proposed Merger with Mid-State. THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS OF THE BANCORP HAS CONCLUDED THAT THE MERGER IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS
OF THE BANCORP AND HOLDERS OF BANCORP COMMON STOCK (THE "BANCORP SHAREHOLDERS"),
AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE BANCORP SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" THE APPROVAL
OF THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE MERGER. Carpenter & Company, the Bancorp's
financial advisor, has delivered to the Board of Directors of the Bancorp its
opinion, dated the date hereof, that the terms of the conversion of Mid-State
stock into Bancorp stock is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Bancorp
Shareholders. A copy of this opinion is attached as Exhibit D to the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
    It is important that your shares be represented and voted at the Bancorp
Annual Meeting regardless of the number of shares you own and whether or not you
plan to attend the Bancorp Annual Meeting. The affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the Bancorp Common Stock entitled to vote at the Bancorp Annual
Meeting is required for approval of the principal terms of the Merger. Your
failure to vote for approval of the principal terms of the Merger has the same
effect as a vote against the Merger. Therefore,
<PAGE>
we urge you to sign, date and mail the enclosed proxy. If you decide to attend
the Bancorp Annual Meeting and wish to vote in person, you may withdraw your
proxy at that time.
 
    We hope that the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus will answer any questions
you may have concerning the Merger and the other items. If you have any
questions concerning the Joint Proxy statement/ prospectus or the accompanying
proxy or if you need any help voting your shares, please telephone Mr. William
A. Hares or Mr. F. Dean Fletcher of the Bancorp at (805) 937-8551.
 
    YOU SHOULD NOT SEND IN YOUR CERTIFICATES FOR BANCORP COMMON STOCK AT THIS
TIME. YOU WILL RECEIVE INSTRUCTIONS AT A LATER DATE REGARDING THE EXCHANGE OF
YOUR STOCK CERTIFICATES.
 
    Your interest and participation are appreciated.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
Sincerely,
 
William A. Hares                                A. J. Diani
President and Chief Executive Officer           Chairman of the Board
 
Directors:
 
- ----------------------------                    ----------------------------
Armand R. Acosta                                Toshiharu Nishino
 
- ----------------------------                    ----------------------------
Richard E. Adam                                 Joseph Sesto, Jr.
 
- ----------------------------                    ----------------------------
Fred L. Crandall, Jr.                           William L. Snelling
 
- ----------------------------                    ----------------------------
Roger A. Ikola                                  Mitsuo Taniguchi
 
- ----------------------------
Joseph F. Ziemba
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                                       OF
                                 MID-STATE BANK
 
                          TO BE HELD
 
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF MID-STATE BANK:
 
    NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that, pursuant to its Bylaws and the call of its
Board of Directors, the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Mid-State Bank
("Mid-State") will be held on         ,         , 1998, at California Time in
the         ,         , California, (the "Mid-State Meeting") for the following
purposes, as set forth in the attached Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus:
 
    1.  To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the principal terms of
the amended Agreement to Merge and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January
29, 1998 and amended on March 18, 1998, (the "Agreement") by and among
Mid-State, Bank of Santa Maria (the "Bank") and its parent holding company, BSM
Bancorp ("Bancorp") and the transactions contemplated thereby pursuant to which
(i) the Bank will merge with and into Mid-State and Mid-State will continue as
the surviving bank, (ii) Bancorp will become the bank holding company for
Mid-State and change its name to "Mid-State Bancshares" and (iii) the
shareholders of Mid-State will become shareholders of Bancorp in accordance with
the exchange ratio set forth in the Agreement (the "Merger"). A copy of the
Agreement is included in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendix A.
 
    2.  To consider and vote upon a proposal to elect seven persons to the Board
of Directors of Mid-State to serve until the 1999 Annual Meeting and until their
successors are elected and have qualified. The following persons have been
nominated by Mid-State for election:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                    <C>
Gracia B. Bello                        Clifford H. Clark
Daryl L. Flood                         Raymond E. Jones
Albert L. Maguire                      Gregory R. Morris
Carroll R. Pruett
</TABLE>
 
    3.  To transact any other business which may properly come before the
Mid-State Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.
 
    Only those shareholders of record at the close of business on       , 1998
are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Mid-State Meeting or any
adjournments or postponements thereof (the "Mid-State Record Date"). The
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Mid-State's no par
value common stock ("Mid-State Stock") is required to approve the principal
terms of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.
 
    Section 2.3 of the Mid-State bylaws provide for the nomination of directors
as follows:
 
    "Nominations for election of members of the Board of Directors may be made
by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of
voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors.
Notice of intention to make any nominations, other than by the Board of
Directors, shall be made in writing and shall be received by the president of
the Corporation no more than sixty (60) days prior to any meeting of
shareholders called for the election of directors, and no more than ten (10)
days after the date the notice of such meeting is sent to shareholders pursuant
to Section 2.2 (d) of these bylaws; provided, however, that if only ten (10)
days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such notice of intention to
nominate shall be received by the President of the Corporation not later than
the time fixed in the notice of the meeting for the opening of the meeting. Such
notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the
notifying shareholder: (a) the name and address of each proposed nominee; (b)
the principal occupation of each proposed nominee; (c) the number of shares
<PAGE>
of voting stock of the Corporation owned by each proposed nominee; (d) the name
and residence address of the notifying shareholder; and (e) the number of shares
of voting stock of the Corporation owned by the notifying shareholder.
Nominations not made in accordance herewith may be disregarded by the chairman
of the meeting, and the inspectors of election shall then disregard all votes
cast for each such nominee.
 
    The first paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be set forth in any notice of
a shareholders' meeting, whether pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 of these
Bylaws, at which meeting the election of directors is to be considered."
 
    THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MID-STATE HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE AGREEMENT
AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE AGREEMENT AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE TO APPROVE THE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED THEREBY AT THE MID-STATE MEETING.
 
                                    By order of the Board of Directors
                                    Raymond E. Jones
                                    SECRETARY
 
            , 1998
 
IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT EVERY SHAREHOLDER VOTE. WE URGE YOU TO SIGN AND RETURN
THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE, WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO
ATTEND THE MID-STATE MEETING IN PERSON. IF YOU DO ATTEND THE MID-STATE MEETING,
YOU MAY WITHDRAW YOUR PROXY AND VOTE IN PERSON AT THAT TIME. YOU MAY REVOKE YOUR
PROXY AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO ITS EXERCISE.
 
PLEASE INDICATE ON THE PROXY CARD WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO ATTEND THE
MEETING SO WE CAN PROVIDE ADEQUATE ACCOMMODATIONS.
<PAGE>
                            NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING
                                OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
                   TO BE HELD                         , 1998
 
    NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that, pursuant to its Bylaws and the call of its
Board of Directors, the 1998 Annual Meeting (the "Bancorp Meeting") of
Shareholders of BSM Bancorp, a California corporation (the "Bancorp"), has been
called by the Board of Directors of the Bancorp and will be held at the head
office of Bank of Santa Maria (the "Bank"), 2739 Santa Maria Way, Santa Maria,
California at   :    p.m., local time, on         ,         , 1998 for the
following purposes all as set forth in the attached Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
    (1) APPROVAL OF MERGER AGREEMENT. To consider and vote upon the principal
terms of the amended Agreement to Merge and Plan of Reorganization dated as of
January 29, 1998 and amended on March 18, 1998, (the "Agreement") by and among
the Bancorp, the Bank and Mid-State Bank ("Mid-State") and the transactions
contemplated thereby pursuant to which (i) the Bank will merge with and into
Mid-State and Mid-State will continue as the surviving bank, (ii) the Bancorp
will become the bank holding company for Mid-State and change its name to
"Mid-State Bancshares" and (iii) the shareholders of Mid-State will become
shareholders of the Bancorp in accordance with the exchange ratio set forth in
the Agreement (the "Merger"). A copy of the agreement is included in the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus as Appendix A.
 
    (2) ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. To elect eleven persons to the Board of Directors
to serve until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until their
successors are elected and have qualified. The Board of Directors' nominees are
the following persons:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                    <C>
Armand R. Acosta*                      Toshiharu Nishino*
Richard E. Adam*                       Joseph Sesto, Jr.*
Fred L. Crandall, Jr.*                 William L. Snelling
A. J. Diani                            Mitsuo Taniguchi*
William A. Hares                       Joseph F. Ziemba*
Roger A. Ikola*
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   In order to assist the Bancorp in complying with the Agreement which
    provides, among other things, that the Board of Directors of Mid-State
    immediately following the Merger shall consist of three members from the
    Board of Directors of the Bancorp and seven (7) members from the Board of
    Directors of Mid-State, Directors Armand R. Acosta, Richard E. Adam, Fred L.
    Crandall, Jr, Roger A. Ikola, Toshiharu Nishino, Joseph Sesto, Jr., Mitsuo
    Taniguchi and Joseph F. Ziemba have agreed to resign as directors of the
    Bancorp and the Bank, effective upon the consummation of the Merger. In the
    event that the Merger is not consummated, the aforementioned persons will
    continue to serve as directors of the Bancorp and the Bank for the period
    elected herein.
 
    (3) PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN. As required by the
Agreement, to approve proposed amendments to the Bancorp's 1996 Stock Option
Plan that would allow for the granting of substitute stock options to officers
and employees of the Bancorp and the Bank, and to certain directors of the
Bancorp and the Bank that still continue as directors of the Bancorp and
Mid-State, having the same terms and conditions as existing Bancorp options,
except that such substitute options would be completely vested, and such stock
options would not terminate as a result of the Merger, subject to all necessary
approvals of the California Department of Corporations and any other necessary
regulatory agency, as described in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
    (4) OTHER BUSINESS. To consider and act upon such other business as may
properly come before the Bancorp Meeting or any adjournment or postponement
thereof.
<PAGE>
    The Bylaws of the Bancorp provide for the nomination of directors in the
following manner:
 
    "Nominations for election of members of the board of directors may be made
by the board of directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of
capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors.
Notice of intention to make any nominations (other than for persons named in the
notice of the meeting at which such nomination is to be made) shall be made in
writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the corporation by
the later of the close of business 21 days prior to any meeting of shareholders
called for the election of directors or 10 days after the date of mailing of
notice of the meeting to shareholders. Such notification shall contain the
following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder: (a) the
name and address of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation of each
proposed nominee; (c) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation
owned by each proposed nominee; (d) the name and residence address of the
notifying shareholder; (e) the number of shares of capital stock of the
corporation owned by the notifying shareholder; (f) with the written consent of
the proposed nominee, a copy of which shall be furnished with the notification,
whether the proposed nominee has ever been convicted of or pleaded nolo
contendere to any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust,
filed a petition in bankruptcy, or been adjudged bankrupt. The notice shall be
signed by the nominating shareholder and by the nominee. Nominations not made in
accordance herewith shall be disregarded by the chairman of the meeting, and
upon his instructions, the inspectors of election shall disregard all votes cast
for each such nominee. The restrictions set forth in this paragraph shall not
apply to nomination of a person to replace a proposed nominee who has died or
otherwise become incapacitated to serve as a director between the last day for
giving notice hereunder and the date of election of directors if the procedure
called for in this paragraph was followed with respect to the nomination of the
proposed nominee."
 
    The terms of the Agreement and the Bancorp Stock to be issued in connection
therewith are described in detail in the accompanying Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. To ensure that your vote will be counted, please complete,
date and sign the enclosed proxy card and return it promptly in the enclosed
postage-paid envelope, whether or not you plan to attend the Bancorp Meeting.
You may revoke your proxy in the manner described in the accompanying Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus at any time before it is voted at the Bancorp
Meeting.
 
    Only holders of Bancorp Stock of record at the close of business on
            , 1998 (the "Bancorp Record Date"), will be entitled to notice of,
and to vote at, the Bancorp Annual Meeting or at any postponements or
adjournments thereof. The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of
Bancorp common stock ("Bancorp Stock") outstanding as of the Bancorp Record Date
is required to approve the Agreement and the transaction contemplated thereby.
<PAGE>
    Shareholders of the Bancorp may be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights
and to receive cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of their shares
of Bancorp Common Stock as of January 28, 1998 by complying with certain
procedures specified by California law. See "The Merger--Dissenters' Rights" in
the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
                                    By Order of the Board of Directors,
                                    [SIGNATURE]
                                    William L. Snelling
                                    SECRETARY
 
Santa Maria, California
              , 1998
 
    YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT. PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY
PROMPTLY, WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE BANCORP MEETING. YOUR PROXY WILL
BE REVOCABLE, EITHER IN WRITING OR BY VOTING IN PERSON AT THE BANCORP MEETING,
AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO ITS EXERCISE, BY FOLLOWING THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE
ACCOMPANYING JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. YOU SHOULD NOT FORWARD STOCK
CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME.
<PAGE>
                                 MID-STATE BANK
 
                                      AND
 
                                  BSM BANCORP
 
                             JOINT PROXY STATEMENT
 
                        ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
                                  BSM BANCORP
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus ("Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus")
is being furnished to shareholders of Mid-State and Bancorp, in connection with
the solicitation of proxies by the respective Boards of Directors of such
corporations for use at the Mid-State Meeting (including any adjournments
thereof) and the Bancorp Meeting (including any adjournments thereof) to be held
on               , 1998 and               , 1998, respectively.
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus relates to the proposed Merger of the
Bank with and into Mid-State and the other transactions contemplated by the
Agreement. At each Meeting, shareholders will consider and vote on a proposal to
approve the principal terms of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated
thereby. In addition, at both Meetings the respective corporations will each
elect directors for the upcoming year, subject to adjustment of the compositions
of such Boards of Directors pursuant to the Agreement when the Merger is
effected. Further, at the Bancorp Meeting, the Bancorp shareholders will also be
asked to approve proposed amendments to the Bancorp's 1996 Stock Option Plan to
accommodate the terms of the Agreement.
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus also constitutes a prospectus of
Bancorp with respect to the shares of Bancorp Stock issuable to holders of
Mid-State Stock pursuant to the Merger.
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is dated               , 1998 and is
first being mailed to shareholders of Mid-State and Bancorp on or about
              , 1998.
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION ("SEC"), THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF FINANCIAL
         INSTITUTIONS ("COMMISSIONER"), THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
       CORPORATION ("FDIC") OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSIONER NOR
            HAS THE SEC, THE COMMISSIONER, THE FDIC OR ANY STATE
                  COMMISSIONER PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                   ADEQUACY OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/
                     PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                        CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PAGE
                                    ----
<S>                                 <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.............     3
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS
  BY REFERENCE....................     4
SUMMARY...........................     5
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
  DATA............................    13
  Mid-State.......................    13
  Bancorp.........................    14
SELECTED PRO FORMA COMBINED
  FINANCIAL INFORMATION...........    15
RISK FACTORS......................    16
THE MID-STATE MEETING.............    18
THE BANCORP MEETING...............    20
THE MERGER........................    22
  Background and Reasons for the
    Merger and Management's
    Recommendation-- Mid-State....    22
  Background and Reasons for the
    Merger and Management's
    Recommendation-- Bancorp......    24
  Mid-State Fairness Opinion......    27
  Bancorp Fairness Opinion........    32
  Exchange Ratio..................    36
  Fractional Shares...............    38
  Effective Time of Merger........    38
  Management and Operations of
    Bancorp and Mid-State After
    the Merger....................    39
  Amendment to Bylaws of
    Mid-State.....................
  Regulatory Approvals............    39
  Interests of Certain Persons in
    the Merger....................    40
  Additional Agreements...........    41
  Certain Federal Income Tax
    Consequences..................    41
  Exchange Procedures.............    42
  Sales of Bancorp Stock..........    42
  Nasdaq Listing..................    42
  Accounting Treatment............    43
  Conditions to the Merger........    43
  Nonsolicitation.................    44
  Expenses........................    45
  Treatment of Stock Options......    45
  Termination.....................    45
  Covenants, Conduct of Business
    Prior to Effective Time.......    46
  Amendment and Waiver............    47
  Dissenting Shareholders'
    Rights........................    47
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............    50
DESCRIPTION OF MID-STATE AND
  BANCORP STOCK...................    56
INFORMATION CONCERNING MID-STATE
  MEETING ONLY....................    63
 
<CAPTION>
                                    PAGE
                                    ----
<S>                                 <C>
  Election of Directors...........    63
  The Board of Directors and
    Committees....................    64
  Report of the Compensation
    Committee.....................    65
  Compensation Committee
    Interlocks and Insider
    Participation.................    65
  Executive Compensation..........    65
  Stock Options...................    67
  Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan......    67
  Deferred Compensation Plan......    68
  Change in Control Agreements....    68
  Other Compensation..............    69
  Compensation of Directors.......    69
  Performance Graph...............    69
  Certain Transactions............    70
  Compliance with Section 16(a) of
    the Securities and Exchange
    Act of 1934...................    70
  Relationship with Independent
    Public Accountants............    70
  Proposals of Shareholders.......    70
INFORMATION CONCERNING BANCORP
  MEETING ONLY....................    70
  Election of Directors...........    70
  The Board of Directors and
    Committees....................    71
  Executive Officers..............    72
  Security Ownership of Certain
    Beneficial Owners and
    Management....................    73
  Director and Executive Officer
    Compensation..................    74
  Stock Option Grants in 1997.....    76
  Aggregated Option Exercises in
    Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal
    Year-end Option Values........    76
  Compensation for Non-Employee
    Directors.....................    76
  Contracts with Executive
    Officers......................    76
  Compensation Committee
    Interlocks and Insider
    Participation.................    77
  Compensation Committee Report...    77
  Performance Graph...............    78
  Certain Relationships and
    Related Transactions..........    78
  Relationships with Independent
    Public Accountants............    78
  Proposals of Shareholders.......    79
  1996 Stock Option Plan and
    Proposed Amendments...........
LEGAL MATTERS.....................    82
EXPERTS...........................    82
OTHER MATTERS.....................    82
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
APPENDICES
 
    A. Agreement to Merge and Plan of Reorganization and First Amendment thereto
 
    B.  Hoefer & Arnett Fairness Opinion
 
    C.  Carpenter & Co. Fairness Opinion
 
    D. Chapter 13 of the California General Corporation Law
 
    E.  Mid-State Bank Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997
 
    F.  BSM Bancorp Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997
 
    NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION
NOT CONTAINED IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. ANY INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED HEREIN MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY MID-STATE OR BANCORP. THE DELIVERY OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/
PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE
HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF MID-STATE OR BANCORP SINCE THE DATE HEREOF
OR THAT THE INFORMATION IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/ PROSPECTUS IS CORRECT AT
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    Bancorp has been subject to the informational requirements of Section 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in
accordance therewith, has filed reports and other information with the SEC. On
March 18, 1998, Bancorp filed a Form 8-A registering the shares of Bancorp Stock
pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result of such registration,
Bancorp will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
All of such reports, proxy statements and other information can be inspected and
copied at the public facilities maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Room 1024, Washington D.C. 20549; 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511; and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York
10048. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section
of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington D.C. 20549, as prescribed rates.
The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that also contains such
reports and other information concerning Bancorp which files information
electronically with the SEC.
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus constitutes a part of a registration
statement on Form S-4 (together with all amendments and exhibits, the
"Registration Statement") filed by Bancorp with the SEC under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") with respect to the shares of Bancorp
Stock to be issued in the Merger. This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus does not
contain all of the information included in the Registration Statement, certain
parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
SEC. Statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document do
not purport to be complete and, in each instance, are qualified in all respects
by reference to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is
subject to and qualified in its entirety by such reference. Reference is made to
such Registration Statement and to the exhibits relating thereto for further
information with respect to Bancorp and the securities offered hereby. Copies of
all or any part of the Registration Statement, including exhibits thereto, may
be obtained, upon payment of the prescribed fees, or inspected at the offices of
the SEC as set forth above.
 
    Mid-State is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act
and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other
information with the FDIC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information
can be inspected and copied at the public facilities maintained by the FDIC at
550 17th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20429. Copies of such material can be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the FDIC at 550 17th Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20429, at prescribed
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
rates. If the Merger becomes effective, all the shares of Mid-State Stock will
be owned by Bancorp and, as a result, the Mid-State Stock will be de-registered
under the Exchange Act.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The following documents filed with the FDIC by Mid-State are hereby
incorporated by reference in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and made a
part hereof: (1) Current Reports on Form 8-K, filed February 2 and 13, 1998; and
(2) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
 
    The following documents filed with the SEC by Bancorp are hereby
incorporated by reference in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and made a
part hereof: (1) Current Reports on Form 8-K, filed March 25, 1997, January 16,
1998 and February 4, 1998; (2) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997; and (3) Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on
March 18, 1998.
 
    THE FORM 10-K REPORTS OF MID-STATE AND BANCORP FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1997 ARE ATTACHED TO THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AS APPENDICES E
AND F, RESPECTIVELY.
 
    All documents filed by Mid-State or Bancorp pursuant to Section 13(a),
13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus and prior to the Meetings shall be deemed incorporated by
reference in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and a part hereof from the
date of filing of such documents. Any statement contained in a document
incorporated or deemed incorporated herein by reference will be deemed to be
modified or superseded for purpose of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus to
the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed
document which also is, or is deemed to be, incorporated herein by reference,
modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
    THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY
REFERENCE WHICH ARE NOT PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. COPIES OF SUCH
DOCUMENTS (WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED HEREIN) RELATING TO MID-STATE, OTHER THAN
CERTAIN EXHIBITS TO SUCH DOCUMENTS, ARE AVAILABLE, WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN
OR ORAL REQUEST, FROM MR. JAMES STATHOS, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, MID-STATE
BANK, 1026 GRAND AVE., ARROYO GRANDE, CALIFORNIA 93421, (805) 473-7700. COPIES
OF SUCH DOCUMENTS (WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED HEREIN) RELATING TO BANCORP, OTHER
THAN CERTAIN EXHIBITS TO SUCH DOCUMENTS, ARE AVAILABLE, WITHOUT CHARGE UPON
WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST, FROM MR. F. DEAN FLETCHER, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,
BSM BANCORP, 2739 SANTA MARIA WAY, SANTA MARIA, CALIFORNIA 93455, (805)
937-8551. IN ORDER TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST
SHOULD BE MADE BY             .
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE COMPLETE AND IS QUALIFIED IN ALL
RESPECTS BY THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS JOINT PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND THE APPENDICES HERETO. ALL INFORMATION CONCERNING
MID-STATE INCLUDED HEREIN HAS BEEN FURNISHED BY MID-STATE AND ALL INFORMATION
CONCERNING BANCORP AND THE BANK INCLUDED HEREIN HAS BEEN FURNISHED BY THEM.
NEITHER MID-STATE NOR BANCORP WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF
INFORMATION RELATING TO THE OTHER PARTY.
 
    MID-STATE, BANCORP AND THE BANK ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN JOINTLY AS THE
"PARTIES" AND EACH OF THEM A "PARTY." UNLESS THE CONTEXT REQUIRES OTHERWISE, THE
TERM "BANCORP" ALSO INCLUDES THE "BANK."
 
THE PARTIES
 
    MID-STATE.  Mid-State is a California state-chartered bank headquartered in
Arroyo Grande, California, which commenced operations on June 12, 1961. At
December 31, 1997, Mid-State had total consolidated assets of $842 million,
consolidated deposits of $757 million, and consolidated shareholders' equity of
$78 million. Mid-State, which currently operates 23 banking offices, has its
headquarters in the City of Arroyo Grande at 1026 Grand Avenue, Arroyo Grande,
California 93420. Its telephone number is (805) 473-7700.
 
    BANCORP.  Bancorp is a California corporation incorporated on November 12,
1996 and is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company
Act of 1956, as amended. Bancorp operates the Bank which is its wholly-owned
subsidiary. At December 31, 1997, Bancorp had total consolidated assets of $344
million, consolidated deposits of $306 million, and consolidated shareholders'
equity of $36 million. Bancorp is headquartered in the City of Santa Maria at
2739 Santa Maria Way, Santa Maria, California 93455. Its telephone number is
(805) 937-8551.
 
    BANK.  The Bank is a California state-chartered bank headquartered in Santa
Maria, California, which commenced operations on March 18, 1978. The Bank, which
currently operates 13 banking offices, has its headquarters in the City of Santa
Maria at 2739 Santa Maria Way, Santa Maria, California 93455. Its telephone
number is (805) 937-8551.
 
    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.  Certain additional information concerning Mid-State
as well as Bancorp and the Bank, their respective businesses, financial
statements, and discussions thereof may be found in the Form 10-K Reports of
Mid-State and Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 1997 which are attached to
this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendices E and F, respectively.
 
THE MEETINGS
 
    MID-STATE.  The Mid-State Meeting will be held on       ,       , 1998 at
      . m. California time, at       in Arroyo Grande, California. Mid-State
shareholders will consider and vote on (i) a proposal to approve the principal
terms of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and (ii) a
proposal to elect seven persons to the Board of Directors. Only holders of
record of Mid-State Stock at the close of business on the Mid-State Record Date,
      , 1998, will be entitled to vote at the Mid-State Meeting. At such date,
there were outstanding and entitled to vote 6,905,100 shares of Mid-State Stock.
Each share of Mid-State Stock is entitled to one vote. See "THE MID-STATE
MEETING."
 
    BANCORP.  The Bancorp Meeting will be held on       ,       , 1998 at
      . m. California time, at       in Santa Maria, California. Bancorp
shareholders will consider and vote on (i) a proposal to approve the principal
terms of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) a
proposal to elect eleven persons to the Board of Directors and (iii) a proposal
to amend the 1996 Stock Option Plan in accordance with the Agreement. Only
holders of record of Bancorp Stock at the close of business on the Bancorp
Record Date,       , 1998, will be entitled to vote at the Bancorp Meeting. At
such date, there
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
were outstanding and entitled to vote       shares of Bancorp Stock. Each share
of Bancorp Stock is entitled to one vote. See "THE BANCORP MEETING."
 
THE MERGER
 
    GENERAL.  Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, (i) the Bank will merge
with and into Mid-State and Mid-State will continue as the surviving bank, (ii)
Bancorp will become the bank holding company for Mid-State and change its name
to "Mid-State Bancshares" and (iii) the shareholders of Mid-State will become
shareholders of Bancorp in accordance with the exchange ratio set forth in the
Agreement, all subject to the terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.
See "THE MERGER."
 
    EXCHANGE RATIO.  The issued and outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock at the
effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time") will remain outstanding
(other than shares as to which statutory dissenters' rights are perfected). Each
share of Mid-State Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Effective Time will automatically, without any action on the part of the holder
thereof, be canceled and converted into the right to receive a number of shares
of Bancorp Stock as determined by the exchange ratio established in the
Agreement (the "Exchange Ratio").
 
    For purposes of the Exchange Ratio, a share of Bancorp Stock was valued at
$29.37. The Exchange Ratio will be determined as follows:
 
        (i) If the Average Closing Price of Mid-State Stock (as defined below)
    is not less than $26.25 but not more than $30.50, each share of Mid-State
    will be exchanged for the number of shares of Bancorp Stock equal to the
    reciprocal of the number determined by dividing $29.37 by the Average
    Closing Price. Such formula is expressed as:
 
                                       1
                              -------------------
 
                                     $29.37
                                    -------
 
                             Average Closing Price
 
        (ii) If the Average Closing Price is greater than $30.50, each share of
    Mid-State Stock will be exchanged for 1.0385 shares of Bancorp Stock.
 
       (iii) If the Average Closing Price is less than $26.25, each share of
    Mid-State Stock will be exchanged for .8938 shares of Bancorp Stock;
    provided, however, that, if the Average Closing Price is less than $26.25,
    Bancorp has the right to terminate the Agreement. If Bancorp elects to so
    terminate, Mid-State has the right, so long as the Average Closing Price
    exceeds $22.00, to reinstate the Agreement by adjusting the Exchange Ratio
    downward based on the formula in (i), above.
 
    The "Average Closing Price" means the average of the daily closing prices of
a share of Mid-State Stock during the 20 consecutive trading days that
Mid-State's Stock trades ending on the third trading day immediately before the
Effective Day.
 
    The Exchange Ratio will be adjusted upward for certain Significant
Liabilities (as defined in the Agreement) of Bancorp or Bank, if any. See "THE
MERGER--Exchange Ratio."
 
    As described above, the Exchange Ratio (and the number of shares to be
received by shareholders of Mid-State and the value to be attributed to each
outstanding share of Bancorp Stock) depends upon the Average Closing Price of
Mid-State Stock. The following table shows the effective Exchange Ratio based
upon certain Average Closing Prices. No assurance can be given that the market
price of Bancorp Stock on
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
or after consummation of the Merger will approximate the Average Closing Price
of Mid-State Stock prior to the Merger.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSUMING A MID-STATE         EACH MID-STATE SHARE WILL BE        VALUE TO BE ATTRIBUTED TO EACH
AVERAGE CLOSING PRICE    EXCHANGED INTO THIS NUMBER OF BANCORP    OUTSTANDING SHARE OF BANCORP
             OF:                         STOCK                               STOCK
- -----------------------  -------------------------------------  --------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                                    <C>
       $   34.50                        1.0385                             $ 33.22
           33.50                        1.0385                               32.26
           32.50                        1.0385                               31.30
           31.50                        1.0385                               30.33
           30.50                        1.0385                               29.37
           29.50                        1.0044                               29.37
           29.37                        1.0000                               29.37
           28.50                        0.9704                               29.37
           27.50                        0.9363                               29.37
           26.50                        0.9023                               29.37
           26.25*                       0.8938                               29.37
           25.25                        0.8597                               29.37
           24.25                        0.8257                               29.37
           23.25                        0.7916                               29.37
           22.25                        0.7576                               29.37
           22.00                        0.7491                               29.37
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   If the Average Closing Price is less than $26.25, Bancorp has the right to
    terminate the Agreement. If Bancorp elects to so terminate, Mid-State has
    the right, so long as the Average Closing Price exceeds $22.00, to reinstate
    the Agreement by adjusting the Exchange Ratio downward based on the formula
    described above, as adjusted upwards for any Significant Liabilities.
 
    FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of Bancorp Stock will be issued in
the Merger. In lieu thereof, each holder of Mid-State Stock who would otherwise
be entitled to receive a fractional share will receive an amount in cash equal
to the product (calculated to the nearest ten thousandth) obtained by
multiplying (a) the Average Closing Price times (b) the fraction of the shares
of Bancorp Stock to which such holder would otherwise be entitled.
 
VOTE REQUIRED FOR THE MERGER
 
    Approval of the principal terms of Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby requires the affirmative vote of not less than a majority
of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of both Mid-State Stock and
Bancorp Stock at their respective Meetings.
 
    As of the Mid-State Record Date, Mid-State's directors and executive
officers and their affiliates held approximately 9.55% of the outstanding
Mid-State Stock entitled to vote at the Mid-State Meeting. Each of the directors
of Mid-State has agreed to vote his or her respective shares of Mid-State Stock
in favor of approval of the principal terms of the Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby.
 
    As of the Bancorp Record Date, Bancorp's directors and executive officers
and their affiliates held approximately 24.3% of the outstanding Bancorp Stock
entitled to vote at the Bancorp Meeting. Each of the directors of Bancorp has
agreed to vote his or her respective shares of Bancorp Stock in favor of
approval of the principal terms of the Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby.
 
RECOMMENDATION OF MID-STATE'S AND BANCORP'S BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Boards of Directors of both Mid-State and Bancorp (each by a unanimous
vote) approved the Agreement and the related transactions. The respective Boards
believe the Merger is fair to, and in the
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
best interest of, their respective institutions and shareholders. Each Board of
Directors recommends to their respective shareholders a vote FOR approval of the
principal terms of the Agreement and the matters contemplated thereby.
 
    The conclusions of the Parties are based on a number of factors, including
the respective fairness opinions of their investment banking firms, the expected
increase in the market liquidity of a shareholder's investment and the tax-free
nature of the Merger. It is also anticipated that the Merger will provide the
potential for the combined companies to benefit from revenue enhancement
opportunities, including increased ability to serve the marketplace and
cross-sell products and services; increased loan and fee income by providing
higher lending limits; increased opportunities to expand the loan portfolio; and
increased opportunities to create more efficiencies, thereby reducing overall
operating costs to the combined companies. See "THE MERGER--Background and
Reasons for the Merger and Management's Recommendation--Mid-State,--Background
and Reasons for the Merger and Management's Recommendation--Bancorp."
 
MID-STATE FAIRNESS OPINION
 
    Mid-State has received a written fairness opinion dated as of       , 1998
from the investment banking firm of Hoefer & Arnett ("H&A") that the
consideration to be received in the Merger is fair, from a financial point of
view, to the shareholders of Mid-State. The H&A opinion is attached to this
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendix B. See "THE MERGER--Mid-State
Fairness Opinion."
 
BANCORP FAIRNESS OPINION
 
    Bancorp has received a written fairness opinion dated as of February 24,
1998 from the investment banking firm of Carpenter & Company ("Carpenter") that
the consideration to be received in the Merger is fair, from a financial point
of view, to the shareholders of Bancorp. The Carpenter opinion is attached to
this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendix C. See "THE MERGER--Bancorp
Fairness Opinion."
 
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BANCORP AND MID-STATE AFTER THE MERGER
 
    At the Effective Time, the Bank will be merged with and into Mid-State and
its separate corporate existence will terminate. Also at such time and by virtue
of the Merger, Mid-State will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp. At
the Effective Time, the name of Bancorp will be changed to "Mid-State
Bancshares."
 
    The number of directors of Bancorp at the Effective Time will be reduced to
ten and the seven members of Mid-State's Board of Directors and Messrs. A.J.
Diani, William A. Hares and William L. Snelling (each of whom is a currently a
member of the Board of Directors of Bancorp and the Bank) will serve as the
Board of Directors of Bancorp after the Merger until their successors have been
chosen and qualified in accordance with applicable law. After the Merger, the
principal officers of Bancorp will be Carrol R. Pruett (the current President of
Mid-State) who will serve as Chairman and President, A.J. Diani (the current
Chairman of Bancorp) who will serve as Vice Chairman, William A. Hares (the
current President of Bancorp) who will serve as Executive Vice President,
Raymond E. Jones (the current Secretary of Mid-State) who will serve as
Secretary and James G. Stathos (the current Executive Vice President of
Mid-State) who will serve as Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer.
The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Bancorp (except as otherwise noted
above) will continue to govern the business and affairs of Bancorp after the
Merger until amended or repealed in accordance with applicable law.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    The seven directors of Mid-State immediately prior to the Effective Time and
Messrs. Diani, Hares and Snelling will be the directors of Mid-State after the
Merger until their successors have been chosen and qualified in accordance with
applicable law. Shareholder approval of the principal terms of the Agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereby includes the approval of an amendment to
the Mid-State bylaws to expand the number of its authorized directors at the
Effective Time. See "THE MERGER--Amendment to Bylaws of Mid-State." The
principal officers of Mid-State immediately prior to the Effective Time will be
the principal officers of Mid-State after the Merger until they resign or are
replaced or terminated by the Board of Directors of Mid-State or otherwise in
accordance with applicable law, except that Mr. Diani will be elected Vice
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Mid-State and Bancorp and Mr. Hares will
be appointed as an Executive Vice President of Mid-State and Bancorp. The
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Mid-State (except as otherwise noted
above) will continue to govern the business and affairs of Mid-State after the
Merger until amended or repealed in accordance with applicable law. See "THE
MERGER--Management and Operations of Bancorp and Mid-State after the Merger."
 
EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER
 
    The Effective Time shall occur on the day that the Agreement of Merger
(which is Exhibit A to the Agreement) is filed with the California Department of
Financial Institutions ("DFI") after having been previously filed with the
California Secretary of State ("Secretary") with the DFI's approval endorsed
thereon in accordance with the provisions of the California Financial Code. The
Effective Time shall occur following the last to occur of (i) receipt of all
necessary regulatory approvals with the expiration of any applicable regulatory
waiting periods and (ii) satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set
forth in the Agreement. See "THE MERGER--Conditions to the Merger." It is
anticipated that the Effective Time will occur sometime during the third quarter
of 1998. In no event shall the Effective Time be later than September 30, 1998
unless a later date is agreed to by the Parties.
 
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER
 
    The respective obligations of Mid-State and Bancorp to consummate the Merger
are subject to a number of conditions precedent, including, among others, (i)
the receipt of required regulatory approvals, (ii) the approval by the
shareholders of all Parties of the principal terms of the Agreement and the
transaction contemplated thereby by the vote required under applicable law at
the respective Meeting, (iii) the receipt of fairness opinions by the Parties
that the terms of the Merger are fair from a financial point of view, (iv) an
application will be filed for listing Bancorp Stock on the Nasdaq National
Market System at the Effective Time, (v) the receipt of an opinion that the
Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Agreement will qualify for
pooling of interest accounting treatment, (vi) the receipt of an opinion in
connection with certain tax aspects of the Merger, (vii) certain other
conditions customary in transactions of this nature. See "THE MERGER--Conditions
to the Merger."
 
REGULATORY APPROVALS
 
    The consummation of the Merger is subject to various conditions, including,
among others, receipt of the prior approvals of the DFI and the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC").
 
    The Agreement provides that the obligations of the Parties to consummate the
Merger are conditioned upon all regulatory approvals having been granted by
September 15, 1998 without the imposition of conditions which, in the opinion of
Mid-State would materially adversely effect the financial condition or
operations of any Party or otherwise would be burdensome.
 
    Applications for regulatory review and approval of the Merger and the
related transactions have been filed. There can be no assurance that the DFI and
the FDIC will approve or take other required action
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
with respect to the Merger and the related transactions or as to the date of
such approvals or action. See "THE MERGER--Regulatory Approvals."
 
WAIVER AND AMENDMENT
 
    Prior to the Effective Time, any condition to the Agreement may be waived by
the Party entitled to the benefit of such provision. In addition, the Agreement
may be amended at any time upon the written agreement of the Parties' respective
Boards of Directors without action by their respective shareholders to the
extent permitted by law. See "THE MERGER--Amendment and Waiver."
 
TERMINATION
 
    The Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time (i)
by mutual consent of Mid-State and Bancorp in writing; (ii) by Mid-State if
Bancorp or the Bank become subject to any regulatory enforcement action; (iii)
by Mid-State or Bancorp if any material breach or default by the other Party is
not cured within 20 business days after notice thereof; (iv) by Mid-State or
Bancorp if any governmental or regulatory consent is not obtained by September
15, 1998 or if any governmental or regulatory authority denies or refuses to
grant any approval, consent or authorization required to be obtained to
consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement unless, within 20
business days after such denial or refusal, all parties agree to resubmit the
application to the regulatory authority that has denied or refused to grant the
approval, consent or qualification requested; (v) by Bancorp if any of the
conditions to its performance of the Agreement shall not have been met, or by
Mid-State if any of the conditions to its performance of the Agreement shall not
have been met, by September 30, 1998, or such earlier time as it becomes
apparent that such conditions shall not be met; (vi) by Mid-State if Bancorp
shall have failed to act or refrained from doing any Competing Transaction (as
hereinafter defined); (vii) by Mid-State or Bancorp if it is determined that the
estimated cost of any Bancorp environmental remediation is in excess of
$1,500,000 or is not reasonably determinable; (viii) by Bancorp if it is
determined that the estimated cost of any Mid-State environmental remediation is
in excess of $3,500,000 or is not reasonably determinable; or (ix) by Bancorp if
the Average Closing Price is less than $26.25, provided, however that if Bancorp
elects to so terminate, Mid-State has the right, so long as the Average Closing
Price exceeds $22.00, to reinstate the Agreement by adjusting the Exchange Ratio
downward based on the formula. See "THE MERGER--Termination."
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER
 
    As a condition to the Merger, each of the directors of Bancorp has entered
into an agreement with Mid-State whereby each has agreed to (i) vote his or her
shares of Bancorp Stock in favor of approving the principal terms of the
Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) recommend, subject to
his or her fiduciary duty, to Bancorp shareholders to vote in favor of the
Agreement, (iii) not dispose, subject to certain exceptions, of his or her
shares of Bancorp Stock, (iv) for a two year period, not to compete with
Mid-State or solicit anyone who was a customer of Mid-State, Bancorp or the Bank
during the last three years and (v) cooperate fully with Mid-State in connection
with the Merger. Each of the directors of Mid-State has entered into an
agreement with Bancorp whereby each has agreed to take the actions in (i)-(iii)
and (v), above, as it relates to his or her Mid-State Stock and the Mid-State
shareholders. See "THE MERGER--Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger."
 
    Messrs. Diani, Hares and Snelling will continue as directors of Bancorp
after the Effective Time and will be added to the Board of Directors of
Mid-State at the Effective Time. Mr. Diani, the current Chairman of Bancorp and
the Bank, will be elected as Vice Chairman of Bancorp and Mid-State. Mr. Hares,
the current President of Bancorp and the Bank will be appointed as an Executive
Vice President of Mid-State and Bancorp at the Effective Time.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    The officers and employees of Bancorp and the Bank at the Effective Time
will become officers and employees of Mid-State subject to the policies of
Mid-State, will be entitled to participate in all employee benefits and benefit
programs of Mid-State on the same basis as similarly situated employees of
Mid-State and will be credited for eligibility, participation and vesting
purposes with their respective years of past service with Bancorp and the Bank.
Mid-State has adopted a severance policy by which all employees of Bancorp, the
Bank or Mid-State who are not offered employment or who are terminated within 12
months following the Effective Time who satisfy the requirement of the severance
plan will receive severance benefits of two weeks for every year of service.
 
    Mid-State has also agreed to honor certain change in control agreements for
Messrs. James Glines, Dean Fletcher, Susan Forgone and Carol Bradfield, all of
whom are officers of Bancorp and the Bank. For a description of such agreements,
see "INFORMATION CONCERNING BANCORP MEETING ONLY--Executive Compensation." The
change of control agreement with Mr. William A. Hares will terminate at the
Effective Time and be replaced with an employment agreement which provides for,
among other things, a two year term at an annual base salary of $190,000, an
automobile, certain medical insurance benefits, five weeks of vacation and
participation in Mid-State compensation, bonus and benefit plans. In the event
Mr. Hares is terminated without cause during the two year term, he will be
entitled to receive his base salary for the remainder of the two year term as
well as the use of an automobile and continuation of medical insurance benefits.
 
    Subject to the receipt of any required consents, appropriate amendments are
intended to be made to Bancorp's stock option plan in order for Messrs. Diani,
Hares and Snelling and each person who is an officer or employee of Bancorp or
the Bank and who does not exercise his stock option to have the right to receive
a substitute stock option from Bancorp on a fully vested basis.
 
    Policies of directors' and officers' liability insurance (with coverage,
terms and conditions no less advantageous than the insurance presently
maintained) will be maintained by Bancorp and Mid-State for persons servings as
officers or directors of Bancorp or the Bank with respect to all matters arising
from facts or events which occurred before the Effective Time for which Bancorp
or the Bank would have had an obligation to indemnify its directors and
officers.
 
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
 
    In addition to the directors agreements described in "Interests of Certain
Persons in the Merger," the directors and certain other affiliates of each of
the Parties have entered into agreements restricting such persons' ability to
sell shares of Bancorp Stock which such person has acquired or may acquire in
connection with the Merger except in accordance with such agreements.
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The Parties will have received an opinion from Arthur Andersen LLP
("Andersen") to the effect that the Merger should qualify for non-recognition of
gain or loss treatment such that no gain or loss should be recognized by any of
the Parties as a result of the Merger. Such opinion also concludes that no gain
or loss should be recognized by a shareholder of Mid-State on the receipt solely
of Bancorp Stock in exchange for his shares of Mid-State Stock except, in the
case of Mid-State shareholders to the extent of any cash received in lieu of
fractional shares, such shareholders may recognize gain or loss, or, in the case
of shareholders of Bancorp, to the extent of any cash received pursuant to the
exercise of statutory dissenters' rights. For a more complete description of the
federal income tax consequences of the Merger, see "THE MERGER--Certain Federal
Income Tax Consequences." DUE TO THE INDIVIDUAL NATURE OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES
OF THE MERGER, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT MID-STATE AND BANCORP SHAREHOLDERS CONSULT
THEIR OWN TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The Parties anticipate that the Merger will be treated as a pooling of
interests for accounting purposes. Prior to the Effective Time and as a
condition precedent to the closing, Andersen will confirm in writing the
accounting treatment of the Merger as a pooling of interest. See "THE MERGER--
Accounting Treatment."
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    Pursuant to the provisions of the California Financial Code, shareholders of
Mid-State will not be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights in connection with
the Merger.
 
    A holder of Bancorp Stock who, not later than 30 days after the date on
which Bancorp delivers the notice of approval of the Merger by the Bancorp
shareholders, delivers to Bancorp a written demand for dissenters' rights, who
does not vote in favor of the approval of the principal terms of the Agreement
and who complies with all other applicable requirements of Chapter 13 of the
California General Corporation Law, will have the right to receive payment in
cash of the "fair market value" of such holder's shares of Bancorp Stock. The
Bancorp Board of Directors has determined that the "fair market value" of one
share of Bancorp Stock for this purpose is $26.375, which was the closing price
for Bancorp Stock on January 28, 1998, the day before the public announcement of
the Merger. See "THE MERGER--Dissenting Shareholders' Rights" for a further
discussion of dissenters' rights. The pertinent provisions of Chapter 13 of the
California General Corporation Law are included in Appendix D to his Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES
 
    As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, shareholders of record of
outstanding shares of Mid-State Stock will receive by mail a letter of
transmittal which is to be used to exchange their Mid-State Stock for a new
certificate bearing the name "Mid-State Bancshares" representing the appropriate
number of shares of Bancorp Stock, together with checks for payment of cash in
lieu of fractional shares. No dividends or other distributions that are declared
on Bancorp Stock will be paid to persons otherwise entitled to receive the same
until the old certificates have been surrendered in exchange for new
certificates, but upon such surrender, such dividends or other distributions,
from and after the Effective Time, will be paid to such persons in accordance
with the terms of Bancorp Stock. No interest will be paid to the Mid-State
shareholders on the cash or the value of the Bancorp Stock into which their
shares of Mid-State Stock will be exchanged. See "THE MERGER--Exchange
Procedures."
 
    As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, shareholders of record of
outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock will also receive by mail a letter of
transmittal which is to be used to exchange their Bancorp Stock for new Bancorp
certificates bearing the name "Mid-State Bancshares" representing the same
number of shares as the exchanged certificates. See "THE MERGER--Exchange
Procedures."
 
    NEITHER MID-STATE NOR BANCORP SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD SEND IN THEIR STOCK
CERTIFICATES UNTIL THEY RECEIVE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FORM AND INSTRUCTIONS.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following selected consolidated financial data with respect to
Mid-State's consolidated statement of financial position for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and its consolidated statements of income for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, have been derived from the
audited consolidated financial statements of Mid-State appearing in Appendix E
of this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus. This information should be read in
conjunction with such consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.
The summary consolidated financial data with respect to Mid-State's consolidated
statement of financial position as of December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 and its
consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993
have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of
Mid-State, which are not presented herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Year Ended December 31:
Interest Income............................................  $  57,300  $  52,043  $  51,675  $  49,155  $  52,313
Interest Expense...........................................     17,136     16,158     16,640     14,157     17,685
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net Interest Income........................................     40,164     35,885     35,035     34,998     34,628
Provision for Loan Losses..................................     --         --         --          2,450     16,000
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net Interest Income after provision for loan losses........     40,164     35,885     35,035     32,548     18,628
Non-interest income........................................     12,956     12,722     11,992     10,890     11,120
Non-interest expense.......................................     37,683     41,371     48,051     54,300     38,091
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes..........................     15,437      7,236     (1,024)   (10,862)    (8,343)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......................      2,000      2,825     (1,675)    --           (620)
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net Income (Loss)..........................................  $  13,437  $   4,411  $     651  $ (10,862) $  (7,723)
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Per share:
Net Income (Loss) (adjusted for stock dividends)--basic....  $    1.95  $    0.64  $    0.09  $   (1.57) $   (1.12)
Net Income (Loss) (adjusted for stock
  dividends)--diluted......................................  $    1.94  $    0.64  $    0.09  $   (1.57) $   (1.12)
Weighted average shares used in E.P.S. calculation.........      6,905      6,904      6,904      6,904      6,904
Cash dividends.............................................       0.12     --         --         --           0.12
Stock dividend.............................................         5%         5%         5%         5%         5%
Book value at year-end.....................................      11.29       9.82       9.82       8.46      12.34
Shares outstanding at December 31..........................  6,905,100  6,576,689  6,264,780  5,967,661  5,678,998
 
At December 31,
Cash and cash equivalents..................................  $  73,708  $  73,392  $  71,310  $  76,004  $  86,889
Investments and Fed Funds Sold.............................    383,171    344,511    304,972    244,396    213,061
Loans, net.................................................    338,281    319,190    302,932    337,513    390,007
Other assets...............................................     47,140     55,338     79,172    100,039    120,189
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total Assets.............................................  $ 842,300  $ 792,431  $ 758,386  $ 757,952  $ 810,146
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Non-interest bearing deposits..............................  $ 137,626  $ 122,396  $ 109,907  $ 112,471  $ 107,825
Interest bearing deposits..................................    619,429    592,329    575,425    580,877    597,200
Other borrowings...........................................      4,495      7,424      5,589      8,992     26,437
Other liabilities..........................................      2,784      5,718      5,961      5,115      8,583
Shareholders' equity.......................................     77,966     64,564     61,504     50,497     70,101
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total Liabilities and Shareholders' equity...............  $ 842,300  $ 792,431  $ 758,386  $ 757,952  $ 810,146
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
Asset Quality
Non-accrual loans..........................................      2,677      3,638     13,087     23,969     27,565
Loans past due 90 days or more.............................        632      2,801      1,653      5,412      3,039
Other real estate owned....................................      2,511      6,160     10,298     13,397     11,793
Total non performing assets................................      5,820     12,599     25,038     42,778     42,397
 
Financial Ratios
For the year:
  Return on assets.........................................      1.67%      0.58%      0.09%     (1.38%)    (0.95%)
  Return on equity.........................................     18.85%      7.00%      1.16%    (18.01%)    (7.47%)
  Net interest margin......................................      5.68%      5.58%      5.80%      5.54%      5.24%
  Net loan losses (recoveries) to avg. loans...............     (0.24%)     0.29%      0.56%      2.51%      1.30%
  Efficiency ratio.........................................      70.9%      85.1%     102.2%     118.3%      83.3%
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
 
At December 31:
Equity to average assets (leverage ratio)..................       9.2%       8.1%       8.1%       7.7%       8.6%
Tier One capital to risk-adjusted assets...................      14.9%      13.6%      12.7%      11.7%      14.7%
Total capital to risk-adjusted assets......................      16.2%      14.8%      14.0%      13.0%      15.9%
Loan loss reserve to loans, gross..........................       3.2%       3.2%       3.6%       3.8%       4.9%
</TABLE>
 
    The following summarizes historical financial data for Bancorp and the Bank
for the five years ended December 31, 1997. The data should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other
financial information included in Appendix F of this Joint Proxy Statement/
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                           1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                              (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Summary of Operations:
Interest Income.......................  $   24,977  $   23,372  $   22,367  $   19,378  $   18,431
Interest Expense......................       8,425       7,991       7,045       5,560       5,625
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net Interest Income...................      16,552      15,381      15,322      13,818      12,806
Provisions for Loan Losses............          30         227         876         340         712
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net Interest Income After Provision
 for Loan Losses......................      16,522      15,154      14,446      13,478      12,094
Noninterest Income....................       3,504       3,098       2,728       2,448       2,550
Noninterest Expense...................      13,205      12,471      12,090      11,723      11,158
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Income Before Income Taxes............       6,821       5,781       5,084       4,203       3,486
Income Taxes..........................       2,616       2,313       1,885       1,475       1,146
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net Income............................  $    4,205  $    3,468  $    3,199  $    2,728  $    2,340
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Dividends on Common Stock.............  $    1,402  $      964  $      257  $      219  $      131
 
Per Share Data:
Net Income--Basic.....................  $     1.41  $     1.17  $     1.10  $     0.96  $     0.86
Net Income--Diluted...................  $     1.38  $     1.16  $     1.09  $     0.95  $     0.83
Dividends on Common Stock.............  $     0.35  $     0.35  $     0.11  $     0.10  $     0.06
Book Value............................  $    12.06  $    10.97  $    10.16  $     9.17  $     8.35
Tangible Book Value...................  $    11.45  $    10.33  $    10.16  $     9.17  $     8.35
 
Balance Sheet Summary:
Total Assets..........................  $  344,046  $  321,397  $  284,616  $  266,987  $  253,311
Total Deposits........................     306,292     286,278     252,544     238,954     229,137
Loans Held for Sale...................       1,200       1,400       1,310         958       3,644
Total Loans...........................     191,346     179,391     166,086     164,406     164,004
Allowance for Loan Losses.............       2,115       2,702       2,729       2,413       2,524
Total Shareholders' Equity............      36,062      32,632      29,978      26,387      22,683
 
Selected Ratios
Return on Average Assets..............       1.31%       1.15%       1.17%       1.05%       0.95%
Return on Average Equity..............      12.15%      11.06%      11.26%      10.99%      10.80%
Average Loans as a Percent of Average
 Deposits.............................      62.44%      63.96%      63.04%      64.67%      66.94%
Allowance for Loan Losses to Total
 Loans................................       1.11%       1.51%       1.64%       1.47%       1.54%
Average Capital to Average Assets.....      10.76%      10.41%      10.42%       9.56%       8.79%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted
 Assets...............................      14.74%      14.10%      13.69%      12.29%      10.89%
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted
 Assets...............................      15.66%      15.30%      14.96%      14.71%      12.13%
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
               SELECTED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The following selected unaudited pro forma combined financial information
for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 have been prepared to
reflect the effects of the Merger on the historical results of Mid-State. The
unaudited pro forma combined statement of financial position has been prepared
as if the Merger occured on December 31, 1997. The unaudited pro forma combined
statements of income have been prepared as if the Merger occurred on January 1,
1995. The pro forma financial information set forth below is unaudited and not
necessarily indicative of the results that will occur in the future. Weighted
average shares outstanding of the pro forma combined instution are based on a
1.0000 to 1.0000 Exchange Ratio which assumes that the Average Closing Price is
$29.37 for the 20 consecutive trading days ending at the end of the third day
immediately preceding the Effective Time. THE EXCHANGE RATIO COULD BE HIGHER OR
LOWER THAN 1.0000 TO 1.000. THE CLOSING PRICE OF A SHARE OF MID-STATE STOCK ON
            , 1998 WAS $      .
 
          SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1997          1996          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                                    AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Results of operations:
Interest Income...................................................  $     82,277  $     75,415  $     74,041
Interest Expense..................................................        25,560        24,149        23,684
                                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
Net Interest Income...............................................        56,717        51,266        50,357
Provision for Loan Losses.........................................            30           227           876
                                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
Net Interest Income after provision for loan losses...............        56,687        51,039        49,481
Non-interest income...............................................        16,459        15,819        14,720
Non-interest expense..............................................        50,888        53,841        60,141
                                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
Income before income taxes........................................        22,258        13,017         4,060
Provision for income taxes........................................         4,616         5,138           210
                                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
Net Income........................................................  $     17,642  $      7,879  $      3,850
                                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income per share--Basic.......................................  $       1.79  $       0.80  $       0.39
Net income per share--Diluted.....................................  $       1.77  $       0.80  $       0.39
Weighted average shares outstanding--Basic........................         9,882         9,864         9,817
Weighted average shares outstanding--Diluted......................         9,966         9,905         9,851
 
Balance at period end:
Total assets......................................................     1,186,346     1,113,828     1,043,002
Total loans, net..................................................       527,512       495,880       467,354
Total deposits....................................................     1,063,347     1,001,003       937,877
Other borrowings..................................................         4,495         7,424         5,589
Total Shareholders' equity........................................       111,428        97,196        91,478
 
Selected statistics:
Return on average total assets....................................         1.57%         0.74%         0.38%
Return on average common shareholders equity......................        16.67%         8.35%         4.56%
Average equity to average total assets............................         9.41%         8.91%         8.35%
 
Regulatory capital ratios:
Leverage ratio....................................................          9.3%          8.5%          8.7%
Tier 1 risk based capital ratio...................................         14.5%         13.7%         13.0%
Total risk based capital ratio....................................         15.7%         14.9%         14.3%
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN DECIDING HOW TO VOTE THEIR SHARES AT THE MEETINGS, HOLDERS OF SHARES OF
MID-STATE STOCK AND HOLDERS OF SHARES OF BANCORP STOCK SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER
THE FOLLOWING FACTORS, IN ADDITION TO THE INFORMATION AND OTHER MATTERS SET
FORTH IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
 
    Certain statements contained in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus,
including, without limitation, statements containing the words "believes,"
"anticipates," "intends," "expects" and words of similar import, constitute
"forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Such forward looking statements involve
known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the
actual results, performance or achievements of Mid-State or Bancorp to be
materially different from any future results, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include,
among others, the following: general economic and business conditions in those
areas in which Mid-State or Bancorp operate; demographic changes; competition;
fluctuations in interest rates; changes in business strategy or development
plans; changes in governmental regulation; credit quality; the availability of
capital to fund the expansion of Mid-State's or Bancorp's business; and other
factors referenced in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, including, without
limitation, under the captions "SUMMARY," "RISK FACTORS" and in Appendices E and
F. Given these uncertainties, shareholders are cautioned not to place undue
reliance on such forward-looking statements. Mid-State and Bancorp disclaim any
obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of any
revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect
future events or developments.
 
RISK FACTORS RELATING TO THE MERGER
 
    PROSPECTS OF MID-STATE AND BANCORP AFTER THE MERGER AND ABILITY TO INTEGRATE
OPERATIONS.  The earnings, financial condition and prospects of Mid-State and
Bancorp after the Merger will depend in part on Mid-State's ability to
successfully integrate the operations and management of the Bank and to continue
to implement its own business plan. There can be no assurance that Mid-State
will be able to effectively and profitably integrate the operations and
management of the Bank, or that Mid-State will be able to continue to profitably
implement its own business plan. In addition, there can be no assurance that
Mid-State will be able to fully realize the potential revenue enhancement
expected as a result of the Merger. Further, although the Mid-State Board and
the Bancorp Board do anticipate cost savings as a result of the Merger to be
significant (as compared to potential revenue enhancement as a result of the
Merger), there can be no assurance that Mid-State will be able to fully realize
any of the potential cost savings expected. Finally, there can be no assurance
that any cost savings which are realized will not be offset by losses in
revenues or other charges to earnings.
 
    PERFORMANCE OF COMBINED LOAN PORTFOLIOS.  Mid-State's performance and
prospects after the Merger also will be dependent to a significant extent on the
performance of the combined loan portfolios of the Bank and Mid-State and
ultimately on the financial condition of the Bank's and Mid-State's borrowers
and other customers. The existing loan portfolios of the Bank and Mid-State
differ to some extent in the types of borrowers, industries and credits
represented. In addition, there are differences in the documentation,
classifications, credit ratings and management of the portfolios. As a result,
Mid-State's overall loan portfolio after the Merger will have a different risk
profile than the loan portfolio of either the Bank or Mid-State before the
Merger. The performance of the combined loan portfolio will be adversely
affected if any of such factors is worse than currently anticipated. In
addition, to the extent that present customers are not retained by the surviving
bank or additional expenses are incurred in retaining them, there could be
adverse effects on future results of operations of Mid-State following the
Merger. Realization of improvement in profitability is dependent, in part, on
the extent to which the revenues of Bancorp and Mid-State are maintained and
enhanced.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    MARKET PRICE OF BANCORP STOCK AFTER THE MERGER.  The number of shares of
Bancorp Stock which will be issued to Mid-State shareholders in the Merger is
determined by the Average Closing Price of Mid-State Stock. No assurance can be
given that the market price of Bancorp Stock on or after consummation of the
Merger will approximate the Average Closing Price of Mid-State prior to the
Merger.
 
    LIMITED MARKET FOR BANCORP STOCK.  There is currently only a limited trading
market for the Mid-State and Bancorp Stocks. An application will be filed for
listing Bancorp Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System which is anticipated
to become effective at the Effective Time or shortly thereafter. However, there
can be no assurance that an active trading market for Bancorp Stock will develop
as a result of the Merger or otherwise, or if developed, will continue, or that
shareholders of Bancorp will be able to resell their securities or otherwise
liquidate their investment without considerable delay, if at all, or
considerable impact on the sale's price.
 
    DIVIDEND POLICY.  Mid-State has historically paid stock dividends to its
shareholders and recommenced paying an annual cash dividend in 1997. Bancorp has
paid cash dividends since 1984 and semi-annually since 1996. The dividend policy
of Bancorp following the Merger has not yet been precisely determined but it is
currently anticipated that both stock and cash dividends will be paid.
Declarations or payments of dividends by the Board of Directors of Bancorp after
the Merger will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements,
regulatory limitations, Bancorp's and Mid-State's financial condition and
results of operations, tax considerations and general economic conditions. No
assurance can be given that any dividends will be declared or, if declared, what
the amount of dividends or their type (cash, stock or both) will be or whether
such dividends, once declared, will continue.
 
RISK FACTORS RELATING TO THE INDUSTRY
 
    INTEREST RATE RISK.  Banking companies' earnings depend largely on the
relationship between the cost of funds, primarily deposits, and the yield on
earning assets. This relationship, known as the interest rate spread, is subject
to fluctuation and is affected by economic and competitive factors which
influence interest rates, the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of nonperforming assets.
Fluctuations in interest rates affect the demand of customers for Mid-State's
and the Bank's products and services. Mid-State and the Bank are subject to
interest rate risk to the degree that their interest-bearing liabilities reprice
or mature more slowly or more rapidly or on a different basis than their
interest-earning assets. Given Mid-State's and the Bank's current volume and mix
of interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets, Mid-State's and the
Bank's interest rate spread could be expected to increase during times of rising
interest rates and, conversely, to decline during times of falling interest
rates. Therefore, significant fluctuations in interest rates may have an adverse
effect on Mid-State's results of operations.
 
    ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION.  The operations of
Mid-State and Bancorp are located on the California Central Coast and
concentrated in San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties. As a result of this
geographic concentration, Mid-State's and Bancorp's results depend largely upon
economic conditions in these areas. A deterioration in economic conditions in
these market areas could have a material adverse impact on the quality of
Mid-State's and Bancorp's loan portfolio and the demand for their products and
services and, accordingly, their respective results of operations.
 
    GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND MONETARY POLICY.  The banking industry is subject
to extensive federal and state supervision and regulation. Such regulation
limits the manner in which Mid-State, the Bank and Bancorp conduct their
respective businesses, undertake new investments and activities and obtain
financing. This regulation is designed primarily for the protection of the
deposit insurance funds and consumers, and not to benefit holders of Mid-State's
or Bancorp's Stocks. Financial institution regulation has been the subject of
significant legislation in recent years, and may be the subject of further
significant legislation in the future, none of which is in the control of
Mid-State or Bancorp. Significant new laws or changes in, or repeal of, existing
laws may cause Mid-State's or Bancorp's results to differ materially. Further,
federal
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System,
significantly affects credit conditions for financial institutions, primarily
through open market operations in United States government securities, the
discount rate for bank borrowings and bank reserve requirements. Any material
change in these conditions would be likely to have a material impact on
Mid-State's and Bancorp's respective results of operations.
 
    COMPETITION.  The banking and financial services business in California
generally, and in Mid-State's and Bancorp's market areas specifically, is highly
competitive. The increasingly competitive environment is a result primarily of
changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems and
the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers. The
Bank and Mid-State compete for loans, deposits and customers for financial
services with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, securities
and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance
companies, money market funds, credit unions and other nonbank financial service
providers. Many of these competitors are much larger in total assets and
capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader array
of financial services than the Bank or Mid-State. There can be no assurance that
Mid-State will be able to compete effectively in its markets, and the results of
operations of Mid-State and Bancorp could be adversely affected if circumstances
affecting the nature or level of competition change.
 
    CREDIT QUALITY.  A significant source of risk for financial institutions
such as the Bank and Mid-State arises from the possibility that losses will be
sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform
in accordance with the terms of their loans. Mid-State and the Bank have adopted
underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the
establishment and review of the allowance for credit losses, that each company's
respective management believes are appropriate to minimize this risk by
assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and
diversifying the respective credit portfolios. Such policies and procedures,
however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially adversely
affect the results of operations.
 
                             THE MID-STATE MEETING
 
DATE, TIME AND PLACE
 
    The Mid-State Meeting will be held on             ,       , 1998 at
              , located at               ,               California
              , at             .m., California time, and any adjournment or
adjournments thereof.
 
PURPOSE
 
    One purpose of the Mid-State Meeting is to consider and vote upon a proposal
to approve the principal terms of the Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby. The shareholders of Mid-State will also consider and vote
upon a proposal to elect seven persons to the Board of Directors and such other
matters as may be properly brought before the Mid-State Meeting.
 
RECORD DATE
 
    The Mid-State Board has fixed the close of business on             , 1998,
as the Mid-State Record Date for the determination of shareholders entitled to
notice of, and to vote at, the Mid-State Meeting. Accordingly, only holders of
record of shares of Mid-State Stock at the close of business on the Mid-State
Record Date will be entitled to vote at the Mid-State Meeting and any
adjournment thereof. As of Mid-State Record Date, there were 6,905,100 shares of
Mid-State Stock outstanding, held by approximately 2,650 shareholders of record.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
PROXIES AND REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES
 
    A proxy card for voting at the Mid-State Meeting is enclosed with the copy
of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus being mailed to Mid-State shareholders.
(A separate proxy card for Bancorp shareholders voting at the Bancorp Meeting is
being provided to Bancorp shareholders. See THE BANCORP MEETING--Proxies and
Revocability of Proxies."). When a proxy card is returned, properly signed and
dated, the shares represented thereby will be voted in accordance with the
instructions on the proxy card. If a shareholder does not attend the Mid-State
Meeting and does not return the signed proxy card, such holder's shares will not
be voted and this will have the effect of a vote "AGAINST" the matters to be
voted on at the Mid-State Meeting. Shareholders are urged to mark the box on the
proxy card to indicate how the shares represented by the proxy card are to be
voted. If a shareholder returns a signed proxy card but does not indicate how
his or her shares are to be voted, such shares will be voted "FOR" all
proposals. The proxy card also confers discretionary authority on the individual
appointed by the Mid-State Board named on the proxy card to vote the shares
represented thereby on any other matter that is properly presented for action at
the Mid-State Meeting. A shareholder who has given a proxy may revoke it at any
time prior to its exercise at the Mid-State Meeting by delivering an instrument
of revocation to the secretary of Mid-State, by duly executing and submitting a
proxy card bearing a later date, or by appearing at the Mid-State Meeting and
voting in person. The mere presence at the Mid-State Meeting of the person who
has given a proxy will not revoke such proxy. In addition, brokers who hold
shares of Mid-State Stock as nominees will not have discretionary authorization
to vote such shares on any of the matters to be voted thereon in the absence of
instructions from the beneficial owners.
 
COSTS OF SOLICITATIONS OF PROXIES
 
    Mid-State will bear its own costs in connection with this solicitation. It
is contemplated that proxies will be solicited principally through the mails,
but directors, officers and regular employees of Mid-State may solicit proxies
(for no additional compensation) by personal interview, telephone, telex,
telegram, facsimile or similar means of communication. Although there is no
formal agreement to do so, Mid-State may reimburse banks, brokerage houses and
other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for their reasonable expenses in
forwarding these proxy materials to their principals.
 
OUTSTANDING SECURITIES; QUORUM
 
    As of the Mid-State Record Date, there were issued and outstanding 6,905,100
shares of Mid-State Stock. The presence, either in person or by properly
executed proxies, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Mid-State Stock is necessary to constitute a quorum at the Mid-State Meeting.
Abstentions will be counted for purposes of establishing a quorum.
 
VOTE REQUIRED
 
    Mid-State shareholders are entitled to one vote at the Mid-State Meeting for
each share of Mid-State Stock held of record by them on the Mid-State Record
Date. The proposal concerning approval of the Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote. In connection with the election of
directors, shares of Mid-State Stock are entitled to be voted cumulatively if a
candidates's or candidates' name(s) have been properly placed in nomination
prior to the voting and a shareholder present at the Mid-State Meeting has given
notice of his or her intention to vote his or her shares cumulatively. If a
shareholder has given such notice, all shareholders may cumulate their votes for
candidates in nomination. Cumulative voting entitles a shareholder to give one
nominee as many votes as is equal to the number of directors to be elected
multiplied by the number of shares of Mid-State Stock owned by such shareholder,
or to distribute his or her votes on the same principle between two or more
nominees as he or she deems appropriate. The seven candidates receiving the
highest number of votes will be elected. If cumulative voting is declared at the
Mid-State Meeting, votes represented by proxies delivered pursuant to this Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus may be
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
cumulated in the discretion of the proxy holders, in accordance with the
recommendations of the Board of Directors.
 
    As of the Mid-State Record Date, directors and executive officers of
Mid-State beneficially owned an aggregate of 659,821 shares of Mid-State Stock
(not including shares issuable upon exercise of stock options), or approximately
9.55% of those outstanding as of the Mid-State Record Date. Abstentions and
broker non-votes with respect to the proposal concerning approval of the
Agreement and the transaction contemplated thereby will have the same effect as
a vote "AGAINST" the proposal.
 
                              THE BANCORP MEETING
 
DATE, TIME AND PLACE
 
    The Bancorp Annual Meeting (the "Bancorp Meeting") is scheduled to be held
at 2739 Santa Maria Way, Santa Maria, California 93455 on
            ,            , 1998 at   :    p.m., local time.
 
    BANCORP SHAREHOLDERS ARE REQUESTED TO PROMPTLY SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE
ACCOMPANYING PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID PRE-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE.
FAILURE TO RETURN A PROPERLY EXECUTED PROXY CARD OR TO VOTE AT THE MEETING WILL
HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE AGAINST THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE MERGER AND
OTHER MATTERS TO BE VOTED UPON IN CONNECTION WITH THE MERGER.
 
MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE MEETINGS
 
    The purpose of the Bancorp Meeting is to (a) consider and vote upon the
approval of the principal terms of the Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby; (b) elect eleven (11) directors until the 1999 Annual
Meeting and until their successors are elected and have qualified, with eight
(8) such nominees resigning upon consummation of the Agreement; (c) as required
by the Agreement, to approve proposed amendments to the Bancorp's 1996 Stock
Option Plan that would allow the granting of substitute stock options to
officers and employees of the Bancorp and the Bank and certain directors of the
Bancorp and the Bank that will continue as directors of the Bancorp and
Mid-State, under specified terms and conditions; and (d) consider and act upon
such other business as may properly come before the Bancorp Meeting or any
adjournments or postponements thereof.
 
    THE BANCORP BOARD HAS, BY UNANIMOUS VOTE, APPROVED THE AGREEMENT AND
RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE MERGER. THE
BANCORP BOARD ALSO RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE ELECTION OF THE ELEVEN (11)
DIRECTORS UNTIL THE 1999 ANNUAL MEETING, UNTIL THEIR SUCCESSORS ARE ELECTED AND
HAVE QUALIFIED. THE BANCORP BOARD ALSO RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE
PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE BANCORP'S 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN.
 
RECORD DATE; STOCK ENTITLED TO VOTE
 
    The Bancorp Board has fixed the close of business on       , 1998, as the
Bancorp Record Date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of,
and to vote at, the Bancorp Meeting. Accordingly, only holders of record of
shares of Bancorp Stock at the close of business on the Bancorp Record Date will
be entitled to vote at the Bancorp Meeting and any adjournment thereof. As of
Bancorp Record Date, there were       shares of Bancorp Stock outstanding, held
by approximately 1,200 shareholders of record.
 
VOTES REQUIRED; QUORUM
 
    The affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total
number of outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock entitled to vote at the Bancorp
Meeting is required to approve the principal terms of the Merger and the
proposed amendments to the 1996 Stock Option Plan. In the Election of Directors,
the eleven (11) nominees receiving the highest number of votes will be elected
until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and have
qualified.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    Each holder of shares of Bancorp Stock outstanding on the Bancorp Record
Date will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record upon each matter
properly submitted at the Bancorp Meeting and any postponement or adjournment
thereof. In connection with the Election of Directors, shares of Bancorp Stock
are entitled to be voted cumulatively if a candidate's or candidates' names(s)
have been properly placed in nomination prior to the voting and a shareholder
present at the Bancorp Meeting has given notice of his or her intention to vote
his or her shares cumulatively. If a shareholder has given such notice, all
shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination. Cumulative
voting entitles a shareholder to give one nominee as many votes as is equal to
the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of shares of
Bancorp Stock owned by such shareholders, or to distribute his or her votes on
the same principle between two or more nominees as he or she deems appropriate.
The eleven candidates receiving the highest number of votes will be elected. If
cumulative voting is declared at the Bancorp Meeting, votes represented by
proxies delivered pursuant to this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus may be
cumulated in the discretion of the proxy holders, in accordance with the
recommendations of the Board of Directors.
 
    As of the Bancorp Record Date, directors and executive officers of the
Bancorp held an aggregate of 731,133 shares of Bancorp Stock, or approximately
24.3% of those outstanding as of the Bancorp Record Date. Abstentions and broker
non-votes with respect to the proposed concerning approval of the Agreement and
the transaction contemplated thereby will have the same effect as a vote
"AGAINST" the proposal.
 
    The Bancorp will appoint one or three employees to function as inspectors of
the election in advance of the Bancorp Meeting, to tabulate votes, to ascertain
whether a quorum is present and to determine the voting results on all matters
presented to the Bancorp Shareholders. A majority of all shares of Bancorp Stock
entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum.
Abstentions and broker non-votes are each included in the determination of the
number of shares present; however, they are not counted as votes in favor of the
principal terms of the Merger. THE FAILURE TO VOTE, AN ABSTENTION OR A BROKER
NON-VOTE THUS HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE AGAINST THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE
MERGER.
 
    If a quorum is not obtained, or fewer shares of Bancorp Stock are voted in
favor of the principal terms of the Merger than the number required for approval
of the principal terms of the Merger, it is expected that the Bancorp Meeting
will be postponed or adjourned for the purpose of allowing additional time for
obtaining additional proxies or votes, and at any subsequent reconvening of the
Bancorp Meeting, all proxies will be voted in the same manner as such proxies
would have been voted at the original convening of the Bancorp Meeting (except
for any proxies which have theretofore effectively been revoked or withdrawn).
 
VOTING OF PROXIES
 
    Shares represented by proxies properly executed and received in time to be
voted at the Meeting will be voted in accordance with the instructions indicated
on the proxies. Proxies which do not contain voting instructions will be voted
"FOR" the proposal to approve the principal terms of the Merger, "FOR" the
proposed amendments to the 1996 Stock Option Plan, and "FOR" the election of
directors. All proxies voted "FOR" such matters, including proxies on which no
instructions are indicated, may, at the discretion of the proxy holder, be voted
"FOR" a motion to adjourn or postpone the Bancorp Meeting to another time and/or
place for the purpose of soliciting additional proxies or otherwise; provided,
however, that no proxy which is voted against approval of the principal terms of
the Merger or on which the relevant shareholder specifically abstains from
voting with respect to such approval will be voted in favor of any such
adjournment or postponement.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    It is not expected that any matter other than as described herein will be
brought before the Meeting. If, however, other matters are properly brought
before the Meeting, persons appointed as proxies will have discretion to vote or
act thereon in their best judgment.
 
REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES
 
    The presence of a shareholder at the Bancorp Meeting (or at any postponement
or adjournment thereof) will not automatically revoke such shareholder's proxy.
However, a shareholder may revoke a proxy at any time prior to its exercise by
(a) delivery to the Secretary of the Bancorp of a written notice of revocation
prior to or at the Bancorp Meeting (or, if the Bancorp Meeting is adjourned or
postponed, prior to or at the time the adjourned or postponed meeting is
actually held); (b) submission of a duly executed proxy bearing a later date; or
(c) attending the Bancorp Meeting (or, if such Meeting is adjourned or
postponed, by attending the adjourned or postponed meeting) and voting in person
thereat. Any written revocation of proxy or other related communications should
be addressed to William L. Snelling, Secretary, BSM Bancorp, 2739 Santa Maria
Way, Santa Maria, California 93455.
 
SOLICITATION OF PROXIES
 
    Directors and officers of the Bancorp and its subsidiary may solicit proxies
from shareholders of Bancorp personally or by telephone or telegram without
additional remuneration therefor. The Bancorp will also provide persons, firms,
banks and corporations holding shares in their names or in the names of
nominees, which in any case are beneficially owned by others, with proxy
materials for transmittal to such beneficial owners and will reimburse such
record owners for their expenses of doing so. The Bancorp will bear the cost of
solicitation of proxies from its own shareholders.
 
                                   THE MERGER
 
    The agreement provides for, among other things, (i) the merger of the Bank
with and into Mid-State with Mid-State as the surviving bank, (ii) Bancorp
becoming the bank holding company for Mid-State and changing its name to
"Mid-State Bancshares" and (iii) the shareholders of Mid-State becoming
shareholders of Bancorp in accordance with the Exchange Ratio, all subject to
the terms and conditions specified in the Agreement Certain provisions of the
Agreement are summarized below. This summary does not purport to be complete and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Agreement,
which is reprinted as Appendix A to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and is
incorporated herein by reference. Shareholders of Mid-State and Bancorp are
urged to read the Agreement in its entirety.
 
BACKGROUND AND REASONS FOR THE MERGER AND MANAGEMENT'S RECOMMENDATION--MID-STATE
 
    The Board of Directors of Mid-State began to consider the possibility of a
merger or acquisition during the fourth quarter of 1996. In the current
financial services environment, a merger or acquisition would support
Mid-State's strategic objective of remaining a preeminent independent financial
services provider in San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties, while
strengthening management, growth opportunities and profitability. Furthermore,
it is believed that Mid-State, as a larger independent bank, will be able to
compete with major banks in the communities served, providing superior products
and services to the marketplace.
 
    In early 1997, representatives of Mid-State and the Bank met to discuss
Mid-State's interest in a possible business combination with the Bank.
Thereafter, representatives of Bancorp and Mid-State had further sporadic
discussions reaffirming Mid-State's interest in a potential business
combination.
 
    In September 1997, Mid-State was contacted as one of several potential
acquirors and asked if Mid-State would be interested in making an offer to
acquire Bancorp. In 1997 Mid-State sent a letter of interest to Bancorp
outlining its proposal with information on pricing, organizational structure and
board and
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
mangement alignment. Based upon this proposal, Mid-State was asked to conduct
due diligence and submit an offer.
 
    In November Mid-State conducted extensive due diligence of Bancorp and Bank
including interviews with senior management. Mid-State submitted a revised
proposal to Bancorp in December 1997 and the Parties and their respective
investment bankers thereafter discussed the Mid-State proposal. Mid-State
informed Bancorp that Mid-State would be willing to negotiate subject to a
signed exclusivity agreement and entered into an exclusivity agreement with
Bancorp on December 24, 1997. After further discussions among the advisors and
special committees, Mid-State began drafting a definitive agreement. During this
drafting, Bancorp conducted an extensive due diligence review of Mid-State. Both
Parties' Boards of Directors reviewed the definitive agreement with their
respective lawyers and financial advisors including certain financial analyses
and other data. In addition, on January 27, 1998 both Parties held Board of
Directors meetings where they received oral opinions from their respective
advisors that the proposed business combination was fair from a financial point
of view to their respective shareholders and approved the Agreement and other
ancillary matters. The Agreement was subsequently amended on March 18, 1998 to
correct technical errors prior to submitting it for shareholder approval.
 
    Culturally, it is important to Mid-State's Board of Directors to continue to
offer local management and ongoing support to the communities Mid-State has
served since its founding. That same philosophy is shared by the Bank and, as a
result of that conviction, provides a great opportunity to combine the two
institutions. The Bank possesses an excellent customer and deposit base in
Northern Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo Counties which compliments
Mid-State's existing customer and deposit base and provides the combined
organization a more competitive share of the market in these Counties.
 
    The Board and management of Mid-State also anticipate that the Merger will
provide the potential to benefit from revenue enhancement opportunities. These
opportunities result from, among other factors; (1) the enhanced ability to
better serve the marketplace; (2) the ability to cross-sell a wider variety of
banking products and services; (3) the ability to generate increased loan and
fee income by providing higher lending limits; (4) the potential to increase
overall market share in the communities served; (5) the opportunity to increase
the loan portfolio; and (6) the ability to create more efficiencies, thereby
reducing overall operating costs to both institutions. Additionally, the Board
of Directors also considered that the larger size of the surviving bank, along
with Mid-State's intention to list the Bancorp Stock on Nasdaq National Market,
would increase shareholder liquidity.
 
    In reaching its conclusion to make an offer, Mid-State's Board of Directors
considered information and advice from several specialists including investment
bankers and legal advisors. After consideration of the financial performance,
business operations, capital levels, and asset quality of the Bank and Bancorp,
it was decided to submit an offer through the investment advisor engaged by
Bancorp's management. It was important that the terms of the Agreement and the
structure of the transaction allowed Mid-State shareholders to retain
approximately 70% of the common equity of the combined institutions, thereby
ensuring the survival of the Mid-State name and franchise, retaining its local
identity and control, with the Board of Directors having the same percentage
representation. It was deemed important that the current directors of the Bank
and Bancorp have some representation on the Board of Mid-State, solidifying the
approval of the transaction, and reinforcing the local ownership and commitment.
 
    The Board of Directors of Mid-State believes that the terms of the Merger
are fair to and in the best interests of Mid-State and its shareholders. In
addition to the considerations already described, in unanimously approving the
Agreement, the Board of Directors considered a number of factors, including the
following, without assigning any specific or relative weights to the factors:
 
        (i) The Board of Directors believes that the Exchange Ratio provided for
    in the Agreement represents fair consideration. In addition, Mid-State's
    investment banking firm for the transaction concluded that the terms of the
    Merger are fair to the stockholders of Mid-State from a financial point of
    view.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
        (ii) It is anticipated that the Merger will increase the liquidity of
    the stock by expanding the size of the shareholder base.
 
       (iii) Because of the relatively low loan-to-deposit ratio at Mid-State,
    it is expected that the Merger will result in better opportunities to lend
    to a more diverse customer base.
 
        (iv) The Merger is expected to result in a strong, deep management team
    that will allow Mid-State to address more effectively changes in technology,
    regulation, competition, products and services.
 
        (v) The capital of the combined institutions will provide an excellent
    opportunity to expand and leverage the overall expense structure of the
    combined institutions.
 
    Accordingly, the Mid-State's Board of directors has approved the Agreement
and the transactions contemplated thereby and recommends approval of the same by
the shareholders of Mid-State.
 
BACKGROUND AND REASONS FOR THE MERGER AND MANAGEMENT'S RECOMMENDATION--BANCORP
 
    BSM Bancorp is proud of its community bank roots, and its banking philosophy
is deeply steeped in the independent bank tradition of customer service and
community involvement. In late 1994 and early 1995, the Board of Directors of
the Bank, now the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp, recognized that it was
becoming increasingly difficult for the Bank to compete with larger banks that
had penetrated the Bank's service area, and that the Bank needed to be larger in
order to compete more effectively. The Bank became actively involved in the
acquisition of other banks located in the central coast area of California.
 
    Following all necessary regulatory and shareholder approvals, on September
8, 1995, the Bank acquired Templeton National Bank ("Templeton") pursuant to an
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated March 10, 1995, providing for the
merger of Templeton with and into the Bank. As of the effective date of the
merger, Templeton's deposits were approximately $24 million and loans were
approximately $18 million.
 
    Following all necessary regulatory and shareholder approvals, on May 3,
1996, the Bank acquired Citizens National Bank of Paso Robles, N.A. ("Citizens")
pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated October 30, 1995,
providing for the merger of Citizens with and into the Bank. As of the effective
date of the merger, Citizens' deposits were approximately $29 million and loans
were approximately $18 million.
 
    Following all necessary regulatory and shareholder approvals, on January 10,
1997, the Bank acquired El Camino National Bank ("El Camino") pursuant to an
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated July 16, 1996, providing for the
merger of El Camino with and into the Bank. As of the effective date of the
merger, El Camino's deposits were approximately $16 million and loans were
approximately $12 million.
 
    The Board of Directors and management of the Bank recognized that in order
to continue to evolve and grow, to enhance shareholder value and to provide a
broader range of options with respect to access to additional capital,
possibilities for expansion of the Bank's branch system and expanded abilities
in the financial services area, following all necessary regulatory and
shareholder approvals, on March 12, 1997, the Bank completed the formation of
the Bancorp as its holding company. All of the Bank's shareholders became
shareholders of the Bancorp, with the same Board of Directors and executive
management as the Bank.
 
    From time to time in 1995, 1996 and 1997, and also following the completion
of the formation of the Bancorp, the Bank had meetings and discussions with a
number of central coast-based institutions with respect to potential
acquisitions and business combinations. The institutions contacted were only
those institutions that focused on the community-based approach to banking and
were located in markets that would provide the Bank and the Bancorp with both
strategic and synergistic benefits. However, the diminishing number of potential
acquisition candidates, and the increased competition for available acquisition
targets, caused the Bancorp to begin to review its strategic alternatives.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    In early 1997, representatives of Mid-State and the Bank met to discuss
Mid-State's interest in a possible business combination with the Bank.
Thereafter, representatives of the Bancorp and Mid-State had further sporadic
conversations reaffirming Mid-State's interest in a potential business
combination.
 
    In July 1997, the Bancorp engaged Carpenter to assist it in analyzing
strategic alternatives and identifying opportunities for maximizing shareholder
value. In July, 1997, Carpenter made a presentation to the Bancorp as to the
strategic alternatives available to the Bancorp, including staying the present
course, growing through acquisitions and combining the Bancorp and the Bank with
a third party. The Bancorp believed that pursuing acquisitions was the better
strategy in pursuing growth objectives, but all alternatives would be discussed
in order to maximize shareholder value. Carpenter also outlined various
scenarios for acquisitions of the Bancorp by in-state and out-of-state regional
and super-regional financial institutions that were deemed to be likely
acquirors. No decision was made as to the appropriate course of action, although
management was authorized to prepare materials to assist with a discreet inquiry
of potential acquirors in determining the values that might be received by
Bancorp shareholders in a business combination transaction.
 
    Carpenter then reviewed several possible candidates that the Bancorp may
have an interest in acquiring, and Carpenter contacted several would-be
acquirors. The possible candidates that the Bancorp may have an interest in
acquiring were all rejected as either too expensive, time consuming or for other
reasons. However, several would-be acquirors were identified. In August and
September 1997, Carpenter and management of the Bancorp prepared background
materials on the Bancorp for evaluation by prospective acquirors. Mid-State
reviewed such materials and began its preliminary analysis with regard to a
potential transaction to determine the viability of a potential merger, and
thereafter a preliminary non-binding expression of interest was delivered by
Mid-State to the Bancorp in October 1997. Mid-State's preliminary non-binding
indication of interest presented two alternatives. The first alternative
provided for a financial structure of a tax free exchange of stock to be
accounted for on a pooling of interests basis, with the Bancorp shareholders
receiving value equal to $27.25 per share, a 15% reciprocal collar based upon
Mid-State price at the time of closing, Board representation in which Mid-State
would expand its board membership by three members who would be appointed from
the Bancorp Board, with the Chairman of the Bancorp offered the position of Vice
Chairman of the new bank board, and either the exercise of all outstanding
Bancorp options or redemption of such options through a cashless exercise. The
second alternative provided for a financial structure of 50% cash and 50% stock
accounted for as a purchase transaction and allowing for a pro-rata election of
cash or stock by each Bancorp shareholder, value received to be equal to $23.25
per share for each Bancorp share, a 15% reciprocal collar based upon the
Mid-State price at the time of closing, Board representation in which Mid-State
would expand its board membership by two members who would be appointed from the
Bancorp Board, with the Chairman of the Bancorp offered the position of vice
chairman of the new bank board, and either the exercise of all outstanding
Bancorp options or redemption of such options through a cashless exercise.
 
    Following a review of various preliminary indications of interest submitted
to the Bancorp and a discussion thereof with Carpenter, management proceeded
with further discussions with four prospective purchasers, one of which was
Mid-State, and each of which was afforded the opportunity to conduct expanded
due diligence of the Bancorp. During the due diligence, Mid-State revised its
preliminary analysis. All of the interested parties made presentations and
conducted a review of the books and records of the Bancorp pursuant to the terms
and conditions of various confidentiality agreements. The four interested third
parties made presentations to the Bancorp, outlining the various proposed
transactions and the projected benefits of such transaction. The presentations
by representatives of Mid-State and Carpenter emphasized the complementary
nature of Mid-State's proposal and potential synergies, including the
complementary nature of the two companies' loan, deposit and management styles.
 
    In November, 1997, the principals of the Bancorp and Mid-State met to
preliminarily discuss the possible synergies between the companies. In December,
1997, Carpenter advised the Bancorp that Mid-State had shown the most interest
as a would-be acquiror. The Bancorp and Mid-State thereafter
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
continued to discuss a possible combination of the companies. On December 9,
1997, Mid-State presented a revised offer to the Bancorp that provided for a
financial structure of a tax-free exchange of stock to be accounted for on a
pooling-of-interest basis, with the Bancorp shareholders receiving value equal
to $28.25 per share, a 15% reciprocal collar based upon the Mid-State share
price at the time of closing, Board representation in which Mid-State would
expand its board membership by three members who will be appointed from the
Bancorp Board, with the Chairman of the Bancorp offered the position of Vice-
Chairman of the new bank Board, Mid-State's belief that it is critical that Mr.
William Hares continue in a significant role in the combined bank, and either
the exercise of all outstanding Bancorp options or redemptions of such options
through a cashless exercise.
 
    After an extensive review of the various proposals, which review included,
among other things, an analysis of the financial health, management structure
and future prospects of the four potential acquirors, and after extensive
negotiating, in December 1997, the Bancorp executed a non-binding expression of
interest letter with Mid-State that outlined the general terms and conditions of
a proposed transaction with Mid-State, including the transaction would be a
tax-free exchange of stock to be accounted for as a pooling of interests, the
final structure of the transaction will be determined by the parties in
connection with discussions concerning the definitive agreement; the total value
in Mid-State Common Stock would be equal to $29.37 per share; each holder of a
Bancorp stock option would be provided the opportunity to receive either (i) the
value of Bancorp stock options in Mid-State Stock, or (ii) if permitted,
converting the value of such options into options of Mid-State Stock so that the
value of such options is preserved; the amount of Mid-State Stock to be issued
in the exchange would be determined based upon the Mid-State Stock twenty day
average price per share just prior to the time of closing, subject to a 7.5%
collar; Mid-State would expand its Board of directors and any holding company it
should form to include three (3) members of the Board of Directors of the
Bancorp, and the Chairman of the Bancorp shall be appointed to the position of
Vice Chairman of the Board of Mid-State and any holding company it should form;
William Hares would receive an appropriate employment contract to be agreed upon
by the parties at the time of execution of a definitive agreement; an agreed
upon amount of payment for any layoffs of employees of the Bancorp and the Bank;
an amount of payment to Mid-State if the Bancorp should enter into an
alternative transaction before the definitive agreement is executed; listing of
Mid-State Stock on Nasdaq National Market System; and the payment of a
semi-annual dividend by the Bancorp.
 
    In connection with its analysis of the fairness of the transaction, the
Bancorp retained Carpenter to advise it as to fairness to the Bancorp
shareholders from a financial point of view of the exchange of Bancorp stock to
be received by the Mid-State shareholders when the shareholders of Mid-State
become shareholders of the Bancorp.
 
    On January 27, 1998, the Bancorp Board met to consider the transaction and
to review the Agreement and related documents. At this meeting, Carpenter
discussed with the Bancorp Board its analysis of the Merger and delivered to the
Bancorp Board its opinion that the consideration to be received in the Merger
was fair to the Bancorp shareholders from a financial point of view (see
"Bancorp Fairness Opinion"). Thereafter, the Bancorp Board approved, and
authorized the execution of, the Agreement.
 
    The Bancorp Board unanimously approved the Merger at its Board of Directors
meeting on January 27, 1998. The Bancorp Board believes that the terms of the
Merger are fair to, and in the best interests of, the Bancorp and its
shareholders and recommends that the shareholders of the Bancorp vote FOR
approval of the Merger.
 
    In reaching its conclusion, the Bancorp Board considered information
provided at meetings of its Board of Directors in December 1997 and January
1998, including, among other things, (i) information concerning the financial
performance and condition, business operations, capital levels, asset quality,
loan portfolio breakdown and prospects of Mid-State Bank; (ii) the structure of
the transaction, including the fact that the Bancorp shareholders would retain
approximately 30% of the common equity of the Mid-State on a fully diluted
basis; (iii) the fact that Mr. Diani would serve as Vice Chairman of the Board
of
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Directors of the Mid-State, and that the Board of Directors of Mid-State would
be comprised of three directors from the Bancorp; (iv) the terms of the Merger
Agreement and other documents to be executed in connection with the Merger,
including the covenant of Mid-State in the Agreement allowing the Bancorp to pay
semi-annual dividends to the shareholders of the Bancorp; (v) the presentation
of Carpenter and the opinion of Carpenter that the Merger is fair to the
shareholders of the Bancorp from a financial point of view; (vi) the results of
its due diligence examination of Mid-State; (vii) the terms of other recent
comparable combinations of banks and bank holding companies; (viii) the Bancorp
Board's review with its legal and financial advisors of alternatives to the
Merger, the range of possible values to Bancorp shareholders obtainable through
implementation of alternatives and the timing and likelihood of the same; (ix)
the current and prospective economic environment and regulatory and competitive
burdens and constraints facing community banks; (x) the pro forma financial
statements of the combined companies and the capitalization of the combined
companies; (xi) the Bancorp Board's review with its legal and financial advisors
of potential merger targets; (xii) the compatibility of the Bancorp with
Mid-State and the complementary lines of business; (xiii) the geographic
distribution of Mid-State offices vis-a-vis the Bancorp's strategic plan; (xiv)
the advantages of being part of a larger entity, including the potential for
operating efficiencies, the effect of a higher lending limit on the Bank's
customers and prospective customers, and the generally higher trading multiples
of larger financial institutions; (xv) the business strategies, the strength and
depth of management of Mid-State and the extent of their interest in continuing
the Bank's significant business relationships in Santa Barbara and San Luis
Obispo counties; (xvi) the ability of a larger institution to compete in the
banking environment and to leverage overhead costs; (xvii) the effect of the
Merger on existing shareholders, employees, officers and customers of the
Bancorp and the Bank; (xviii) the current and prospective economic environment
and regulatory and competitive burdens and constraints facing commercial banks;
(xix) information concerning the ability of Mid-State and the Bancorp to achieve
operating efficiencies; (xx) the impact on the communities served by the Bank
and Mid-State in the Merger, and the increased ability to serve the communities
through the larger branch network; (xxi) the unprecedented consolidation
currently underway in the banking industry and increased competition from larger
independent banks in California; (xxii) the value of the consideration offered
by Mid-State compared to the value of the consideration offered in other
acquisitions of financial institutions in California in 1996 and 1997 and the
prospects for enhanced value of the combined entity in the future; (xxiii) the
tax-free nature of the Mid-State offer; (xxiv) the fact that Bancorp Stock will
be listed on Nasdaq National Market System and the future liquidity of the
Bancorp Stock; (xxv) the prospects and valuation of the Bancorp on a stand alone
basis and on the basis of alternative stand alone strategies, such as dividends,
share repurchases, restructurings and growth through acquisitions; and (xxvi)
the willingness of Mid-State to provide Bancorp shareholders with certain
protections against fluctuations within certain ranges in the exchange ratio.
 
    The foregoing discussion of the information and factors considered by the
Bancorp Board is not intended to be exhaustive, but constitutes the material
factors considered by the Bancorp Board. In reaching its determination to
approve and recommend the principal terms of the Merger, the Bancorp Board did
not assign relative or specific weights to the foregoing factors and individual
directors may have weighed such factors differently
 
    FOR THE REASONS SET FORTH ABOVE, THE BANCORP BOARD HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED
THE AGREEMENT AS IN THE BEST INTEREST OF THE BANCORP AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE BANCORP SHAREHOLDERS APPROVE THE PRINCIPAL TERMS
OF THE MERGER.
 
MID-STATE FAIRNESS OPINION
 
    Mid-State retained H&A to render financial advisory and investment banking
services in connection with the proposed merger among Mid-State, Bank and
Bancorp. H&A has rendered a written opinion (the "Opinion") to the Mid-State
Board of Directors to the effect that the Exchange Ratio as defined in section
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
1.1 of the Agreement, which definition includes certain possible adjustments, is
fair to the holders of Mid-State Stock from a financial point of view. No
limitations were imposed by the Mid-State Board of Directors upon H&A with
respect to the investigations made or procedures followed in rendering the
Opinion.
 
    The text of the Opinion of H&A, dated as of January 29, 1998 which sets
forth certain assumptions made, matters considered and limits on the review
undertaken by H&A, is attached hereto as Appendix B. Mid-State shareholders are
urged to read the Opinion in its entirety. In furnishing such Opinion, H&A does
not admit that it is an expert with respect to the Registration Statement of
which this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is part within the meaning of the
term "experts" as used in the Securities Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder nor does it admit that its opinion constitutes a report
or valuation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act. The summary
of the procedures and analysis performed, and assumptions used by H&A set forth
in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the text of such Opinion. H&A's Opinion is directed to the Mid-
State Board of Directors and is directed only to the consideration to be paid by
Mid-State in the Merger and does not constitute a recommendation to any
Mid-State shareholder as to how such shareholder should vote at the Mid-State
Meeting.
 
    In arriving at its opinion, H&A has reviewed and analyzed, among other
things, the following: (i) the Agreement; (ii) certain publicly available
financial and other data with respect to Mid-State, Bank and Bancorp, including
consolidated financial statements for recent years and interim periods to
September 30, 1997; (iii) certain other publicly available financial and other
information concerning Mid-State and Bancorp and the trading markets for the
publicly traded securities of Mid-State and Bancorp; (iv) publicly available
information concerning other banks and holding companies, the trading markets
for their securities and the nature and terms of certain other merger
transactions H&A believed relevant to its inquiry; and (v) evaluations and
analyses prepared and presented to the Board of Directors of Mid-State or a
committee thereof in connection with the Merger. H&A has held discussions with
senior management of Mid-State and of Bancorp concerning their past and current
operations, financial condition and prospects.
 
    H&A reviewed with the senior management of Mid-State earnings projections
for Mid-State as a stand-alone entity, assuming the Merger does not occur. H&A
also reviewed with the senior management of Bancorp earnings projections for
Bancorp as a stand-alone entity, assuming the Merger does not occur. H&A also
reviewed with the senior management of Mid-State the projected operating cost
savings expected by Mid-State to be achieved in each such year resulting from
the Merger with Bancorp. Certain financial projections for the combined
companies and for Mid-State and Bancorp as stand-alone entities were derived by
H&A based partially upon the projections described above, as well as H&A's own
assessment of general economic, market and financial conditions.
 
    H&A took into account its assessment of general economic, market and
financial conditions and its experience in other transactions, as well as its
experience in securities valuation and its knowledge of the banking industry
generally. H&A considered such financial and other factors as it deemed
appropriate under the circumstances. H&A's Opinion was necessarily based upon
conditions as they existed and could only be evaluated on the date thereof and
the information made available to H&A through the date thereof.
 
    In conducting its review and in arriving at the Opinion, H&A relied upon and
assumed the accuracy and completeness of the financial and other information
provided to it or publicly available and did not attempt independently to verify
the same. H&A relied upon the management of Mid-State and Bancorp as to the
reasonableness of the financial and operating forecasts, projections and
projected operating cost savings. H&A also assumed, without independent
verification, that the aggregate allowances for loan losses for Mid-State and
Bancorp were adequate to cover such losses. H&A did not make or obtain any
evaluations or appraisals of the property of Mid-State or Bancorp, nor did H&A
examine any individual loan credit files. H&A's Opinion is limited to the
fairness, from a financial point of view, to the
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
shareholders of Mid-State of the consideration to be paid by Mid-State in the
Merger which was determined by arms length negotiations and does not address
Mid-State's underlying decision to proceed with the Merger.
 
    In connection with rendering its Opinion to the Mid-State Board of
Directors, H&A performed certain financial analyses, which are summarized below.
The summary set forth below does not purport to be a complete description of the
presentation by H&A to Mid-State's Board or of the analyses performed by H&A.
H&A believes that its analysis must be considered as a whole and that selecting
portions of such analyses and the factors considered therein, without
considering all factors and analyses, could create an incomplete view of the
analysis and the processes underlying H&A's Opinion. The preparation of a
Opinion is a complex process involving subjective judgments and is not
necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or summary description. In its
analysis, H&A made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance,
business and economic conditions, and other matters, many of which are beyond
the control of Mid-State and Bancorp. Any estimates contained in H&A's analyses
are not necessarily indicative of future results or values, which may be
significantly more or less favorable than such estimates. Estimates of values of
companies do not purport to be appraisals or necessarily reflect the prices at
which companies or their securities may actually be sold. None of the financial
analyses performed by H&A was assigned a greater significance by H&A than any
other.
 
    Neither Mid-State nor Bancorp publicly discloses internal management
financial forecasts and projections of the type provided to H&A in connection
with its review of the proposed Merger. Such forecasts and projections were not
prepared with a view towards public disclosure. The forecasts, projections, and
projected operating cost savings prepared by H&A were based on numerous
variables and assumptions which are inherently uncertain, including, without
limitation, factors related to general economic and market conditions.
Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from those set forth in
such forecasts and projections.
 
    Set forth below is a brief summary of the analysis performed by H&A in
reaching the Opinion. H&A assumed for purposes of its opinion that the Merger
will be accounted for as a pooling of interests transaction under generally
accepted accounting principles. Unless otherwise noted in this analysis, H&A
used a Exchange Ratio of 0.8938 shares of Bancorp Stock at time of closing, the
level at which Mid-State Stock would be exchanged if the Closing Date (as
defined in the Agreement) were the same as the date of the Opinion. The Exchange
Ratio and possible adjustments to the Exchange Ratio were developed pursuant to
extensive negotiations between Mid-State and Bancorp. H&A analyzed certain
effects of the Merger assuming an Exchange Ratio, among others, of 1.0385. The
0.8938 Exchange Ratio does not necessarily reflect the lowest possible Exchange
Ratio under the terms of the Agreement, and there can be no assurance that the
Exchange Ratio as finally determined in accordance with the Agreement will not
be lower than 0.8938. The analysis also focuses on core financial and operating
projections and statistics, which are not specifically adjusted for
non-recurring charges, unless otherwise stated.
 
    (A)  PRO FORMA MERGER AND CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS  H&A analyzed the changes in
the amount of earnings, book value and indicated dividends attributable to one
share of Mid-State Stock before the Merger to those attributable to one share of
Mid-State Stock as a result of the proposed Merger. The following assumptions
regarding earnings and dividends underlie the pro forma results. The analysis
assumes a dividend payout ratio consistent with Mid-State's recent historical
dividend payout ratio. The analysis further assumes, unless otherwise stated,
Merger-related operating cost savings to be fully realized during 1999 and each
year thereafter and assumes the Merger is completed during the third quarter of
1998. These projected operating cost savings represent approximately 8.90% of
the combined institutions' projected non-interest expense on a pre-tax basis.
This level of projected operating cost savings, expressed as a percent of the
combined institutions' projected non-interest expense, is within a range of the
level of operating cost savings, expressed as a percent of the combined
institutions' non-interest expense, achieved in other transactions reviewed by
H&A.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    H&A performed pro forma merger analyses assuming the stated earnings
projections and the Merger-related operating cost savings projected by
Mid-State. In addition, H&A analyzed certain pro forma merger scenarios in order
to assess the impact on Mid-State of some levels of volatility in Bancorp's and
Mid-State 's projected earnings as well as volatility of the levels of
Merger-related projected operating cost savings. The impact on Mid-State of
volatility in Bancorp's earnings was shown by calculating pro forma results
assuming Bancorp's earnings as projected, as well as 75% and 125% of Bancorp's
projected earnings. In order to measure the impact on Mid-State of volatility of
Mid-State's earnings to the pro forma results, H&A examined the earnings impact
on Mid-State assuming Mid-State achieved earnings as projected, as well as 75%
and 125% of its projected earnings. The impact on Mid-State of volatility in the
level of Merger-related projected operating cost savings was shown by
calculating pro forma results assuming cost savings as projected, as well as
125% and 75% of projected operating cost savings. H&A analyzed the changes in
earnings, dividends and book value for the years 1999, 2000 and 2001 resulting
from various combinations of the stand-alone and pro forma projected earnings
and cost savings volatility assumptions described above. The analyses showed
that for the year 1999 the change in earnings per share ranged from 32.00% to
- -10.34% and the change in book value per share ranged from 0.60% to -7.15%. For
the year 2000 the change in earnings per share ranged from 35.88% to -10.21% and
the change in book value per share ranged from 4.09% to -7.51%. For the year
2001 the change in earnings per share ranged from 39.88% to -10.08% and the
change in book value per share ranged from 7.41% to -7.79%.
 
    (B)  ANALYSIS OF OTHER MERGER TRANSACTIONS  H&A analyzed other California
bank merger and acquisition transactions where the total target asset size was
over $100 million and less than $500 million for the periods January 1, 1996 to
December 31, 1997. The transactions analyzed were: Pacific Bank, NA and Sterling
West Bancorp, Zions Bancorporation and FP Bancorp, Inc., SierraWest Bancorp and
California Community Bancshares, Greater Bay Bancorp and Peninsula Bank of
Commerce, City National Corporation and Harbor Bancorp, US Bancorp and Business
& Professional Bank, Dartmouth Capital and Eldorado Bancorp, Western Bancorp and
California Commercial Bankshares, Santa Barbara Bancorp and First Valley Bank,
Golden State Bancorp and Transworld Bancorp, City National Corporation and
Riverside National Bank, Bank SinoPac and Far East National Bank, City National
Corporation and Ventura County National Bancorp, Pacific Capital Bancorp and
South Valley Bancorp, FBOP Corporation and SDNB Financial Corp, First Banks, Inc
and Sunrise Bancorp, Western Bancorp and Western Bank, Dartmouth Capital and
Commerce Security Bank. This analysis showed that the Exchange Ratio represented
a multiple of: (i) 2.58X Bancorp's tangible book value compared to a high
multiple of 3.64X, a median multiple of 1.90X and a low multiple of 1.09X for
the comparable transactions; (ii) 17.69X Bancorp's latest twelve months'
earnings per share, compared to a high multiple of 31.79X, a median multiple of
17.55X, and a low multiple of 14.36X for the comparable transactions. H&A noted
that no transaction reviewed was identical to the Merger and that, accordingly
any analysis of comparable transactions necessarily involves complex
considerations and judgements concerning differences in financial and operating
characteristics of the parties to the transactions being compared.
 
    (C)  DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS  H&A examined the results of a discounted
cash flow analysis designed to compare the present value, under certain
assumptions, that would be attained if Mid-State remained independent through
2002 or was acquired in 2002 by a larger financial institution, with the present
value of the combined institutions at the Exchange Ratio as described in the
Agreement. The results produced in the analysis did not purport to be indicative
of actual values or expected values of Mid-State or the shares of Mid-State
Stock. In calculating the present values through the discounted cash flow
analysis, H&A analyzed the effect of possible earnings volatility and potential
Merger-related operating cost savings volatility, among other items, by assuming
varying levels of projected earnings for Mid-State and Bancorp. The three cases
examined were: Mid-State earnings as projected and Bancorp earnings as
projected; Mid-State earnings 75% of projected earnings and Bancorp earnings
125% of projected earnings; and Mid-State earnings 125% of projected earnings
and Bancorp earnings 75% of projected earnings. Pro forma combined cash flows
were calculated assuming the combinations of the cash flows in each of these
cases, and were compared to the cash flows of Mid-State on a stand-alone basis
as well as to
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
the cash flows of Mid-State acquired in 2002 by a larger financial institution.
All cases were analyzed assuming realization of the operating cost savings, in
the amounts and time periods previously indicated, unless otherwise stated (see
Pro Forma Merger and Contribution Analysis).
 
    The discount rates used ranged from 8.0% to 12.0%. For the Mid-State
stand-alone analyses, the terminal price multiples applied to 2002 estimated
earnings per share ranged from 14.00X to 22.00X. The lower levels of the
price-to-earnings per share multiples range reflected an estimated future
trading range of Mid-State, while the higher levels of the price-to-earnings per
share multiples were more indicative of a future sale of Mid-State's stock to a
larger financial institution. For the pro forma combined analyses, the terminal
price-to-earnings per share multiples also ranged from 14.00X to 22.00X.
 
    For the Mid-State stand-alone analyses, the cash flows were comprised of the
projected stand alone dividends per share in years 1998 through 2002 plus the
terminal value of Mid-State Stock at year-end 2002 (calculated by applying each
one of the assumed terminal price-to-earnings per share multiples as stated
above to 2002 projected Mid-State earnings per share). For the pro forma
combined analyses, the cash flows were comprised of the projected pro forma
combined dividends per share in years 1998 through 2002 plus the terminal value
of the pro forma combined entity's stock at year-end 2002 (calculated by
applying each one of the assumed terminal price-to-earnings per share multiples
as stated above to 2002 projected pro forma combined earnings per share). H&A
also calculated the present values that would be attained in each case if 75% or
125% of projected operating cost savings were realized.
 
    These analyses showed a range of stand-alone present values per share for
Mid-State from $16.03 to $45.81, as compared to a range of pro forma combined
present values per share of $17.23 to $50.52. These analyses do not purport to
be indicative of actual values or expected values of the shares of Mid-State
Stock. Discounted present value analysis is a widely used valuation methodology
which relies on numerous assumptions, including asset and earnings growth rates,
dividend payout rates, terminal values and discount rates. The analysis showed
that use of a higher (lower) level of projected Bancorp earnings raised
(lowered) the resulting present value for a given level of Mid-State earnings,
on a pro forma combined basis. The analysis also showed that use of a lower
(higher) discount rate or a higher (lower) terminal price-to-earnings per share
multiple raised (lowered) the calculated present values.
 
    (D)  COMPARABLE COMPANY ANALYSIS  H&A examined recent historical data on
Mid-State and Bancorp based upon information from Mid-State and Bancorp's 1996
Annual Reports to Shareholders and subsequent quarterly information. H&A
analyzed certain credit and operating statistics for Mid-State and Bancorp,
comparing these statistics to data for a peer group of California banks using
the publicly available Hoefer & Arnett Banking Universe, 1997 Third Quarter
Statistics (the "Universe"). The Universe includes 73 independent California
banking institutions. Both Mid-State and Bancorp are included in the Universe.
The comparisons made are as of or for the period ending June 30, 1996, unless
otherwise noted. In this analysis, for comparison purposes, H&A used the closing
stock prices of Bancorp and Mid-State which coincide with stock prices and
comparative pricing data which appear in the Universe. The analysis
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
necessarily involved complex considerations and judgements concerning
differences in financial and operating characteristics of the comparable
companies.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     BANCORP    MID-STATE   INDEX MEDIAN
                                                                    ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
Total assets......................................................  $  335,829  $  827,817   $   229,508
Market capitalization(1)..........................................  $   74,523  $  184,166   $    40,793
Price to tangible equity per share(1).............................        2.27X       2.50X         2.13X
Price to latest 12 months earnings(1).............................       17.99X      19.72X        16.13X
Tangible equity to tangible assets................................       10.34%       8.89%         8.92%
Nonperforming assets to total assets(2)...........................        0.61%       1.05%         1.37%
Loan loss reserve to nonperforming loans..........................      263.53%     261.90%       204.43%
Return on assets..................................................        1.40%       1.51%         1.37%
Return on equity..................................................       13.36%      17.14%        15.67%
Efficiency ratio(3)...............................................       62.88%      73.98%        61.51%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Statistics calculated based on the latest available bid prices prior to
    publishing the third quarter 1997 Universe.
 
(2) Nonperforming assets include loans which are 90 days past due and still
    accruing in addition to nonaccrual and restructured loans and other real
    estate owned.
 
(3) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percent of total
    revenues.
 
    H&A is an investment banking firm continually engaged in the valuation of
businesses and securities, including financial institutions and their
securities, in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated
underwritings, private offerings of securities, secondary distributions of
listed and unlisted securities and valuations for estate, corporate and other
purposes. H&A is a market maker in both Mid-State and Bancorp Stock. H&A has not
previously provided investment banking services to Mid-State or Bancorp.
 
    In consideration for the rendering of financial advice and for the
preparation and rendering of the Opinion, the Mid-State shall pay H&A a fee to
be paid at closing of approximately $740,000. Mid-State will also reimburse H&A
for all reasonable out of pocket expenses which may be incurred in connection
with the rendering of the Opinion. No portion of the fee is contingent upon the
conclusions reached in the Opinion.
 
BANCORP FAIRNESS OPINION
 
    GENERAL.  Pursuant to an engagement letter dated July 9, 1997 (the
"Engagement Letter"), the Bancorp engaged Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc. dba
Carpenter & Company ("Carpenter") to provide financial advisory services and a
fairness opinion with respect to the Merger. Carpenter is an investment banking
firm specializing in California financial institutions, and, as part of its
investment banking activities, is regularly engaged in the valuation of
businesses and their securities in connection with merger transactions and other
types of acquisitions, underwritings, private placements and valuations for
corporate and other purposes. Bancorp selected Carpenter to render the opinion
on the basis of its experience and expertise in transactions similar to the
Merger and its reputation in the banking and investment communities. No
limitations were imposed by Bancorp on Carpenter with respect to the
investigations made or procedures followed in rendering its opinion.
 
    At a meeting of the Bancorp Board on January 27, 1998, Carpenter delivered
its oral opinion that, as of the date of the opinion and subject to the
limitations and assumptions set forth in the opinion, the merger consideration
pursuant to the Merger Agreement was fair to Bancorp shareholders from a
financial point of view. Carpenter's oral opinion was subsequently confirmed in
writing as of such date.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    The full text of Carpenter's written opinion to the Bancorp Board, which
sets forth the assumptions made, matters considered, and limitations of the
review, by Carpenter, is attached hereto and is incorporated herein by
reference. The following summary of Carpenter's opinion is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion, which should be read
carefully and in its entirety. In furnishing such opinion, Carpenter does not
admit that it is an expert with respect to the Registration Statement of which
this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is part within the meaning of the term
"experts" as used in the Securities Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. Nor does Carpenter admit that its opinion constitutes a
report or valuation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act.
Carpenter's opinion is directed to the Bancorp Board, covers only the fairness
of the consideration to be received by holders of Bancorp Common Stock from a
financial point of view as of the date of the opinion, and does not constitute a
recommendation to any holder of Bancorp Common Stock as to how such shareholder
should vote at the Bancorp Special Meeting.
 
    In connection with its Opinion, Carpenter, among other things: (i) reviewed
certain publicly available financial and other data with respect to Bancorp and
Mid-State, including the consolidated financial statements for recent years and
interim periods to December 31, 1997 and certain other relevant financial and
operating data relating to Bancorp and Mid-State made available to Carpenter
from published sources and from the internal records of Bancorp; (ii) reviewed
the Agreement; (iii) reviewed certain publicly available information concerning
the trading of, and the trading market for, Bancorp Common Stock and Mid-State
Common Stock; (iv) compared Bancorp and Mid-State from a financial point of view
with certain other companies in the banking industry which Carpenter deemed to
be relevant; (v) considered the financial terms, to the extent publicly
available, of selected recent business combinations of companies in the banking
industry which Carpenter deemed to be comparable, in whole or in part, to the
Merger; (vi) considered the financial and other terms of recent business
combinations proposals made to Bancorp by other companies in 1997, and compared
them to the Merger; (vii) reviewed and discussed with representatives of the
management of Bancorp certain information of a business and financial nature
regarding Bancorp, furnished to Carpenter by them; (viii) made inquiries
regarding and discussed the Merger and the Agreement and other matters related
thereto with Bancorp's counsel; and (ix) performed such other analyses and
examinations as Carpenter deemed appropriate.
 
    In connection with its review, Carpenter did not assume any obligation
independently to verify the foregoing information and relied on such information
being accurate and complete in all material respects. Carpenter also assumed
that there were no material changes in Bancorp's or Mid-State's assets,
financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects since the
respective dates of their last financial statements made available to it.
Carpenter relied on advice of counsel to Bancorp as to all legal matters with
respect to Bancorp, the Merger and the Agreement. Bancorp acknowledged that
Carpenter did not discuss with Bancorp's independent accountants any financial
reporting matters with respect to Bancorp, the Merger or the Agreement. Bancorp
informed Carpenter, and Carpenter assumed that the Merger would be accounted for
as a pooling of interests under generally accepted accounting principles.
Carpenter assumed that the Merger would be consummated in a manner that complies
in all respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act and all other applicable Federal and state statutes, rules and
regulations.
 
    Carpenter assumed that the allowance for loan losses for each of Bancorp and
Mid-State are in the aggregate adequate to cover such losses. In addition,
Carpenter did not assume responsibility for reviewing any individual credit
files, or making an independent evaluation, appraisal or physical inspection of
any of the assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of Bancorp or
Mid-State, nor was Carpenter furnished with any such appraisals. Finally,
Carpenter's opinion was based on economic, monetary and market and other
conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to Carpenter as
of the date of the opinion. Accordingly, although subsequent developments may
affect Carpenter's opinion, it has not assumed any obligation to update, revise
or reaffirm such opinion.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Set forth below is a summary of Carpenter's analysis in connection with its
opinion that is complete in all material respects.
 
    ANALYSIS OF SELECTED MERGER TRANSACTIONS.  Using publicly available
information, Carpenter reviewed the consideration paid in recently announced
transactions whereby certain banks and bank holding companies ("Banks") of
various sizes were acquired. Specifically, Carpenter reviewed 57 transactions
involving acquisitions of banks based in California announced since January 1,
1996 (the "California Bank Acquisitions"), and 16 acquisitions of banks based in
California with total assets between $200 million and $500 million since the
same date, consisting of the following (acquiror/target): Bay View Capital/CTL
Credit, CU Bancorp/Home Interstate Bancorp, Western Bancorp/Western Bank, Zions
Bancorporation/ FP Bancorp, Mid-Peninsula Bancorp/Cupertino National Bancorp,
Dartmouth Capital/Commerce Security Bank, Greater Bay Bancorp/Peninsula Bank of
Commerce, City National Corp./Harbor Bancorp, Western Bancorp/SC Bancorp, US
Bancorp/Business & Professional Bank, Commerce Security/Eldorado Bancorp,
Western Bancorp/CA Commercial Bancshares, Golden State Bancorp/Transworld
Bancorp, City National Corp./Riverside National Bank, Bank SinoPac of Taiwan/Far
East National Bank, and City National Corp/ Ventura County National
(collectively the "Small Bank Acquisitions"). For each bank acquired or to be
acquired in such transactions, Carpenter analyzed data illustrating, among other
things, the ratio of the premium (i.e., purchase price in excess of tangible
book value) to core deposits, purchase price to book value and to tangible book
value and purchase price to last 12 months' ("LTM") earnings.
 
    The figures for the California Bank Acquisitions, and Small Bank
Acquisitions produced, respectively: (i) median percentage of premium to core
deposits of 8.1%, and 10.2%; (ii) average multiple of purchase price to book
value of 178.9%, and 195.2%; (iii) average multiple of purchase price to
tangible book value of 186.7%, and 203.7%; and (iv) median multiple of purchase
price to LTM earnings of 16.6X, and 16.6X. In comparison, based upon an assumed
value of $29.37 for each share of Bancorp Common Stock, Carpenter determined
that the consideration to be received by the holders of Bancorp Common Stock in
the Merger represented a percentage of premium to core deposits of 20.2%, a
multiple of price to book value of 250.4%, a multiple of price to tangible book
value of 263.1%, and a multiple of price to Bancorp's year end 1997 earnings of
21.5X.
 
    No other company or transaction used in the above analysis, as a comparison
is identical to Bancorp or the Merger. Accordingly, an analysis of the results
of the foregoing is not mathematical rather, it involves complex considerations
and judgments concerning differences in financial and operating characteristics
of the companies and other factors that could affect the public trading value
and the announced acquisition prices of the companies to which Bancorp and the
Merger are being compared.
 
    PRO-FORMA MERGER AND CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS.  Carpenter analyzed the
contribution of each of Bancorp and Mid-State to, among other things, total
tangible common equity, assets, LTM net income, and gross loans of the pro forma
combined companies. For purposes of this analysis, the balance sheets for the
period ending December 31, 1997 were used, and the income statements for the
same period as well as projected figures for 1998 were used for comparative
purposes. This analysis showed, among other things, that based on pro forma
combined balance sheets for Bancorp and Mid-State as defined above, Bancorp
would have contributed 31.6% of shareholders equity, 29.0% of assets, and 35.4%
of loans. Pro forma income statements as defined above indicated that Bancorp
would have contributed 30.6% of the pre-tax net income and 23.8% of the
after-tax net income of the pro forma combined companies based on 1997 earnings.
Based upon Management Plans provided by Bancorp and Mid-State, Bancorp's
contribution to projected 1998 after-tax earnings would be 23.7% without
projected merger efficiencies. Based upon analysis assuming an Average Closing
Price of Mid-State Common Stock of $30.50 (the highest level provided for in the
Agreement) and, therefore, a Conversion Ratio in the Merger of 1.0385 a share of
Bancorp Common Stock for each share of Mid-State Common Stock, holders of
Bancorp Common Stock would own approximately 31% of the combined companies based
on fully diluted shares outstanding on the date of the opinion.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    REVIEW OF MID-STATE AND BANCORP.  Carpenter analyzed the financial results
of both Mid-State and Bancorp for the period from 1994 through 1997 as reported
by both companies in their respective annual reports and public filings.
Specifically, Carpenter reviewed total assets, shareholder equity, net income,
return on assets, and return on equity. Assets of Mid-State grew from $757
million at December 31, 1994 to $842 million at December 31, 1997. Shareholder
equity of Mid-State grew from $50.5 million at December 31, 1994 to $64.6
million at December 31, 1996, and $77.9 million at December 31, 1997. Net income
of Mid-State for the year ending December 31, 1994 was a loss of $10.8 million,
for the year ending December 31, 1996 was $4.4 million, and for the year ending
December 31, 1997 was $13.4 million. Return on assets and return on equity of
Mid-State for each of the years ending December 31, 1994 through 1997, were
respectively -1.4% and -18.0%, 0.09% and 1.16%, 0.58% and 7.2%, and 1.6% and
18.9%. Total assets of Bancorp at the end of each of the fiscal years ending
December 31, 1994 through 1997 were $216.2 million, $263.6 million, $302.4
million, and $344.1 million, respectively. Shareholder equity of Bancorp at the
end of each of the fiscal years ending December 31, 1994 through 1997 was $21.7
million, $27.5 million, $30.4 million, and $36.1 million respectively. Net
income of Bancorp for each of the fiscal years ending December 31, 1994 through
1997 was $2.3 million, $3.1 million, $3.7 million, and $4.2 million,
respectively. Return on assets and return on equity of Bancorp for each of the
fiscal years ending December 31, 1994 through 1997, were 1.1% and 11.6%, 1.3%
and 12.9%, 1.3% and 12.9%, and 1.3% and 12.7%, respectively.
 
    TRADING ACTIVITY AND PRICES.  Carpenter reviewed the trading activity and
sales prices in the common stock of both Bancorp and Mid-State, both of which
trade in the Over-the-Counter (OTC) market. As of December 31, 1997, there were
6,905,100 shares of Mid-State Stock outstanding. Sales prices for the Mid-State
Stock in calendar year 1997 ranged from a low of $15.00 to a high of $29.50 per
share. In the period from January 1, 1998 through March 11, 1998, sales prices
for the Mid-State Stock varied from a low of $25.625 to a high of $29.25.
Trading volumes in calendar 1997 averaged 5,370 shares traded per day. Bancorp
common shares traded in a range during calendar year 1997 between $15.375 and
$27.50 per share. Trading volume for Bancorp stock averaged 1,420 shares a day
during 1997. On December 31, 1997, there were 2,976,533 shares of Bancorp common
stock issued and outstanding.
 
    REGRESSION ANALYSIS.  Carpenter undertook an analysis to determine the price
to book multiple at which Bancorp might trade on a stand-alone basis. A
regression analysis of publicly available data on comparable bank holding
companies indicated a high degree of correlation between return on equity and
price to book value. Based on Bancorp's 1997 return on equity of 12.24 percent,
this analysis yielded a price to book at which Bancorp might trade of 2.21X and
an implied value of $26.29 per share for Bancorp.
 
    DISCOUNTED VALUE ANALYSIS.  Carpenter estimated the present value (current
share price) based on estimated earnings that Bancorp (a) could produce on a
stand-alone basis through fiscal year 2002 without giving effect to, among other
things, potential cost savings that could be realized in a sale to an in-market
acquiror, and (b) that the combined entity expressed in Bancorp equivalent
shares could produce. Carpenter utilized Bancorp and Mid-State management
projections (the "Management Plans") for 1998 and assumed ten percent annual
earnings growth thereafter. The range of estimated future prices was calculated
by applying market multiples ranging from 14.0X to 22.0X to the projected 2002
EPS of Bancorp alone and of the combined companies. The estimated future share
prices were then discounted to present values using discount rates ranging from
12 percent to 20 percent. This analysis indicated an implied per share price
range today for Bancorp on a stand alone basis of approximately $17.42 to
$33.44. The corresponding range for the combined companies, including estimated
consolidation savings provided by Bancorp and Mid-State management, is $23.66 to
$45.42 in Bancorp equivalent shares. These analyses do not purport to be
indicative of actual values or expected values of Bancorp Common Stock.
 
    The summary set forth above does not purport to be a complete description of
the presentation by Carpenter to the Bancorp Board or of the analyses performed
by Carpenter. The preparation of a fairness
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
opinion is not necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or summary
description. Carpenter believes that its analyses and the summary set forth
above must be considered as a whole and that selecting a portion of its analyses
and factors, without considering all analyses and factors, would create an
incomplete view of the process underlying the analyses set forth in its
presentation to the Bancorp Board. The ranges of valuations resulting from any
particular analysis described above should not be taken to be Carpenter's view
of the actual value of Bancorp or the combined companies.
 
    In performing its analyses, Carpenter made numerous assumptions with respect
to industry performance, general business and economic conditions and other
matters, many of which are beyond the control of Bancorp or Mid-State. Material
among those assumptions were that of a reasonably stable economic and interest
rate environment, and no significant changes in the regulatory and statutory
regime governing the businesses of both Mid-State and Bancorp sufficient to
materially impact their results. The analyses performed by Carpenter are not
necessarily indicative of actual values or actual future results, which may be
significantly more or less favorable than suggested by such analyses. Such
analyses were prepared solely as part of Carpenter's analysis of the fairness of
the consideration to be received by the holders of Bancorp Common Stock in the
Merger and were provided to the Bancorp Board in connection with the delivery of
Carpenter's opinion. The analyses do not purport to be appraisals or to reflect
the prices at which a company might actually be sold or the prices at which any
securities may trade at the present time or any time in the future. The
forecasts utilized by Carpenter in certain of its analyses are based on numerous
variables and assumptions which are inherently unpredictable and must be
considered not certain of occurrence as projected. Accordingly, actual results
could vary significantly from those contemplated in such forecasts.
 
    Pursuant to the Engagement Letter, Bancorp will pay Carpenter & Company a
transaction fee in connection with the merger, a substantial portion of which is
contingent upon the consummation of the merger. Under the terms of the
Engagement Letter, Bancorp will pay Carpenter a transaction fee equal to 1.25%
of the value attributed in the merger to Company common stock up to $75,000,000,
and 1.75% of such value in excess of $75,000,000, less $25,000 previously paid
to Carpenter. Bancorp has also agreed to reimburse Carpenter for its reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses. Bancorp has agreed to indemnify Carpenter, its
affiliates, and their respective partners, directors, officers, agents,
consultants, employees and controlling persons against certain liabilities.
 
EXCHANGE RATIO
 
    The issued and outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock at the Effective Time
will remain outstanding (other than shares as to which statutory dissenters'
rights are perfected). Each share of Mid-State Stock issued and outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time will automatically, without any action
on the part of the holder thereof, be canceled and converted into the right to
receive a number of shares of Bancorp Stock as determined by the Exchange Ratio
established in the Agreement.
 
    For purposes of the Exchange Ratio, a share of Bancorp Stock was valued at
$29.37. The Exchange Ratio will be determined as follows:
 
        (i) If the Average Closing Price (as defined below) is not less than
    $26.25 but not more than $30.50, each shares of Mid-State will be exchanged
    for the number of shares of Bancorp Stock equal to the reciprocal of the
    number determined by dividing $29.37 by the Average Closing Price. Such
    formula is expressed as:
 
                                       1
                              -------------------
 
                                     $29.37
                                    -------
 
                             Average Closing Price
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
        (ii) If the Average Closing Price is greater than $30.50, each share of
    Mid-State Stock will be exchanged for 1.0385 shares of Bancorp Stock.
 
       (iii) If the Average Closing Price is less than $26.25, each share of
    Mid-State Stock will be exchanged for .8938 shares of Bancorp Stock;
    provided, however, that, if the Average Closing Price is less than $26.25,
    Bancorp has the right to terminate the Agreement. If Bancorp elects to so
    terminate, Mid-State has the right, so long as the Average Closing Price
    exceeds $22.00, to reinstate the Agreement by adjusting the exchange ratio
    downward based on the formula in (i), above.
 
    The "Average Closing Price" means the average of the daily closing prices of
a share of Mid-State Stock during the 20 consecutive trading days that
Mid-State's Stock trades ending on the third trading day immediately before the
effective day of the transaction.
 
    As described above, the Exchange Ratio (and the number of shares of be
received by shareholders of Mid-State and the value to be attributed to each
outstanding share of Bancorp Stock) depends upon the Average Closing Price of
Mid-State Stock. The following table shows the effective Exchange Ratio based
upon certain Average Closing Price. No assurance can be given that the market
price of Bancorp Stock on or after consummation of the Merger will approximate
the Average Closing Price of Mid-State Stock prior to the Merger.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSUMING A MID-STATE         EACH MID-STATE SHARE WILL BE        VALUE TO BE ATTRIBUTED TO EACH
AVERAGE CLOSING PRICE    EXCHANGED INTO THIS NUMBER OF BANCORP    OUTSTANDING SHARE OF BANCORP
             OF:                         STOCK                               STOCK
- -----------------------  -------------------------------------  --------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                                    <C>
       $   34.50                        1.0385                             $ 33.22
           33.50                        1.0385                               32.26
           32.50                        1.0385                               31.30
           31.50                        1.0385                               30.33
           30.50                        1.0385                               29.37
           29.37                        1.0000                               29.37
           29.50                        1.0044                               29.37
           28.50                        0.9704                               29.37
           27.50                        0.9363                               29.37
           26.50                        0.9023                               29.37
           26.25*                       0.8938                               29.37
           25.25                        0.8597                               29.37
           24.25                        0.8257                               29.37
           23.25                        0.7916                               29.37
           22.25                        0.7576                               29.37
           22.00                        0.7491                               29.37
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   If the Average Closing Price is less than $26.25, Bancorp has the right to
    terminate the Agreement. If Bancorp elects to so terminate, Mid-State has
    the right, so long as the Average Closing Price exceeds $22.00, to reinstate
    the Agreement by adjusting the exchange ratio downward based on the formula
    discussed above, as adjusted upwards for any Significant Liabilities.
 
    The Exchange Ratio will be adjusted upward for certain Significant
Liabilities (as defined in the Agreement) of Bancorp or the Bank, if any.
"Significant Liabilities," as used in the Agreement, relates to the following
categories or events unless Mid-State has consented in writing to such matter:
(1) new or extended contractual obligations other than those arising in the
ordinary course of Bank's or Bancorp's business; (2) new or extended leases of
real or personal property; (3) acquisition of capital assets (or commitments to
do so) except for assets required in the ordinary course of business; (4) actual
or contingent liabilities based upon threatened or pending litigation, other
proceedings or hazardous materials and legal fees and costs (whether actual or
estimated) related thereto as described in the Agreement (provided, however,
that the amount of such liabilities shall be reduced by the amount of any
insurance
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
proceeds actually received or certain, in the reasonable judgment of Mid-State,
to be received); (5) any unbooked expenses, fines, penalties or similar
obligations except those arising in the ordinary course of the Bank's or
Bancorp's business; (6) any new, expanded or accelerated pension or other
employee benefits including employment contracts and severance payments in
excess of one month's compensation, whether or not vested; (7) an amount which
would equal the amount necessary to bring the Bank's allowance for loan losses
as of the calendar quarter preceding the Effective Time to the amount required
by the Bank's existing policy on allowance for loan and lease losses (provided,
however, that if Mid-State should disagree with the adequacy of the Bank's
allowance for loan losses, then such disagreement shall be resolved through the
independent expert as discussed below); and (8) an amount which would equal the
amount necessary to bring Bancorp's shareholders' equity to the minimum Bancorp
shareholders' equity amount set forth in the Agreement. See "--Conditions to the
Merger." Mid-State and Bancorp are to identify any categories or events
reasonably believed by either of them to be Significant Liabilities commencing
immediately following receipt of the required regulatory approvals. All
calculations of Significant Liabilities, if any, shall be fully taxed affected,
and the after tax cost of any item referenced above shall be the amount of the
Significant Liability. To the extent that the item related to any Significant
Liability shall have already been booked and expensed by the Bancorp and Bank
and is therefore included within the amount of shareholders' equity for purposes
of (8), above, no further adjustment shall be made as a result thereof. Upon
identification of a Significant Liability, the Parties shall attempt to agree
upon the amount of said Significant Liability within seven days. If no mutual
agreement is reached within said period, the Parties shall immediately hire an
independent expert qualified to render an opinion regarding the amount of the
particular Significant Liability. The Parties shall cooperate fully with any
such independent expert and will equally split the cost of such expert. The
opinion of such expert shall be binding on the Parties for purposes of the
Agreement. As a result of any Significant Liabilities through the close of
business on the business day preceding the Effective Time, the Exchange Ratio
shall be calculated (to the nearest ten thousandth) according to the following
formula:
 
                                       1
                              -------------------
 
                                    $29.37-x
                                   ---------
 
                             Average Closing Price
 
where "x" represents the dollar amount of any Significant Liabilities divided by
the outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock (determined as of the business day
preceding the Effective Time). Further, if the Average Closing Price is below
$26.25 per share or above $30.50, then for purposes of this calculation $26.25
or $30.50 respectively shall be used as the Average Closing Price unless
otherwise further adjusted.
 
    The amount of Significant Liabilities, if any, cannot currently be
predicted.
 
FRACTIONAL SHARES
 
    No fractional shares of Bancorp Stock will be issued in the Merger. In lieu
thereof, each holder of Mid-State Stock who would otherwise be entitled to
receive a fractional share will receive an amount in cash equal to the product
(calculated to the nearest ten thousandth) obtained by multiplying (a) the
Average Closing Price times (b) the fraction of the shares of Bancorp Stock to
which such holder would otherwise be entitled. No such holder shall be entitled
to dividends or other rights in respect of any such fraction.
 
EFFECTIVE TIME OF MERGER
 
    The Effective Time shall occur on the day that the Agreement of Merger
(which is Exhibit A to the Agreement) is filed with the DFI after having been
previously filed with the Secretary with the DFI's approval endorsed thereon in
accordance with the provisions of the California Financial Code. The Effective
Time shall occur following the last to occur of (i) receipt of all necessary
regulatory approvals
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
with the expiration of any applicable regulatory waiting periods and (ii)
satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in the Agreement. See
"Conditions to the Merger." It is anticipated that the Effective Time will occur
sometime during the third quarter of 1998. In no event shall the Effective Time
be later than September 30, 1998 unless a later date is agreed to by the
Parties.
 
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BANCORP AND MID-STATE AFTER THE MERGER
 
    At the Effective Time, the Bank will be merged with and into Mid-State and
its separate corporate existence will terminate. Also at such time and by virtue
of the Merger, Mid-State will become a wholly-owned subsdiary of Bancorp. At the
Effective Time, the name of Bancorp will be changed to "Mid-State Bancshares."
 
    The number of directors of Bancorp at the Effective Time will be reduced to
ten and the seven member of Mid-State's Board of Directors and Messrs. Diani,
Hares and Snelling will serve as the Board of Directors of Bancorp after the
Merger until their successors have been chosen and qualified in accordance with
applicable law. After the Merger, the principal officers of Bancorp will be
Carrol R. Pruett (the current President of Mid-State) who will serve as Chairman
and President, A.J. Diani (the current Chairman of Bancorp) who will serve as
Vice Chairman, William A. Hares (the current President of Bancorp) who will
serve as Executive Vice President, Raymond E. Jones (the current Secretary of
Mid-State) who will serve as Secretary and James G. Stathos (the current
Executive Vice President of Mid-State) who will serve as Executive Vice
President/Chief Financial Officer. The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of
Bancorp (except as otherwise noted above) will continue to govern the business
and affairs of Bancorp after the Merger until amended or repealed in accordance
with applicable law.
 
    The seven directors of Mid-State immediately prior to the Effective Time and
Messrs. Diani, Hares and Snelling will be the directors of Mid-State after the
Merger until their successors have been chosen and qualified in accordance with
applicable law. Shareholder approval of the principal terms of the Agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereby includes the approval of an amendment to
the Mid-State bylaws to expand the number of its authorized directors at the
Effective Time. See "-- Amendment to Bylaws of Mid-State." The principal
officers of Mid-State immediately prior to the Effective Time will be the
principal officers of the Mid-State after the Merger until they resign or are
replaced or terminated by the Board of Directors of Mid-State or otherwise in
accordance with applicable law, except that Mr. Diani will be elected Vice
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Mid-State and Bancorp and Mr. Hares will
be appointed as an Executive Vice President of Mid-State. The Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws of Mid-State (except as otherwise noted above) will
continue to govern the business and affairs of Mid-State after the Merger until
amended or repealed in accordance with applicable law.
 
AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS OF MID-STATE
 
    Shareholder approval of the principal terms of the Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby includes the approval of an amendment to the
Mid-State bylaws to expand the number of its authorized directors at the
Effective Time. The bylaws currently provide for a range of authorized directors
of from five to nine. Pursuant to the Agreement, the board of directors of
Mid-State is to be expanded to 10 members at the Effective Time, including three
of the current directors of Bancorp. See "--Management and Operations of Bancorp
and Mid-State After the Merger." In order to effect such expansion, shareholder
approval of the principal terms of the Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby will also include approval of an amendment to Section 3.2
of the Mid-State bylaws to read as follows:
 
       "NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of
       directors of the Corporation shall not be less than six (6) nor more than
       eleven (11). The number of directors within such range is hereby
       established at ten (10). The range of directors set forth herein may only
       be changed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 of these
       Bylaws but the exact
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
       number of directors may be fixed from time to time within such range by
       an amendment duly adopted by the Board of Directors."
 
If for any reason the Merger is not carried out, the amendment to the bylaws
will not become effective.
 
REGULATORY APPROVALS
 
    The consummation of the Merger is subject to various conditions, including,
among others, receipt of the prior approvals of the DFI and the FDIC.
 
    The Agreement provides that the obligations of the Parties to consummate the
Merger are conditioned upon all regulatory approvals having been granted by
September 15, 1998 without the imposition of conditions which, in the opinion of
Mid-State would materially adversely effect the financial condition or
operations of any Party or otherwise would be burdensome.
 
    Applications for regulatory review and approval of the Merger and the
related transactions have been filed. There can be no assurance that the DFI and
the FDIC will approve or take other required action with respect to the Merger
and the related transactions or as to the date of such approvals or action.
 
    In determining whether to approve the Merger, the DFI will consider factors
such as (i) the effects of the Merger on competition; (ii) the effects of the
Merger on the convenience and needs of the communities to be served; (iii) the
financial condition of Mid-State; (iv) whether the Merger is fair and reasonable
to the depositors, creditors and shareholders of Bancorp, the Bank and
Mid-State; (v) the competence, experience and integrity of Mid-State's
management; and (vi) whether the Merger is fair, just and equitable to Bancorp,
Bank and Mid-State.
 
    In determining whether to approve the Merger, the FDIC will consider factors
such as (i) the financial condition, competence, experience and integrity of
Mid-State's management; and (ii) the effect of the Merger on competition.
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER
 
    As a condition to the Merger, each of the directors of Bancorp has entered
into an agreement with Mid-State whereby each has agreed to (i) vote his or her
shares of Bancorp Stock in favor of approving the principal terms of the
Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) recommend, subject to
his or her fiduciary duty, to Bancorp shareholders to vote in favor of the
Agreement, (iii) not dispose, subject to certain exceptions, of his or her
shares of Bancorp Stock, (iv) for a two year period, not to compete with
Mid-State or solicit anyone who was a customer of Mid-State, Bancorp or the Bank
during the last three years and (v) cooperate fully with Mid-State in connection
with the Merger. Each of the directors of Mid-State has entered into an
agreement with Bancorp whereby each has agreed to take the actions in (i)-(iii)
and (v), above, as it relates to his or her Mid-State Stock and the Mid-State
shareholders.
 
    Under these agreements the respective directors of Mid-State and Bancorp
have agreed to vote their respective shares (approximately 9.52% of the
outstanding shares in the case of Mid-State Stock and approximately 22.22% of
the outstanding shares in the case of Bancorp Stock) to approve the principal
terms of the Agreement, increasing the likelihood that the Merger will be
approved. The affirmative vote of the holders of an additional 40.48% (in the
case of Mid-State) and 27.78% (in the case of Bancorp) of the respective
outstanding shares voting at the respective Meetings will be required in order
to approve the Agreement.
 
    Messrs. Diani, Hares and Snelling will continue as directors of Bancorp
after the Effective Time and will be added to the Board of Directors of
Mid-State at the Effective Time. Mr. A.J. Diani, the current Chairman of Bancorp
and the Bank, will be elected as Vice Chairman of Bancorp and Mid-State. Mr.
William A. Hares, the current President of Bancorp and the Bank, will be
appointed as an Executive Vice President of Mid-State and Bancorp at the
Effective Time.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    The officers and employees of Bancorp and Bank at the Effective Time will
become officers and employees of Mid-State subject to the policies of Mid-State,
will be entitled to participate in all employee benefits and benefit programs of
Mid-State on the same basis as similarly situated employees of Mid-State and
will be credited for eligibility, participation and vesting purposes with their
respective years of past service with Bancorp and the Bank. Mid-State has
adopted a severance policy by which all employees of Bancorp, the Bank or
Mid-State who are not offered employment or who are terminated within 12 months
following the Effective Time who satisfy the requirement of the severance plan
will receive severance benefits of two weeks for every year of service.
 
    Mid-State has also agreed to honor certain change in control agreements for
Messrs. James Glines, Dean Fletcher, Susan Forgone and Carol Bradfield, all of
whom are officers of Bancorp and the Bank. For a description of such agreements,
see "INFORMATION CONCERNING BANCORP MEETING ONLY--Executive Compensation." The
change of control agreement with Mr. William A. Hares will terminate at the
Effective Time and be replaced with an employment agreement which provides for,
among other things, a two year term at an annual base salary of $190,000, an
automobile, certain medical insurance benefits, five weeks of vacation and
participation in Mid-State compensation, bonus and benefit plans. In the event
Mr. Hares is terminated without cause during the two year term, he will be
entitled to receive his base salary for the remainder of the two year term as
well as the use of an automobile and continuation of medical insurance benefits.
 
    Subject to the receipt of any required consents, appropriate amendments are
intended to be made to Bancorp's stock option plan in order for Messrs. Diani,
Hares and Snelling and each person who is an officer or employee of Bancorp or
the Bank and who does not exercise his stock option to have the right to receive
a substitute stock option from Bancorp on a fully vested basis. Policies of
directors' and officers' liability insurance (with coverage, terms and
conditions no less advantageous than the insurance presently maintained) will be
maintained by Bancorp and Mid-State for persons servings as officers or
directors of Bancorp or the Bank with respect to all matters arising from facts
or events which occurred before the Effective Time for which Bancorp or the Bank
would have had an obligation to indemnify its directors and officers.
 
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
 
    In addition to the directors agreements described in "Interests of Certain
Persons in the Merger," the directors and certain other affiliates of each of
the Parties have entered into agreements restricting such persons' ability to
sell shares of Bancorp Stock which such person has acquired or may acquire in
connection with the Merger except in accordance with such agreements.
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The Parties have not requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service in
connection with the Merger. The following is a summary of the opinion of
Andersen, Mid-State's independent public accountants, that Mid-State and Bancorp
expect to receive concerning the material federal income tax consequences to
holders of Mid-State Stock resulting from the Merger. Consummation of the Merger
is conditioned upon receipt by Mid-State and Bancorp of such opinion prior to
the date of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The following is based upon
applicable federal law and judicial and administrative interpretations on the
date hereof, any of which is subject to change at any time and representations
from the management of Mid-State, Bancorp and the Bank.
 
        (i) The Merger should qualify as a reorganization under Section 368 of
    the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and Mid-State
    Bancorp and the Bank each should be a "party to a reorganization" within the
    meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.
 
        (ii) No gain or loss should be recognized by any of the Parties as a
    result of the Merger.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
       (iii) No gain or loss should be recognized by a shareholder of Mid-State
    on the receipt solely of Bancorp Stock in exchange for his shares of
    Mid-State Stock.
 
        (iv) The tax basis of the assets in Mid-State after the Merger should be
    the same as the tax basis of the assets held by Mid-State and the Bank
    immediately before the Merger.
 
        (v) The holding period of Bancorp Stock to be received by the Mid-State
    shareholders pursuant to the Merger should include the holding period of
    shares of Mid-State Stock exchanged therefor, provided that the shares of
    Mid-State Stock are held as capital assets at the Effective Time.
 
        (vi) The tax basis of Bancorp Stock to be received in the Merger by
    Mid-State shareholders should be the same as the basis of the sharers of
    Mid-State Stock surrendered in exchange therefor, decreased by the amount of
    basis allocated to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares that are
    hypothetically received by the Mid-State shareholders and redeemed for cash.
 
       (vii) The payment of cash to shareholders of Mid-State in lieu of
    fractional share interest of Bancorp Stock should be treated as if the
    fractional shares were distributed as part of the exchange and them redeemed
    by Bancorp. These cash payments should be treated as having been received as
    a distribution in redemption of that fractional share interest subject to
    the conditions and limitations of Section 302 of the Code. If a fractional
    share of Bancorp Stock would constitute a capital asset in the hands of a
    redeeming shareholder, any resulting gain or loss should be characterized as
    a capital gain or loss in accordance with the provisions and limitations of
    Subchapter P of Chapter 1 of the Code.
 
      (viii) No gain or loss should be recognized for federal income tax
    purposes by the holders of outstanding stock options granted under
    Mid-State's stock option plan as a result of the granting, pursuant to the
    Merger, of substitute options pursuant to Bancorp's stock option plan.
 
        (ix) The granting of any substitute stock option to a holder of a
    Mid-State stock option, pursuant to the Merger, should not be deemed a
    modification of Mid-State's existing incentive stock option.
 
    The opinion of Andersen summarized above is not binding on the Internal
Revenue Service, which could take positions contrary to the conclusions in such
opinion.
 
    The exchange of Bancorp Stock for cash pursuant to the exercise of
dissenters' rights will be a taxable transaction. Holders of Bancorp Stock
electing to exercise dissenters' rights should consult their own tax advisers as
to the tax treatment in their particular circumstances. See "Dissenting
Shareholders' Rights."
 
    As a result of the complexity of the tax laws, and due to the individual
nature of the tax consequences of the Merger, it is recommended that Mid-State
and Bancorp shareholders consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax
consequences of the Merger (including the application and effect of state and
local income and other tax laws).
 
EXCHANGE PROCEDURES
 
    As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, ChaseMellon Shareholder
Services (the "Exchange Agent") will mail to each holder of record of
outstanding shares of Mid-State Stock a letter of transmittal which is to be
used by each Mid-State shareholder to return to the Exchange Agent the stock
certificates representing the Mid-State Stock owned by him (the "Old
Certificates"), which certificates should be duly endorsed in blank by such
Mid-State shareholder. As soon as practicable after receiving such Old
Certificates from a Mid-State shareholder together with the duly executed letter
of transmittal and any other items specified by the letter of transmittal, the
Exchange Agent will deliver to such Mid-State shareholder new certificates
bearing the name "Mid-State Bancshares" ("New Certificates") representing the
appropriate number of shares of Bancorp Stock, together with checks for payment
of cash in lieu of fractional shares. No dividends or other distributions that
are declared on Bancorp Stock will be paid to persons otherwise entitled to
receive the same until the Old Certificates have been surrendered in exchange
for New Certificates, but upon such surrender, such dividends or other
distributions, from and
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
after the Effective Time, will be paid to such persons in accordance with the
terms of Bancorp Stock. No interest will be paid to the Mid-State shareholders
on the cash or the value of the Bancorp Stock into which their shares of
Mid-State Stock will be exchanged.
 
    The Exchange Agent will also shortly after the Effective Time mail to each
holder of record of outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock a letter of transmittal
which is to be used by each Bancorp shareholder to return to the Exchange Agent
the stock certificates representing the Bancorp Stock owned by him. As soon as
practicable after receiving such certificates from a Bancorp shareholder
together with the duly executed letter of transmittal and any other items
specified by the letter of transmittal, the Exchange Agent will deliver to such
Bancorp shareholder new Bancorp certificates bearing the name "Mid-State
Bancshares" representing the same number of shares as the exchanged
certificates.
 
    NEITHER MID-STATE NOR BANCORP SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD SEND IN THEIR STOCK
CERTIFICATES UNTIL THEY RECEIVE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FORM AND INSTRUCTIONS.
 
SALES OF BANCORP STOCK
 
    The shares of Bancorp Stock to be issued to shareholders of Mid-State in the
Merger have been registered under the Securities Act. Such shares will be freely
transferable under the Securities Act, except for shares issued to any person
who may be deemed to be an "affiliate" of Mid-State within the meaning of Rule
145 under the Securities Act.
 
NASDAQ LISTING
 
    Bancorp has made an application to list its shares, including the shares of
Bancorp Stock to be issued to shareholders of Mid-State in the Merger, on the
Nasdaq National Market System. Such application is currently pending and is not
expected to be acted on until at or immediately after the Effective Time.
However, no assurance can be given that such application will be granted or that
the shares of Bancorp Stock will become so listed.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The parties anticipate that the Merger will be treated as a pooling of
interests for accounting purposes. Prior to the Effective Time and as a
condition precedent to the closing, Andersen will confirm in writing the
accounting treatment of the Merger as a pooling of interest. The unaudited pro
forma financial information contained in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
has been prepared using the pooling of interest accounting method to account for
the Merger. See "UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS."
 
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER
 
    The obligation of each of the parties to consummate the Merger is subject to
the satisfaction or waiver on or before the Effective Time of, among other
things, the following conditions: (i) the Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby will have received all requisite approvals of the
shareholders and Boards of Directors of Mid-State, the Bank and Bancorp; (ii) no
judgment, decree, injunction, order or proceeding will be outstanding or
threatened by any governmental entity which prohibits or restricts the
effectuation of, or threatens to invalidate or set aside the Merger
substantially in the form contemplated by the Agreement unless counsel to the
Party against whom such action or proceeding was instituted or threatened
renders to the other Parties a favorable opinion that such judgment, decree,
injunction, order or proceeding is without merit; (iii) by September 15, 1998,
all approvals or consents of any applicable governmental agency will have been
obtained or granted for the Merger and the transactions contemplated for the
Agreement and the applicable waiting period under all laws will have expired;
(iv) the Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC
and shall not be the subject of any stop order or
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
proceedings seeking or threatening a stop order; (v) Bancorp shall have received
all state securities permits and other authorizations necessary to issue the
Bancorp Stock to consummate the Merger; (vi) application will be filed for
listing Bancorp Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System at the Effective
Time; (vii) Mid-State and Bancorp will have received an opinion reasonably
satisfactory to Mid-State and Bancorp from Andersen to the effect that the
Merger will not result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes, nor will the issuance of Bancorp Stock result in the recognition of
gain or loss to holders of Mid-State Stock who receive Bancorp Stock in the
Merger (see "--Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences"); (viii) Andersen will
have confirmed in writing to Mid-State and Bancorp that the Merger will quality
for pooling of interests accounting treatment (see "--Accounting Treatment");
and (ix) all third party consent necessary to permit the parties to consummate
the Merger will have been obtained except under certain circumstances.
 
    The obligations of Mid-State to consummate the Merger are also subject to
fulfillment of certain other conditions, including the following: (i) there will
not have occurred, between January 29, 1998 and the Effective Time, any
materially adverse change in the business, financial condition, results of
operations or properties of Bancorp or the Bank; (ii) Mid-State will have
received satisfactory evidence that all of Bancorp's employee benefit plans,
programs and arrangements have been terminated, merged into Mid-State plans or
as otherwise agreed in the Agreement; (iii) receipt of the H&A Opinion; (iv) all
remediation of environmental contamination or conditions on any Bancorp or Bank
property will have been completed to the satisfaction of Mid-State; (v) all
corporate steps necessary to effect the corporate and management changes
described in "Management and Operations of Bancorp and Mid-State After the
Merger" will have been completed; and (vi) at the close of business on the last
day of the month preceding the Effective Time, Bancorp's consolidated
shareholders' equity, shall not be less than the sum of (i) Bancorp's
consolidated shareholders' equity at December 31, 1997 PLUS (ii) the amount of
"Projected Earnings" LESS the amount of dividends paid as authorized by the
Agreement. The term "Projected Earnings" shall mean (A) $1,228,000, if the month
end immediately preceding the Effective Time is May 31, 1998, (B) $1,504,000, if
the month end immediately preceding the Effective Time is June 30, 1998, (C)
$1,811,000, if the month end immediately preceding the Effective Time is July
31, 1998, or (D) $2,114,000, if the month immediately preceding the Effective
Time is on or after August 31, 1998. The amount of Projected Earnings shall be
increased by any gains from the sale of certain securities and shall be reduced
by the sum of (y) any and all Bancorp and Bank "Expenses" as defined in the
Agreement PLUS (z) all costs accrued by Bancorp and Bank in compliance with the
requirements of environmental remediation prior to the applicable month end
(excluding the costs of the remedial and corrective actions as are actually
related to any hazardous materials), provided, however, that the amount of the
adjustment to the Projected Earnings resulting from (y) and (z) shall, in no
event, exceed $125,000.
 
    The obligations of Bancorp and Bank to consummate the Merger are also
subject to the fulfillment of certain other conditions. including the following:
(i) there will not have occurred, between January 29, 1998 and the Effective
Time, any material adverse change in the business, financial condition, results
of operations or properties of Mid-State; (ii) receipt of the Carpenter Opinion;
(iii) all remediation of environmental contamination or conditions on any
Mid-State property will have been completed to the satisfaction of Bancorp; and
(v) all corporate steps necessary to effect the corporate and management changes
described in "Management and Operations of Bancorp and Mid-State After the
Merger" will have been completed
 
    Additionally, the consummation of the Merger is subject to the performance
of covenants, the execution and delivery of certain ancillary documents, the
accuracy of representations and warranties and the receipt of various legal
opinions, third-party consents, officers' certificates and other documents.
 
    If these and other conditions are not satisfied or waived, the Agreement may
be terminated. The Agreement may also be terminated upon the occurrence of
certain other events. See "--Termination."
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
NONSOLICITATION
 
    Under the terms of the Agreement, Bancorp and the Bank have agreed not to
solicit, initiate or encourage any "Competing Transaction" (as hereinafter
defined). In addition, each has agreed (unless it determines, with advice of
counsel, that its fiduciary duty requires otherwise) not to participate in any
negotiations or discussions regarding, or furnish any information with respect
to, or otherwise cooperate in any way in connection with, any effort or attempt
to effect any Competing Transaction with or involving any person other than with
Mid-State, unless Bancorp receives a bona fide offer from a person other than
the parties to the Agreement and subject to the fiduciary obligations of the
Bancorp Board. Bancorp has agreed to promptly notify Mid-State of the terms of
any proposal which it may receive in respect of any Competing Transaction. The
term "Competing Transaction" means any of the following involving Bancorp or the
Bank: a merger, consolidation, share exchange or other business combination; a
sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets
representing 10% or more of Bancorp's or of the Bank's assets; a sale of shares
of capital stock (or securities convertible or exchangeable into or otherwise
evidencing, or any agreement or instrument evidencing, the right to acquire
capital stock), representing 10% or more of the voting power of Bancorp or the
Bank; a tender offer or exchange offer for at least 10% of the outstanding
shares of Bancorp; a solicitation of proxies in opposition to approval of the
Merger by Bancorp's shareholders; or a public announcement of an unsolicited
bona fide proposal, plan or intention to do any of the foregoing.
 
    Any violation of these agreements by Bancorp and the Bank will result in
Mid-State having the right to terminate the Agreement. If the Agreement were to
be so terminated by Mid-State and Bancorp, the Bank or both enters into an
agreement for a Competing Transaction prior to the termination of the Agreement
or during the 12 month period immediately following the termination, Bancorp and
the Bank will be obligated to pay Mid-State $4,500,000 which amount represents
(i) Mid-State's direct costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees
and expenses of financial or other consultants, printing costs, accountants and
counsel) incurred in negotiating and undertaking to carry out the transactions
contemplated by the Agreement, including Mid-State's management time devoted to
negotiation and preparation for the transactions contemplated by the Agreement;
(ii) Mid-State's indirect costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Agreement; and (iii) Mid-State's loss as a
result of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement not being consummated
 
EXPENSES
 
    If the Agreement is terminated by Bancorp or Bank because Mid-State's
shareholders fail to approve the Merger, or because Mid-State fails to satisfy
certain of its obligations under the Agreement, Mid-State will be obligated to
pay all of Bancorp's expenses incurred in connection with the Merger
transaction, not to exceed $500,000.
 
    If the Agreement is terminated by Mid-State because Bancorp's shareholders
fail to approve the Merger, or because Bancorp fails to satisfy certain of its
obligations under the Agreement, Bancorp will be obligated to pay all of
Mid-State's expenses incurred in connection with the Merger transaction, not to
exceed $500,000.
 
TREATMENT OF STOCK OPTIONS
 
    At the Effective Time, the Mid-State stock option plan will terminate and
the Bancorp stock option plan will continue in effect.
 
    At and as of the Effective Time, Bancorp shall grant substitute stock
options pursuant to the Bancorp stock option plan to each and every officer and
employee of Mid-State who has at the Effective Time an outstanding option to
purchase shares of Mid-State Stock ("Mid-State Stock Options"). Each and every
substitute stock option so granted by Bancorp pursuant to the Bancorp stock
option plan to replace an Mid-State Stock Option shall retain the "vesting"
schedule reflected in each of the respective stock option
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
agreements and shall be exercisable for that number of whole shares of Bancorp
Stock equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Mid-State Stock that
were purchasable under such Mid-State Stock Option immediately prior to the
Effective Time multiplied by (B) the Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest
whole number of shares of Bancorp Stock. Further, each and every substitute
stock option so granted shall provide for a per share exercise price which shall
be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (A) the exercise price per share
of Mid-State Stock at which such Mid-State Stock Option was exercisable
immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Exchange Ratio.
 
    The vesting schedules of each and every stock option outstanding on the date
of the Agreement granted pursuant to the Bancorp stock option plan will, as a
result of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, accelerate in
accordance with the provisions of such plan. Except as provided below, each such
option granted pursuant to the Bancorp stock option plan shall terminate
pursuant to the provisions of such plan on or before the Effective Time. Subject
to the receipt of all required approvals, including the shareholders of Bancorp
(See "THE BANCORP MEETING"), Bancorp shall make appropriate amendments to the
Bancorp stock option plan in order for Messrs. Diani, Hares and Snelling and
each of the other persons, who currently has an outstanding stock option granted
under such plan and who does not exercise such option and who is an officer or
employee of Bancorp or the Bank, to have the right to receive, in their
discretion, a substitute stock option from Bancorp. Any substitute option will
be on a fully vested basis and will contain the same terms and conditions as the
option for which it is substituted.
 
TERMINATION
 
    The Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time (i)
by mutual consent of Mid-State and Bancorp in writing; (ii) by Mid-State if
Bancorp or the Bank become subject to any regulatory enforcement action; (iii)
by Mid-State or Bancorp if any material breach or default by the other party is
not cured within 20 business days after notice thereof; (iv) by Mid-State or
Bancorp if any governmental or regulatory consent is not obtained by September
15, 1998 or if any governmental or regulatory authority denies or refuses to
grant any approval, consent or authorization required to be obtained to
consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement unless, within 20
business days after such denial or refusal, all parties agree to resubmit the
application to the regulatory authority that has denied or refused to grant the
approval, consent or qualification requested; (v) by Bancorp if any of the
conditions to its performance of the Agreement shall not have been met, or by
Mid-State if any of the conditions to its performance of the Agreement shall not
have been met, by September 30, 1998, or such earlier time as it becomes
apparent that such conditions shall not be met; (vi) by Mid-State if Bancorp
shall have failed to act or refrain from doing any Competing Transaction; (vii)
by Mid-State or Bancorp if it is determined that the estimated cost of any
Bancorp environmental remediation is in excess of $1,500,000 or is not
reasonably determinable; (viii) by Bancorp if it is determined that the
estimated cost of any Mid-State environmental remediation is in excess of
$3,500,000 or is not reasonably determinable; or (ix) by Bancorp if the Average
Closing Price is less than $26.25, provided, however that if Bancorp elects to
so terminate, Mid-State has the right, so long as the Average Closing Price
exceeds $22.00, to reinstate the Agreement by adjusting the exchange ratio
downward based on a formula.
 
COVENANTS; CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PRIOR TO EFFECTIVE TIME
 
    The Agreement provides that, during the period from January 29, 1998 to the
Effective Time, Bancorp will conduct its business only in the normal and
customary manner and in accordance with sound banking practices and will not,
without the prior written consent of Mid-State, which will not be unreasonably
withheld, take any of the following actions, among others: (i) issue any
security except pursuant to the exercise of options outstanding as of the date
of the Agreement; (ii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend (other than a
$0.30 per share cash dividend payable on or about February 6, 1998 and, if the
Effective Time occurs after July 14, 1998, an additional cash dividend in an
amount not to exceed $0.10 per share) or make any other distribution upon, or
purchase or redeem any shares of its stock; (iii) except
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
as may be required to effect the transactions contemplated by the Agreement,
amend its articles of incorporation or its bylaws; (iv) grant any general or
uniform increase in the rate of pay of employees or employee benefits except in
the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (v) grant any
material increase in salary, incentive compensation or employee benefits or pay
any bonus to any person except in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practice; (vi) make any capital expenditure in excess of $100,000,
except for ordinary repairs, renewals and replacements. (vii) compromise, settle
or adjust any assertion or claim of a deficiency in taxes (or interest thereon
or penalties in connection therewith), extend the statute of limitations with
any tax authority or file any pleading in court on any tax litigation or any
appeal from an asserted deficiency, or file or amend any federal, foreign, state
or local tax return, or make any tax election; (viii) grant, renew or commit to
grant or renew any extension of credit or amend the terms of any such credit
outstanding on the date hereof to any executive officer, director or principal
shareholder, or to any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity
controlled by any such person, except under certain circumstances; (ix) make
their credit underwriting policies, standards or practices less stringent than
those in effect on December 31, 1997; (x) enter into or consent to any new
employment agreement or other benefit arrangement, or amend or modify any
employment agreement or other benefit arrangement in effect on the date of the
Agreement to which Bancorp or the Bank is a party or bound; (xi) grant any
person a power of attorney or similar authority; (xii) make any material
investment by purchase of stock or securities, contributions to capital,
property transfers or otherwise in any other person, except for investments made
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice: (xiii) amend,
modify or terminate, except in accordance with its terms, any material contract
or enter into any material agreement or contract; (xiv) create or incur or
suffer to exist any mortgage, lien, pledge, security interest, charge,
encumbrance or restraint of any kind against or in any property or right of the
respective party; (xv) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any assets or release
any claims, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice; (xvi) except as required by law, knowingly take or cause to be taken
any action which would prevent the transactions contemplated hereby from
qualifying as tax free reorganizations under Section 368 of the Internal Revenue
Code or prevent Mid-State from accounting for the business combination to be
effected by the Merger as a pooling of interests; (xvii) sell any investment
security prior to maturity, except in the ordinary course of business; or
(xviii) grant, renew or commit to grant or renew any extension of credit if such
extension of credit, together with all other credit then outstanding to the same
person and all affiliated persons, would exceed $100,000 on an unsecured basis
and $200,000 on a secured basis subject to certain exceptions.
 
    The Agreement further provides that, during the period from January 29, 1998
to the Effective Time, Mid-State will conduct its business only in the normal
and customary manner and in accordance with sound banking practices and will
not, without the prior written consent of Bancorp, which will not be
unreasonably withheld, take any of the following actions, among others: (i)
issue any security except pursuant to the exercise of options outstanding as of
the date of the Agreement; (ii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend (other
than a $0.15 per share cash dividend payable on or about May 22, 1998) or make
any other distribution upon, or purchase or redeem any shares of its stock;
(iii) except as may be required to effect the transactions contemplated by the
Agreement, amend its articles of incorporation or bylaws; or (iv) except as
required by law, knowingly take or cause to be taken any action which would
prevent the transactions contemplated hereby from qualifying as tax free
reorganizations under Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code or prevent
Mid-State from accounting for the business combination to be effected by the
Merger as a pooling of interests.
 
    The Agreement also provides that each Party will (i) use its best efforts to
take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all
things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to
consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement as promptly as
practical; (ii) obtain the consent of the other Party before it issues any press
release or makes any public statement with respect to the Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby; and (iii) cause to be prepared one or more
environmental investigations with respect to real property owned or leased.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    The Agreement also provides that each Party will: (i) duly and timely file
all required governmental reports; (ii) periodically furnish to the other Party
certain information, loan reports and updates of information previously
provided; (iii) promptly notify the other Party of certain communications from
tax authorities, material litigation and any event which has had or may
reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on the financial
condition, operations, business or properties; (iv) provide access to the other
Party of certain information: and (v) use its reasonable efforts between the
date of the Agreement and the Effective Time to take all actions necessary or
desirable, including the filing of any regulatory applications.
 
AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
 
    Subject to applicable law: (i) the Agreement may be amended at any time by
the action of the Boards of Directors of Mid-State, the Bank and Bancorp without
action by their shareholders pursuant to a writing signed by all parties to the
Agreement; and (ii) the Parties, by action of their respective Boards of
Directors, may, at any time prior to the Effective Time, extend the performance
of any obligation or action required by the Agreement, waive inaccuracies in
representations and warranties and waive compliance with any agreements or
conditions for their respective benefit contained in the Agreement.
 
DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS
 
    MID-STATE
 
    Pursuant to the provisions of the California Financial Code, shareholders of
Mid-State will not be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights in connection with
the Merger.
 
    BANCORP
 
    Each holder of shares of Bancorp Stock that were outstanding as of the
Bancorp Record Date and remain outstanding at the Effective Time who does not
vote such shares in favor of the proposal to approve the Merger by complying
with the procedures set forth in Chapter 13 of the California General
Corporation Law ("Chapter 13 of the California Law") will be entitled to receive
an amount equal to the fair market value of his or her shares as of January 28,
1998, the day before the public announcement of the Merger. The closing price
for Bancorp Stock on January 28, 1998 was $26.375. A copy of Chapter 13 of the
California Law is attached hereto as Appendix D and should be read for more
complete information concerning dissenters' rights. THE REQUIRED PROCEDURE SET
FORTH IN CHAPTER 13 OF THE CALIFORNIA LAW MUST BE FOLLOWED EXACTLY OR ANY
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS MAY BE LOST. The information set forth below is a general
summary of dissenters' rights as they apply to Bancorp shareholders and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to Appendix D.
 
    In order to be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights, a shareholder of
Bancorp must not vote "FOR" the Merger. Thus, any shareholder who wishes to
dissent and executes and returns a proxy in the accompanying form must specify
that his or her shares are to be either voted "AGAINST" or "ABSTAIN" on the
proposal to approve the principal terms of the Agreement. If the shareholder
returns a proxy without voting instructions or with instructions to vote "FOR"
the proposal to approve the principal terms of the Agreement, his or her shares
will automatically be voted in favor of the Merger and the shareholder will lose
his or her dissenters' rights.
 
    If the Merger is approved by the shareholders, Bancorp will have 10 days
after such approval to send to those shareholders who did not vote in favor of
the Merger written notice of such approval accompanied by a copy of Chapter 13
of the California Law, a statement of the price determined by Bancorp to
represent the fair market value of the dissenting shares as of January 28, 1998
and a brief description of the procedure to be followed if a shareholder desires
to exercise dissenters' rights. Within 30 days after the date on which the
notice of the approval of the Merger is mailed, the dissenting shareholder must
make written demand upon Bancorp for the purchase of dissenting shares and
payment to such shareholder of
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
their fair market value, specifying the number of shares held of record by such
shareholder and a statement of what the shareholder claims to be the fair market
value of those shares as of January 28, 1998, and must surrender to Bancorp, at
the office designated in the notice of approval, the certificates representing
the dissenting shares to be stamped or endorsed with a statement that they are
dissenting shares or to be exchanged for certificates of appropriate
denomination so stamped or endorsed. Any shares of Bancorp Stock that are
transferred prior to their submission for endorsement lose their status as
dissenting shares.
 
    If Bancorp and the dissenting shareholder agree that the surrendered shares
are dissenting shares and agree upon the price of the shares, the dissenting
shareholder will be entitled to the agreed price with interest thereon at the
legal rate on judgments from the date of the agreement. Subject to the
restrictions imposed under California law on the ability of Bancorp to purchase
its outstanding shares, payment of the fair value of the dissenting shares shall
be made within 30 days after the amount thereof has been agreed upon or 30 days
after any statutory or contractual conditions to the Merger have been satisfied,
whichever is later, subject to the surrender of the certificates therefor,
unless provided otherwise by agreement.
 
    If Bancorp denies that the shares surrendered are dissenting shares or
Bancorp and the dissenting shareholder fail to agree upon a fair market value of
such shares of Bancorp Stock, then the dissenting shareholder of Bancorp must,
within six months after the notice of approval is mailed, file a complaint in
the Superior Court of the proper county requesting the court to make such
determinations or intervene in any pending action brought by any other
dissenting shareholder. If the complaint is not filed or intervention in a
pending action is not made within the specified six-month period, the
dissenter's rights are lost. If the fair market value of the dissenting shares
is at issue, the court will determine, or will appoint one or more impartial
appraisers to determine, such fair market value.
 
    A dissenting shareholder may not withdraw his or her dissent or demand for
payment unless Bancorp consents to such withdrawal.
 
    The Merger is not directly conditioned upon only a limited number of
shareholders of Bancorp Stock having voted against the Merger or otherwise
having perfected dissenters' rights. Nevertheless, the payment of a significant
amount of cash pursuant to the exercise of dissenters' rights would effect the
ability of the Merger to be accounted for as a "pooling of interest." The Merger
is conditioned upon Andersen confirming in writing that the accounting treatment
for the Merger is a pooling of interest (see "--Accounting Treatment").
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The following unaudited pro forma combined statement of financial position
is based on the historical consolidated statement of financial positions of
Mid-State and Bancorp, using the pooling method of accounting for business
combinations, as of December 31, 1997 after giving effect to Merger-related
adjustments described in the Note herein. It should be read in conjunction with
the historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Mid-State
and Bancorp, which are included Appendices E and F of this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
    These pro forma financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes
only and are not indicative of the operating results that would have been
achieved or the financial position that would have existed had the Merger been
consummated on December 31, nor are they indicative of the future operating
results or finacial position of the combined companies. The pro forma
adjustments made in connection with the development of the pro forma information
are preliminary and have been made solely for purposes of developing such pro
forma information as necessary to comply with the disclosure requirements of the
SEC.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
 
                            AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     MID-STATE BANK   BSM BANCORP   ADJUSTMENTS(1)    COMBINED
                                                     --------------  -------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
Cash and Due From Banks............................    $   73,708     $    18,473     $   --        $     92,181
Fed Funds Sold.....................................        10,000           7,461                         17,461
Investment Securities--Available for Sale..........       373,171          46,143                        419,314
Investment Securities--Held to Maturity............        --              62,768                         62,768
                                                     --------------  -------------                  ------------
Total Investment Securities........................       373,171         108,911                        482,082
Total Loans........................................       349,532         191,346                        540,878
Loan Loss Allowance................................       (11,251)         (2,115)                       (13,366)
                                                     --------------  -------------                  ------------
Net Loans..........................................       338,281         189,231                        527,512
Premises and Equipment.............................        20,463          12,709                         33,172
Goodwill...........................................        --               1,737                          1,737
Other Real Estate Owned............................         2,511             969                          3,480
Investments in Real Estate.........................         8,768         --                               8,768
Other..............................................        15,398           4,555                         19,953
                                                     --------------  -------------       -------    ------------
    TOTAL ASSETS...................................    $  842,300     $   344,046     $   --        $  1,186,346
                                                     --------------  -------------       -------    ------------
                                                     --------------  -------------       -------    ------------
Non Interest Bearing Demand........................    $  137,626     $    74,451     $   --        $    212,077
Interest Bearing NOW, Savings and Money Market.....       408,677         114,900                        523,577
Time Deposits......................................       210,752         116,941                        327,693
                                                     --------------  -------------                  ------------
Total Deposits.....................................       757,055         306,292                      1,063,347
Other Liabilities..................................         7,279           1,692          2,600          11,571
Capital:
  Common Stock and Surplus.........................        29,939          11,636                         41,575
  Undivided Profits................................        46,327          24,340         (2,600)         68,067
                                                     --------------  -------------       -------    ------------
  Unrealized Gain on Available for Sale
    Securities.....................................         1,700              86                          1,786
  Total Equity Capital.............................        77,966          36,062         (2,600)        111,428
                                                     --------------  -------------       -------    ------------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY...................    $  842,300     $   344,046     $   --        $  1,186,346
                                                     --------------  -------------       -------    ------------
                                                     --------------  -------------       -------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The following table reflects all nonrecurring Mid-State Bank and BSM Bancorp
    estimated Merger-related costs as of December 31, 1997. These costs are not
    included on the unaudited pro forma combined income statement but are
    included on the unaudited pro form combined balance sheet as a reduction to
    equity capital. These costs will be charged to expense immediately following
    the consummation of the Merger. Such estimated Merger-related costs are
    summarized below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    MID-STATE BANK    BSM BANCORP    COMBINED
                                                    ---------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>            <C>
Financial Advisory................................     $     750       $   1,250     $   2,000
Professional Fees.................................           200             200           400
Printing and Other................................           100             100           200
                                                          ------          ------    -----------
                                                       $   1,050       $   1,550     $   2,600
                                                          ------          ------    -----------
                                                          ------          ------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of income are based on
the historical consolidated statements of income of Mid-State and Bancorp, using
the pooling method of accounting for business combinations, for the years ending
December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995. It should be read in conjunction with the
historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Mid-State and
Bancorp, which are included in Appendices E and F of this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. Weighted average shares outstanding of the pro forma
combined institution are based on a 1.0000 to 1.0000 Exchange Ratio which
assumes that the Mid-State Stock share price averages $29.37 for the 20
consecutive trading days ending at the end of the third day immediately
preceding the Effective Time. THE EXCHANGE RATIO COULD BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN
1.0000 TO 1.0000. THE CLOSING PRICE OF A SHARE OF MID-STATE STOCK ON
                , 1998 WAS $      .
 
    These pro forma financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes
only and are not indicative of the operating results that would have been
achieved or the financial position that would have existed had the Merger been
consummated on the dates indicated in the preceding paragraph, nor are they
indicative of the future operating results or financial position of the combined
companies.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MID-STATE BANK   BSM BANCORP   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                          --------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Interest Income:
Interest and Fees on Loans and Leases...................    $   34,581      $  18,802                  $  53,383
Interest on Securities, Fed Funds Sold--Taxable.........        22,719      $   5,381                     28,100
Interest on Securities--Tax-exempt......................        --                794                        794
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL INTEREST INCOME.................................        57,300         24,977                     82,277
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
Interest Expense:
Interest on NOW, Money Market and Savings Deposits......         6,522          2,413                      8,935
Interest on Time Deposits--$100,000 and over............         1,918          1,976                      3,894
Interest on Time Deposits--Under $100,000...............         8,496          4,036                     12,532
Interest on Mortgages Payable, Other....................           199         --                            199
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE................................        17,135          8,425                     25,560
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
Net Interest Income:
Before Provision for Possible Loan Losses...............        40,165         16,552                     56,717
Provision for Possible Loan Losses......................        --                 30                         30
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
  NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN
    LOSSES..............................................        40,165         16,522                     56,687
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
Other Income:
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts.....................         4,797          2,016                      6,813
Other Income and fees...................................         8,158          1,488                      9,646
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL OTHER INCOME....................................        12,955          3,504                     16,459
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
Other Expense:
Salaries and Employee Benefits..........................        19,535          7,162                     26,697
Occupancy Expenses......................................         5,478          2,393                      7,871
Other Operating Expenses................................        12,670          3,650                     16,320
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES..................................        37,683         13,205                     50,888
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
Income Before Income Taxes..............................        15,437          6,821                     22,258
Provision for Income Taxes..............................         2,000          2,616                      4,616
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
  NET INCOME............................................    $   13,437      $   4,205                  $  17,642
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
                                                               -------    -------------               -----------
Earnings Per Share
  --Basic...............................................    $     1.95      $    1.41                  $    1.79
  --Diluted.............................................    $     1.94      $    1.38                  $    1.77
Shares used in Earnings Per Share Calculation
  --Basic...............................................         6,905          2,977                      9,882
  --Diluted.............................................         6,927          3,039                      9,966
</TABLE>
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                                 MID-STATE BANK
 
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              MID-STATE BANK   BSM BANCORP   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                              --------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Interest Income:
Interest and Fees on Loans and Leases.......................    $   32,002      $  17,787                  $  49,789
Interest on Securities, Fed Funds Sold--Taxable.............    $   20,041      $   5,017                     25,058
Interest on Securities--Tax-exempt..........................        --                568                        568
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL INTEREST INCOME.....................................        52,043         23,372                     75,415
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Interest Expense:
Interest on NOW, Money Market and Savings Deposits..........         6,565          2,547                      9,112
Interest on Time Deposits--$100,000 and over................         2,114          1,797                      3,911
Interest on Time Deposits--Under $100,000...................         7,302          3,647                     10,949
Interest on Mortgages Payable, Other........................           177         --                            177
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE....................................        16,158          7,991                     24,149
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Net Interest Income:
Before Provision for Possible Loan Losses...................        35,885         15,381                     51,266
Provision for Possible Loan Losses..........................        --                227                        227
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN
    LOSSES..................................................        35,885         15,154                     51,039
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Other Income:
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts.........................         4,641          1,830                      6,471
Other Income and fees.......................................         8,080          1,268                      9,348
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL OTHER INCOME........................................        12,721          3,098                     15,819
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Other Expense:
Salaries and Employee Benefits..............................        18,227          6,541                     24,768
Occupancy Expenses..........................................         5,403          2,334                      7,737
Other Operating Expenses....................................        17,740          3,596                     21,336
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES......................................        41,370         12,471                     53,841
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Income Before Income Taxes..................................         7,236          5,781                     13,017
Provision for Income Taxes..................................         2,825          2,313                      5,138
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  NET INCOME................................................    $    4,411      $   3,468                  $   7,879
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Earnings Per Share
  --Basic...................................................    $     0.64      $    1.17                  $    0.80
  --Diluted.................................................    $     0.64      $    1.16                  $    0.80
 
Shares used in Earnings Per Share Calculation
  --Basic...................................................         6,904          2,960                      9,864
  --Diluted.................................................         6,912          2,993                      9,905
</TABLE>
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                                 MID-STATE BANK
 
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              MID-STATE BANK   BSM BANCORP   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                              --------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Interest Income:
Interest and Fees on Loans and Leases.......................    $   35,349      $  17,949                  $  53,298
Interest on Securities, Fed Funds Sold--Taxable.............    $   16,325      $   3,955                     20,280
Interest on Securities--Tax-exempt..........................        --                463                        463
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL INTEREST INCOME.....................................        51,674         22,367                     74,041
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Interest Expense:
Interest on NOW, Money Market and Savings Deposits..........         7,467          2,954                     10,421
Interest on Time Deposits--$100,000 and over................         1,773          1,263                      3,036
Interest on Time Deposits--Under $100,000...................         6,759          2,828                      9,587
Interest on Mortgages Payable, Other........................           640         --                            640
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE....................................        16,639          7,045                     23,684
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Net Interest Income:
Before Provision for Possible Loan Losses...................        35,035         15,322                     50,357
Provision for Possible Loan Losses..........................        --                876                        876
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN
    LOSSES..................................................        35,035         14,446                     49,481
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Other Income:
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts.........................         4,660          1,682                      6,342
Other Income and fees.......................................         7,332          1,046                      8,378
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL OTHER INCOME........................................        11,992          2,728                     14,720
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Other Expense:
Salaries and Employee Benefits..............................        17,317          6,327                     23,644
Occupancy Expenses..........................................         5,401          2,195                      7,596
Other Operating Expenses....................................        25,333          3,568                     28,901
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES......................................        48,051         12,090                     60,141
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes...........................        (1,024)         5,084                      4,060
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes........................        (1,675)         1,885                        210
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
  NET INCOME................................................    $      651      $   3,199                  $   3,850
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
                                                                   -------    -------------               -----------
Earnings Per Share
  --Basic...................................................    $     0.09      $    1.10                  $    0.39
  --Diluted.................................................    $     0.09      $    1.09                  $    0.39
 
Shares used in Earnings Per Share Calculation
  --Basic...................................................         6,904          2,912                      9,817
  --Diluted.................................................         6,908          2,943                      9,851
</TABLE>
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
               DESCRIPTION OF MID-STATE AND BANCORP COMMON STOCK
 
    Mid-State is a California banking corporation organized under the laws of
the State of California, and the rights of Mid-State Shareholders are governed
by the California Financial Code, the California Corporations Code (the
"Corporations Code"), the Articles of Incorporation of Mid-State (the "Mid-State
Articles"), and the bylaws of Mid-State, as amended (the "Mid-State Bylaws").
Upon consummation of the Agreement, the Mid-State Shareholders will become
shareholders of the Bancorp ("Bancorp Shareholders"). As Bancorp Shareholders,
the rights of the then former Mid-State Shareholders will be governed by
Division 1, Chapters 1-23 of the Corporations Code, other applicable California
statutes, the Articles of Incorporation of the Bancorp (the "Bancorp Articles"),
and the Bylaws of the Bancorp (the "Bancorp Bylaws").
 
MID-STATE STOCK
 
    Mid-State is authorized by the Mid-State Articles, as amended, to issue
10,125,000 shares of Mid-State Stock, without par value. At the Mid-State Record
Date, 6,905,100 shares of Mid-State Stock were issued and outstanding. Holders
of Mid-State Stock are entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each
share of Mid-State Stock held of record in the shareholder's name on the books
of Mid-State as of the record date on any matter submitted to the vote of the
shareholders, except that in connection with the election of directors, the
shares may be voted cumulatively. Each share of Mid-State Stock has the same
rights, privileges and preferences as every other share and will share equally
in Mid-State's net assets upon liquidation or dissolution. Mid-State Stock has
no conversion, preemptive or redemption rights or sinking fund provisions.
 
    California law prohibits a California state-chartered bank from lending on
the security of its own stock.
 
    Shareholders are entitled to dividends when, as and if declared by
Mid-State's Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor (and
after satisfaction of the prior rights of holders of outstanding preferred
stock, if any) subject to certain restrictions on payment of dividends imposed
by the California Financial Code and other applicable regulatory limitations.
See "Dividend Restrictions."
 
    The transfer agent and registrar for Mid-State Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services.
 
BANCORP STOCK
 
    The Bancorp is authorized by the Bancorp Articles to issue 50,000,000 shares
of Bancorp Stock, without par value, and 25,000,000 shares of Bancorp Preferred
Stock, without par value. As of the date hereof,       shares of Bancorp Stock
were issued and outstanding, and no shares of Bancorp Preferred Stock were
issued and outstanding. Holders of Bancorp Stock are entitled to one vote, in
person or by proxy, for each share of Bancorp Stock held of record in the
shareholder's name on the books of Bancorp as of the record date on any matter
submitted to the vote of the shareholders, except that in connection with the
election of directors, and until the Bancorp is considered to be a "listed
corporation" as provided in Corporations Code Section 310.5, the shares may be
voted cumulatively. However, the Bancorp Articles also provide there will be no
cumulative voting for the election of directors if and when the Bancorp becomes
a "listed corporation" (i.e., outstanding shares listed on the New York or
American Stock Exchange or outstanding securities designated as qualified for
trading as a national market security on the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automatic Quotation System and has at least 800 holders of its equity
securities; Bancorp currently has approximately 2000 holders of its securities).
The Agreement provides that it is a condition of the parties obligation to close
the transaction that an application will be filed for listing Bancorp Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market System, and the parties anticipate that the Bancorp
will become a "listed corporation" at the Effective Time or shortly thereafter.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
    The Bancorp Articles provide that the Board of Directors will be divided
into three classes, with any class having a term of two or three years, if and
when the Bancorp becomes a "listed corporation" (as defined in the previous
paragraph). Upon the Bancorp becoming a "listed corporation," the Board of
Directors of the Bancorp will be divided into three classes, each of which shall
contain approximately one-third of the whole number of the members of the Board.
The members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years, with the
terms of office of all members of one class expiring each year so that
approximately one-third of the total number of directors are elected each year.
The Bancorp Articles also provide that any vacancy occurring in the Board,
including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, shall be
filled by a vote of two-thirds of the directors then in office and any director
so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders at which the term of the class to which the director has been
chosen expires. The classified Board is intended to provide for continuity of
the Board of Directors and to make it more difficult and time consuming for a
stockholder group to fully use its voting power to gain control of the Board of
Directors without consent of the incumbent Board of Directors of the Bancorp.
 
    The Bancorp Articles also require the approval of the holders of at least
66 2/3% of the Bancorp's outstanding shares of voting stock to approve certain
"Business Combinations" (as defined therein) involving a "Related Person" (as
defined therein) except in cases where the proposed transaction has been
approved in advance by a majority of those members of the Bancorp's Board of
Directors who are unaffiliated with the Related Person and were directors prior
to the time when the Related Person became a Related Person. The term "Related
Person" is defined to include any individual, corporation, partnership or other
entity (other than the Bancorp or the Bank) which owns beneficially or controls,
directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of
the Bancorp or an affiliate of such person or entity. This provision of the
Bancorp Articles applies to any "Business Combination," which is defined to
include: (i) any merger or consolidation of the Bancorp with or into any Related
Person; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, or other disposition
of 25% or more of the assets of the Bancorp or combined assets of the Bancorp
and its subsidiaries to a Related Person; (iii) any merger or consolidation of a
Related Person with or into the Bancorp or a subsidiary of the Bancorp; (iv) any
sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of 25% or more of the
assets of a Related Person to the Bancorp or a subsidiary of the Bancorp; (v)
the issuance of any securities of the Bancorp or a subsidiary of the Bancorp to
a Related Person; (vi) the acquisition by the Bancorp or a subsidiary of the
Bancorp of any securities of a Related Person; (vii) any reclassification of
common stock of the Bancorp or any recapitalization involving the common stock
of the Bancorp; or (viii) any agreement or other arrangement providing for any
of the foregoing.
 
    Under California law, absent this provision, business combinations,
including mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of the assets
of a corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Bancorp and any other affected class of stock. The increased stockholder vote
required to approve a business combination may have the effect of foreclosing
mergers and other business combinations which a majority of stockholders deem
desirable and place the power to prevent such a merger or combination in the
hands of a minority of stockholders.
 
    Each share of Bancorp Stock has the same rights, privileges and preferences
as every other share and will share equally in the Bancorp's net assets upon
liquidation of dissolution. Bancorp Stock has no preemptive, conversion or
redemption rights or sinking fund provisions and all of the issued and
outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock, when issued, will be fully paid and
nonassessable. The Bancorp Articles also provide that amendments to the Bancorp
Articles must be approved by a majority vote of its Board of Directors and also
by a majority of the outstanding shares of its voting stock, provided, however,
that an affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock
entitled to vote (after giving effect to the provision limiting voting rights)
is required to amend or repeal certain provisions of the Bancorp Articles,
including the provision limiting voting rights, the provisions relating to
approval of certain
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
business combinations, the number and classification of directors, director and
officer indemnification by the Bancorp and amendment of the Bancorp Bylaws and
the Bancorp Articles. The Bancorp Bylaws may be amended by its Board of
Directors, or by a vote of 66 2/3% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a
duly constituted meeting of stockholders.
 
    Bancorp shareholders are entitled to dividends when, as and if declared by
the Bancorp's Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor and
after satisfaction of the prior rights of holders of outstanding preferred
stock, if any (subject to certain restrictions on payment of dividends imposed
by the General Corporation Law of California). See "Dividend Restrictions."
 
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF BANCORP STOCK AND MID-STATE STOCK
 
    The following subsections discuss in detail the differences between rights
of holders of Bancorp Stock and Mid-State Stock.
 
    CLASSIFICATION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Mid-State's Articles do not permit the Mid-State Board of Directors to be
divided into classes with any class having a term of office of longer than one
year. Each director of Mid-State must be elected annually. However, the
Bancorp's Articles and Bylaws provide for its Board of Directors to be divided
into classes with any class having a term of two or three years, if and when the
Bancorp becomes a "listed corporation."
 
    VOTING RIGHTS
 
    In addition to the description of voting rights contained in "Mid-State
Stock" and "Bancorp Stock", Mid-State may amend its Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws to eliminate cumulative voting if Mid-State should become a "listed
corporation" as defined above.
 
    NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
 
    Although the Corporations Code does not require the Bancorp or Mid-State to
maintain any specific range of number of directors, the number of directors of
the Bancorp and Mid-State may not be less than a stated minimum nor more than a
stated maximum (which in no case shall be greater than two times the stated
minimum minus one) with the exact number of directors to be fixed, within the
limits specified. The Mid-State Bylaws currently provide that the number of
directors on the Mid-State Board of Directors may not be fewer than five nor
more than nine, and the current number of members on Mid-State's Board of
Directors has been fixed at seven. The Mid-State Bylaws will be amended to
expand the number of authorized directors as contemplated by the Agreement. See
"THE MERGER--Amendment to Bylaws of Mid-State." The Bancorp Bylaws currently
provide that the number of directors on Bancorp Board of Directors may not be
fewer than nine nor more than seventeen, and the current number of members on
the Bancorp's Board of Directors has been fixed at eleven at the present time.
 
    At the Effective Time of the Merger, (i) the number of directors for the
Bancorp will be reduced to ten (10), eight (8) current members of the Bancorp
Board will resign, and the seven (7) Mid-State Board members will be appointed
to the Bancorp Board of Directors; and (ii) the number of directors for Mid-
State will be increased to ten (10), and Messrs. Diani, Hares and Snelling,
members of the Bancorp and the Bank Board, will be appointed to the Mid-State
Board.
 
    DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
 
    Since Mid-State is a state-chartered bank, its ability to pay dividends or
make distributions to its shareholders is subject to restrictions set forth in
the California Financial Code. The California Financial Code provides that
neither a bank nor any majority-owned subsidiary of a bank may make a
distribution to
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
its shareholders in an amount which exceeds the lesser of (i) the bank's
retained earnings; or (ii) the bank's net income for its last three fiscal
years, less the amount of any distributions made by the bank or by any
majority-owned subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of the bank during
such period. Notwithstanding the previous provision, a bank may, with the prior
approval of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions (the "Commissioner"),
make a distribution to the shareholders of the bank in an amount not exceeding
the greatest of (a) its retained earnings; (b) its net income for its last
fiscal year; or (c) the net income of the bank for its current fiscal year. If
the Commissioner finds that the stockholders' equity of a bank is inadequate or
that the making of a distribution by a bank would be unsafe or unsound, the
Commissioner may order the bank to refrain from making a proposed distribution.
 
    The ability of Bancorp to pay cash dividends is limited by the provisions of
Section 500 of the California Corporations Code, which prohibits the payment of
dividends unless (i) the retained earnings of the corporation immediately prior
to the distribution exceeds the amount of the distribution; (ii) the assets of
the corporation exceed 1 1/4 times its liabilities; or (iii) the current assets
of the corporation exceed its current liabilities, but if the average pre-tax
earnings of the corporation before interest expense for the two years preceding
the distribution was less than the average interest expense of the corporation
for those years, the current assets of the corporation must exceed 1 1/4 times
its current liabilities.
 
    DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    Pursuant to the General Corporation Law of California, holders of Bancorp
Stock would be entitled, subject to the provisions of Chapter 13, to dissenters'
rights in connection with any transaction which constitutes a reorganization (as
defined in Section 181 of the California Corporations Code). See "THE
MERGER--Dissenting Shareholders' Rights." However, pursuant to the California
Financial Code, shareholders of Mid-State Stock are not entitled to dissenters'
rights in connection with any transactions between two banking institutions
which constitutes a reorganization (as defined in Section 181 of the California
Corporations Code) where Mid-State is the corporation surviving such
transaction, even if dissenters' rights were otherwise available pursuant to
Chapter 13.
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANCORP
 
    The following discussion is a summary of certain provisions of California
and Federal law and regulations and California corporate law, as well as the
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Bancorp, relating to stock ownership
and transfers, the Board of Directors and business combinations, all of which
may be deemed to have "anti-takeover" effects. The description of these
provisions is necessarily general and reference should be made to the actual law
and regulations and to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Bancorp.
See "AVAILABLE INFORMATION" as to how to obtain a copy of these documents.
 
    CALIFORNIA AND FEDERAL BANKING LAW
 
    The Federal Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 prohibits a person or group
of persons "acting in concert" from acquiring "control" of a bank holding
company unless the Federal Reserve Bank (the "FRB") has been given 60 days'
prior written notice of such proposed acquisition and within that time period
the FRB has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition or
extending for up to another 30 days the period during which such a disapproval
may be issued. An acquisition may be made prior to the expiration of the
disapproval period if the FRB issues written notice of its intent not to
disapprove the action. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the FRB,
the acquisition of more than 10% of a class of voting stock of a bank with a
class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (such as the
Bancorp Stock), would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption,
constitute the acquisition of control.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
    Under the California Financial Code, no person shall, directly or
indirectly, acquire control of a California licensed bank or a bank holding
company unless the Commissioner has approved such acquisition of control. A
person would be deemed to have acquired control of the Bancorp under this state
law if such person, directly or indirectly, has the power (i) to vote 25% or
more of the voting power of the Bancorp or (ii) to direct or cause the direction
of the management and policies of the Bancorp. For purposes of this law, a
person who directly or indirectly owns or controls 10% or more of the Bancorp
Stock would be presumed to control the Bancorp.
 
    In addition, any "company" would be required to obtain the approval of the
FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHC Act"),
before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquiror that is, or is deemed to be,
a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding Bancorp Stock of, or such
lesser number of shares as constitute control over, the Bancorp.
 
    ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN BANCORP'S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
    Bancorp's Articles contain certain provisions that deal with matters of
corporate governance and certain rights of shareholders. The following
discussion is a general summary of Bancorp's Articles and regulatory provisions
relating to stock ownership and transfer, the Board of Directors and business
combinations, which might be deemed to have a potential "anti-takeover" effect.
These proposed provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover
attempt which is not approved by the Board of Directors but which individual
Bancorp stockholders may deem to be in their best interest or in which
stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then
current market prices. As a result, Bancorp Shareholders who might desire to
participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so. Such
provisions will also render the removal of incumbent Board of Directors or
management of Bancorp more difficult. Any provision requiring more than a
majority vote by Bancorp's stockholders may only be effective for a two year
period from its effective time, unless renewed by the Bancorp Board of Directors
and the stockholders. The following description of certain of the amendments to
the Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp is necessarily general, and reference
should be made in each case to such Articles of Incorporation, which is
contained as an exhibit to Bancorp's initial registration statement on Form S-4
dated November 27, 1996. See "AVAILABLE INFORMATION" as to how to obtain a copy
of these documents.
 
    BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    When the Bancorp becomes a "listed corporation," as defined above, the Board
of Directors of the Bancorp will be divided into three classes, each of which
contain approximately one-third of the whole number of the members of the Board.
The members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years, with the
terms of office of all members of one class expiring each year so that
approximately one-third of the total number of directors are elected each year.
The classified Board is intended to provide for continuity of the Bancorp Board
of Directors and to make it more difficult and time consuming for a stockholder
group to fully use its voting power to gain control of the Board of Directors
without consent of the incumbent Board of Directors of the Bancorp.
 
    CUMULATIVE VOTING
 
    If the Bancorp becomes a "listed corporation," the Bancorp Articles do not
provide for cumulative voting for any purpose, as described above.
 
    AUTHORIZED SHARES
 
    The Bancorp Articles authorize the issuance of 50,000,000 shares of common
stock and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The shares of common stock and
preferred stock were authorized in an amount greater than that to be issued to
provide the Bancorp's Board of Directors with as much flexibility as
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
possible to effect, among other transactions, financings, acquisitions, stock
dividends, stock splits and the exercise of employee stock options. However,
these additional authorized shares may also be used by the Board of Directors
consistent with its fiduciary duty to deter future attempts to gain control of
the Bancorp. The Board of Directors also has sole authority to determine the
terms of any one or more series of preferred stock, including voting rights,
conversion rates, and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix
voting rights for a series of preferred stock, the Board has the power, to the
extent consistent with its fiduciary duties to issue a series of preferred stock
to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a tender offer,
merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control of the Bancorp,
and thereby assist members of management to retain their positions. The
Bancorp's Board has no present plans for the issuance of additional shares,
other than the issuance of shares of Bancorp Stock upon exercise of stock
options and in the Merger.
 
    STOCKHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED TO APPROVE BUSINESS COMBINATION WITH PRINCIPAL
     STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The Bancorp Articles require the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3%
of the Bancorp's outstanding shares of voting stock to approve certain "Business
Combinations" (as defined in therein) involving a "Related Person" (as defined
therein) except in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved in
advance by a majority of those members of the Bancorp's Board of Directors who
are unaffiliated with the Related Person and were directors prior to the time
when the Related Person became a Related Person, as described more fully above.
 
    Under California law, absent this provision, business combinations,
including mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of the assets
of a corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Bancorp and any other affected class of stock. The increased stockholder vote
required to approve a business combination may have the effect of foreclosing
mergers and other business combinations which a majority of stockholders deem
desirable and place the power to prevent such a merger or combination in the
hands of a minority of stockholders.
 
    AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
    Amendments to the Bancorp Articles must be approved by a majority vote of
its Board of Directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of its
voting stock, provided, however, that an affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of
the outstanding voting stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the
provision limiting voting rights) is required to amend or repeal certain
provisions of the Articles, including the provision limiting voting rights, the
provisions relating to approval of certain business combinations, the number and
classification of directors, director and officer indemnification by Bancorp and
amendment of the Bancorp's Bylaws and Articles, as described above. The Bancorp
Bylaws may be amended by its Board of Directors, or by a vote of 66 2/3% of the
total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.
 
    STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS
 
    The Bancorp Bylaws require a stockholder who intends to nominate a candidate
for election to the Board of Directors to give not less than 10 days' advance
notice to the Secretary of the Bancorp. The Bancorp Articles provide that a
stockholder who desires to raise new business to provide certain information to
the Bancorp concerning the nature of the new business, the stockholder and the
stockholder's interest in the business matter. Similarly, a stockholder wishing
to nominate any person for election as a director must provide the Bancorp with
certain information concerning the nominee and the proposing stockholder.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
    PURPOSE AND TAKEOVER DEFENSIVE EFFECTS OF BANCORP'S ARTICLES OF
     INCORPORATION
 
    The Board of Directors of the Bancorp believes that the provisions described
above are prudent and will reduce the Bancorp's vulnerability to takeover
attempts and certain other transactions which have not been negotiated with and
approved by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors believes these
provisions are in the best interest of the Bancorp and its stockholders. In the
judgment of the Board of Directors, the Bancorp's Board will be in the best
position to determine the true value of the Bancorp and to negotiate more
effectively for what may be in the best interest of its stockholders.
Accordingly, the Board of Directors believes that it is in the best interest of
the Bancorp and its stockholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate
directly with the Board of Directors of the Bancorp and that these provisions
will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is
also the view of the Board of Directors that these provisions should not
discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price
reflective of the true value of the Bancorp and which is in the best interest of
all stockholders.
 
    Attempts to acquire control of financial institutions have recently become
increasingly common. Takeover attempts which have not been negotiated with and
approved by the Board of Directors present to stockholders the risks of a
takeover on terms which may be less favorable than might otherwise be available.
A transaction which is negotiated and approved by the Board of Directors, on the
other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in
order to obtain maximum value of the Bancorp and its stockholders, with due
consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the
acquiring corporation and maximum strategic development of the Bancorp's assets.
 
    An unsolicited takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and
management of a corporation and cause it to incur great expense. Although a
tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially
above the current market prices, such offers are sometimes made for less than
all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may
be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a
time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise
which is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to
those of the remaining stockholders. The concentration of control, which could
result from a tender offer or other takeover attempt, could also deprive the
Bancorp's remaining stockholders of benefits of certain protective provisions of
the Exchange Act, if the number of beneficial owners became less than the 300
thereby allowing for Exchange Act deregistration.
 
    Despite the belief of the Bancorp as to the benefits to stockholders of
these provisions of the Bancorp's Articles, these provisions may also have the
effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt which would not be approved by
the Bancorp's Board, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a
substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a
result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal
of the Bancorp's Board of Directors and of management more difficult. The Board
of Directors of the Bancorp, however, has concluded that the potential benefits
outweigh the possible disadvantages.
 
    Pursuant to applicable law, at any annual or special meeting of its
stockholders, the Bancorp may adopt additional charter provisions regarding the
acquisition of its equity securities that would be permitted for a California
business corporation. The Bancorp does not presently intend to propose the
adoption of further restrictions on the acquisition of the Bancorp's equity
securities.
 
    The cumulative effect of the restriction on acquisition of the Bancorp
contained in the Bancorp Articles and Bylaws, federal law and California law may
be to discourage potential takeover attempts and perpetuate incumbent
management, even though certain stockholders of the Bancorp may deem a potential
acquisition to be in their best interest, or deem existing management not to be
acting in their best interests.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
                 INFORMATION CONCERNING MID-STATE MEETING ONLY
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The persons named below, all of whom are present members of the Board of
Directors of Mid-State, will be nominated for election to serve until the next
Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until their successors are elected and have
qualified. Votes will be cast pursuant to the enclosed Proxy in such a way as to
effect the election of said seven (7) nominees, or as many thereof as possible
under applicable voting rules. In the event that any of the nominees should be
unable to serve as a director, it is intended that the proxy will be voted for
the election of such substitute nominee, if any, as shall be designated by the
Board of Directors. Management has no reason to believe that any nominee will
become unavailable.
 
    Management knows of no person who, as of the Mid-State Record Date, owned
beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Mid-State Stock.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information, as of January 31, 1998,
with respect to the persons to be nominated by the Board of Directors for
election as directors, and for the directors and principal officers as a group:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  COMMON STOCK BENEFICIALLY
                                                                                                  OWNED ON JANUARY 31, 1998
                                                                                     YEAR FIRST   --------------------------
                                                                                     ELECTED OR                 PERCENTAGE
                                           PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION                       APPOINTED    NUMBER OF     OF SHARES
NAMES AND OFFICES HELD WITH BANK           FOR PAST FIVE YEARS              AGE       DIRECTOR     SHARES(1)    OUTSTANDING
- ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------      ---      -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Gracia B. Bello...................  Registered Pharmacist                       68         1996        5,742          .08%
Director
 
Clifford H. Clark.................  Attorney,                                   71         1960       86,713(2)       1.26%
Director                             Clifford H. Clark
 
Daryl L. Flood....................  Executive Vice President/ Credit            63         1978       98,966         1.43%
Director                             Administration Mid-State Bank
                                     (Retired)
 
Raymond E. Jones..................  Executive Vice President/ Chief             70         1990       55,847          .81%
Director                             Financial Officer Mid-State Bank
                                     (Retired)
 
Albert L. Maguire.................  Investment Broker, Chairman of the          81         1960      253,598(4)       3.67%
Chairman of the Board                Board, Maguire Investments,
                                     Inc.(3)
 
Gregory R. Morris.................  Insurance Broker, Morris &                  57         1987       41,585(5)        .60%
Director                             Garritano Insurance
 
Carrol R. Pruett..................  President and Chief Executive               60         1967      131,322(6)       1.66%
President/Chief Executive Officer    Officer Mid-State Bank
 and Director
 
Directors and Principal Officers as a group (9 persons).........................................     687,382(7)       9.95%
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
(1) Except as otherwise noted, may include shares held by such person's spouse
    (except where legally separated) and minor children; shares held by any
    other relative of such person who has the same home; shares held by a family
    trust as to which such person is a trustee with sole voting and investment
    power (or shared power with a spouse); or shares held in an Individual
    Retirement Account as to which such person has pass-through voting rights
    and investment power.
 
(2) Includes 28,797 shares held by the South Country Performing Arts Building
    Foundation Inc. of which Mr. Clark is President and a director, as to which
    shares Mr. Clark has shared voting and investment power.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
(3) Maguire Investments, Inc. is a corporation with securities registered under
    Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
 
(4) Includes 7,735 shares held by Maguire Investments, Inc., which Mr. Maguire
    is owner, as to which shares Mr. Maguire has shared voting and investment
    power.
 
(5) Includes 35,076 shares held by Mr. Morris as Trustee for Morris & Garritano
    Profit Sharing Trust, as to which Mr. Morris has sole voting and investment
    power.
 
(6) Includes 16,537 shares which Mr. Pruett has the right to acquire by the
    exercise of stock options which are vested pursuant to the Mid-State's 1990
    Stock Option Plan (see "Stock Options" herein).
 
(7) Includes 27,561 shares which the principal officers have the right to
    acquire by the exercise of stock options which are vested pursuant to the
    Mid-State's 1990 Stock Option Plan (see "Stock Options" herein).
 
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES
 
    The Board of Directors has, among others, a standing Audit Committee of
which Directors Morris (Chairman), Bello, Clark and Flood are members. During
the year ended December 31, 1997, the Audit Committee held a total of six
meetings. The purpose of the Audit committee is to meet with the outside
auditors of in order to fulfill the legal and technical requirements necessary
to adequately protect the directors, shareholders, employees and depositors of
Mid-State. The Audit committee also meets with Mid-State's internal auditor to
review Mid-State's internal auditing program and supervises and reviews audits
of Mid-State and its departments. In addition, it is the responsibility of the
Audit Committee to recommend to the Board of Directors the selection of
independent accountants and to make certain that the independent accountants
have the necessary freedom and independence to properly examine all Mid-State
records.
 
    Mid-State has no standing nominating committee; however, the procedures for
nominating directors, other than by the Board of Directors itself, are set forth
in Mid-State Bylaws and in the Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
    The Board also has a standing Compensation Committee, of which Executive
Vice President James G. Stathos, an ex-officio member, serves as Chairman, and
Directors Flood, Jones, Morris and Pruett are members. The primary function of
the Compensation Committee, which met 12 times during 1997 is to establish
proper compensation ranges for officers and employees, delegate certain
authority to management regarding salary procedure, and determine salaries for
Mid-State officers depending upon experience, performance and contribution to
the success of Mid-State.
 
    During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, the Board of Directors of
Mid-State held a total of 15 meetings. All of the persons who were directors
during 1997 attended at least 75% of the aggregate of, 1) the total number of
such meetings, and 2) the total number of meetings held by all committees of the
Board on which such director served during 1997.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                      REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
    Mid-State Bank applies a consistent philosophy to compensation for all
employees, including senior management. This philosophy is based on the premise
that the achievements of Mid-State result from the coordinated efforts of all
individuals working toward common objectives. Mid-State strives to achieve those
objectives through teamwork that is focused on meeting the expectations of
customers and shareholders.
 
    Mid-State Bank has had a long and successful history of using a simple total
compensation program that consists of cash and equity-based compensation. Having
a compensation program that allows Mid-State to successfully attract and retain
key employees permits it to provide useful products and services to customers,
enhance shareholder value, motivate innovation, foster teamwork, and adequately
reward employees.
 
    The goals of the compensation program are to align compensation with
business objectives and performance, and to enable Mid-State to attract and
reward executive officers whose contributions are critical to the long-term
success of Mid-State. Mid-State is committed to maintaining a pay program that
helps attract and retain the best people in the industry. To ensure that pay is
competitive, Mid-State regularly compares its pay practices with those of other
leading independent banks and sets its pay parameters based on this review.
 
    Executive officers are rewarded based upon corporate performance, and
individual performance. Mid-State performance is evaluated by reviewing the
extent to which strategic and business plan goals are met, including such
factors as profitability, performance relative to competitors and achievement of
corporate goals. Individual performance is evaluated by reviewing organizational
and management development progress against set objectives and the degree to
which teamwork and Mid-State values are fostered.
 
CEO COMPENSATION
 
    Carrol R. Pruett has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Mid-State
since March 20, 1969. The Committee used the same compensation policy described
above for all Executive Officers to determine Mr. Pruett's fiscal 1997
compensation.
 
    In setting Mr. Pruett's compensation, the Compensation Committee made an
overall assessment of Mr. Pruett's leadership in achieving Mid-State's long-term
strategic and business goals. Mr. Pruett's salary reflects a consideration of
both competitive forces and Mid-State's performance. Mid-State does not assign
specific weights to these categories.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                      <C>
                            COMPENSATION COMMITTEE:
 
James. G. Stathos, Chair                 Daryl L. Flood
Raymond E. Jones                         Gregory Morris
Carrol R. Pruett
</TABLE>
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Carrol R. Pruett, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Mid-State,
and James G. Stathos,
Executive Vice President of Mid-State, each served as a member of the
Compensation Committee during 1997. Mr. Stathos also served as Chairman of the
Committee. Neither Mr. Pruett nor Mr. Stathos participated in the discussion of
their respective compensation or performance when such matters were addressed by
the Committee.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    No person serving as a principal officer of Mid-State received aggregate
cash compensation of more than $100,000 during 1997, except Carrol R. Pruett,
President/Chief Executive Officer; Thomas E. Reese, Executive Vice
President/Credit Administration; and James G. Stathos, Executive Vice
President/Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors establishes the
compensation awarded to the Executive Officers, and determines the salaries of
those executive officers based upon their experience, performance, and
contribution to the success of Mid-State. The table below sets forth the
aggregate compensation for services in all capacities paid or accrued by
Mid-State to each of these individuals.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               ANNUAL COMPENSATION                           LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                 ------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>        <C>             <C>          <C>                  <C>              <C>              <C>
                                                                     OTHER           RESTRICTED       # OF STOCK
NAME OF OFFICER AND                                                 ANNUAL              STOCK          OPTIONS/        LTIP
PRINCIPAL POSITION      YEAR         SALARY         BONUS        COMPENSATION          AWARDS          SAR'S(8)       PAYOUTS
- --------------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------
Carrol R. Pruett....       1997  $253,039.00(10)  $       0        $       0          $       0        $       0     $ 185,000
  President                1996  233,614.00(11)           0                0                  0                0       210,500
                           1995  226,591.00(12)           0                0                  0                0       185,500
 
Thomas E. Reese.....       1997  $126,336.00(14)  $       0        $       0          $       0        $       0             0
  Executive Vice           1996  119,905.00(15)           0                0                  0                0             0
  President                1995  113,883.50(16)           0                0                  0                0             0
 
James G. Stathos....       1997  $126,336.00(18)  $       0        $       0          $       0        $       0             0
  Executive Vice           1996  119,905.00(19)           0                0                  0                0             0
  President                1995  113,883.50(20)           0                0                  0                0             0
 
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                   <C>
 
NAME OF OFFICER AND      ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION    COMPENSATION(9)
- --------------------  ----------------
Carrol R. Pruett....   $206,250.00(13)
  President                  2,478.31
                             4,620.00
Thomas E. Reese.....   $104,540.00(17)
  Executive Vice             1,981.08
  President                  3,478.50
James G. Stathos....   $104,540.00(21)
  Executive Vice             1,981.08
  President                  3,478.50
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
(8) "Stock option table".
 
(9) Includes Mid-State contributions to defined contribution plans (qualified
    and non-qualified, and whether or not vested.)
 
(10) Includes $9,500.00 accrued in 1997 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(11) Includes $9,500.00 accrued in 1996 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(12) Includes $9,240.00 accrued in 1995 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(13) Includes 1997 Deferred Compensation Contribution of $201,500.00
 
(14) Includes $9,500.00 accrued in 1997 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(15) Includes $7,194.30 accrued in 1996 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(16) Includes $6,715.00 accrued in 1995 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(17) Includes 1997 Deferred Compensation Contribution of $100,750.00
 
(18) Includes $7,580.16 accrued in 1997 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(19) Includes $7,194.30 accrued in 1996 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(20) Includes $6,899.00 accrued in 1995 but deferred pursuant to the Mid-State's
    401(k) Plan (see "Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan").
 
(21) Includes 1997 Deferred Compensation Contribution of $100,750.00
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTIONS
 
    Mid-State's 1990 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"), intended to
advance the interests of Mid-State by encouraging stock ownership on the part of
key employees, was adopted by the shareholders on April 11, 1990 and expires on
March 29, 2000. The Stock Option Plan provides for the issuance of both
"incentive" and "non-qualified" stock options to full-time salaried officers and
employees of Mid-State. All options were granted at an exercise price of not
less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the stock on
the date of grant. Each option granted under the Stock Option Plan expires not
later than five (5) years from the date the option was granted. Options are
exercisable in installments as provided in individual stock option agreements;
provided, however, that if an optionee may accumulate them and exercise the same
at any time thereafter during the term of the option. As of January 31, 1998,
Mid-State had options outstanding to purchase a total of 72,492 shares of its
Common Stock under the Stock Option Plan. If the Merger is consummated, the
Stock Option Plan will be terminated and each person holding an option granted
pursuant to the Stock Option Plan will receive a substitute stock option granted
pursuant to the Bancorp stock option plan. See "THE MERGER--Treatment of Stock
Options."
 
    The following table furnishes certain information regarding stock options
granted, outstanding and exercised under the Stock Option Plan as well as a
prior stock option plan for (a) Mr. Pruett, (b) Mr. Reese, (c) and Mr. Stathos.
 
    AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR, AND FISCAL YEAR-END
                               OPTIONS/SAR VALUE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    (D)                        (E)
                                                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                          UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED    IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS/SARS
                                          (B)                            OPTIONS/SARS AT FY-END(4)          FY-END(5)
               (A)                  SHARES ACQUIRED          (C)         -------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                                ON EXERCISE(3)    VALUE REALIZED(5)  EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(1)
- ---------------------------------  -----------------  -----------------  -------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                <C>                <C>                <C>                        <C>
Carrol R. Pruett.................              0                  0             3,307 Exercisable         $    50,795.52
                                                                             13,230 Unexercisable             203,212.80
 
Thomas E. Reese..................              0                  0             1,102 Exercisable         $    16,926.72
                                                                              4,410 Unexercisable              67,737.60
 
James G. Stathos.................              0                  0             1,102 Exercisable         $    16,926.72
                                                                              4,410 Unexercisable              67,737.60
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Unexercisable stock options represent those options granted, but not yet
    fully vested. Exercisable stock options represent the fully vested portion.
    Stock options vest at the rate of 20% per year from date of grant. Value of
    options determined by multiplying number of shares by the difference between
    the closing price on January 31, 1998 of $26.25 per share, and the exercise
    price of $10.89 per share.
 
PROFIT SHARING/401(K) PLAN
 
    In 1963, the Board of Directors of Mid-State entered into a Profit Sharing
Retirement Plan and Trust under a group program offered through the California
Bankers Association. The Plan covers substantially all of Mid-State employees,
and was amended in 1985 to be a combination qualified Profit Sharing Plan (the
"Profit Sharing Plan") and Savings and Retirement Plan designed to comply with
Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) (the "401(k) Plan"). Under the Profit
Sharing Plan, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, decides how much money,
if any, will be contributed by Mid-State to the Profit Sharing Plan depending on
the amount of Mid-State's profits for the year. Employees are not permitted to
contribute to the Profit Sharing Plan. Once an employee has been in service with
Mid-State one full year, his interest begins to vest at the rate of ten percent
(10%) per year for each year of service up to ten (10) years, at which point his
interest is fully vested. Effective January 1, 1989, once an employee has been
in service with Mid-State three full years, his interest begins to vest at a
rate of twenty percent (20%) per year for each year of service up to seven (7)
years, at which point his interest is fully vested. The maximum amount which
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
can be contributed by Mid-State to the Profit Sharing Plan is equal to fifteen
percent (15%) of the base salary paid to participating employees of Mid-State.
No amounts are accrued or set aside for the account of non-employee directors.
Mid-State contributed approximately $753,789 to the Profit Sharing Plan for the
year ending December 31, 1997. The amounts allocated to individual principal
officers in previous years are set forth in the Cash Compensation Table above
(see "Executive Compensation" above). Under the 401(k) Plan, each covered
employee can make voluntary contributions to his or her account in an amount up
to ten percent (10%) of his or her base salary; such contributions vest
immediately when made. Mid-State makes a contribution to the employee's account
in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the employee's contributions, up to
a maximum of six percent (6%) of the employee's salary. Mid-State's
contributions to the employee's account vest at the rate of twenty percent (20%)
per year, beginning after the third full year of service. For the year ended
December 31, 1997, Mid-State contributed approximately $309,211 to the 401(k)
Plan.
 
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
    The Board of Directors also adopted a Deferred Compensation Plan in 1983
which was amended in July 1996), in order to provide performance-oriented
deferred compensation for Mid-State's senior management. Pursuant to the
Deferred Compensation Plan, the Board of Directors sets aside a specified amount
for contribution to the Plan, representing between two percent (2%) and four
percent (4%) of Mid-State's net profits, depending upon Mid-State's return on
equity for the previous year. A committee appointed by the Board of Directors
allocates the amount contributed to the Plan among the accounts of the
participants in such proportions as the committee shall determine from time to
time. Contributions pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan become vested at
the rate of ten percent (10%) per year for each full year of service up to ten
(10) years. The funds credited to the account of each participant accrue
interest at an annual rate of return equal to ninety percent (90%) of
Mid-State's prime rate, with such interest adjusted and credited to each account
quarterly. Payment of vested amounts may be made either upon retirement or after
the fifth year of participation in the Plan, in certain specified installments,
at the election of the participant. For the year ended December 31, 1997,
Mid-State made a contribution of $403,000 to the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS
 
    Mid-State entered into "change in control" agreements with Messrs. Pruett,
Reese and Stathos as of November 12, 1997. Each agreement provides that, if a
person who has acquired control of Mid-State terminates the officer within 24
months after such change in control other than for cause, disability or
retirement (as such terms are defined in the agreement) or if, within 24 months
of such a change in control, the officer terminates the agreement for good
reason (as defined in the agreement), the officer will receive (i) a lump sum
severance payment equal to two times his annual salary and bonus (provided that
in no event shall such amount exceed 2.99 times such officer's "annualized
includible compensation for the base period" (as defined in the Internal Revenue
Code)) and (ii) continued benefits under all insured and self-insured employee
welfare benefit plans for a period ending on the earliest of (A) three years,
(B) the commencement date of equivalent benefits from a new employer or (C) the
officer's normal retirement date under the terms of such plans. In general, a
"change in control" includes a change in the majority of directors as a result
of an election contest, an acquisition of 25% of the outstanding shares, a
merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all the assets, a change in the
majority of directors over a two year period as well as any other transfer,
voluntarily or by hostile takeover or proxy contest, operation of law or
otherwise, of control of Mid-State. The Merger does not constitute a "change in
control" for purposes of such agreements.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
OTHER COMPENSATION
 
    Mid-State has provided and plans to continue to provide its executive
officers with automobiles, which are not available to all employees of
Mid-State. It is impracticable to estimate the percentage of the total costs of
these benefits attributable to personal use. No amount is stated for the
foregoing, since management has concluded that the amount of any personal
benefits to any principal officer and to the principal officers as a group is
LESS than the lesser of $25,000 per person or ten percent (10%) of the
compensation reported under "Cash Compensation" for each such person and for the
group.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Non-officer directors received $600 per month for their service as directors
and attendance at Board meetings. Loan Committee members received $200 per
meeting, and Audit Committee members and Compensation Committee members received
$100 per meeting, for attendance at such committee meetings.
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
    The following table and graph display five year comparative total return
performance information for Mid-State Stock, the Standard and Poors 500 index
(S&P 500), and a proxy for Southern California banks published by SNL Securities
(Southern California Proxy). The information is prepared assuming $100.00 is
invested in each of the three potential investments, five years ago. The
performance information takes into account dividends paid and the price
appreciation or depreciation of the stock(s). It should be noted that historical
performance information is no guarantee of future performance.
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL RETURN PERFORMANCE
<S>                       <C>              <C>        <C>
Period Ending
                           Mid-State Bank    S&P 500  Southern California Proxy
12/31/92                           100.00     100.00                     100.00
12/31/93                            85.32     110.08                     122.27
12/31/94                            58.73     111.53                     139.49
12/31/95                            63.07     153.44                     176.91
12/31/96                            86.19     188.52                     267.07
12/31/97                           164.78     251.44                     510.65
</TABLE>
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    Some of the current directors and officers of Mid-State and the companies
with which they are associated have been customers of, and have had banking
transactions with Mid-State, in the ordinary course of Mid-State's business, and
Mid-State expects to continue to have such banking transactions in the future.
All loans and commitments to lend included in such transactions have been made
on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as
those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons of similar
creditworthiness, and in the opinion of management of Mid-State, have not
involved more than the normal risk of repayment or presented any other
unfavorable features.
 
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires Mid-State's directors, executive
officers and ten percent or more shareholders of Mid-State's equity securities
to file with the FDIC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes of
ownership of Mid-State's equity securities. Officers, directors and ten percent
(10%) or more shareholders are required by FDIC regulations to furnish Mid-State
with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To Mid-State's knowledge,
based solely on review of the copies of such reports furnished to Mid-State and
written representations that no other reports were required, during the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1997, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable
to its executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of ten percent (10%)
or more of Mid-State's equity securities appear to have been met.
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    Mid-State has not yet selected its independent public accountants for the
fiscal year ending December 31, 1998, but intends to do so later this year.
Arthur Andersen LLP audited Mid-State's financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1997, and have been Mid-State's accountants since 1979. It is
anticipated that a representative of Arthur Andersen LLP will be present at the
Mid-State Meeting and will be available to respond to appropriate questions from
shareholders. All professional services rendered by Arthur Andersen LLP during
1997 were furnished at customary rates and terms.
 
PROPOSALS OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
    Under certain circumstances, shareholders are entitled to present proposals
at shareholder meetings. In the event the Merger is not carried into effect, any
such proposal to be included in the Proxy Statement for Mid-State's 1999 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders must be submitted by a shareholder prior to
            , in a form that complies with applicable regulations.
 
                  INFORMATION CONCERNING BANCORP MEETING ONLY
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The persons named below, all of whom are present members of the Board of
Directors of the Bancorp, will be nominated for election to serve until the next
Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until their successors are elected and have
qualified. Votes will be cast pursuant to the enclosed Proxy in such a way as to
effect the election of said eleven (11) nominees, or as many thereof as possible
under applicable voting rules. In the event that any of the nominees should be
unable to serve as a director, it is intended that the Proxy will be voted for
the election of such substitute nominee, if any, as shall be designated by the
Board of Directors. Management has no reason to believe that any nominee will
become unavailable to serve as a director of the Bancorp.
 
    At the Effective Time and pursuant to the Agreement, the Board of Directors
of the Bancorp will consist of three members of the current Bancorp Board and
the seven (7) members from the Mid-State Board. It is currently contemplated
that the three members of the Bancorp Board who will continue to
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
serve as directors of the Bancorp following the Effective Time are A. J. Diani,
William A. Hares and William L. Snelling. For information on the members of the
Mid-State Board who will serve on the Bancorp's Board of Directors, see
"INFORMATION CONCERNING MID-STATE MEETING ONLY-- Election of Directors."
 
    Management knows of no person who, as of the Bancorp Record Date, owned
beneficially more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Bancorp Stock.
 
    The table on the following page sets forth certain information, as of the
Bancorp Record date, with respect to the persons to be nominated by the Board of
Directors for election as directors, and for the directors and executive
officers(1) as a group:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   YEAR FIRST
                                                                                                  APPOINTED AS     YEAR FIRST
                                                                     BUSINESS EXPERIENCE             BANCORP       ELECTED AS
NAME AND OFFICE HELD                                 AGE         DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS         DIRECTOR      BANK DIRECTOR
- -----------------------------------------------      ---      ---------------------------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>                                <C>              <C>
Armand R. Acosta...............................          72   Retailer, Retired                          1996            1977
 
Richard E. Adam................................          67   Farmer                                     1996            1977
 
Fred L. Crandall, Jr., DDS.....................          69   Dentist                                    1996            1978
 
A.J. Diani.....................................          76   Construction                               1996            1977
  Chairman of the Board
  Bank of Santa Maria
  BSM Bancorp
 
William A. Hares...............................          63   Commercial Banking                         1996            1981
  President and CEO
  Bank of Santa Maria
  BSM Bancorp
 
Roger A. Ikola, MD.............................          66   Pediatrician                               1996            1977
 
Toshiharu Nishino..............................          71   Wholesale Produce                          1996            1977
 
Joseph Sesto, Jr...............................          85   Investments, Retired                       1996            1977
 
William L. Snelling............................          66   Business Manager, Consultant               1996            1977
  Secretary
  Bank of Santa Maria
  BSM Bancorp
 
Mitsuo Taniguchi...............................          71   Wholesale Produce, Retired                 1996            1977
 
Joseph F. Ziemba, MD...........................          80   Physician, Retired                         1996            1978
</TABLE>
 
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES
 
    The Board of Directors of the Bancorp held twelve (12) regular meetings and
two (2) special meetings in 1997. The Bancorp has an Executive Committee, but no
standing Audit, Compensation or Nominating Committees. All of the Bancorp's
directors attended at least 75% of all Bancorp Board and Executive Committee
meetings in 1997.
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) As used throughout this joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the term
    "executive officer," as it relates to the Bancorp, means the President and
    Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Vice President-- Administration, the
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Executive Vice
    President and Loan Administrator, and the Executive Vice President--Branch
    Administrator.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
    The Bancorp's Executive Committee, consisting of Messrs. Diani, Hares,
Ikola, Sesto, and Snelling, held four (4) meetings in 1997. This committee
reviews policies, rules and regulations for the Bancorp and has the authority to
direct the business and affairs of the Bancorp between Board of Director
meetings.
 
    The Board of Directors of the Bank held twelve (12) regular meetings and one
(1) special meeting in 1997. All of the Bank's directors attended at least 75%
of all Board and applicable committee meetings. In addition to meeting as a
group to review the Bank's business, certain members of the Board of Directors
are members of certain standing committees.
 
    The Bank has a standing Executive, Loan, Audit, Asset/Liability Management
and Compensation Committee.
 
    The Bank's Executive Committee, consisting of Messrs. Diani, Hares, Ikola,
Sesto, and Snelling, held twenty-five (25) meetings in 1997. This committee
reviews policies, rules and regulations for the Bank and has the authority to
direct the business and affairs of the Bank between Board of Director meetings.
This committee also acts as the Nominating and Compensation Committee (described
below) for the Bank.
 
    The Bank's Loan Committee, consisting of Messrs. Acosta, Adam, Hares, Ikola,
Taniguchi, and Executive Officer Forgnone, held twelve (12) meetings in 1997.
This committee oversees the Bank's loan policy and reviews certain loans made by
management.
 
    The Bank's Audit Committee, consisting of Messrs. Crandall, Sesto, Nishino,
Snelling, Ziemba and officer Douglas Bradley, held two (2) meetings in 1997.
This committee is responsible for overseeing internal audit functions and
interfaces with the Bank's outside auditors.
 
    The Bank's Asset/Liability Committee, consisting of Messrs. Diani, Hares,
Ikola, Sesto, Snelling and Executive Officer Fletcher, held three (3) meetings
during 1997. This committee is responsible for overseeing the assets and
liability management functions (including investments and capital resource
allocations) of the Bank.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following table sets forth as to each of the persons who are currently
executive officers of the Bancorp, such person's age as of March 18, 1998,
principal occupation during the past five (5) years, and the period during which
such person has served as a director of the Bancorp and also the Bank, its
wholly-owned subsidiary.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               YEAR FIRST
                                                                                                              APPOINTED AS
                                                                                                                EXECUTIVE
NAME                                   AGE              BUSINESS EXPERIENCE DURING PAST FIVE YEARS               OFFICER
- ---------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>                                                          <C>
William A. Hares.................          63   President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bancorp since
                                                  November, 1996. President and Chief Executive Officer of
                                                  the Bank since 1981                                                1996
 
Carol Bradfield(1)...............          43   Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since November,
                                                  1996. Executive Vice President/ Administration of the
                                                  Bank since 1996                                                    1996
 
F. Dean Fletcher.................          50   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
                                                  Bancorp since November, 1996. Executive Vice President
                                                  and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since 1991                 1996
 
Susan Forgnone(2)................          36   Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since November,
                                                  1996. Executive Vice President and Loan Administrator of
                                                  the Bank since 1994                                                1996
</TABLE>
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               YEAR FIRST
                                                                                                              APPOINTED AS
                                                                                                                EXECUTIVE
NAME                                   AGE              BUSINESS EXPERIENCE DURING PAST FIVE YEARS               OFFICER
- ---------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>                                                          <C>
James D. Glines..................          55   Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since November,
                                                  1996. Executive Vice President-Branch Administrator of
                                                  the Bank since 1997
                                                  Executive Vice President since 1992
                                                  Manager--Santa Maria Way Branch since 1983                         1996
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Ms. Bradfield joined the Bank in April, 1988. She was formally Senior Vice
    President--Human Resources prior to her appointment as an executive officer
    of the Bank.
 
(2) Ms. Forgnone joined the Bank in October, 1988. She has worked in various
    aspects of lending with the Bank prior to her appointment as an executive
    officer.
 
    None of the directors, nominees or executive officers of the Bancorp were
selected pursuant to any arrangement or understanding, other than with the
directors and executive officers of the Bancorp, acting within their capacities
as such. There are no family relationships between the directors and executive
officers of the Bancorp, except between Director Nishino and Director Taniguchi
who are brothers-in-law, and none of the directors or executive officers of the
Bancorp serve as directors of any company which has a class of securities
registered under, or which is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of,
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any investment company registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, although all of the directors
and executive officers hold similar positions with the Bank, which, until
acquired by the Bancorp, was subject to the above periodic reporting
requirements.
 
    None of the directors or executive officers of the Bancorp have, during the
last five years, been involved in any legal proceedings that are material to an
evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director or executive officer of
the Company.
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    Management of the Bancorp does not know of any person who owns beneficially
or of record more than 5% of the Bancorp's outstanding common stock. The
following table sets forth certain information as of March 18, 1998, concerning
the beneficial ownership of the Bancorp's outstanding common stock by each of
the directors of the Bancorp and by all directors and executive officers of the
Bancorp as a group.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
    Neither the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary of the Bancorp are
treated as executive officers.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AMOUNT OF
   TITLE OF                                                                       BENEFICIAL          PERCENT
      CLASS   NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER AND TITLE                                 OWNERSHIP(1)       OF CLASS(2)
- ------------  ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------  -----------
<S>           <C>                                                           <C>                     <C>
     Common   Armand R. Acosta, Director..................................            24,220(3)            .8%
     Common   Richard E. Adam, Director...................................           100,734(3)           3.3%
     Common   Fred L. Crandall, Jr., Director.............................            82,176(3)           2.7%
     Common   A. J. Diani, Chairman.......................................            86,588(3)           2.9%
     Common   William A. Hares, President.................................            50,310(4)           1.7%
     Common   Roger A. Ikola, Director....................................            74,408(3)           2.5%
     Common   Toshiharu Nishino, Director.................................            92,674(3)           3.1%
     Common   Joseph Sesto, Jr............................................            14,000(3)            .5%
     Common   William L. Snelling, Secretary..............................            81,140(3)           2.7%
     Common   Mitsuo Taniguchi, Director..................................            74,524(3)           2.5%
     Common   Joseph F. Ziemba, Director..................................            46,956(3)           1.6%
     Common   All Directors and Executive Officers (15 in number).........           785,133(5)          26.6%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or
    indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship,
    or otherwise has or shares: (a) voting power, which includes the power to
    vote, or to direct the voting of such security; and/or (b) investment power
    which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of such
    security. Beneficial owner also includes any person who has the right to
    acquire beneficial ownership of such security as defined above within 60
    days of the date specified.
 
(2) Shares subject to options held by directors and executive officers that were
    exercisable within 60 days after the Bancorp Record Date ("vested"), are
    treated as issued and outstanding for the purpose of computing the
    percentage of class owned by such person (or group) but not for the purpose
    of computing the percentage of class owned by any other individual person.
 
(3) Includes 4,000 vested shares from the 1996 Bancorp stock option plan.
 
(4) Includes 8,000 vested shares from the 1996 Bancorp stock option plan and
    7,237 shares over which Mr. Hares has sole investment powers.
 
(5) Includes 6,000 vested shares and 23,750 shares owned directly and 34,890
    shares whose voting powers can be exercised by the executive officers not
    listed individually.
 
DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION
 
    During 1997, the Bancorp did not pay any cash compensation to its executive
officers nor were the directors compensated for their attendance at Bancorp
meetings.
 
    The following Summary Compensation Table shows compensation earned from the
Bank for services rendered during fiscal years 1997, 1996, and 1995 to each of
the Bank's executive officers whose salaries and bonuses exceeded $100,000 in
1997.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          LONG-TERM
                                                                                        COMPENSATION
                                                                        ANNUAL             AWARDS
                                                                   COMPENSATION(1)      -------------
                                                                ----------------------   SECURITIES      ALL OTHER
                                                                  SALARY      BONUS      UNDERLYING    COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                            YEAR       ($)(2)      ($)(4)    OPTIONS(#)(5)     ($)(3)
- ---------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
William A. Hares...................................       1997  $  185,000  $  190,000                   $  18,285
  President and Chief Executive Officer                   1996     170,000     165,000       10,000         17,750
                                                          1995     160,000     150,000                      16,843
 
Carol Bradfield....................................       1997      90,000      70,000                      17,715
  Executive Vice President                                1996      68,104      35,000        5,000         11,051
  Administration                                          1995     N/A         N/A              N/A         N/A
 
F. Dean Fletcher...................................       1997     100,000      80,000                      17,135
  Executive Vice President                                1996      96,000      60,000       --             13,776
  and Chief Financial Officer                             1995      93,000      45,000       --             15,223
 
Susan Forgnone.....................................       1997      95,000      70,000                      15,041
  Executive Vice President                                1996      85,000      50,000       --             12,767
  and Loan Administrator                                  1995      80,000      45,000       --              9,241
 
James D. Glines....................................       1997      95,000      70,000       --             17,311
  Executive Vice President                                1996      89,000      50,000       --             14,614
  Branch Administrator                                    1995      85,000      45,000                      12,025
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
(1) The column for other annual compensation has been omitted since the only
    items reportable thereunder for the named persons are prequisites, which did
    not exceed the lessor of $50,000 or 10% of salary and bonus for any of the
    named persons.
 
(2) Includes all contributions to the Bank's 401(k) Plan, and the Bank's
    Flexible Spending Account for medical and child care expenditures made
    through salary reductions and deferrals.
 
(3) All employees of the Bank who have at least one year of service having
    worked at least 1,000 hours during that year and are at least 18 years of
    age are eligible to participate in the Bank's Profit Sharing and the 401(k)
    Salary Deferral Plan. The Salary Deferral Plan is a self funded voluntary
    plan that offers certain tax savings with tax deferred investment earnings.
    The amount contributed by the participants is fully vested from the date of
    deposit. The directors of the Bank at their discretion may elect to match an
    amount equal to $.50 for every $1.00 the 401(k) participant invests, not to
    exceed 2% of their gross compensation. This contribution is made as of June
    30th and December 31st of each year. All matching contributions follows a
    seven year vesting schedule. Contribution to the Bank's Profit Sharing Plan
    are also at the discretion of the Bank's directors. Any amount that is
    contributed is allocated to accounts established for each participating
    employee, and is based on a percentage of their gross income. These are
    subject to a seven year vesting schedule with 100% vesting occurring after
    seven years of service. Funding for the plan always occurs in January of
    each year. Participants contributions toward the 401(k) are included in
    amounts shown as "Salary," above. The Bank's matching contributions are as
    well as the Profit Sharing contribution are aggregated and included under
    "All Other Compensation," above.
 
(4) Cash bonuses are reported in the year earned and may be paid in that year or
    in January of the following year at the discretion of the officer. Bonuses
    are recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board and are approved
    by the full board at the December meeting. Bonuses are discretionary, but
    are generally based upon the operating results of the Bank.
 
(5) Options shown were issued under the Bank's Incentive Stock Option Plans.
    These plans are administered by the Compensation Committee. Options granted
    have an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant,
    vest over a term of 5 years, and expire 5 years from the date of grant
    unless otherwise noted.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN 1997
 
    There were no grants of stock option to any of the named persons during
1997.
 
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION
  VALUES
 
    The following table sets forth the number of shares acquired by any of the
named persons upon exercise of stock options in 1996, the value realized through
the exercise of such options, and the number of unexercised options held by the
such person, including both those which are presently exercisable, and those
which are not presently exercisable.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF SHARE
                                                                                             VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                  UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED     IN-THE MONEY OPTIONS
                                        SHARES                   OPTIONS AT 12-31-97 (#)      AT 12-31-97 ($)(1)
                                     ACQUIRED UPON               ------------------------  ------------------------
                                        OPTION         VALUE                      NOT                       NOT
NAME                                 EXERCISE (#)   REALIZED($)  EXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE
- -----------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
William A. Hares...................        1,000     $  19,625       19,500        9,500    $ 355,563    $ 139,437
 
Carol Bradfield....................        2,500        38,125        1,000        4,000       12,750       51,000
 
F. Dean Fletcher...................
 
Susan Forgnone.....................                                   5,000        2,500       74,750       37,125
 
James D. Glines....................        5,000        41,500
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Potential unrealized value is determined by multiplying the number of shares
    by the net of the fair market value at fiscal year end ($26.50) less the
    option exercise price.
 
COMPENSATION FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
 
    During 1997, each non-officer director received $900 for each Board of
Directors meeting attended. The Chairman of the Board and the Secretary received
an additional $900 and $300 respectively each month. Members of the Executive
Committee received $900 per meeting attended each month but did not receive more
than $900 in any one month. Members of all other committees received $300 for
each committee meeting attended.
 
CONTRACTS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    In March, 1997, the Board of Directors of both the Bancorp and the Bank
approved severance pay agreements for their executive officers which would be
triggered by a change in control of either the Bancorp or the Bank, resulting in
the termination without cause or the resignation of these executive officers for
valid reasons as defined in the agreements. The principal purposes of these
agreements are to help assure that key executives give impartial consideration
in evaluating and negotiating a potential business combination which is in the
best interest of BSM Bancorp's shareholders, but which may result in the loss
of, or reduction in, the executive's job.
 
    The benefits under these agreements are triggered if, within one year
following a change in control, the executive officer's employment is terminated
without cause or the executive officer resigns for reasons such as a substantial
reduction in the officer's responsibilities, an assignment of responsibilities
inconsistent with the executive officer's former responsibilities, a reduction
in the executive officer's annual salary or benefits, or a job relocation of
more than 50 miles.
 
    Severance benefits payable to executive officers covered by Agreements are
determined by multiplying base monthly salary by a component of 24 months for
the President and by 18 months for the other four executive officers. The sum is
payable in monthly installments, or at the discretion of the executive officer,
in one lump sum. In addition, the executive officers are entitled certain fringe
benefits including health and other medical benefits for either the 18 or 24
month period.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
    Generally, a "change in control" will be deemed to have occurred in any of
the following circumstances:
 
    - A merger or consolidation where the Bank and/or the Bancorp is not the
      surviving corporation.
 
    - A transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank and/or
      the Bancorp.
 
    - An acquisition of more than 25% of the outstanding stock coupled with or
      followed by a change in the majority of the directors of either the Bank
      or the Bancorp.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The Bank's Compensation Committee is comprised of A. J. Diani, Carol
Bradfield, William A. Hares, Roger A. Ikola, Joseph Sesto, Jr. and William L.
Snelling. Both Mr. Hares and Ms. Bradfield have served as an Executive Officers
of the Bank during 1997. All of the above directors have had loans outstanding
from the Bank during 1997.
 
    Neither Ms. Bradfield nor Mr. Hares participated in the discussion of their
respective compensation or performance when such matters were addressed by the
committee.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
 
    The compensation committee meets annually to review the salaries and bonuses
of all officers of the Bank. Upon their recommendation, the Bank's full board
then approves salary modifications and bonuses, if any, for all Bank officers.
While all officers are reviewed, particular emphasis is placed upon the salaries
paid to executive officers.
 
    The goal of the compensation program is to align compensation with business
objective and performance, and to enable the Bank to attract and reward
executive officers whose contributions are critical to the long-term success of
the Bank. The Bank is committed to maintaining a pay program that helps attract
and retain the best people in the industry. To ensure that pay is competitive,
the Bank regularly compares its pay practices with those of other leading
independent banks and sets its pay parameters based upon this review.
 
    Executive officers are rewarded based upon corporate performance, and
individual contribution. Bank performance is evaluated by reviewing the extent
to which strategic and business plan goals have been met. Individual
contribution is evaluated by reviewing the progress of the Bank against set
objectives in the individuals area of responsibility.
 
CEO COMPENSATION
 
    William A. Hares has been President and Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") of
the Bank since January 1982, and President and CEO of the Company since it was
formed in November of 1996. In setting Mr. Hares' compensation, the Compensation
Committee made an overall assessment of Mr. Hares' leadership in achieving the
Company's long-term strategic and business goals. During 1997, particular
emphasis was placed on enhancing shareholders' value. The Committee paid
specific attention to variation in budget projections and well as executive
compensation surveys from the California Banking Association, Department of
Financial Institutions and banks headquartered in the Company's local market
area. Mr. Hares' salary reflects a consideration of both competitive forces and
the Company's performance.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
A. J. Diani, Chairmen
Carol Bradfield
William A. Hares
Roger A. Ikola
Joseph Sesto, Jr.
William L. Snelling
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
                               PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
    The chart shown below compares Mid-State Bank's cumulative five-year total
shareholder return with both the S&P 500 Index and an index developed by SNL
Securities that represents Southern California banks.
 
                COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
              AMONG BSM BANCORP, S&P 500 INDEX AND INDUSTRY INDEX
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL RETURN PERFORMANCE
<S>                       <C>             <C>        <C>
Period Ending
Index Value                  BSM Bancorp        S&P  Southern California Proxy
12/31/92                          100.00     100.00                     100.00
12/31/93                          110.00     110.08                     122.27
12/31/94                          115.99     111.53                     139.49
12/31/95                          138.57     153.44                     176.91
12/31/96                          167.88     188.52                     267.07
12/31/97                          287.05     251.44                     510.65
</TABLE>
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Some of the Company's Directors and executive officers and their immediate
families, as well as the companies with which they are associated, are customers
of, or have had banking transactions with, the Bank in the ordinary course of
the Bank's business, and the Bank expects to have banking transactions with such
persons in the future. In management's opinion, all loans and commitments to
lend included in such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business,
in compliance with applicable laws on substantially the same terms, including
interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions
with other persons of similar creditworthiness and, in the opinion of
management, did not involve more than a normal risk of repayment or presented
other unfavorable features.
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    The Bancorp has not yet selected its independent public accountants for the
fiscal year ending December 31, 1998, but intends to do so later this year.
Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP audited the Bancorp's financial statements for
the year ended December 31, 1997, and have been the Bancorp's accountants since
inception. It is anticipated that a representative of Vavrinek, Trine, Day &
Co., LLP will
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
be present at the Meeting and will be available to respond to appropriate
questions from shareholders. All professional services rendered by Vavrinek,
Trine, Day & Co., LLP
 
PROPOSALS OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
    Under certain circumstances, shareholders are entitled to present proposals
at shareholder meetings. Any such proposal to be included in the Bancorp's Proxy
Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders must be submitted by a
shareholder prior to         in a form that complies with applicable
regulations.
 
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN AND PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
 
    INTRODUCTION
 
    The BSM Bancorp 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Plan"), was adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Bancorp on November 12, 1996, subject to the approval
of the California Commissioner of Corporations and the holders of a majority of
the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank as prospective shareholders of the
Bancorp. The California Commissioner of Corporations issued an order on December
9, 1996 approving the terms and conditions of the 1996 Plan. The 1996 Plan was
subsequently approved by the shareholders of the Bank as prospective
shareholders of the Bancorp at the time of the approval of the formation of the
Bancorp as the holding company for the Bank.
 
    The Board of Directors subsequently amended the 1996 Plan on March 11 and
May 13, 1997 in order to comply with new regulations of the California
Department of Corporations that became effective on January 15, 1997. The 1996
Plan was amended to exempt officers, directors and consultants, but not other
employees, of the Bancorp and the Bank from the requirement that the option
granted must be exercisable at a minimum of 20% per year over a period of five
years from the date of grant of the option. Further, the 1996 Plan was amended
to provide that options granted to directors, officers and consultants may
become fully exercisable upon the occurrence of a terminating event such as a
merger or change of control of the Bancorp. The 1996 Plan was also amended to
provide for the issuance of substituted options, and if an optionee that is not
a consultant is terminated for cause, then the option would automatically
terminate, subject to possible reinstatement by the Bancorp's Stock Option
Committee. The 1996 Plan was also amended to provide for a total of 892,542
shares that would be reserved for issuance under the 1996 Plan, which was equal
to 30% of the then issued and outstanding shares of the Bancorp. On May 6, 1996,
the Commissioner of Corporations issued an order authorizing the amendments to
the 1996 Plan. On June 13, 1997, the Bancorp registered the 1996 Plan under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by filing a Form S-8 with the SEC.
 
    The purpose of the 1996 Plan is to strengthen the Bancorp and its
wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, by providing an additional means of
attracting and retaining competent managerial personnel and by providing to
participating officers, key employees and directors, as well as consultants,
advisors and others having a business relationship with the Bancorp and the
Bank, added incentive for high levels of performance and for unusual efforts to
increase the earnings of the Bancorp and the Bank. The 1996 Plan seeks to
accomplish these purposes and achieve these results by providing a means whereby
such officers, key employees and directors, as well as consultants, advisors and
others having a business relationship with the Bancorp and the Bank, purchase
shares of the Bancorp's Common Stock pursuant to options granted in accordance
with the 1996 Plan. The Board of Directors believes the 1996 Plan is beneficial
to the Bancorp, the Bank and the Bancorp's shareholders.
 
    PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO 1996 PLAN
 
    On January 29, 1998, the Bancorp, the Bank and Mid-State Bank executed the
Agreement whereby (i) the Bank will merge with and into Mid-State and Mid-State
will continue as the surviving bank, (ii) the Bancorp will become the bank
holding company for Mid-State and change its name to "Mid-State
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
Bancshares" and (iii) the shareholders of Mid-State will become shareholders of
the Bancorp in accordance with the exchange ratio set forth in the Agreement.
Article 7 of the Agreement requires the Bancorp to amend the 1996 Plan that
would allow for the granting of substitute options to the officers and employees
of the Bancorp and the Bank, and certain directors that would continue as
directors of the Bancorp and Mid-State, that would have the same terms and
conditions as existing Bancorp options, except that such substitute options
would be completely vested and such options would not terminate as a result of
the Merger, subject to all necessary approvals of the California Commissioner of
Corporations and other necessary regulatory agency. The Plan will survive the
Merger and substitute stock options will be granted to Mid-state optionees
pursuant to the 1996 Plan. See "THE MERGER--Treatment of Stock Options."
 
    SUMMARY OF 1996 PLAN
 
    The purpose of the 1996 Plan is to strengthen the Bancorp and the Bank by
providing an additional means of attracting and retaining competent managerial
personnel. The 1996 Plan provides to participants added incentive for high
levels of performance and for unusual efforts to increase the earnings of the
Bancorp and the Bank. The 1996 Plan assists in accomplishing these objectives
and facilitates in achieving these results by providing a means whereby
directors, officers and key employees, as well as consultants, advisors and
others having a business relationship with the Bancorp and the Bank, may
purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Bancorp pursuant to options granted
in accordance with the 1996 Plan. 892,542 unissued shares of the Bancorp are
reserved for issuance to directors, officers and employees, as well as
consultants, advisors and others having a business relationship with the Bancorp
and the Bank ("Eligible Participants"). Options granted pursuant to the 1996
Plan may be non-qualified options or incentive stock options within the meaning
of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
    The 1996 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors of the Bancorp or by
a committee appointed from time to time by the Board. The Board of Directors or
the committee determines the Eligible Participants in the 1996 Plan and the
extent of their participation.
 
    The purchase price of stock subject to each option is not less than one
hundred (100%) of the fair market value of such stock at the time such option is
granted. An Eligible Participant owning more than ten percent (10%) of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bancorp may only be granted
an option with an exercise price at least 110% of the fair value of Bancorp
stock at the date of grant. The purchase price of any shares exercised shall be
paid in full in cash or, with the prior written approval of the committee, in
shares of the Bancorp or on a deferred basis evidenced by a promissory note. In
addition, the optionee shall have the right upon exercise of an option to
surrender for cancellation a portion of the option for the number of shares
exercised. Options may be granted pursuant to the 1996 Plan for a term of up to
ten (10) years. Each option shall be exercisable according to the determination
of the Board or committee, except that options granted to employees that are not
directors, officers and consultants shall be exercisable at a minimum of 20% per
year over a five year period.
 
    Options granted under the 1996 Plan shall not be transferable by the
optionee during the optionee's lifetime. In the event of termination of
employment as a result of the optionee's disability or in the event of an
employee's death during the exercise period, to the extent the option is
exercisable on the date employment terminates or the date the employee dies, the
option shall remain exercisable for up to one (1) year (but not beyond the end
of the original option term) by the disabled optionee or, in the event of death
of the optionee, a non-qualified option shall be exercisable by the person or
persons to whom rights under the option shall have passed by will or the laws of
descent and distribution.
 
    If an optionee's employment is terminated, unless termination was by reason
of disability or death, the optionee shall have the right, for a 3-month period
after termination, to exercise that portion of the option which was exercisable
immediately prior to such termination. If an optionee's employment is terminated
for cause, except for options granted to consultants and business advisors, the
option shall terminate,
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
subject to possible reinstatement within thirty (30) days by the Board of
Directors or the committee. In no event may the option be exercised after the
end of the original option term. However, such termination provisions shall not
apply for options granted to consultants, business associates or other persons
or entities with important business relationships with the Bancorp.
 
    In the event of certain changes in the outstanding Common Stock of the
Bancorp without receipt of consideration by the Bancorp, such as stock
dividends, stock splits, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization,
merger, stock consolidation, or otherwise, appropriate and proportionate
adjustments shall be made in the number, kind and exercise price of shares
covered by any unexercised or partially unexercised options which were already
granted. Optionees will receive prior notice of any pending dissolution or
liquidation of the Bancorp, or reorganization, merger or dissolution or
liquidations of the Bancorp, or reorganization, merger or consolidation where
the Bancorp is not the surviving corporation or sale of substantially all the
assets of the Bancorp or other form of corporate reorganization in which the
Bancorp is not a surviving entity, or the acquisition of stock representing more
than 50% of the voting power of the stock of the Bancorp then outstanding
("Terminating Event"). Optionees have thirty (30) days from the date of mailing
of such notices to exercise any option in full. After such thirty (30) days, any
option not exercised shall terminate and upon the occurrence of the Terminating
Event, the 1996 Plan shall terminate, unless some other provision is made in
connection with the Terminating Event. As indicated above, the Agreement
provides that the 1996 Plan shall continue following the Effective Time of the
Merger. In addition, the Bancorp is proposing hereby that the 1996 Plan be
amended to provide that the options to all officers and employees, and directors
of the Bancorp and the Bank that continue as directors of the Bancorp and the
Bank following the Merger, be granted substitute options that would have the
same terms and conditions as their existing options except that such options
would be completely vested.
 
    The Board reserves the right to suspend, amend, or terminate the 1996 Plan,
and, with the consent of the optionee, make such modifications, of the terms and
conditions of his or her option as it deems advisable, except that the Board may
not, without further approval of a majority of the shares, increase the maximum
number of shares covered by the 1996 Plan, change the minimum option price,
increase the maximum term of options under the 1996 Plan or permit options to be
granted to any one other than an officer, employee or director, or consultant,
advisor or other person having a business relationship with the Bancorp or the
Bank.
 
    Unless previously terminated by the Board of Directors, the 1996 Plan shall
terminate ten years from the date the 1996 Plan was adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Bancorp, or November 12, 2006.
 
    Shares of the Bancorp's Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of stock
options need not be registered with the SEC. However, the Bancorp has applied
for a permit from the California Commissioner of Corporations for the proposed
amendments, and the Bancorp intends to amend its registration statement with the
SEC with the amendments for the 1996 Plan.
 
    FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    To the extent that options granted under the 1996 Plan qualify as incentive
stock options and (i) the optionee does not sell the stock acquired upon
exercise of the options within two (2) years of the date of grant and one (1)
year from the date of exercise and (ii) the optionee was employed by the Bancorp
or a subsidiary for the entire period beginning on the date of grant of option
and ending three (3) months prior to the exercise of the option, then the
optionee will not recognize compensation income to the extent of any "bargain
element" determined as of the time of grant or exercise, and the Bancorp will
not be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction. However, the bargain element
is a time of tax preference for the purpose of determining the employee's
alternative minimum tax.
 
    If the optionee disposes of the stock acquired through the exercise of the
incentive stock option prior to satisfaction of the holding period or fails to
satisfy the employment requirement, the optionee will recognize compensation
income and the Bancorp will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction to the
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
extent of the lesser of (i) the excess of the fair market value of the stock at
the date of exercise over the exercise price or (ii) the amount realized in
excess of the tax basis of the stock if disposed in a taxable transaction.
 
    If the options granted under the 1996 Plan are nonqualified, the optionee
will not recognize taxable income, and the Bancorp will not be entitled to a
corresponding tax deduction, at the time of grant or exchange. Upon the exercise
of a non-qualified stock option, however, the optionee will recognize taxable
income equal to the "bargain element" or the "spread", the difference between
the fair market value determined as of the time of exercise of the Bancorp's
Common Stock acquired by the optionee and the option price paid for the stock.
The Bancorp will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction equal to the
income recognized by the optionee provided that the income tax withholding
attributable to the optionee's recognized income is collected from the optionee.
 
    Approval of the proposed amendments to the 1996 Plan requires the
affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the
Bancorp, and the proposed amendments are subject to the approval of the
California Commissioner of Corporations.
 
    THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSED
AMENDMENTS TO THE BANCORP'S 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters in connection with the Merger will be passed upon for
Mid-State by Reitner & Stuart, San Luis Obispo, California and for Bancorp and
the Bank by Knecht & Hansen, Newport Beach, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated balance sheets of Mid-State as of December 31, 1997 and
1996 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ending December
31, 1997 appearing in Appendix E of this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus have
been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their report with respect thereto and are included herein in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
    The consolidated balance sheets of Bancorp as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,
and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ending December
31, 1997 appearing in Appendix F of this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus have
been audited by Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP as indicated in their report
with respect thereto and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of
said firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
                                 OTHER MATTERS
 
    Mid-State and Bancorp do not know of any business other than that described
in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which will be presented for
consideration at the respective Meetings. If any other business properly comes
before the respective Meetings or any and all adjournments or postponements
thereof, the proxy holders named in the accompanying proxies will vote their
respective shares represented by such proxies in accordance with their best
judgment and, as applicable, in accordance with said proxies.
 
                                       82
<PAGE>


                                                                 APPENDIX A



                               AGREEMENT TO MERGE
                           AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                          DATED AS OF JANUARY 29, 1998
                                      
                                      AND
 
                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                             AGREEMENT TO MERGE AND
                             PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
                           DATED AS OF MARCH 18, 1998

                                  BY AND AMONG


                              BANK OF SANTA MARIA

                                  BSM BANCORP

                                      AND


                                 MID-STATE BANK


                                       A-1

<PAGE>

                               AGREEMENT TO MERGE

                           AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

          THIS AGREEMENT TO MERGE AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION ("AGREEMENT") is 
entered into as of January 29, 1998, among Bank of Santa Maria, a banking 
company organized under the laws of California ("BANK"), being located in 
Santa Maria, California, BSM Bancorp, a corporation and registered bank 
holding company organized under the laws of California ("BANCORP"), and 
Mid-State Bank, a banking company organized under the laws of California 
("ACQUIROR"), located in Arroyo Grande, California.

                                R E C I T A L S:

     A.   Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp.

     B.   Bancorp, Bank and Acquiror believe that it would be in their 
respective best interests and in the best interests of their respective 
shareholders for Bank to merge with and into Acquiror (the "Bank Merger"), 
for Bancorp to become the bank holding company for Acquiror and for the 
shareholders of Acquiror to become shareholders of Bancorp, all in accordance 
with the terms set forth in this Agreement and applicable law.

     C.   The respective Boards of Directors of Bank and Acquiror have 
adopted by majority vote resolutions approving and authorizing the Bank 
Merger upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the 
Board of Directors of Bancorp has adopted by majority vote resolutions 
approving the Bank Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated 
herein.

     D.   Bancorp, Bank and Acquiror desire to make certain representations, 
warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement.

                               A G R E E M E N T

          IN CONSIDERATION of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter 
contained, Bank, Bancorp and Acquiror agree as follows:

                                       1           
                       DEFINITIONS AND DETERMINATIONS

          1.1  DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall 
have the meanings set forth below:

          "Acquiror" shall have the meaning given such term in the 
introductory clause.


                                      A-2

<PAGE>

          "Acquiror Benefit Arrangement" shall have the meaning given such 
term in Section 4.18(b).

          "Acquiror Corporate Governance Changes" shall have the meaning 
given such term in Section 2.1(b).

          "Acquiror's Directors' Agreement" shall mean an agreement, 
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 2.6(B).

          "Acquiror Dissenting Shares" means shares of Acquiror Stock held by 
"dissenting shareholders" within the meaning of Chapter 13 of the CGCL.

          "Acquiror Perfected Dissenting Shares" means Dissenting Shares 
which the holders thereof have not withdrawn or caused to lose their status 
as Acquiror Dissenting Shares.

          "Acquiror Property" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 4.25.

          "Acquiror Scheduled Contracts" shall have the meaning given such 
term in Section 4.30.

          "Acquiror Shareholders' Meeting" shall have the meaning given such 
term in Section 6.5.

          "Acquiror Stock" means the common stock, no par value, of Acquiror.

          "Acquiror Stock Options" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 7.4(a).

          "Agreement of Merger" means the Agreement of Merger substantially 
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          "Affiliate" means a person that directly, or indirectly through one 
or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common 
control with, the person specified.

          "Average Closing Price" means the average of the daily closing 
prices of a share of Acquiror Stock reported on the OTC Bulletin Board during 
the 20 consecutive trading days  that Acquiror's Stock trades ending at the 
end of the third trading day immediately preceding the Effective Day.

          "Bancorp" shall have the meaning given such term in the 
introductory clause.


                                      A-3

<PAGE>

          "Bancorp Corporate Governance Changes" shall have the meaning given 
such term in Section 2.1(d).

          "Bancorp Directors' Agreement" shall mean an agreement, 
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 2.6(A).

          "Bancorp Dissenting Shares" means shares of Bancorp Stock held by 
"dissenting shareholders" within the meaning of Chapter 13 of the CGCL.

          "Bancorp Perfected Dissenting Shares" means Dissenting Shares which 
the holders thereof have not withdrawn or caused to lose their status as 
Bancorp Dissenting Shares.

          "Bancorp Property" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 3.26.

          "Bancorp Scheduled Contracts" shall have the meaning given such 
term in Section 3.15.

          "Bancorp Shareholders' Meeting" shall have the meaning given such 
term in Section  5.6.

          "Bancorp Stock" means the common stock, no par value, of Bancorp.

          "Bancorp Stock Option" means any option issued pursuant to the 
Bancorp Stock Option Plan.

          "Bancorp Stock Option Plan" means the BSM Bancorp 1996 Stock Option 
Plan.

          "Bank" shall have the meaning given such term in the introductory 
clause.

          "Bank Benefit Arrangement" shall have the meaning given such term 
in Section 3.19(b).

          "Bank Merger" shall have the meaning given such term in the 
Recitals.

          "Bank Stock" means the common stock, NO PAR value, of Bank.

          "Benefit Arrangement" means any plan or arrangement maintained or 
contributed to by a Party, including an "employee benefit plan" within the 
meaning of ERISA, (but exclusive of base salary and base wages) which 
provides for any form of current or deferred compensation, bonus, stock 
option, profit sharing, benefit, retirement, incentive, group health or 
insurance, welfare or similar plan or arrangement for the benefit of any 
employee or class of employee, whether active or retired, of a Party.


                                      A-4

<PAGE>

          "BHC Act" means the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

          "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day 
on which commercial banks in California are authorized or required to be 
closed.

          "CFC" means the California Financial Code.

          "CGCL" means the California General Corporation Law.

          "Certificates" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 
2.5.

          "Charter Documents" means, with respect to any business 
organization, any certificate or articles of incorporation or articles of 
association, and any bylaws, each as amended to date, that regulate the basic 
organization of the business organization and its internal relations.

          "Closing" means the consummation of the Bank Merger on the 
Effective Day at the main office of Acquiror or at such other place as may be 
agreed upon by the Parties.

          "Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended, and all regulations thereunder.

          "Commissioner" means the Commissioner of Financial Institutions, 
State of California.

          "Competing Transaction" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 5.14.

          "Confidential Information" means all information exchanged 
heretofore or hereafter between Acquiror, its affiliates and agents, on the 
one hand, and Bancorp and Bank, their affiliates and agents, on the other 
hand, which is information related to the business, financial position or 
operations of the Person responsible for furnishing the information or an 
Affiliate of such Person (such information to include, by way of example only 
and not of limitation, client lists, company manuals, internal memoranda, 
strategic plans, budgets, forecasts/ projections, computer models, marketing 
plans, files relating to loans originated by such Person, loans and loan 
participation purchased by such Person from others, investments, deposits, 
leases, contracts, employment records, minutes of board of directors meetings 
(and committees thereof) and stockholder meetings, legal proceedings, reports 
of examination by any Governmental Entity, and such other records or 
documents such Person may supply to the other Party pursuant to the terms of 
this Agreement or as contemplated hereby).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
"Confidential Information" shall not include any information that (i) at the 
time of disclosure or thereafter is generally available to and known by the 
public (other than as a result of a disclosure directly or indirectly by the 
recipients or any of their officers, directors, employees or other 
representatives or agents), (ii) was available to the 


                                      A-5

<PAGE>

recipients on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Persons 
responsible for furnishing the information, PROVIDED that such source is not 
and was not bound by a confidentiality agreement with respect to the 
information, or (iii) has been independently acquired or developed by the 
recipients without violating any obligations under this Agreement.

          "Consents" means every required consent, approval, absence of 
disapproval, waiver or authorization from, or notice to, or registration or 
filing with, any Person.

          "Determination Date" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 10.1(i).

          "Disclosure Letter" means a disclosure letter from the Party making 
the disclosure and delivered to the other Party.

          "DPC Property" means voting securities, other personal property and 
real property acquired by foreclosure or otherwise, in the ordinary course of 
collecting a debt previously contracted for in good faith, retained with the 
object of sale for any applicable statutory holding period, and recorded in 
the holder's business records as such.

          "Effective Day" means the day on which the Effective Time occurs.

          "Effective Time" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 
2.2.

          "Encumbrances" means any option, pledge, security interest, lien, 
charge, encumbrance, mortgage, assessment, claim or restriction (whether on 
voting, disposition or otherwise), whether imposed by agreement, 
understanding, law or otherwise.

          "Environmental Laws" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 3.26.

          "Equity Securities" means capital stock or any options, rights, 
warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase capital stock, or any 
plans, contracts or commitments that are exercisable in such capital stock or 
that provide for the issuance of, or grant the right to acquire, or are 
convertible into, or exchangeable for, such capital stock.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 
as amended, and all regulations thereunder.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended.

          "Exchange Agent" means ChaseMellon Shareholder Services or such 
other financial institution appointed by Acquiror, to effect the exchange 
contemplated by Section 2.5 hereof.  

          "Exchange Fund" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.5.


                                      A-6

<PAGE>

          "Exchange Ratio" means the number of shares of Bancorp Stock into 
which a share of Acquiror Stock shall be converted which shall be equal to 
the amount calculated (to the nearest ten thousandth) as set forth 
hereinbelow (unless said Exchange Ratio is further adjusted pursuant to 
Section 10.1(i)):

               (i)   If the Average Closing Price is not less than $26.25 and 
is not more than $30.50, the Exchange Ratio shall be the reciprocal of the 
number determined by dividing $29.37 by the Average Closing Price;

               (ii)  Subject to Section 10.1(i), if the Average Closing Price 
is less than $26.25, the Exchange Ratio shall be .8938; and

               (iii) If the Average Closing Price is greater than $30.50, the 
Exchange Ratio shall be 1.0385.

The Exchange Ratio shall be adjusted upward for any Significant Liabilities. 
"Significant Liabilities", as used in this Agreement, shall relate to the 
following categories or events unless Acquiror has consented in writing to 
such matter: (1) new or extended contractual obligations other than those 
arising in the ordinary course of Bank's or Bancorp's business; (2) new or 
extended leases of real or personal property; (3) acquisition of capital 
assets (or commitments to do so) except for assets required in the ordinary 
course of business; (4) actual or contingent liabilities based upon 
threatened or pending litigation, other proceedings or Hazardous Materials 
and legal fees and costs (whether actual or estimated) related thereto as 
described in Section 5.12 (provided, however, that the amount of such 
liabilities shall be reduced by the amount of any insurance proceeds actually 
received or certain, in the reasonable judgment of Acquiror, to be received); 
(5) any unbooked expenses, fines, penalties or similar obligations except 
those arising in the ordinary course of Bank's or Bancorp's business; (6) any 
new, expanded or accelerated pension or other employee benefits including 
employment contracts and severance payments in excess of one month's 
compensation, whether or not vested; (7) an amount which would equal the 
amount necessary to bring the Bank's allowance for loan losses  as of the 
calendar quarter preceding the Effective Time to the amount required by the 
Bank's existing policy on allowance for loan and lease losses (provided, 
however, that if Acquiror should disagree with the adequacy of Bank's 
allowance for loan losses, then such disagreement shall be resolved through 
the independent expert as discussed below); and (8) an amount which would 
equal the amount necessary to bring Bancorp's shareholders' equity  to the 
minimum Bancorp shareholders' equity amount as described in Section 8.3(k).  
Acquiror and Bancorp shall identify any categories or events reasonably 
believed by either of them to be Significant Liabilities commencing 
immediately following receipt of the required Consents for the Bank Merger by 
the Governmental Entities.  All calculations of Significant Liabilities, if 
any, shall be fully taxed affected, and the after tax cost of any item 
referenced above shall be the amount of the Significant Liability. To the 
extent that the item related to any Significant Liability shall have already 
been booked and expensed by the Bancorp and Bank


                                      A-7

<PAGE>

and is therefore included within the amount of shareholders' equity for 
purposes of (8), above, no further adjustment shall be made as a result 
thereof.  Upon identification of a Significant Liability, the Parties shall 
attempt to agree upon the amount of said Significant Liability within seven 
days.  If no mutual agreement is reached within said period, the Parties 
shall immediately hire an independent expert qualified to render an opinion 
regarding the amount of the particular Significant Liability.  The Parties 
shall cooperate fully with any such independent expert and will equally split 
the cost of such expert.  The opinion of such expert shall be binding on the 
parties for purposes of this Agreement.  As a result of any Significant 
Liabilities through the close of business on the Business Day preceding the 
Effective Day, the Exchange Ratio shall be calculated (to the nearest ten 
thousandth) according to the following formula:

                                           1 
                                 ---------------------
                                       $29.37- x
                                      -----------
                                 Average Closing Price

where "x" represents the dollar amount of any Significant Liabilities divided 
by the outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock (determined as of the Business Day 
preceding the Effective Day).  Further, if the Average Closing Price is below 
$26.25 per share or above $30.50, then for purposes of this calculation 
$26.25 or $30.50 respectively shall be used as the Average Closing Price 
subject to Section 10.1(i).                         
 
          "Expenses" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 11.1.

          "Executive Officer" means with respect to any company a natural 
Person who participates or has the authority to participate (other than 
solely in the capacity of a director) in major policy making functions of the 
company, whether or not such Person has a title or is serving with salary or 
compensation.

          "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

          "Financial Statements of Bank/Bancorp" means  the audited financial 
statements and notes thereto of Bank and the related opinions thereon for the 
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the unaudited consolidated 
statements of financial condition and statements of operations and cash flow 
of Bancorp for the nine months ended September 30, 1997.

          "Financial Statements of Acquiror" means  the audited consolidated 
financial statements and notes thereto of Acquiror and the related opinions 
thereon for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the 
unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition and statements of 
operations and cash flow of Acquiror for the nine months ended September 30, 
1997.

          "FRB" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System.


                                      A-8

<PAGE>

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles.

          "Governmental Entity" means any court or tribunal in any 
jurisdiction or any United States federal, state, district, domestic, or 
other administrative agency, department, commission, board, bureau or other 
governmental authority or instrumentality.

          "Hazardous Materials" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 3.26.

          "Immediate Family" shall mean a Person's spouse, parents, in-laws, 
children and siblings.

          "IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

          "Investment Securities" means any equity security or debt security 
as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 115.

          "Minimum Price" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 
10.1(i).

          "Operating Loss" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 
3.25.

          "Party" means any of Bancorp, Bank or Acquiror.

          "Permit" means any United States federal, foreign, state, local or 
other license, permit, franchise, certificate of authority, order of approval 
necessary or appropriate under applicable Rules.

          "Person" means any natural person, corporation, trust, association, 
unincorporated body, partnership, joint venture, Governmental Entity, 
statutorily or regulatory sanctioned unit or any other person or organization.

          "Projected Earnings" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 8.3(k).

          "Proxy Statement" means the joint proxy statement that is included 
as part of the S-4 and used to solicit proxies for the Acquiror Shareholders' 
Meeting and the Bancorp Shareholders' Meeting and to offer and sell the 
shares of Bancorp Stock to be issued in connection with the Bank Merger.

          "Related Group of Persons" means Affiliates, members of an 
Immediate Family or Persons the obligation of whom would be attributed to 
another Person pursuant to the regulations promulgated by the SEC.


                                      A-9

<PAGE>

          "Rule" means any statute or law or any judgment, decree, 
injunction, order, regulation or rule of any Governmental Entity.

          "S-4" means the registration statement on Form S-4, and such 
amendments thereto, that is filed with the SEC to register the shares of 
Bancorp Stock to be issued in the Bank Merger under the Securities Act and to 
clear use of the Proxy Statement in connection with the Acquiror 
Shareholders' Meeting and the Bancorp Shareholders' Meeting pursuant to the 
regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "SEC Reports" mean all reports filed by a Party hereto pursuant to 
the Exchange Act with the SEC or the FDIC.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Significant Liabilities" shall have the meaning given such term in 
the definition of "Exchange Ratio".

          "Surviving Bank" means the Acquiror as the California 
state-chartered bank surviving the Bank Merger of Bank with and into Acquiror.

          "Tank" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 3.26.

          "Third Party Consent" shall have the meaning given such term in 
subsection (b) of Section 5.7.

          "To the knowledge" shall have the meaning given such term in 
Section 11.14.

                                   ARTICLE 2
                        CONSUMMATION OF THE BANK MERGER 

          2.1  THE MERGER; PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.

               (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and 
the Agreement of Merger, at the Effective Time, Bank shall merge with and 
into Acquiror under the charter of Acquiror.

               (b)  The Charter Documents of Acquiror as in effect 
immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue in effect after the 
Bank Merger until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law and 
the members of the Board of Directors and the Executive 


                                      A-10

<PAGE>

Officers of Acquiror immediately prior to the Bank Merger shall continue in 
their respective positions after the Bank Merger and be the Board of 
Directors and Executive Officers of the Surviving Bank; except that Acquiror 
shall have taken prior to the Effective Time all necessary steps so that at 
the Effective Time (i) the number of authorized directors of Acquiror shall 
be expanded by three, (ii) the three persons set forth on Exhibit 2.1(b) 
[which Exhibit shall be delivered by Acquiror to Bancorp within forty-five (45) 
days of the date of the Agreement] shall be duly elected and appointed to fill 
such three vacancies (or if any of such persons is unable to serve, such other 
person designated by Bank and reasonably acceptable to Acquiror) and shall serve
until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective 
successors are duly elected and qualified, (iii) the current Chairman of the 
Board of the Bank shall be elected and appointed Vice Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of Acquiror, and (iv) the current President of the Bank shall be 
appointed Executive Vice President of the Acquiror (clauses (i) - (iv) being 
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Acquiror Corporate Governance 
Changes").

               (c)  At the Effective Time, the corporate existence of Bank 
shall be merged and continued in the Surviving Bank.  All assets, rights, 
franchises, titles and interests of Bank and Acquiror, in and to every type 
of property (real, personal and mixed) and choses in action shall be 
transferred to and vested in the Surviving Bank by virtue of the Bank Merger 
without any deed or other transfer, and the Surviving Bank, without any order 
or action on the part of any court or otherwise, shall hold and enjoy all 
rights of property, franchises and interests, including appointments, 
designations and nominations, and all other rights and interests as trustee, 
executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, 
assignee or receiver and in every other fiduciary capacity in the same manner 
and to the same extent that such rights, franchises and interests were held 
by Bank and Acquiror at the Effective Time.  At the Effective Time, the 
Surviving Bank shall be liable for all liabilities of Bank and Acquiror and 
all deposits, debts, liabilities, obligations and contracts of Bank and 
Acquiror, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or 
otherwise, and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance 
sheets, books of accounts or records of Bank and Acquiror, shall be those of 
the Surviving Bank; and all rights of creditors or other obligees and all 
liens on property of Bank and Acquiror shall be preserved unimpaired.

               (d)  The Charter Document of Bancorp as in effect immediately 
prior to the Effective Time shall continue in effect after the Bank Merger 
until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law and the operations 
of Bancorp shall continue in effect after the Bank Merger; except that 
Bancorp shall have taken prior to the Effective Time all necessary steps so 
that at the Effective Time (i) the Charter Documents of Bancorp shall be 
amended to change its name to "Mid-State Bancshares," (ii) each of the 
Executive Officers and officers of Bancorp shall have tendered his 
resignation from his position, in form and substance satisfactory to 
Acquiror, without incurring any liability on the part of any Party, (iii) 
each of the directors of Bancorp (except for the three persons set forth on 
Exhibit 2.1(b) [which Exhibit shall be delivered by Acquiror to Bancorp within 
forty-five (45) days of the date of the Agreement] or if any of such persons is
unable to serve, such other director of Bancorp designated by Bank and 
reasonably acceptable to 

                                     A-11

<PAGE>

Acquiror) shall have tendered his resignation as a director of Bancorp, in 
form and substance satisfactory to Acquiror, without incurring any liability 
on the part of any Party, (iv) the number of authorized directors of Bancorp 
shall be reduced to a total of ten (10), (v) each of the then seven directors 
of Acquiror shall be duly elected and appointed to the Board of Directors of 
Bancorp (or if any of such persons is unable to serve, such other person 
designated by Acquiror) and shall serve until the earlier of their 
resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected 
and qualified, and (vi) the persons set forth on Exhibit 2.1(d) shall be 
elected and appointed as the Executive Officers and officers of Bancorp and 
shall hold the positions set forth opposite their respective names (clauses 
(i) - (vi) being hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Bancorp 
Corporate Governance Changes.").

          2.2  EFFECTIVE TIME.  The Closing shall take place as soon as 
practicable following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth 
in Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3, and the parties shall use best efforts to cause 
the Closing to occur as soon as possible after receipt of approval of the 
Bank Merger from the Commissioner and the FDIC and the expiration of all 
required waiting periods, or such later time and date as to which the parties 
may agree.  The Bank Merger shall be effective upon the filing by the 
Commissioner of the Agreement of Merger as specified in the CFC.  Such time 
is referred to herein as the "Effective Time."

          2.3  CONVERSION OF SHARES.  At the Effective Time and pursuant to the
Agreement of Merger: 

               (a)  Subject to the exceptions and limitations in Section 2.4, 
each outstanding share of Acquiror Stock shall, without any further action on 
the part of Acquiror or the holders of any of such shares, be converted into 
shares of Bancorp Stock in accordance with the Exchange Ratio.

               (b)  Each outstanding share of Bank Stock shall, without any 
further action on the part of Bank or of the holder of any of such shares, be 
converted into shares of the Surviving Bank and each certificate that, prior 
to the Effective Time, represented shares of Bank Stock shall evidence 
ownership of shares of the Surviving Bank.

               (c)  Each outstanding share of Bancorp Stock shall remain 
outstanding and shall not be converted or otherwise affected by the Bank 
Merger, except that any Bancorp Perfected Dissenting Shares shall remain 
outstanding subject to the right of the holder of such shares to receive 
payment for such shares in an amount determined pursuant to Chapter 13 of the 
CGCL.

                                     A-12

<PAGE>

          2.4  CERTAIN EXCEPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS. (A) Any shares of Acquiror 
Stock held by Bancorp or any subsidiary of Bancorp (other than shares held in 
a fiduciary capacity or as DPC Property) will be canceled at the Effective 
Time; (B) Acquiror Perfected Dissenting Shares shall not be converted into 
shares of Bancorp Stock, but shall, after the Effective Time, be entitled 
only to such rights as are granted them by Chapter 13 of the CGCL (each 
dissenting shareholder who is entitled to payment for his shares of Acquiror 
Stock shall receive such payment in an amount as determined pursuant to 
Chapter 13 of CGCL), and (C) no fractional shares of Bancorp Stock shall be 
issued in the Bank Merger and, in lieu thereof, each holder of Acquiror Stock 
who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share shall receive 
an amount in cash equal to the product (calculated to the nearest ten 
thousandth) obtained by multiplying (a) the Average Closing Price times (b) 
the fraction of the share of Bancorp Stock to which such holder would 
otherwise be entitled.

          2.5  EXCHANGE PROCEDURES.

               (a)  As of the Effective Time, Bancorp shall have deposited 
with the Exchange Agent for the benefit of the holders of shares of Acquiror 
Stock, for exchange in accordance with this Section 2.5 through the Exchange 
Agent, certificates representing the shares of Bancorp Stock issuable 
pursuant to Section 2.3 in exchange for shares of Acquiror Stock outstanding 
immediately prior to the Effective Time, and funds in an amount not less than 
the amount of cash payable in lieu of fractional shares of Bancorp Stock 
which would otherwise be payable in connection with Section 2.3 hereof, but 
for the operation of Section 2.4 of this Agreement (collectively, the 
"Exchange Fund").

               (b)  Bancorp shall direct the Exchange Agent to mail promptly 
after the Effective Time, to each holder of record of a certificate or 
certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented 
outstanding shares of Acquiror Stock (the "Certificates") whose shares were 
converted into the right to receive shares of Bancorp Stock pursuant to 
Section 2.3 hereof:  (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that 
delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates 
shall pass, only upon delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent and 
shall be in such form and have such other provisions as Acquiror may 
reasonably specify), and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender 
of the Certificates in exchange for certificates representing shares of 
Bancorp Stock.  Upon surrendering of a Certificate for cancellation to the 
Exchange Agent or to such other agent or agents as may be appointed by 
Acquiror, together with such letters of transmittal, duly executed, the 
holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor 
that amount of cash and a certificate representing that number of whole 
shares of Bancorp Stock which such holder has the right to receive pursuant 
to the provisions of Sections 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, and the Certificate so 
surrendered shall forthwith be canceled.  In the event a Certificate is 
surrendered representing Acquiror Stock, the transfer of ownership which is 
not registered in the transfer records of Acquiror, a certificate 
representing the proper number of shares of Bancorp Stock may be issued to a 
transferee if the Certificate representing such Acquiror Stock is presented 
to the Exchange Agent, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and 
effect 

                                     A-13

<PAGE>

such transfer and by evidence that any applicable stock transfer taxes have 
been paid.  Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 2.5 and except 
as provided in subsection (g) hereof, each Certificate shall be deemed at any 
time after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon 
such surrender the certificate representing shares of Bancorp Stock and cash 
in lieu of any fractional shares of stock as contemplated by this Section 
2.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if any holder 
of share of Acquiror should be unable to surrender the Certificates for such 
shares, because they have been lost or destroyed, such holder may deliver in 
lieu thereof, in the discretion of Acquiror, such bond in form and substance 
and with surety reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror and shall be entitled to 
receive the certificate representing the proper number of shares of Bancorp 
Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares in accordance with Sections 2.3 
and 2.4 hereof.

               (c)  No dividends or other distributions declared or made 
after the Effective Time with respect to Bancorp Stock with a record date 
after the Effective Time shall be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered 
Certificate with respect to the shares of Bancorp Stock represented thereby 
and no cash payment in lieu of fractional shares shall be paid to any such 
holder pursuant to Section 2.4 until the holder of record of such Certificate 
shall surrender such Certificate.  Subject to the effect of applicable laws, 
following surrender of any such Certificate, there shall be paid to the 
record holder of the certificates representing whole shares of Bancorp Stock 
issued in exchange thereof, without interest, (i) at the time of such 
surrender, the amount of any cash payable in lieu of a fractional share of 
Bancorp Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to Section 2.4 and 
the amount of dividends or other distribution with a record date after the 
Effective Time theretofore paid with respect to such whole shares of Bancorp 
Stock, and (ii) at the appropriate payment date, the amount of dividends or 
other distributions with a record date after the Effective Time but prior to 
surrender and a payment date subsequent to surrender payable with respect to 
such whole shares of Bancorp Stock.

               (d)  All shares of Bancorp Stock issued upon the surrender for 
exchange of Acquiror Stock in accordance with the terms hereof (including any 
cash paid pursuant to Section 2.4) shall be deemed to have been issued in 
full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of Acquiror Stock, 
and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer 
books of the Surviving Bank of the shares of Acquiror Stock which were 
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.  If after the Effective 
Time, Certificates are presented to Bancorp for any reason, they shall be 
canceled and exchanged as provided in this Agreement.

               (e)  Any portion of the Exchange Fund which remains 
undistributed to the shareholders of Acquiror following the passage of six 
months after the Effective Time shall be delivered to Bancorp, upon demand, 
and any shareholders of Acquiror who have not theretofore complied with this 
Section 2.5 shall thereafter look only to Bancorp for payment of their claim 
for Bancorp Stock, any cash in lieu of fractional shares of Bancorp Stock and 
any dividends or distributions with respect Acquiror Stock.

                                     A-14

<PAGE>

               (f)  Neither Bancorp nor Acquiror shall be liable to any 
holder of shares of Acquiror Stock for such shares (or dividends or 
distributions with respect thereto) or cash from the Exchange Fund delivered 
to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat 
or similar law.

               (g)  The Exchange Agent shall not be entitled to vote or 
exercise any rights of ownership with respect to the shares of Bancorp Stock 
held by it from time to time hereunder, except that it shall receive and hold 
all dividends or other distributions paid or distributed with respect to such 
shares of Bancorp Stock for the account of the Persons entitled thereto. 
Former shareholders of record of Acquiror shall be entitled to vote after the 
Effective Time at any meeting of Bancorp shareholders the number of whole 
shares of Bancorp Stock into which their respective shares of Acquiror Stock 
are converted, regardless of whether such holders have exchanged their 
Certificates for certificates representing Bancorp Stock in accordance with 
the provisions of this Agreement.

          2.6  DIRECTORS' AGREEMENTS.   

               (a)  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, 
Bancorp and Bank shall cause each of its respective directors to enter into a 
Bancorp Directors' Agreement.

               (b)  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, 
Acquiror shall cause each of its respective directors to enter into an 
Acquiror's Directors' Agreement.

                                      ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BANCORP AND BANK

          Bancorp and Bank represent and warrant to Acquiror as follows:

          3.1  INCORPORATION, STANDING AND POWER.  Bancorp has been duly 
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under 
the laws of the State of California and is registered as a bank holding 
company under the BHC Act.  Bank has been duly incorporated and is validly 
existing as a banking company under the laws of California and is authorized 
by the Commissioner to conduct a general banking business.  Bank's deposits 
are insured by the FDIC in the manner and to the extent provided by law.  
Bancorp and Bank have all requisite corporate power and authority to own, 
lease and operate their respective properties and assets and to carry on 
their respective businesses as presently conducted.  Neither the scope of the 
business of Bancorp or Bank nor the location of any of their respective 
properties requires that Bancorp or Bank be licensed to do business in any 
jurisdiction other than in California where the failure to be so licensed 
would, individually or in the aggregate, have a materially adverse effect on 
the financial condition, results of operation or business of Bancorp on a 
consolidated basis.

                                     A-15

<PAGE>

          3.2  CAPITALIZATION.  As of the date of this Agreement, the 
authorized capital stock of Bancorp consists of 50,000,000 shares of Bancorp 
Stock, of which 3,003,439 shares are outstanding and 25,000,000 of Preferred 
Stock, of which no shares are outstanding.  As of the date of this Agreement, 
the authorized capital stock of Bank consists of 25,000,000 shares of Bank 
Stock, of which 100 shares are outstanding and are owned by Bancorp without 
Encumbrance.  All the outstanding shares of Bancorp Stock and Bank Stock are 
duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and without 
preemptive rights. Except for Bancorp Stock Options covering 128,700 shares 
of Bancorp stock granted pursuant to the Bancorp Stock Option Plan and except 
as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, there are no outstanding 
options, warrants or other rights in or with respect to the unissued shares 
of Bancorp Stock or Bank Stock or any other securities convertible into such 
stock, and neither Bancorp nor Bank is obligated to issue any additional 
shares of its capital stock or any options, warrants or other rights in or 
with respect to the unissued shares of its capital stock or any other 
securities convertible into such stock.

          3.3  SUBSIDIARIES.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure 
Letter, neither Bancorp nor Bank own, directly or indirectly, any outstanding 
stock, Equity Securities or other voting interest in any corporation, 
partnership, joint venture or other entity or Person, other than DPC Property.

          3.4  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Bancorp has previously furnished to 
Acquiror a copy of the Financial Statements of Bank/Bancorp.  The Financial 
Statements of Bank/Bancorp: (a) present fairly the consolidated financial 
condition of Bank/Bancorp as of the respective dates indicated and their 
consolidated results of operations and cash flow for the respective periods 
indicated; and (b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The audits of 
Bank have been conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards.  The books and records of Bancorp and Bank are being maintained in 
material compliance with applicable legal and accounting requirements.  
Except to the extent (i) reflected in the Financial Statements of 
Bank/Bancorp and (ii) of liabilities incurred since September 30, 1997 in the 
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, neither 
Bancorp nor Bank has any liabilities, whether absolute, accrued, contingent 
or otherwise.

          3.5  AUTHORITY OF BANCORP AND BANK.  The execution and delivery by 
Bancorp and Bank of this Agreement and, subject to the requisite approval of 
the shareholders of Bancorp and of Bancorp as the sole shareholder of Bank, 
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and 
validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Bancorp 
and Bank, and this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of Bancorp and 
Bank enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability 
thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership, 
conservatorship, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the 
rights of creditors generally and by general equitable principles and by 
Section 8(b)(6)(D) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 
1818(b)(6)(D).  Except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, neither 
the execution and delivery by Bancorp and Bank 

                                     A-16

<PAGE>

of this Agreement, the consummation of the Bank Merger or the transactions 
contemplated herein, nor compliance by Bancorp and Bank with any of the 
provisions hereof, will:  (a) violate any provision of their respective 
Charter Documents; (b) constitute a breach of or result in a default (or give 
rise to any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration, or any right 
to acquire any securities or assets) under any of the terms, conditions or 
provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, franchise, license, 
permit, agreement, Encumbrances or other instrument or obligation to which 
Bancorp or Bank is a party, or by which Bancorp or Bank or any of their 
respective properties or assets is bound, if in any such circumstances, such 
event could have consequences materially adverse to Bancorp on a consolidated 
basis; or (c) violate any Rule applicable to Bancorp or Bank or any of their 
respective properties or assets.  No Consent of any Governmental Entity 
having jurisdiction over any aspect of the business or assets of Bancorp or 
Bank, and no Consent of any Person, is required in connection with the 
execution and delivery by Bancorp and Bank of this Agreement or the 
consummation by Bancorp and Bank of the Bank Merger and the transactions 
contemplated hereby, except (i) the approval of this Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereby by the shareholders of Bancorp and by 
Bancorp as the sole shareholder of Bank; (ii) such approvals or notices as 
may be required by the FRB, the Commissioner and the FDIC; (iii) the 
declaring effective of the S-4 by the SEC and the approvals of all necessary 
blue sky administrators; and (iv) as otherwise set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter.

          3.6  INSURANCE.  Bancorp and Bank have policies of insurance and 
bonds covering their assets and businesses against such casualties and 
contingencies and in such amounts, types and forms as are customary in the 
banking industry for  their businesses, operations, properties and assets.  
All such insurance policies and bonds are in full force and effect.  Except 
as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, neither Bancorp nor Bank has 
received notice from any insurer that any such policy or bond has canceled or 
indicating an intention to cancel or not to renew any such policy or bond or 
generally disclaiming liability thereunder.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter, neither Bancorp nor Bank is in default under any such 
policy or bond and all material claims thereunder have been filed in a timely 
fashion.  Bancorp's Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of all policies of 
insurance carried and owned by Bancorp or Bank, showing the name of the owner 
and the insurance company, the nature of the coverage, the policy limit, the 
annual premiums and the expiration dates.  There has been delivered to 
Acquiror a true and complete copy of each such policy of insurance.  The 
existing insurance carried by Bancorp and Bank is sufficient for compliance 
by Bancorp and Bank with all material requirements of law and regulations and 
agreements to which they are subject or are a party.

          3.7  TITLE TO ASSETS.  Bancorp's Disclosure Letter sets forth a 
summary of all items of personal property and equipment with a book value of 
$250,000 or more, or having an annual lease payment of $25,000 or more, owned 
or leased by Bancorp or Bank.  Bancorp and Bank have good and marketable 
title to all their respective properties and assets, other than real 
property, owned or stated to be owned by Bancorp and Bank, free and clear of 
all Encumbrances except: (a) as set forth in the Financial Statements of 
Bank/Bancorp; (b) Encumbrances for current taxes not yet due; (c) 
Encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business, if any, that, to the

                                     A-17

<PAGE>

knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, (i) are not substantial in character, amount 
or extent, (ii) do not materially detract from the value, (iii) do not 
interfere with present use, of the property subject thereto or affected 
thereby, and (iv) do not otherwise materially impair the conduct of business 
of Bancorp and Bank; or (d) as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter. 

          3.8  REAL ESTATE.  Bancorp's Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of 
all real property, including leaseholds, owned by Bancorp and Bank, together 
with (i) a description of the locations thereof, (ii) a description of each 
real property lease, sublease, installment purchase, or similar arrangement 
to which either Bancorp or Bank is a party, and (iii) a description of each 
contract for the purchase, sale or development of real estate to which 
Bancorp or Bank is a party.   Bancorp and Bank have good and marketable title 
to the respective real property, and valid leasehold interests in the 
respective leaseholds, set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, free and 
clear of all Encumbrances, except (a) for rights of lessors, co-lessees or 
sublessees in such matters that are reflected in the lease; (b) Encumbrances 
for current taxes not yet due and payable; (c) Encumbrances incurred in the 
ordinary course of business, if any, that, to the knowledge of Bancorp and 
Bank, (i) are not substantial in character, amount or extent, (ii) do not 
materially detract from the value, (iii) do not interfere with present use, 
of the property subject thereto or affected thereby, and (iv) do not 
otherwise materially impair the conduct of business of Bancorp or Bank; or 
(d) as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter.  Bancorp or Bank, as the 
case may be, as lessee, has the right under valid and subsisting leases to 
occupy, use and possess all property leased by it, as identified in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter, and, to the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, there has not 
occurred under any such lease any breach, violation or default.  Except as 
set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter and except with respect to 
deductibles under insurance policies set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure 
Letter, neither Bancorp nor Bank has experienced any uninsured damage or 
destruction with respect to the properties identified in Bancorp's Disclosure 
Letter.  To the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, all properties and assets used 
by Bancorp and Bank are in good operating condition and repair, suitable for 
the purposes for which they are currently utilized, and comply with all 
applicable Rules related thereto.  Bancorp and Bank enjoy peaceful and 
undisturbed possession under all leases for the use of real or personal 
property under which it is the lessee, and, to the knowledge of Bancorp and 
Bank, all leases to which Bancorp or Bank is a party are valid and 
enforceable in all material respects in accordance with the terms thereof 
except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other 
similar laws affecting creditors' rights and except as may be limited by the 
exercise of judicial discretion in applying principles of equity.  Neither 
Bancorp nor Bank is in default with respect to any such lease, and to the 
knowledge of the officers of Bancorp and Bank no event has occurred which 
with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a 
default under any such lease.  Copies of each such lease are attached to 
Bancorp's Disclosure Letter.

          3.9  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure 
Letter, to the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, there is no private or 
governmental suit, claim, action, investigation or proceeding pending, nor to 
Bancorp's or Bank's knowledge threatened, against Bancorp or Bank or against 
any of their directors, officers or employees relating to the performance 

                                     A-18

<PAGE>

of their duties in such capacities or against or affecting any properties of 
Bancorp or Bank.  Also, except as disclosed in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, 
there are no judgments, decrees, stipulations or orders against Bancorp or 
Bank enjoining either of them or any of their directors, officers or 
employees in respect of, or the effect of which is to prohibit, any business 
practice or the acquisition of any property or the conduct of business in any 
area of Bancorp or Bank.  To the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, neither 
Bancorp nor Bank is a party to any pending or, to the knowledge of any of the 
officers, threatened legal, administrative or other claim, action, suit, 
investigation, arbitration or proceeding challenging the validity or 
propriety of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          3.10 TAXES.  Bancorp and Bank had filed all federal and foreign 
income tax returns, all state and local franchise and income tax, real and 
personal property tax, sales and use tax, premium tax, excise tax and other 
tax returns of every character required to be filed by it and have paid all 
taxes, together with any interest and penalties owing in connection 
therewith, shown on such returns to be due in respect of the periods covered 
by such returns, other than taxes which are being contested in good faith and 
for which adequate reserves have been established. Bancorp and Bank have 
filed all required payroll tax returns, have fulfilled all tax withholding 
obligations and have paid over to the appropriate governmental authorities 
the proper amounts with respect to the foregoing.  The tax and audit 
positions taken by Bancorp and Bank in connection with the tax returns 
described in the preceding sentence were reasonable and asserted in good 
faith.  Adequate provision has been made in the books and records of Bancorp 
or Bank and, to the extent required by generally accepted accounting 
procedures, reflected in the Financial Statements of Bank/Bancorp, for all 
tax liabilities, including interest or penalties, whether or not due and 
payable and whether or not disputed, with respect to any and all federal, 
foreign, state, local and other taxes for the periods covered by such 
financial statements and for all prior periods.  Bancorp's Disclosure Letter 
sets forth (i) the date or dates through which the IRS has examined the 
federal tax returns of Bancorp and Bank and the date or dates through which 
any foreign, state, local or other taxing authority has examined any other 
tax returns of Bancorp and Bank; (ii) a complete list of each year for which 
any federal, state, local or foreign tax authority has obtained or has 
requested an extension of the statute of limitations from Bancorp or Bank and 
lists each tax case of Bancorp or Bank currently pending in audit, at the 
administrative appeals level or in litigation; and (iii) the date and issuing 
authority of each statutory notice of deficiency, notice of proposed 
assessment and revenue agent's report issued to Acquiror within the last 
twelve (12) months.   Except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, to 
the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, neither the IRS nor any foreign, state, 
local or other taxing authority has, during the past three years, examined or 
is in the process of examining any federal, foreign, state, local or other 
tax returns of Bancorp or Bank. To the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, neither 
the IRS nor any foreign, state, local or other taxing authority is now 
asserting or threatening to assert any deficiency or claim for additional 
taxes (or interest thereon or penalties in connection therewith) except as 
set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter. 

                                     A-19

<PAGE>

          3.11 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS. Except as set forth in 
Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, neither Bancorp nor Bank is in default under or 
in breach of any provision of its Charter Documents or any Rule promulgated 
by any Governmental Entity having authority over it, where such default or 
breach would have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition or results of operations of Bancorp or Bank.

          3.12 PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS.  Bancorp and Bank have performed 
all of the respective obligations required to be performed by it to date and 
neither of them is in material default under or in breach of any term or 
provision of any of the Bancorp Scheduled Contracts, and no event has 
occurred that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, 
would constitute such default or breach.  To Bancorp's and Bank's knowledge, 
no party with whom either has an agreement that is material to the business 
of Bancorp or Bank is in default thereunder.

          3.13 EMPLOYEES.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure 
Letter, there are no controversies pending or threatened between Bancorp or 
Bank and any of their respective employees that are likely to have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operation 
of Bancorp or Bank.  Neither Bancorp nor Bank is a party to any collective 
bargaining agreement with respect to any of its employees or any labor 
organization to which its employees or any of them belong.

          3.14 BROKERS AND FINDERS.  Except as provided in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter with copies of any such agreements attached, neither 
Bancorp nor Bank is not a party to or obligated under any agreement with any 
broker or finder relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and 
neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the 
transactions provided for herein or therein will result in any liability to 
any broker or finder.

          3.15 MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter (all items listed or required to be listed in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter as a result of this Section being referred to herein as 
"Bancorp Scheduled Contracts"), neither Bancorp nor Bank is a party or 
otherwise subject to:

               (a)  any employment, deferred compensation, bonus or consulting
contract;

               (b)  any advertising, brokerage, licensing, dealership, 
representative or agency relationship or contract;

               (c)  any contract or agreement that would restrict Bancorp or 
Bank after the Effective Time from competing in any line of business with any 
Person or using or employing the services of any Person;

                                     A-20

<PAGE>

               (d)  any collective bargaining agreement or other such 
contract or agreement with any labor organization;

               (e)  any lease of real or personal property providing for 
annual lease payments by or to Bancorp or Bank in excess of $25,000 per annum 
other than financing leases entered into in the ordinary course of business 
in which Bancorp or Bank is lessor and leases of real property presently used 
by Bank as banking offices.

               (f)  any mortgage, pledge, conditional sales contract, 
security agreement, option, or any other similar agreement with respect to 
any interest of Bancorp or Bank (other than as mortgagor or pledgor in the 
ordinary course of their banking business or as mortgagee, secured party or 
deed of trust beneficiary in the ordinary course of their business) in 
personal property having a value of $25,000 or more;

               (g)  any stock purchase, stock option, stock bonus, stock 
ownership, profit sharing, group insurance, bonus, deferred compensation, 
severance pay, pension, retirement, savings or other incentive, welfare or 
employment plan or material agreement providing benefits to any present or 
former employees, officers or directors of Bancorp or Bank;

               (h)  any agreement to acquire equipment or any commitment to 
make capital expenditures of $25,000 or more;

               (i)  other than agreements entered into in the ordinary course 
of business with respect to DPC Property, any agreement for the sale of any 
property or assets in which Bancorp or Bank has an ownership interest or for 
the grant of any preferential right to purchase any such property or asset;

               (j)  any agreement for the borrowing of any money (other than 
liabilities or interbank borrowings made in the ordinary course of their 
banking business and reflected in the financial records of Bank);

               (k)  any restrictive covenant contained in any deed to or 
lease of real property owned or leased by Bancorp or Bank (as lessee) that 
materially restricts the use, transferability or value of such property;

               (l)  any guarantee or indemnification which involves the sum 
of $50,000 or more, other than letters of credit or loan commitments issued 
in the normal course of business;

               (m)  any supply, maintenance or landscape contracts not 
terminable by Bancorp or Bank without penalty on 30 days or less notice and 
which provides for payments in excess of $25,000 per annum;


                                      A-21

<PAGE>

               (n)  other than as disclosed with reference to subparagraph 
(k) of this Section 3.15, any agreement which would be terminable other than 
by Bancorp or Bank or as a result of the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement;

               (o)  any contract of participation with any other bank in any 
loan entered into by Bancorp or Bank subsequent to December 31, 1996 in 
excess of $50,000 or any sales of assets of Bancorp or Bank with recourse of 
any kind to Bancorp or Bank except the sale of mortgage loans, servicing 
rights, repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements, securities or other 
financial transactions in the ordinary course of business; 

               (p)  any other agreement of any other kind, including for data 
processing and similar services, which involves future payments or receipts 
or performances of services or delivery of items requiring aggregate payment 
of $25,000 or more to or by Bancorp or Bank other than payments made under or 
pursuant to loan agreements, participation agreements and other agreements 
for the extension of credit in the ordinary course of their business;

               (q)  any material agreement, arrangement or understanding not 
made in the ordinary course of business;

               (r)  any agreement, arrangement or understanding relating to 
the employment, election, retention in office or severance of any present or 
former director, officer or employee of Bancorp or Bank;

               (s)  any agreement, arrangement or understanding pursuant to 
which any payment (whether severance pay or otherwise) became or may become 
due to any director, officer or employee of Bancorp or Bank upon execution of 
this Agreement or upon or following consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby (either alone or in connection with the occurrence of any 
additional acts or events); or

               (t)  any written agreement, supervisory agreement, memorandum 
of understanding, consent order, cease and desist order, capital order, or 
condition of any regulatory order or decree with or by the Commissioner or 
FDIC or any other regulatory agency.

True copies of all Bancorp Scheduled Contracts, including all amendments and 
supplements thereto, are attached to Bancorp's Disclosure Letter.

          3.16 ABSENCE OF MATERIAL CHANGE.  Since December 31, 1996, the 
businesses of Bancorp and Bank have been conducted only in the ordinary 
course, in substantially the same manner as theretofore conducted, and, 
except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, there has not occurred 
since December 31, 1996 any event that has had or may reasonably be expected 
to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or 
results of operation of Bancorp or Bank.


                                      A-22

<PAGE>

          3.17 LICENSES AND PERMITS.  Bancorp and Bank have all licenses and 
permits that are necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses, 
and such licenses are in full force and effect, except for any failure to be 
in full force and effect that would not, individually or in the aggregate, 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or 
results of operations of Bancorp or Bank.  The properties and operations of 
Bancorp and Bank are and have been maintained and conducted, in all material 
respects, in compliance with all applicable Rules.

          3.18 UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter, neither Bancorp nor Bank have any liabilities or 
obligations, either accrued or contingent, that are material to Bancorp or 
Bank and that have not been: (a) reflected or disclosed in the Financial 
Statements of Bank/Bancorp or (b) incurred subsequent to December 31, 1996 in 
the ordinary course of business. Neither Bancorp nor Bank knows of any basis 
for the assertion against it of any liability, obligation or claim 
(including, without limitation, that of any Governmental Entity) that is 
likely to result in or cause a material adverse change in the business, 
financial condition or results of operations of Bancorp or Bank that is not 
fairly reflected in the Financial Statements of Bank/Bancorp or otherwise 
disclosed in this Agreement.

          3.19 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

               (a)  Except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, 
neither Bancorp nor Bank has an "employee benefit plan," as defined in 
Section 3(3) of ERISA.

               (b)  Bancorp's Disclosure Letter sets forth copies or 
descriptions of each Benefit Arrangement maintained or otherwise contributed 
to by Bancorp or Bank (such plans and arrangements being collectively 
referred to herein as "Bank Benefit Arrangements"). All Bank Benefit 
Arrangements which are in effect have been in effect for substantially all of 
1997.  There has been no material amendment thereof or increase in the cost 
thereof or benefits payable thereunder since December 31, 1996.  Except as 
set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, there has been no material increase 
in the compensation of or benefits payable to any senior executive employee 
of Bancorp or Bank since December 31, 1996, nor any employment, severance or 
similar contract entered into with any such employee, nor any amendment to 
any such contract, since December 31, 1996.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter, there is no contract, agreement or benefit arrangement 
covering any employee of Bancorp or Bank which individually or collectively 
could give rise to the payment of any amount which would constitute an 
"excess parachute payment," as such term is defined in Section 280(G) of the 
Code.

               (c)  With respect to all Bank Benefit Arrangements, Bancorp 
and Bank are in substantial compliance (other than noncompliance the cost or 
liability for which is not material) with the requirements prescribed by any 
and all statutes, governmental or court orders, or governmental rules or 
regulations currently in effect, applicable to such plans or arrangements. 


                                      A-23

<PAGE>

               (d)  Except for the contracts set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter, each Bank Benefit Arrangement and each personal services 
contract, fringe benefit, consulting contract or similar arrangement with or 
for the benefit of any officer, director, employee or other person can be 
terminated by Bancorp or Bank within a period of 30 days following the 
Effective Time of the Bank Merger, without payment of any amount as a 
penalty, bonus, premium, severance pay or other compensation for such 
termination.

          3.20 CORPORATE RECORDS.  The Charter Documents of Bancorp and Bank 
and all amendments thereto to the date hereof (true, correct and complete 
copies of which are set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter) are in full 
force and effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The minute books of 
Bancorp and Bank, together with the documents and other materials 
incorporated therein by reference, reflect all meetings held and contain 
complete and accurate records of all corporate actions taken by the boards of 
directors of Bancorp and Bank (or any committees thereof) and stockholders.  
Except as reflected in such minute books, there are no minutes of meetings or 
consents in lieu of meetings of the board of directors (or any committees 
thereof) or of the stockholders of Bancorp or Bank.

          3.21 ACCOUNTING RECORDS.  Bancorp and Bank maintain accounting 
records which fairly and validly reflect, in all material respects, their 
transactions and accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable 
assurances that such transactions are (i) executed in accordance with their 
management's general or specific authorization, and (ii) recorded as 
necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity 
with GAAP.  Such records, to the extent they contain material information 
pertaining to Bancorp or Bank which is not easily and readily available 
elsewhere, have been duplicated, and such duplicates are stored safely and 
securely.

          3.22 OFFICES AND ATMs.  Set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter is 
a list of the headquarters of Bank (identified as such) and each of the 
offices and automated teller machines ("ATMs") maintained and operated (or to 
be maintained and operated) by Bank (including, without limitation, 
representative and loan production offices and operations centers) and the 
location thereof.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, 
neither Bancorp nor Bank maintains any other office or ATM and conducts 
business at any other location, and neither Bancorp nor Bank has applied for 
or received permission to open any additional branch nor operate at any other 
location.

          3.23 LOAN PORTFOLIO.   Bancorp's Disclosure Letter sets forth a 
description of   ; (a) by type and classification, all loans, leases, other 
extensions and commitments to extend credit of Bank of $50,000 or more, that 
have been classified by itself, its bank examiners or auditors (external or 
internal) as "Watch List," "Substandard," "Doubtful," "Loss" or any 
comparable classification; and (b) all loans due to Bank as to which any 
payment of principal, interest or any other amount is 30 days or more past 
due.  Bancorp's consolidated allowance for loan losses is and 


                                      A-24

<PAGE>

will be at the Effective time adequate and in accordance with GAAP in all 
material respects and in accordance with all applicable regulatory 
requirements of any Governmental Entity.

          3.24 POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter, neither Bancorp nor Bank has granted any Person a power of 
attorney or similar authorization that is presently in effect or outstanding.

          3.25 OPERATING LOSSES.  Bancorp's Disclosure Letter sets forth any 
Operating Loss (as herein defined) which has occurred at Bancorp or Bank 
during the period after December 31, 1996. To the knowledge of Bancorp and 
Bank, no action has been taken or omitted to be taken by an employee of 
Bancorp or Bank that has resulted in the incurrance by Bancorp or Bank of an 
Operating Loss or that might reasonably be expected to result in an Operating 
Loss after December 31, 1996, which, net of any insurance proceeds payable in 
respect thereof, would exceed $15,000.  "Operating Loss" means any loss 
resulting from cash shortages, lost or misposted items, disputed clerical and 
accounting errors, forged checks, payment of checks over stop payment orders, 
counterfeit money, wire transfers made in error, theft, robberies, 
defalcations, check kiting, fraudulent use of credit cards or electronic 
teller machines or other similar acts or occurrences.

          3.26 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Except as set forth in Bancorp's 
Disclosure Letter, to the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, (i) each of Bancorp 
and Bank is in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) there are no 
Tanks on or about Bancorp Property; (iii) there are no Hazardous Materials 
on, below or above the surface of, or migrating to or from Bancorp Property; 
(iv) neither Bancorp nor Bank has loans outstanding secured by real property 
that is not in compliance with Environmental Laws or which has a leaking Tank 
or upon which there are Hazardous Materials on or migrating to or from; and 
(v) without limiting the foregoing representations and warranties contained 
in clauses (i) through (iv), as of the date of this Agreement, there is no 
claim, action , suit, or proceeding or notice thereof before any Governmental 
Entity pending against Bancorp or Bank or concerning property securing 
Bancorp and Bank loans and there is no outstanding judgment, order, writ, 
injunction, decree, or award against or affecting Bancorp Property or 
property securing Bancorp or Bank loans, relating to the foregoing 
representations (i) -- (iv), in each case the noncompliance with which, or 
the presence of which would have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition, results of operations or prospects of Bancorp or Bank.  
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Environmental Laws" shall mean all 
applicable statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, 
permits, orders, approvals, plans, authorizations, concessions, franchises, 
and similar items of all Governmental Entities and all applicable judicial, 
administrative, and regulatory decrees, judgments, and orders relating to the 
protection of human health or the environment, including, without limitation: 
all requirements, including, but not limited to those pertaining to 
reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation, and remediation of 
emissions, discharges, releases, or threatened releases of Hazardous 
Materials, chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants, or hazardous or 
toxic substances, materials or wastes whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in 
nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the 
manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment,


                                      A-25

<PAGE>

storage, disposal, transport, or handling of chemical substances, pollutants, 
contaminates, or hazardous or toxic substances, materials, or wastes, whether 
solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature and all requirements pertaining to the 
protection of the health and safety of employees or the public.  "Bancorp 
Property" shall mean real estate currently owned, leased, or otherwise used 
by Bancorp or Bank, or in which Bancorp or Bank has an investment or security 
interest by mortgage, deed of trust, sale and lease-back or otherwise, 
including without limitation, properties under foreclosure and properties 
held by Bancorp or Bank in its capacity as a trustee or otherwise. "Tank" 
shall mean treatment or storage tanks, sumps, or water, gas or oil wells and 
associated piping transportation devices.  "Hazardous Materials" shall mean 
any substance the presence of which requires investigation or remediation 
under any federal, state, or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order, 
action, policy or common law, or which is or becomes defined as a hazardous 
waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, used oil, pollutant or 
contaminant under any federal, state or local statute, regulation, rule or 
ordinance or amendments thereto including without limitation, the 
Comprehensive Environmental Response; Compensation and Liability Act (42 
U.S.C.Section 9601, ET SEQ.); the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 
U.S.C. Section 6901, ET SEQ.); the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 
Section 7401, ET SEQ.); the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended 
(33 U.S.C. Section 1251, ET SEQ.); the Toxic Substances Control Act, as 
amended (15 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq.); the Occupational Safety and Health 
Act, as amended (29 U.S.C. Section 65); the Emergency Planning and Community 
Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. Section 11001, ET SEQ.); the Mine Safety 
and Health Act of 1977, as amended (30 U.S.C. Section 801, ET SEQ.); the Safe 
Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. Section 300f, ET SEQ.); and all comparable 
state and local laws, including without limitation, the 
Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act (State Superfund), 
the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Action, Sections 25140, 25501(j) and 
(k); 25501.1.25281 and 25250.1 of the California HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE 
and/or Article I of Title 22 of the California CODE OF REGULATIONS, Division 
4, Chapter 30; laws of other jurisdictions or orders and regulations; or the 
presence of which causes or threatens to cause a nuisance, trespass or other 
common law tort upon real property or adjacent properties or poses or 
threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons or without 
limitation, which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum 
hydrocarbons; polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's), asbestos or urea 
formaldehyde foam insulation.

          3.27 COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT.  Bank received a rating of 
"satisfactory" or better in its most recent examination or interim review 
with respect to the Community Reinvestment Act.  Neither Bancorp nor Bank has 
been advised of any concerns regarding compliance with the Community 
Reinvestment Act by any Governmental Entity or by any other Person.

          3.28 DERIVATIVES.  Neither Bancorp nor Bank is currently a party to 
any interest rate swap, cap, floor, option agreement, other interest rate 
risk management arrangement or agreement or derivative-type security or 
derivative arrangement or agreement.


                                      A-26

<PAGE>

          3.29 POOLING.  It is intended that the Bank Merger be accounted for 
on a pooling of interests basis, and no event has occurred or is reasonably 
foreseeable (including any transaction contemplated by this Agreement) that 
could alter such treatment.

          3.30 SEC REPORTS.  As of their respective dates, since December 31, 
1994, none of Bancorp's nor Bank's SEC Reports contained at the time of 
filing any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material 
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made 
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
misleading.

          3.31 TRUST ADMINISTRATION.  Bancorp and Bank do not presently 
exercise trust powers, including, but not limited to, trust administration, 
and have not exercised such trust powers for a period of at least 3 years 
prior to the date hereof.  The term "trusts" as used in this Section 3.31 
includes (i) any and all common law or other trusts between an individual, 
corporation or other entities and Bancorp or Bank, as trustee or co-trustee, 
including, without limitation, pension or other qualified or nonqualified 
employee benefit plans, compensation, testamentary, inter vivos, charitable 
trust indentures; (ii) any and all decedents' estates where Bancorp or Bank 
are serving or have served as a co-executor or sole executor, personal 
representative or administrator, administrator de bonis non, administrator de 
bonis non with will annexed, or in any similar fiduciary capacity; (iii) any 
and all guardianships, conservatorships or similar positions where Bancorp or 
Bank are serving or have served as a co-grantor or a sole grantor or a 
conservator or a co-conservator of the estate, or any similar fiduciary 
capacity; and (iv) any and all agency and/or custodial accounts and/or 
similar arrangements, including plan administrator for employee benefit 
accounts, under which Bancorp or Bank are serving or have served as an agent 
or custodian for the owner or other party establishing the account with or 
without investment authority.

          3.32 REGULATORY APPROVALS. To the knowledge of Bancorp and Bank, 
except as described in Bancorp's Disclosure Letter, Bancorp and Bank have no 
reason to believe that they would not receive all required approvals from any 
Governmental Entity of any application to consummate the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement without the imposition of a materially 
burdensome condition in connection with the approval of any such application.
                                        
                                   ARTICLE 4
                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                                    ACQUIROR


                                      A-27

<PAGE>

          Acquiror represents and warrants to Bancorp and Bank as follows:

          4.1  INCORPORATION, STANDING AND POWER.   Acquiror has been duly 
incorporated and is validly existing as a banking company under the laws of 
California and is authorized by the Commissioner to conduct a general banking 
business.  Acquiror's deposits are insured by the FDIC in the manner and to 
the extent provided by law. Acquiror has all requisite corporate power and 
authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on 
its business as presently conducted.  Neither the scope of the business of 
Acquiror nor the location of any of its properties requires that Acquiror be 
licensed to do business in any jurisdiction other than in California where 
the failure to be so licensed would, individually or in the aggregate, have a 
materially adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operation or 
business of Acquiror.

          4.2  CAPITALIZATION.  As of the date of this Agreement, the 
authorized capital stock of Acquiror consists of 10,125,000  shares of 
Acquiror Stock, of which 6,906,230 shares are outstanding.  All the 
outstanding shares of Acquiror Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, 
fully paid, nonassessable  and without preemptive rights.  Except as set 
forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, there are no outstanding options, 
warrants or other rights in or with respect to the unissued shares of 
Acquiror Stock or any other securities convertible into such stock, and 
Acquiror is not obligated to issue any additional shares of its capital stock 
or any options, warrants or other rights in or with respect to the unissued 
shares of its capital stock or any other securities convertible into such 
stock.

          4.3  SUBSIDIARIES.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure 
Letter, Acquiror does not own, directly or indirectly, any outstanding stock, 
Equity Securities or other voting interest in any corporation, partnership, 
joint venture or other entity or Person, other than DPC Property.

          4.4  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Acquiror has previously furnished to 
Bank and Bancorp a copy of the Financial Statements of Acquiror.  The 
Financial Statements of Acquiror: (a) present fairly the financial condition 
of Acquiror as of the respective dates indicated and its results of 
operations and cash flow for the respective periods indicated; and (b) have 
been prepared in accordance with GAAP.  The audits of Acquiror have been 
conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.  The 
books and records of Acquiror are being maintained in material compliance 
with applicable legal and accounting requirements.  Except to the extent (i) 
reflected in the Financial Statements of Acquiror and (ii) of liabilities 
incurred since September 30, 1997 in the ordinary course of business and 
consistent with past practice, Acquiror has no liabilities, whether absolute, 
accrued, contingent or otherwise.

          4.5  AUTHORITY OF ACQUIROR.  The execution and delivery by Acquiror 
of this Agreement and, subject to the requisite approval of the shareholders 
of Acquiror, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have 
been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the 
part of Acquiror, and this Agreement is a valid and binding


                                      A-28

<PAGE>

obligation of Acquiror, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as 
the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, liquidation, 
receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws 
affecting the rights of creditors generally and by general equitable 
principles and by Section 8(b)(6)(D) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 
U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D).  Except as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure 
Letter, neither the execution and delivery by Acquiror of this Agreement, the 
consummation of the Bank Merger or the transactions contemplated herein, nor 
compliance by Acquiror with any of the provisions hereof, will:  (a) conflict 
with or result in a breach of any provision of its Charter Documents; (b) 
constitute a breach of or result in a default (or give rise to any rights of 
termination, cancellation or acceleration, or any right to acquire any 
securities or assets) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any 
note, bond, mortgage, indenture, franchise, license, permit, agreement, 
Encumbrance or other instrument or obligation to which Acquiror is a party, 
or by which Acquiror or any of its properties or assets is bound, if in any 
such circumstances, such event could have consequences materially adverse to 
Acquiror; or (c) violate any Rule applicable to Acquiror or any of its 
properties or assets.  No Consent of any Governmental Entity having 
jurisdiction over any aspect of the business or assets of Acquiror, and no 
Consent of any Person, is required in connection with the execution and 
delivery by Acquiror of this Agreement or the consummation by Acquiror of the 
Bank Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby, except (i) the approval 
of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the 
shareholders of Acquiror; (ii) such approvals or notices as may be required 
by the FRB, the Commissioner and the FDIC; and (iii) as otherwise set forth 
in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter.

          4.6  INSURANCE.  Acquiror has policies of insurance and bonds 
covering its assets and businesses against such casualties and contingencies 
and in such amounts, types and forms as  are customary in the banking 
industry for its businesses, operations, properties and assets.  All such 
insurance policies and bonds are in full force and effect.  Except as set 
forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, Acquiror has not received notice from 
any insurer that any such policy or bond has canceled or indicating an 
intention to cancel or not to renew any such policy or bond or generally 
disclaiming liability thereunder.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter, Acquiror is not in default under any such policy or bond 
and all material claims thereunder have been filed in a timely fashion.  
Acquiror's Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of all policies of insurance 
carried and owned by Acquiror, showing the name of the insurance company, the 
nature of the coverage, the policy limit, the annual premiums and the 
expiration dates.  There has been delivered to Bank and Bancorp a true and 
complete copy of each such policy of insurance.  The existing insurance 
carried by Acquiror is sufficient for compliance by Acquiror with all 
material requirements of law and regulations and agreements to which Acquiror 
is subject or is a party.

          4.7  TITLE TO ASSETS.  Acquiror's Disclosure Letter sets forth a 
summary of all items of personal property and equipment with a book value of 
$750,000 or more, or having an annual lease payment of $75,000 or more, owned 
or leased by Acquiror. Acquiror has good and marketable title to all its 
properties and assets, other than real property, owned or stated to be owned 
by Acquiror, free and clear of all Encumbrances except: (a) as set forth in 
the Financial 


                                      A-29

<PAGE>

Statements of Acquiror; (b) Encumbrances for current taxes not yet due; (c) 
Encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business, if any, that, to 
the knowledge of Acquiror, (i) are not substantial in character, amount or 
extent, (ii) do not materially detract from the value, (iii) do not interfere 
with present use, of the property subject thereto or affected thereby, and 
(iv) do not otherwise materially impair the conduct of business of Acquiror; 
or (d) as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter. 

          4.8  REAL ESTATE.  Acquiror's Disclosure Letter sets forth a list 
of all real property, including leaseholds, owned by Acquiror, together with 
(i) a description of the locations thereof, (ii) a description of each real 
property lease, sublease, installment purchase, or similar arrangement to 
which Acquiror is a party, and (iii) a description of each contract for the 
purchase, sale or development of real estate to which Acquiror is a party.   
Acquiror has good and marketable title to the real property, and valid 
leasehold interests in the leaseholds, set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure 
Letter, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except (a) for rights of lessors, 
co-lessees or sublessees in such matters that are reflected in the lease; (b) 
Encumbrances for current taxes not yet due and payable; (c) Encumbrances 
incurred in the ordinary course of business, if any, that, to the knowledge 
of Acquiror, (i) are not substantial in character, amount or extent, (ii) do 
not materially detract from the value, (iii) do not interfere with present 
use, of the property subject thereto or affected thereby, and (iv) do not 
otherwise materially impair the conduct of business of Acquiror; or (d) as 
set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter.  Acquiror, as lessee, has the 
right under valid and subsisting leases to occupy, use and possess all 
property leased by it, as identified in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, and, to 
the knowledge of Acquiror, there has not occurred under any such lease any 
breach, violation or default.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure 
Letter and except with respect to deductibles under insurance policies set 
forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, Acquiror has not experienced any 
uninsured damage or destruction with respect to the properties identified in 
Acquiror's Disclosure Letter.  To the knowledge of Acquiror, all properties 
and assets used by Acquiror are in good operating condition and repair, 
suitable for the purposes for which they are currently utilized, and comply 
with all applicable Rules related thereto.  Acquiror enjoys peaceful and 
undisturbed possession under all leases for the use of real or personal 
property under which it is the lessee, and, to the knowledge of Acquiror, all 
leases to which Acquiror is a party are valid and enforceable in all material 
respects in accordance with the terms thereof except as may be limited by 
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' 
rights and except as may be limited by the exercise of judicial discretion in 
applying principles of equity.  Acquiror is not in default with respect to 
any such lease, and to the knowledge of the officers of Acquiror no event has 
occurred which with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would 
constitute a default under any such lease.  Copies of each such lease are 
attached to Acquiror's Disclosure Letter.

          4.9  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure 
Letter, to the knowledge of Acquiror, there is no private or governmental 
suit, claim, action, investigation or proceeding pending, nor to Acquiror's 
knowledge threatened, against Acquiror or against any of its directors, 
officers or employees relating to the performance of their duties in such 
capacities or 


                                      A-30

<PAGE>

against or affecting any properties of Acquiror.  Also, except as disclosed 
in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, there are no judgments, decrees, 
stipulations or orders against Acquiror enjoining it or any of its directors, 
officers or employees in respect of, or the effect of which is to prohibit, 
any business practice or the acquisition of any property or the conduct of 
business in any area of Acquiror.  To the knowledge of Acquiror, Acquiror is 
not a party to any pending or, to the knowledge of any of the officers, 
threatened legal, administrative or other claim, action, suit, investigation, 
arbitration or proceeding challenging the validity or propriety of any of the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          4.10 TAXES.  Acquiror had filed all federal and foreign income tax 
returns, all state and local franchise and income tax, real and personal 
property tax, sales and use tax, premium tax, excise tax and other tax 
returns of every character required to be filed by it and have paid all 
taxes, together with any interest and penalties owing in connection 
therewith, shown on such returns to be due in respect of the periods covered 
by such returns, other than taxes which are being contested in good faith and 
for which adequate reserves have been established.  Acquiror has filed all 
required payroll tax returns, has fulfilled all tax withholding obligations 
and have paid over to the appropriate governmental authorities the proper 
amounts with respect to the foregoing.  The tax and audit positions taken by 
Acquiror in connection with the tax returns described in the preceding 
sentence were reasonable and asserted in good faith.  Adequate provision has 
been made in the books and records of Acquiror and, to the extent required by 
generally accepted accounting procedures, reflected in the Financial 
Statements of Acquiror, for all tax liabilities, including interest or 
penalties, whether or not due and payable and whether or not disputed, with 
respect to any and all federal, foreign, state, local and other taxes for the 
periods covered by such financial statements and for all prior periods.  
Acquiror's Disclosure Letter sets forth (i) the date or dates through which 
the IRS has examined the federal tax returns of Acquiror and the date or 
dates through which any foreign, state, local or other taxing authority has 
examined any other tax returns of Acquiror; (ii) a complete list of each year 
for which any federal, state, local or foreign tax authority has obtained or 
has requested an extension of the statute of limitations from Acquiror and 
lists each tax case of Acquiror currently pending in audit, at the 
administrative appeals level or in litigation; and (iii) the date and issuing 
authority of each statutory notice of deficiency, notice of proposed 
assessment and revenue agent's report issued to Acquiror within the last 
twelve (12) months.   Except as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, to 
the knowledge of Acquiror, neither the IRS nor any foreign, state, local or 
other taxing authority has, during the past three years, examined or is in 
the process of examining any federal, foreign, state, local or other tax 
returns of Acquiror.  To the knowledge of Acquiror, neither the IRS nor any 
foreign, state, local or other taxing authority is now asserting or 
threatening to assert any deficiency or claim for additional taxes (or 
interest thereon or penalties in connection therewith) except as set forth in 
Acquiror's Disclosure Letter. 

          4.11 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS. Except as set forth in 
Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, Acquiror is not in default under or in breach 
of any provision of its Charter Documents or any Rule promulgated by any 
Governmental Entity having authority over it, where


                                      A-31

<PAGE>

such default or breach would have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition or results of operations of Acquiror.

          4.12 PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS.  Acquiror has performed all of the 
obligations required to be performed by it to date and is not in material 
default under or in breach of any term or provision of any material contract 
, and no event has occurred that, with the giving of notice or the passage of 
time or both, would constitute such default or breach.  To Acquiror's 
knowledge, no party with whom Acquiror has an agreement that is material to 
the business of Acquiror is in default thereunder.

          4.13 EMPLOYEES.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure 
Letter, there are no controversies pending or threatened between Acquiror and 
any of its employees that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition or results of operation of Acquiror.  Acquiror 
is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to any of 
its employees or any labor organization to which its employees or any of them 
belong.

          4.14 BROKERS AND FINDERS.  Except as provided in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter with copies of any such agreements attached, Acquiror is 
not a party to or obligated under any agreement with any broker or finder 
relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the execution 
of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions provided for 
herein or therein will result in any liability to any broker or finder.

          4.15 ABSENCE OF MATERIAL CHANGE.  Since December 31, 1996, the 
business of Acquiror has been conducted only in the ordinary course, in 
substantially the same manner as theretofore conducted, and, except as set 
forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, there has not occurred since December 
31, 1996 any event that has had or may reasonably be expected to have a 
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of 
operation of Acquiror.

          4.16 LICENSES AND PERMITS.  Acquiror has all licenses and permits 
that are necessary for the conduct of its businesses, and such licenses are 
in full force and effect, except for any failure to be in full force and 
effect that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations 
of Acquiror.  The properties and operations of Acquiror are and have been 
maintained and conducted, in all material respects, in compliance with all 
applicable Rules.

          4.17 UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter Acquiror has no liabilities or obligations, either accrued 
or contingent, that are material to Acquiror and that have not been:(a) 
reflected or disclosed in the Financial Statements of Acquiror or (b) 
incurred subsequent to December 31, 1996 in the ordinary course of business.  
Acquiror does not know of any basis for the assertion against it of any 
liability, obligation or claim (including, without limitation, that of any 
Governmental Entity) that is likely to result in or cause a material adverse 
change in the business, financial condition or results of operations of 
Acquiror that is not fairly reflected in the Financial Statements of Acquiror 
or otherwise disclosed in this Agreement.


                                      A-32

<PAGE>

          4.18 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

               (a)  Except as set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, 
Acquiror has no "employee benefit plan," as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA.

               (b)  Acquiror's Disclosure Letter sets forth copies or 
descriptions of each Benefit Arrangement maintained or otherwise contributed 
to by Acquiror (such plans and arrangements being collectively referred to 
herein as "Acquiror Benefit Arrangements"). All Acquiror Benefit Arrangements 
which are in effect have been in effect for substantially all of 1997.  There 
has been no material amendment thereof or increase in the cost thereof or 
benefits payable thereunder since December 31, 1996.   Except as set forth in 
Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, there has been no material increase in the 
compensation of or benefits payable to any senior executive employee of 
Acquiror since December 31, 1996, nor any employment, severance or similar 
contract entered into with any such employee, nor any amendment to any such 
contract, since December 31, 1996.   Except as set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter, there is no contract, agreement or benefit arrangement 
covering any employee of Acquiror which individually or collectively could 
give rise to the payment of any amount which would constitute an "excess 
parachute payment," as such term is defined in Section 280(G) of the Code.

               (c)  With respect to all Acquiror Benefit Arrangements, 
Acquiror is in substantial compliance (other than noncompliance the cost or 
liability for which is not material) with the requirements prescribed by any 
and all statutes, governmental or court orders, or governmental rules or 
regulations currently in effect, applicable to such plans or arrangements. 

               (d)  Except for the contracts set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter, each Acquiror Benefit Arrangement and each personal 
services contract, fringe benefit, consulting contract or similar arrangement 
with or for the benefit of any officer, director, employee or other person 
can be terminated by Acquiror within a period of 30 days following the 
Effective Time of the Bank Merger, without payment of any amount as a 
penalty, bonus, premium, severance pay or other compensation for such 
termination.

          4.19 CORPORATE RECORDS.  The Charter Documents of Acquiror and all 
amendments thereto to the date hereof (true, correct and complete copies of 
which are set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter) are in full force and 
effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The minute books of Acquiror, 
together with the documents and other materials incorporated therein by 
reference, reflect all meetings held and contain complete and accurate 
records of all corporate actions taken by the board of directors of Acquiror 
(or any committees thereof) and stockholders.


                                      A-33

<PAGE>

Except as reflected in such minute books, there are no minutes of meetings or 
consents in lieu of meetings of the board of directors (or any committees 
thereof) or of the stockholders of Acquiror.

          4.20 ACCOUNTING RECORDS.  Acquiror maintains accounting records 
which fairly and validly reflect, in all material respects, its transactions 
and accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that such 
transactions are (i) executed in accordance with its management's general or 
specific authorization, and (ii) recorded as necessary to permit the 
preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP.  Such records, 
to the extent they contain material information pertaining to Acquiror which 
is not easily and readily available elsewhere, have been duplicated, and such 
duplicates are stored safely and securely.

          4.21 OFFICES AND ATMS.  Set forth in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter 
is a list of the headquarters of Acquiror (identified as such) and each of 
the offices and automated teller machines ("ATMs") maintained and operated 
(or to be maintained and operated) by Acquiror (including, without 
limitation, representative and loan production offices and operations 
centers) and the location thereof.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter, Acquiror maintains no other office or ATM and conducts 
business at no other location, and Acquiror has not applied for nor received 
permission to open any additional branch nor operate at any other location.

          4.22 LOAN PORTFOLIO.  Acquiror's Disclosure Letter sets forth a 
description of   ; (a) by type and classification, all loans, leases, other 
extensions and commitments to extend credit of Acquiror of $150,000 or more, 
that have been classified by itself, its bank examiners or auditors (external 
or internal) as "Watch List," "Substandard," "Doubtful," "Loss" or any 
comparable classification; and (b) all loans due to Acquiror as to which any 
payment of principal, interest or any other amount is 30 days or more past 
due.  Acquiror's allowance for loan losses is and will be at the Effective 
Time adequate and in accordance with GAAP in all materials respects and in 
accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements of any Governmental 
Entity.

          4.23 POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter, Acquiror has not granted any Person a power of attorney or 
similar authorization that is presently in effect or outstanding.

          4.24 OPERATING LOSSES.  Acquiror's Disclosure Letter sets forth any 
Operating Loss which has occurred at Acquiror during the period after 
December 31, 1996. To the knowledge of Acquiror, no action has been taken or 
omitted to be taken by an employee of Acquiror that has resulted in the 
incurrence by Acquiror of an Operating Loss or that might reasonably be 
expected  to result in an Operating Loss after December 31, 1996, which, net 
of any insurance proceeds payable in respect thereof, would exceed $50,000.

          4.25 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter, (i) Acquiror is in compliance with all Environmental Laws; 
(ii) there are no Tanks on or about Acquiror Property; (iii) there are no 
Hazardous Materials on, below or above the surface of, or


                                      A-34

<PAGE>

migrating to or from Acquiror Property; (iv) Acquiror has no loans 
outstanding secured by real property that is not in compliance with 
Environmental Laws or which has a leaking Tank or upon which there are 
Hazardous Materials on or migrating to or from; and (v) without limiting the 
foregoing representations and warranties contained in clauses (i) through 
(iv), as of the date of this Agreement, there is no claim, action , suit, or 
proceeding or notice thereof before any Governmental Entity pending against 
Acquiror or concerning property securing Acquiror loans and there is no 
outstanding judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, or award against or 
affecting Acquiror Property or property securing Acquiror loans, relating to 
the foregoing representations (i) -- (iv), in each case the noncompliance 
with which, or the presence of which would have a material adverse effect on 
the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of 
Acquiror.  "Acquiror Property" shall mean real estate currently owned, 
leased, or otherwise used by Acquiror, or in which Acquiror has an investment 
or security interest by mortgage, deed of trust, sale and lease-back or 
otherwise, including without limitation, properties under foreclosure and 
properties held by Acquiror in its capacity as a trustee or otherwise.

          4.26 COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT.  Acquiror received a rating of 
"satisfactory" or better in its most recent examination or interim review 
with respect to the Community Reinvestment Act.  Acquiror has not been 
advised of any concerns regarding Acquiror's compliance with the Community 
Reinvestment Act by any Governmental Entity or by any other Person.

          4.27 DERIVATIVES.  Acquiror is not currently a party to any 
interest rate swap, cap, floor, option agreement, other interest rate risk 
management arrangement or agreement or derivative-type security or derivative 
arrangement or agreement.

          4.28 POOLING.  It is intended that the Bank Merger be accounted for 
on a pooling of interests basis, and no event has occurred or is reasonably 
foreseeable (including any transaction contemplated by this Agreement) that 
could alter such treatment.

          4.29 SEC REPORTS.  As of their respective dates, since December 31, 
1994, none of Acquiror's's SEC Reports contained at the time of filing any 
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact 
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made 
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
misleading.

          4.30 MATERIAL CONTRACTS.  Except as set forth in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter (all items listed or required to be listed in Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter as a result of this Section being referred to herein as 
"Acquiror Scheduled Contracts"), Acquiror is not a party or otherwise subject 
to:

               (a)  any collective bargaining agreement or other such 
contract or agreement with any labor organization;


                                      A-35

<PAGE>

               (b)  any stock purchase, stock option, stock bonus, stock 
ownership, profit sharing, group insurance, bonus, deferred compensation, 
severance pay, pension, retirement, savings or other incentive, welfare or 
employment plan or material agreement providing benefits to any present or 
former employees, officers or directors of Acquioror;

               (c)  any agreement to acquire equipment or any commitment to 
make capital expenditures of $75,000 or more;

               (d)  any agreement which would be terminable other than by 
Acquiror or as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated 
by this Agreement;

               (e)  any contract of participation with any other bank in any 
loan entered into by Acquiror subsequent to December 31, 1996 in excess of 
$150,000 or any sales of assets of Acquiror with recourse of any kind to 
Acquiror except the sale of mortgage loans, servicing rights, repurchase or 
reverse repurchase agreements, securities or other financial transactions in 
the ordinary course of business; 

               (f)  any other agreement of any other kind, including for data 
processing and similar services, which involves future payments or receipts 
or performances of services or delivery of items requiring aggregate payment 
of $75,000 or more to or by Acquiror other than payments made under or 
pursuant to loan agreements, participation agreements and other agreements 
for the extension of credit in the ordinary course of its business;

               (g)  any material agreement, arrangement or understanding not 
made in the ordinary course of business;

               (h)  any agreement, arrangement or understanding relating to 
the employment, election, retention in office or severance of any present or 
former director, officer or employee of Acquiror;

               (i)  any agreement, arrangement or understanding pursuant to 
which any payment (whether severance pay or otherwise) became or may become 
due to any director, officer or employee of Acquiror upon execution of this 
Agreement or upon or following consummation of the transactions contemplated 
hereby (either alone or in connection with the occurrence of any additional 
acts or events); or

               (j)  any written agreement, supervisory agreement, memorandum 
of understanding, consent order, cease and desist order, capital order, or 
condition of any regulatory order or decree with or by the Commissioner or 
FDIC or any other regulatory agency.

True copies of all Acquiror Scheduled Contracts, including all amendments and 
supplements thereto, are attached to Acquiror's Disclosure Letter.


                                      A-36

<PAGE>

          4.31 TRUST ADMINISTRATION.  Acquiror does not presently exercise 
trust powers, including, but not limited to, trust administration, and has 
not exercised such trust powers for a period of at least 3 years prior to the 
date hereof.  The term "trusts" as used in this Section 4.31 includes (i) any 
and all common law or other trusts between an individual, corporation or 
other entities and Acquiror, as trustee or co-trustee, including, without 
limitation, pension or other qualified or nonqualified employee benefit 
plans, compensation, testamentary, inter vivos and charitable trust 
indentures; (ii) any and all decedents' estates where Acquiror is serving or 
has served as a co-executor or sole executor, personal represetative or 
adminstrator, administrator de bonis non, administrator de bonis non with 
will annexed, or in any similar fiduciary capacity; (iii) any and all 
guardianships, conservatorships or similar positions where Acquiror is 
serving or has served as a co-grantor or a sole grantor or a conservator or a 
co-conservator of the estate, or any similar fiduciary capacity; and (iv) any 
and all agency and/or custodial accounts and/or similar arrangements, 
including plan administrator for employee benefit accounts, under which 
Acquiror is serving or has served as an agent or custodian for the owner or 
other party establishing the account with or without investment authority.

          4.32 REGULATORY APPROVALS.  To the knowledge of Acquiror, except as 
described in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter, Acquiror has no reason to believe 
that it would not receive all required approvals from any Governmental Entity 
of any application to consummate the transaction contempleted by this 
Agreement without the imposition of a materially burdensome condition in 
connection with the approval of any such application.


                                      A-37

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 5
                    AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO CONDUCT OF
                    BANCORP AND BANK AFTER THE DATE HEREOF

     Bancorp and Bank covenant and agree with Acquiror as follows:

          5.1  ACCESS.

               (a)  Bancorp and Bank will authorize and permit Acquiror, its 
representatives, accountants and counsel, to have access during normal 
business hours, on notice and in such manner as will not unreasonably 
interfere with the conduct of the businesses of either Bancorp or Bank, to 
all properties, books, records, branch operating reports, branch audit 
reports, operating instructions and procedures, tax returns, tax settlement 
letters, contracts and documents, and all other information with respect to 
their business affairs, financial condition, assets and liabilities as 
Acquiror may from time to time request.  Bancorp and Bank shall permit 
Acquiror, its representatives, accountants and counsel to make copies of such 
books, records and other documents and to discuss the business affairs, 
condition (financial and otherwise), assets and liabilities of Bancorp and 
Bank with such third Persons, including, without limitation, its directors, 
officers, employees, accountants, counsel and creditors, as Acquiror 
considers necessary or appropriate for the purposes of familiarizing itself 
with the businesses and operations of Bancorp and Bank, obtaining any 
necessary orders, consents or approvals of the transactions contemplated by 
this Agreement by any Governmental Entity and conducting an evaluation of the 
assets and liabilities of Bancorp and Bank.  Bancorp and Bank will cause 
Vavrinick, Trine & Day to make available to Acquiror, its accountants, 
counsel and other agents, such personnel, work papers and other documentation 
of Vavrinick, Trine & Day relating to its work papers and its audits of the 
books and records of Bancorp and Bank as may be requested by Acquiror in 
connection with its review of the foregoing matters.

               (b)  The President of Acquiror or in his absence another 
representative of Acquiror selected by him shall be invited by Bancorp and 
Bank to attend all regular and special Board of Directors' and Executive 
Committee meetings of Bancorp or Bank from the date hereof until the 
Effective Time.   Bancorp and Bank shall inform Acquiror of each such Board 
meeting at least 2 Business Days in advance of each such meeting; provided, 
however, that the attendance of such representative of Acquiror shall not be 
permitted at any meeting, or portion thereof, for the sole purpose of 
discussing the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the obligations 
of either Bancorp or the Bank under this Agreement.


                                      A-38

<PAGE>

          5.2  MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES; REPORTS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; FILINGS.

               (a)  Bancorp and Bank will promptly notify Acquiror (i) of any 
event of which Bancorp or Bank obtains knowledge which may materially and 
adversely affect the business, financial condition, or results of operations 
of either Bancorp or Bank; (ii) in the event Bancorp or Bank determine that 
it is possible that the conditions to the performance of Acquiror set forth 
in Sections 8.1 and 8.3 may not be satisfied; (iii) of the opening or closing 
of any branch or other office of Bancorp or Bank at which business is 
conducted; or (iv) any event, development or circumstance that, to the best 
knowledge of Bancorp or Bank, will or, with the passage of time or the giving 
of notice or both, is reasonably expected to result in the loss to Bancorp or 
Bank of the services of any Executive Officer of Bancorp or Bank.

               (b)  Bancorp and Bank will furnish to Acquiror as provided in 
Section 11.13 of this Agreement, as soon as practicable, and in any event 
within 5 Business Days after it is prepared or becomes available to either 
Bancorp or Bank, (i) a copy of any report submitted to the board of directors 
of either Bancorp or Bank and access to the working papers related thereto 
and copies of other operating or financial reports prepared for management of 
any of its businesses and access to the working papers related thereto, 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Bancorp and Bank need not furnish Acquiror any 
privileged communications of or memoranda prepared by its legal counsel in 
connection with the transactions contemplated by, and the rights and 
obligations of Bancorp and Bank under, this Agreement; (ii) quarterly 
unaudited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, changes 
in stockholders' equity and cash flow for Bancorp and Bank; (iii) monthly 
unaudited consolidated balance sheets and, statements of operations for 
Bancorp and Bank; (iv) as soon as available, all letters and communications 
sent by Bancorp to its shareholders and all reports filed by Bancorp or Bank 
with the SEC, the FRB, the FDIC, the Commissioner and any other Person; and 
(v) such other reports as Acquiror may reasonably request relating to Bancorp 
or Bank.

               (c)  Each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to 
subsection (b)  shall be (i) prepared in accordance with GAAP on a basis 
consistent with that of the Financial Statements of Bank/Bancorp, except that 
such financial statements may omit statements of cash flows and footnote 
disclosures required by GAAP; and (ii) accompanied by a certificate of the 
chief financial officer to the effect that such consolidated financial 
statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations 
of Bancorp and Bank for the period covered, and reflect all adjustments 
(which consist only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair 
presentation.

          5.3  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

               (a)  Between the date hereof and the Effective Time, except as 
contemplated by this Agreement and subject to requirements of law and 
regulation generally applicable to bank holding companies and banks, Bancorp 
or Bank shall not, without prior written consent of Acquiror (which consent 
shall not be unreasonably withheld and which consent [except


                                      A-39

<PAGE>

with respect to subparagraph (30) of this Section 5.3(a)] shall be deemed 
granted if within five (5) Business Days of Acquiror's receipt of written 
notice of a request for prior written consent, written notice of objection is 
not received by Bancorp and Bank): 

                    (1)  amend, modify, terminate or fail to renew or 
preserve their material Permits;

                    (2)  amend or modify in any material respect, or, except 
as they may expire in accordance with their terms, terminate any Bancorp 
Scheduled Contract or any other material contract or agreement to which 
Bancorp or Bank is a party, or materially default in the performance of any 
of its obligations under any such contract or agreement;

                    (3)  enter into any agreement or contract that would be 
required to be included as a Bancorp Scheduled Contract.

                    (4)  terminate or unilaterally fail to renew any existing 
insurance coverage or bonds;

                    (5)  make any loan or other extension of credit, or enter 
into any commitment to make any loan or other extension of credit except for  
consumer loans of not more than $50,000 per person, to any director, officer, 
employee or shareholder holding 5% or more of the outstanding shares of 
Bancorp Stock;

                    (6)  grant any general or uniform increase in the rate of 
pay to any employee or employee benefit or profit sharing plan or increase 
the salary or employee benefits of any non-exempt employee or agent or pay 
any bonus, severance or similar payment to any Person, except in the ordinary 
course of business and consistent with past practice or established practices;

                    (7)  grant any promotion or any increase in the rate of 
pay to any exempt employee, profit sharing plan or increase in any employee 
benefits or pay any bonus, severance or similar payment to any exempt 
employee except for prorata bonuses, profit sharing or 401(k) matching 
payments  which are in the ordinary course of business and consistent with 
past practices and which do not exceed the total amount of all such payments 
declared in 1997 multiplied by the fraction derived by dividing (a) the 
number of full calendar months between January 1, 1998 and the Effective Day 
by (b) twelve (12);

                    (8)  sell, transfer, mortgage, encumber or otherwise 
dispose of any assets or release or waive any claim, except in the ordinary 
course of business and consistent with past practice or as required by any 
existing contract or for ordinary repairs, renewals or replacements or as 
contemplated in this Agreement;


                                      A-40

<PAGE>

                    (9)  issue, sell, or grant any Equity Securities of 
Bancorp or Bank (except pursuant to the exercise of Bancorp options 
outstanding as of the date hereof), any other securities (including long term 
debt), or any rights, options or securities to acquire any Bancorp Stock 
Option or any Equity Securities of Bancorp or any other securities (including 
long term debt) of Bancorp;

                    (10) declare, issue or pay any dividend or other 
distribution of assets, whether consisting of money, other personal property, 
real property or other things of value, to the shareholders of Bancorp or 
Bank, or split, combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock or 
other Equity Securities except (i) for a $0.30 per share cash dividend 
payable by Bancorp to its shareholders on or about February 6, 1998 and (ii) 
if the Effective Time occurs after July 31, 1998,  an additional cash 
dividend payable by Bancorp to its shareholders after July 31, 1998 in an 
amount not to exceed $.10.

                    (11) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Equity 
Securities, or other securities of Bancorp or Bank or any rights, options, or 
securities to acquire any Equity Securities of Bancorp or Bank;

                    (12) amend or modify its Charter Documents;

                    (13) make their credit underwriting policies, standards 
or practices relating to the making of loans and other extensions of credit, 
or commitments to make loans and other extensions of credit, less stringent 
than those in effect on December 31, 1997;

                    (14) make any capital expenditures, or commitments with 
respect thereto, in excess of $100,000 except in the ordinary course of 
business and consistent with past practice;

                    (15) make extraordinary payments to any Person other than 
as contemplated, or as disclosed, in this Agreement;

                    (16) make any investment by purchase of stock or 
securities (including an Investment Security), contributions to capital, 
property transfers or otherwise in any other Person, except for federal funds 
or obligations of the United States Treasury or an agency of the United 
States Government the obligations of which are entitled to or implied to have 
the full faith and credit of the United States government and which have an 
original maturity not in excess of one year, or bank qualified investment 
grade municipal bonds, in any case, in the ordinary course of business 
consistent with the past practices, and which are not designated as trading;

                    (17) compromise or otherwise settle or adjust any 
assertion or claim of a deficiency in taxes (or interest thereon or penalties 
in connection therewith); file any appeal from an asserted deficiency except 
in a form previously approved by Acquiror in writing; 

                                   A-41

<PAGE>

file or amend any United States federal, foreign, state or local tax return 
without Acquiror's prior written approval, which approval shall not be 
unreasonably withheld; or make any tax election or change any method or 
period of accounting unless required by GAAP or applicable law; 

                    (18) enter into or consent to any new employment 
agreement or other Benefit Arrangement, or amend or modify any employment 
agreement or other Bank Benefit Arrangement in effect on the date of this 
Agreement to which either Bancorp or Bank is a party or bound;

                    (19) grant any Person a power of attorney or similar 
authority except in accordance with a written policy previously disclosed to 
Acquiror; 

                    (20) agree or make any commitment to take any actions 
prohibited by this Section 5.3; 

                    (21) change any of Bank's basic policies and practices 
with respect to liquidity management and cash flow planning, marketing, 
deposit origination, lending, budgeting, profit and tax planning, personnel 
practices or any other material aspect of Bank's business or operations, 
except such changes as may be required in the opinion of Bancorp and Banks 
management to respond to economic or market conditions or as may be required 
by any Governmental Entity; 

                    (22) take any action which would or is reasonably likely 
to (i) adversely affect the ability of Bancorp, Bank or Acquiror to obtain 
any necessary approval of any Governmental Entity required for the 
transactions contemplated hereby; (ii) adversely affect Bancorp or Bank's 
ability to perform their covenants and agreements under this Agreement; or 
(iii) result in any of the conditions to the performance of Bancorp, Bank or 
Acquiror's obligations hereunder, as set forth in Article 8 herein not being 
satisfied;

                    (23) reclassify any Investment Security from 
hold-to-maturity or available for sale to trading;

                    (24) sell any Investment Security prior to maturity, 
except in the ordinary course of business.  Any gains realized from a sale in 
the ordinary course of business shall be excluded on an after tax basis from 
Bancorp Projected Earnings as defined in Section 8.3(k);

                    (25) take title to any real property without obtaining 
prior thereto a Phase I environmental report, which report shall disclose the 
absence of any suspected environmental contamination;

                    (26) knowingly take or cause to be taken any action which 
would disqualify the Bank Merger as a "reorganization" within the meaning of 
Section 368 of the Code or 

                                A-42


<PAGE>

prevent Acquiror from accounting for the business combination to be effected 
by the Bank Merger as a pooling-of-interests;

                    (27) settle any claim, action or proceeding involving any
material liability for monetary damages or enter into any settlement agreement
containing material obligations;

                    (28) make, acquire a participation in, or reacquire an 
interest in a participation sold of, any loan that is not in compliance with 
its normal credit underwriting standards, policies and procedures as in 
effect as of the date of this Agreement; or renew, extend the maturity of, or 
alter any of the material terms of any such loan for a period of greater than 
six months;

                    (29) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or assume, 
guaranty, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for the 
obligations of any other Person, except for (i) in connection with banking 
transactions with banking customers in the ordinary course of business, or 
(ii) short-term borrowings made at prevailing market rates and terms;

                    (30) grant, renew or commit to grant or renew any 
extension of credit if such extension of credit, together with all other 
credit then outstanding to the same Person and all Affiliated Persons, would 
exceed $100,000 on an unsecured basis and $200,000 on a secured basis except 
for any loan or loans not to exceed $50,000 per person which is either (i) to 
a Person and all Affiliated Persons of up to 10% of the aggregated principal 
amount of existing such loans or (ii) a consumer loan.  Consent shall be 
deemed granted if within two Business Days of written notice delivered to 
Acquiror's Chief Credit Officer, written notice of objection is not received 
by Bancorp or Bank.

               (b)  Between the date hereof and the Effective Time, Bancorp 
and Bank shall:

                    (1)  duly observe and conform in all material respects to 
all lawful requirements applicable to its business;

                    (2)  maintain their assets and properties in good 
condition and repair, normal wear and tear excepted;

                    (3)  promptly upon learning of such information, advise 
Acquiror in writing of any event or any other transaction within its 
knowledge whereby any Person or Related Group of Persons acquires, directly 
or indirectly, record or beneficial ownership or control (as defined in Rule 
13d-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act) of five percent (5%) or 
more of the outstanding Bancorp Stock prior to the record date fixed for the 
Bancorp Shareholders' 

                                    A-43

<PAGE>

Meeting or any adjourned meeting thereof to approve this Agreement and the 
transaction contemplated herein; 

                    (4)  promptly notify Acquiror regarding receipt from any 
tax authority of any notification of the commencement of an audit, any 
request to extend the statute of limitations, any statutory notice of 
deficiency, any revenue agent's report, any notice of proposed assessment, or 
any other similar notification of potential adjustments to the tax 
liabilities of Bancorp or Bank, or any actual or threatened collection 
enforcement activity by any tax authority with respect to tax liabilities of 
Bancorp or Bank; and

                    (5)  maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses 
consistent with practices and methodology as in effect on the date of the 
execution of this Agreement, and shall not, notwithstanding any recoveries 
received with respect to loans previously charged off, reduce the allowance 
for loan and lease losses below the amount in effect on the date of the 
execution of this Agreement, except as a result of chargeoffs.

          5.4  CERTAIN LOANS AND OTHER EXTENSIONS OF BANCORP AND BANK.   
Bancorp and Bank will promptly inform Acquiror of the amounts and categories 
of any loans, leases or other extensions of credit that have been classified 
by any Governmental Entity or by any internal or external loan reviewer of 
Bancorp or Bank as "Watch List," "Substandard," "Doubtful," "Loss" or any 
comparable classification.  Bancorp and Bank will furnish to Acquiror, as 
soon as practicable, and in any event within 10 days after the end of each 
calendar month, schedules including a listing of the following:

               (a)  classified credits, showing with respect to each such 
credit in amount equal to or exceeding $50,000, the classification category, 
credit type, and office, and with respect to all other such credits, by 
credit type and office, the aggregate dollar amount;

               (b)  nonaccrual credits, showing with respect to each such 
credit in amount equal to or exceeding $50,000, the credit type and office, 
and with respect to all other such credits, by credit type and office, the 
aggregate dollar amount;

               (c)  accrual exception credits that are delinquent 90 or more 
days and have not been placed on nonaccrual status, showing with respect to 
each such credit in amount equal to or exceeding $50,000, the credit type and 
office, and with respect to all other such credits, by credit type and 
office, the aggregate dollar amount;

               (d)  delinquent credits showing with respect to each such 
credit in amount equal to or exceeding $50,000, the credit type, office and 
an aging schedule broken down into 30-59, 60-89, 90+ day categories, and 
with respect to all other such credits, by credit type, office and by aging 
category, the aggregate dollar amount;

                                   A-44

<PAGE>

               (e)  loan and lease participations, stating, with respect to 
each, whether it is purchased or sold, the loan or lease type, and the office;

               (f)  loans or leases (including any commitments) by Bancorp or 
Bank except for consumer loans of not more than $50,000 per person to any 
director, officer, or employee of Bancorp or Bank, or any shareholder holding 
5% or more of the capital stock of Bancorp, including with respect to each 
such loan or lease, the identity and, to the best knowledge of Bancorp and 
Bank, the relation of the borrower to Bancorp and Bank, the loan or lease 
type and the outstanding and undrawn amounts;

               (g)  letters of credit, showing with respect to each letter of 
credit in an amount equal to or exceeding $50,000, the credit type and 
office, and showing with respect to all other such letters of credit, by 
credit type and office, the aggregate dollar amount;

               (h)  loans or leases charged off during the previous month, 
showing with respect to each such loan or lease, the credit type and office;

               (i)  loans or leases written down during the previous month, 
including with respect to each the original amount, the writeoff amount, 
credit type and office;

               (j)  other real estate or assets owned, stating with respect 
to each its credit type;

               (k)  a reconciliation of the allowance for loan and lease 
losses, identifying specifically the amount and sources of all additions and 
reductions to the allowance (which may be by reference to specific portions 
of another schedule furnished pursuant to this Section 5.4 and, in the case 
of unallocated adjustments, shall disclose the methodology and calculations 
through which the amount of such adjustment was determined);

               (l)  extensions of credit whether unsecured or secured in 
amount equal to or exceeding $50,000, originated on or after the date of the 
schedule previously provided to Acquiror (or if it is the first such 
schedule, the date of this Agreement) and before the date of the schedule in 
which reported, showing with respect to each, the credit type and the office; 
and

               (m)  renewals or extensions of maturity of outstanding  
extensions of credit whether unsecured or secured in amount equal to or 
exceeding $50,000, showing with respect to each, the credit type and the 
office.

          5.5  DISCLOSURE LETTER.  Promptly in the case of material matters, 
and not less than monthly in the case of all other matters, Bancorp and Bank 
shall amend or supplement the Bancorp Disclosure Letter provided for herein 
pertaining to Bancorp and Bank as necessary so that the information contained 
therein accurately reflects the then current status of Bancorp and Bank 

                              A-45

<PAGE>

and shall transmit copies of such amendments or supplements to Acquiror in 
accordance with Section 11.13 of this Agreement.

          5.6  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. 

               (a)  Bancorp will promptly take action necessary in accordance 
with applicable law and its Charter Documents to convene a meeting of its 
shareholders (the "Bancorp Shareholders' Meeting") to be held as soon as 
practicable, for the purpose of voting on the Bank Merger, this Agreement and 
related matters.  In connection with the Bancorp Shareholders' Meeting, (i) 
the Board of Directors of Bancorp shall, subject to fiduciary duty, recommend 
shareholder approval of the Bank Merger, this Agreement and related matters; 
and (ii) Bancorp shall use its best efforts to obtain such shareholder 
approval by the largest possible percentage.

               (b)  Bank will promptly take action necessary in accordance 
with applicable law and its Charter Documents to convene a meeting of its 
shareholder (the "Bank Shareholders' Meeting") to be held as soon as 
practicable, for the purpose of voting on the Bank Merger, this Agreement and 
related matters.  Bancorp shall vote all shares of Bank Stock which it owns 
at such meeting in favor of the Bank Merger, this Agreement and related 
matters.

          5.7  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

               (a)  Bancorp and Bank will cooperate with Acquiror in the 
preparation of all filings, applications, notices and requests for waiver for 
Consents necessary or desirable for the consummation of the Bank Merger, and 
the other transactions contemplated in this Agreement.  Bancorp's and Bank's 
cooperation hereunder shall include, but not be limited to, providing all 
information concerning Bancorp or Bank and their respective shareholders as 
may be required for such filings, applications, notices and requests for 
Consents and signing, to the extent required, all such filings, applications, 
notices and requests.

               (b)  To the extent that the consent of a third party ("Third 
Party Consent") with respect to any contract, agreement, license, franchise, 
lease, commitment, arrangement, Permit or release that is material to the 
business of Bancorp or Bank or that is contemplated in this Agreement is 
required in connection with the Bank Merger or the transactions contemplated 
in this Agreement, Bancorp and Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain such 
consent prior to the Effective Time.

          5.8  PRESERVATION OF EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS PRIOR TO EFFECTIVE TIME.  
Bancorp and Bank will use their best efforts consistent with current 
employment practices and policies to maintain the services of the officers 
and employees of Bancorp and Bank through the Effective Time.

                                     A-46

<PAGE>

          5.9   COMPLIANCE WITH RULES.  Bancorp and Bank shall comply with 
the requirements of all applicable Rules, the noncompliance with which would 
materially and adversely affect the assets, liabilities, business, financial 
condition or results of operations or prospects of Bancorp or Bank.

          5.10 BANK BENEFIT ARRANGEMENTS.  Subject to Article 9 hereof and 
except for the agreements between the Bancorp, the Bank and its Executive 
Officers at or prior to the Effective Time, Bancorp and Bank, as the case may 
be, and any effected officers, directors or employees shall mutually 
terminate all Bank Benefit Arrangements without the imposition of any 
liability therefor to Acquiror or any other Party. 

          5.11 AGREEMENT OF MERGER.   As soon as practicable, Bancorp and 
Bank shall execute the Agreement of Merger.

          5.12 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS.  Bancorp and Bank shall provide to 
Acquiror, as soon as practical, but not later than 45 days after the date 
hereof, a Vista Environmental Report (a sample of which is attached to 
Acquiror's Disclosure Letter) containing a preliminary environmental 
investigation on all real property owned, leased or operated (including OREO) 
by Bancorp or Bank as the date hereof and within ten days after the 
acquisition or lease of any real property acquired or leased (including OREO) 
by the Bancorp or Bank after the date hereof.  If required by said 
preliminary investigation in Acquiror's reasonable opinion, Bancorp and Bank 
shall provide to Acquiror a phase one and, if necessary in Acquiror's 
reasonable opinion, a phase two environmental report of further investigation 
on properties requiring such additional study.  The expenses of all reports 
shall be borne by Bancorp or Bank. Acquiror shall have 15 Business Days from 
the receipt of a report pursuant to this Section 5.12 to notify Bancorp and 
Bank of any objections to the contents of such report.  Should the costs of 
taking all remedial and corrective actions and measures (i) required by 
applicable law, or (ii) recommended or suggested by such report or reports or 
prudent in the light of serious life, health or safety concerns, in the 
aggregate, exceed the sum of $25,000 as reasonably estimated by an 
environmental expert retained for such purpose by Bancorp or Bank and 
reasonably acceptable to Acquiror, or if the cost of such actions and 
measures cannot be reasonably estimated by such expert to be $25,000 or less 
with any reasonable degree of certainty, then such costs of remedial and 
corrective actions and measures shall be deemed to be Significant Liabilities 
as defined in this Agreement.  Acquiror shall have the right pursuant to 
Section 10.1(h) hereof and Bancorp and Bank shall have the right pursuant to 
Section 10.1(j) hereto, for a period of 10 Business Days following receipt of 
such estimate or indication that the costs of such actions and measures are 
reasonably estimated to exceed $1,500,000 on an after tax basis or can not be 
reasonably estimated to be less than $1,500,000 on an after tax basis, to 
terminate this Agreement, without liability to Bancorp or Bank or Section 
5.12.

          5.13 ACCRUALS AND RESERVES.  Just prior to the Effective Time and 
to the extent determined necessary or advisable by Acquiror in its sole 
discretion (which shall not be limited by any finding or determination by a 
Governmental Entity), Bank shall modify and change its loan, 

                                   A-47

<PAGE>

OREO, accrual and reserve policies and practices (including loan 
classifications and levels of tax, loan and OREO reserves and accruals) and 
increase its reserves for loans losses to reflect Acquiror's judgment and 
plans with respect to the conduct of Bancorp and Bank's business following 
the Bank Merger.

          5.14 NO SHOP.  Neither Bancorp nor Bank, nor any of their 
Affiliates shall, on or before the earlier of the Effective Time or the date 
of termination of this Agreement, initiate, solicit or encourage (including 
by way of furnishing information or assistance), or take any other action to 
facilitate, any inquiries or the making of any proposal which constitutes, or 
may reasonably be expected to lead to any Competing Transaction (as such term 
is defined below), or negotiate with any Person in furtherance of such 
inquiries or to obtain a Competing Transaction, or agree to or endorse any 
Competing Transaction, or authorize or permit any of its officers, directors 
or employees or any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, 
accountant or any other representative retained by it or any of its 
Affiliates to take any such action, and Bancorp and Bank shall promptly 
notify Acquiror (orally and in writing) of all of the relevant details 
relating to all inquiries and proposals which they may receive relating to 
any of such matters.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Competing Transaction" 
shall mean any of the following involving Bancorp or Bank: any merger, 
consolidation, share exchange or other business combination; a sale, lease, 
exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets of 
Bancorp or Bank representing ten percent (10%) or more of the asset of 
Bancorp or Bank; a sale of shares of capital stock (or securities convertible 
or exchangeable into or otherwise evidencing, or any agreement or instrument 
evidencing, the right to acquire capital stock), representing ten percent 
(10%) or more of the voting power of Bancorp or Bank, a tender offer or 
exchange offer for at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares; a 
solicitation of proxies in opposition to approval of the Bank Merger by 
Bancorp or Bank shareholders; or a public announcement of an unsolicited BONA 
FIDE proposal, plan, or intention to do any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding 
any other provision in this Section 5.14 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the 
obligations of Bancorp and Bank in this Agreement are subject to the 
continuing fiduciary duties of their respective Boards of Directors.  In the 
event the Board of Directors of Bancorp, or Bank, or both, receives a bona 
fide offer for a Competing Transaction with another entity, and reasonably 
determines, upon written advice of counsel, that as a result of such offer, 
any duty to act or to refrain from doing any act pursuant to this Agreement, 
is inconsistent with the continuing fiduciary duties of said Board of 
Directors to their shareholders, such failure to act or refrain from doing 
any act shall not constitute the failure of any condition, breach of any 
covenant or otherwise constitute any breach of this Agreement, except that 
any such failure to act or refrain from doing any act shall entitle Acquiror 
to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1(g) hereof, and in no 
event shall this sentence or the previous sentence operate to excuse or 
modify the obligations of Bancorp and Bank under Section 11.1(c) hereof.

          5.15 AFFILIATES AND FIVE PERCENT SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENTS.   Within 
thirty (30) days of the execution of this Agreement, (a) Bancorp and Bank 
shall deliver to Acquiror a letter identifying all persons who are then 
"affiliates" of Bancorp or Bank for purposes of Rule 145 under the Securities 
Act and (b) Bancorp shall advise the persons identified in such letter of the 
resale 

                                 A-48

<PAGE>

restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws and shall use reasonable 
efforts to obtain from each person identified in such letter a written 
agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.15.  Bancorp 
shall use reasonable efforts to obtain from any person who becomes an 
affiliate of Bancorp after Bancorp's delivery of the letter referred to 
above, and on or prior to the date of the Bancorp Shareholders' Meeting to 
approve this Agreement, a written agreement substantially in the form 
attached as Exhibit 5.15 hereto as soon as practicable after obtaining such 
status.  At least 10 Business Days prior to the issuance of the opinion to be 
provided for in Section 8.1(h), Bancorp shall use its best efforts to cause 
each person or group of persons who holds more than five percent (5%) of the 
Bancorp Stock (regardless of whether such person is an "affiliate" under Rule 
145) to deliver to both Arthur Andersen, LLP and Reitner & Stuart, a letter 
stating that such shareholder(s) has no present plan or intention to dispose 
of Bancorp Stock and committing that such shareholder(s) will not dispose of 
Bancorp Stock in a manner to cause a violation of the "continuity of 
shareholder interest" requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.368-1.

                                        A-49

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 6
                        AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO CONDUCT OF
                            ACQUIROR AFTER THE DATE HEREOF

     Acquiror covenant and agree with Bancorp and Bank as follows:

          6.1  ACCESS.  

               (a)  Acquiror will authorize and permit Bancorp and Bank, 
their representatives, accountants and counsel, to have access during normal 
business hours, on notice and in such manner as will not unreasonably 
interfere with the conduct of the businesses of Acquiror, to all properties, 
books, records, branch operating reports, branch audit reports, operating 
instructions and procedures, tax returns, tax settlement letters, contracts 
and documents, and all other information with respect to its business 
affairs, financial condition, assets and liabilities as Bancorp and Bank may 
from time to time request.  Acquiror shall permit Bancorp and Bank, their 
representatives, accountants and counsel to make copies of such books, 
records and other documents and to discuss the business affairs, condition 
(financial and otherwise), assets and liabilities of Acquiror with such third 
Persons, including, without limitation, its directors, officers, employees, 
accountants, counsel and creditors, as Bancorp and Bank consider necessary or 
appropriate for the purposes of familiarizing themselves with the businesses 
and operations of Acquiror, obtaining any necessary orders, consents or 
approvals of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by any 
Governmental Entity and conducting an evaluation of the assets and 
liabilities of Acquiror.  Acquiror will cause Arthur Andersen, LLP, to make 
available to Bancorp and Bank, their accountants, counsel and other agents, 
such personnel, work papers and other documentation of Arthur Andersen, LLP, 
relating to its work papers and its audits of the books and records of 
Acquiror as may be requested by Bancorp and Bank in connection with their 
review of the foregoing matters.

               (b)  The President of Bancorp or in his absence another 
representative of Bancorp selected by him shall be invited by Acquiror to 
attend all regular and special Board of Directors' meetings of Acquiror from 
the date hereof until the Effective Time of the Bank Merger.  Acquiror shall 
inform Bancorp of each such Board meeting at least 2 Business Days in advance 
of each such meeting; provided, however, that the attendance of such 
representative of Bancorp shall not be permitted at any meeting, or portion 
thereof, for the sole purpose of discussing the transactions contemplated by 
this Agreement of the obligations of the Acquiror under this Agreement.

                                    A-50

<PAGE>

          6.2  MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES; REPORTS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; FILINGS.

               (a)  Acquiror will promptly notify Bancorp and Bank (i) of any 
event of which Acquiror obtains knowledge which may materially and adversely 
affect the business, financial condition, or results of operations of 
Acquiror; (ii) in the event Acquiror determines that it is possible that the 
conditions to the performance of Bancorp and Bank set forth in Sections 8.1 
and 8.2 may not be satisfied; (iii) of the opening or closing of any branch 
or other office of Acquiror at which business is conducted; or (iv) any 
event, development or circumstance that, to the best knowledge of Acquiror, 
will or, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, is 
reasonably expected to result in the loss to Acquiror of the services of any 
Executive Officer of Acquiror.

               (b)  Acquiror will furnish to Bancorp and Bank as provided in 
Section 11.13 of this Agreement, as soon as practicable, and in any event 
within 5 Business Days after it is prepared or becomes available to Acquiror, 
(i) a copy of any report submitted to the board of directors of Acquiror and 
access to the working papers related thereto and copies of other operating or 
financial reports prepared for management of any of its businesses and access 
to the working papers related thereto, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Acquiror need 
not furnish Bancorp or Bank any privileged communications of or memoranda 
prepared by its legal counsel in connection with the transactions 
contemplated by, and the rights and obligations of Acquiror under, this 
Agreement; (ii) quarterly unaudited consolidated balance sheets and 
statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flow for 
Acquiror; (iii) monthly unaudited consolidated balance sheets and, statements 
of operations for Acquiror; (iv) as soon as available, all letters and 
communications sent by Acquiror to its shareholders and all reports filed by 
Acquiror with the FDIC, the Commissioner and any other Person; and (v) such 
other reports as Bancorp and Bank may reasonably request relating to Acquiror.

               (c)  Each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to 
subsections (b) , shall be (i) prepared in accordance with GAAP on a basis 
consistent with that of the Financial Statements of Acquiror, except that 
such financial statements may omit statements of cash flows and footnote 
disclosures required by GAAP; and (ii) accompanied by a certificate of the 
chief financial officer to the effect that such financial statements fairly 
present the financial condition and results of operations of Acquiror for the 
period covered, and reflect all adjustments (which consist only of normal 
recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation.

          6.3  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

               (a)  Between the date hereof and the Effective Time, except as 
contemplated by this Agreement and subject to requirements of law and 
regulation generally applicable to California state chartered banks, Acquiror 
shall not, without prior written consent of 

                                      A-51

<PAGE>

Bancorp (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and which consent 
shall be deemed granted if within five (5) Business Days of Bancorp's receipt 
of written notice of a request for prior written consent, written notice of 
objection is not received by Acquiror):

                    (1)  take any action which would or is reasonably likely 
to (i) adversely affect the ability of Acquiror to obtain any necessary 
approvals of any Governmental Entity required for the transactions 
contemplated hereby; (ii) adversely affect Acquiror's ability to perform its 
covenants and agreements under this Agreement; or (iii) result in any of the 
conditions to the performance of Acquiror's obligations hereunder, as set 
forth in Article 8 herein not being satisfied;

                    (2)  take or cause to be taken any action which would 
disqualify the Bank Merger as a "reorganization" within the meaning of 
Section 368 of the Code or prevent accounting for the business combination to 
be effected by the Bank Merger as a pooling-of-interests;

                    (3)  amend its articles of incorporation in any respect 
which would materially and adversely affect the rights and privileges 
attendant to the Acquiror Stock except as contemplated by this Agreement; or, 

                    (4)  agree or make any commitment to take any actions 
prohibited by this Section 6.3.

                    (5)  amend, modify, terminate or fail to renew or 
preserve its material Permits;

                    (6)  issue, sell, or grant any Equity Securities of 
Acquiror (except pursuant to the exercise of Acquiror options outstanding as 
of the date hereof), any other securities (including long term debt), or any 
rights, options or securities to acquire any Acquiror Stock Option or any 
Equity Securities of Acquiror or any other securities (including long term 
debt) of Acquiror;

                    (7)  purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Equity 
Securities, or other securities of Acquiror or any rights, options, or 
securities to acquire any Equity Securities of Acquiror;

                    (8)  amend or modify its Charter Documents;

                    (9)  [Intentionally left blank]  

                    (10)      declare, issue or pay any dividend or other 
distribution of assets, whether consisting of money, other personal property, 
real property or other things of value, to the shareholders of Acquiror, or 
split, combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock or 

                                      A-52

<PAGE>

other Equity Securities except  for a $.15 per share cash dividend payable by 
Acquiror to its shareholders on or about May 22, 1998.

               (b)  Between the date hereof and the Effective Time, Acquiror 
shall:

                    (1)  use its best efforts consistent with this Agreement 
to maintain and preserve intact its respective present business organization 
and to maintain and preserve the relationships and goodwill with account 
customers, employees, and others having business relationships with Acquiror; 
                    (2)  duly observe and conform in all material respects to 
all lawful requirements applicable to the business of Acquiror; 

                    (3)  use its best efforts to obtain any Third Party 
Consent with respect to any contract, agreement, lease, license, arrangement, 
permit or release that is material to the business of Acquiror on a 
consolidated basis or that is contemplated in this Agreement as required in 
connection with the Bank Merger;

                    (4)  duly observe and conform in all material respects to 
all lawful requirements applicable to its business;

                    (5)  maintain its assets and properties in good condition 
and repair, normal wear and tear excepted;

                    (6)  promptly upon learning of such information, advise 
Bancorp in writing of any event or any other transaction within its knowledge 
whereby any Person or Related Group of Persons acquires, directly or 
indirectly, record or beneficial ownership or control (as defined in Rule 
13d-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act) of five percent (5%) or 
more of the outstanding Acquiror Stock prior to the record date fixed for the 
Acquiror Shareholders' Meeting or any adjourned meeting thereof to approve 
this Agreement and the transaction contemplated herein; and,

                    (7)  provide to Bancorp, as soon as they become 
available, drafts of the opinions referred to in Section 8.1(h) and (i) of 
this Agreement.

          6.4  DISCLOSURE LETTER.  Promptly in the case of material matters, 
and not less than monthly in the case of all other matters, Acquiror shall 
amend or supplement Acquiror's Disclosure Letter provided for herein 
pertaining to Acquiror as necessary so that the information contained therein 
accurately reflects the then current status of Acquiror and shall transmit 
copies of such amendments or supplements to Bancorp and Bank in accordance 
with Section 11.13 of this Agreement.

                                     A-53
<PAGE>

          6.5  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.  Acquiror will promptly take action 
necessary in accordance with applicable law and its Charter Documents to 
convene a meeting of its shareholders (the "Acquiror Shareholders' Meeting") 
to be held as soon as practicable, for the purpose of voting on the Bank 
Merger, this Agreement and related matters.  In connection with the Acquiror 
Shareholders' Meeting, (a) the Board of Directors of Acquiror shall, subject 
to fiduciary duty, recommend shareholder approval of the Bank Merger, this 
Agreement and related matters; and (b) Acquiror shall use its best efforts to 
obtain such shareholder approval by the largest possible percentage.

          6.6  AFFILIATES AND FIVE PERCENT SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENTS.  
Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, (a) Acquiror shall deliver 
to Bancorp and Bank a letter identifying all persons who are then 
"affiliates" of Acquiror for purposes of Rule 145 under the Securities Act 
and (b) Acquiror shall advise the persons identified in such letter of the 
resale restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws and shall use 
reasonable efforts to obtain from each person identified in such letter a 
written agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 6.6. 
Acquiror shall use reasonable efforts to obtain from any person who becomes 
an affiliate of Acquiror after Acquiror's delivery of the letter referred to 
above, and on or prior to the date of the Acquiror Shareholders' Meeting to 
approve this Agreement, a written agreement substantially in the form 
attached as Exhibit 6.6 hereto as soon as practicable after obtaining such 
status.  At least 10 Business Days prior to the issuance of the opinion to be 
provided for in Section 8.1(h), Acquiror shall use its best efforts to cause 
each person or group of persons who holds more than five percent (5%) of the 
Acquiror Stock (regardless of whether such person is an "affiliate" under 
Rule 145) to deliver to both Arthur Andersen, LLP and Knecht & Hansen, a 
letter stating that such shareholder(s) has no present plan or intention to 
dispose of Bancorp Stock that the shareholder(s) will receive in the Bank 
Merger, and committing that such shareholder(s) will not dispose of Bancorp 
Stock in a manner to cause a violation of the "continuity of shareholder 
interest" requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.368-1.

          6.7  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

               (a)  Acquiror will cooperate with Bancorp and Bank in the 
preparation of all filings, applications, notices, requests for waiver and 
Consents necessary or desirable for the consummation of the Bank Merger, and 
the other transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

               (b)  To the extent that the consent of a third party ("Third 
Party Consent") with respect to any contract, agreement, license, franchise, 
lease, commitment, arrangement, Permit or release that is material to the 
business of Acquiror or that is contemplated in this Agreement is required in 
connection with the Bank Merger or the transactions contemplated in this 
Agreement, Acquiror shall use its best efforts to obtain such consent prior 
to the Effective Time.

                                     A-54

<PAGE>

          6.8  COMPLIANCE WITH RULES.  Acquiror shall comply with the 
requirements of all applicable Rules, the noncompliance with which would 
materially and adversely affect the assets, liabilities, business, financial 
condition or results of operations or prospects of Acquiror.

          6.9  AGREEMENT OF MERGER.   As soon as practicable, Acquiror shall 
execute the Agreement of Merger.
               
          6.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS.    Acquiror shall provide to Bancorp, 
as soon as practical, but not later that 45 days after the date hereof, a 
Vista Environmental Report (a sample of which is attached to Acquiror's 
Disclosure Letter) containing a preliminary environmental investigation on 
all real property owned, leased or operated (including OREO) by Acquiror 
after the date hereof.  If required by said preliminary investigation in 
Bancorp's reasonable opinion, Acquiror shall provide to Bancorp a phase one 
and if necessary in Bancorp's reasonable opinion, a phase two environmental 
report of further investigation on properties requiring such additional 
study.  The expenses of all reports shall be borne by Acquiror.  Bancorp 
shall have 15 Business Days from the receipt of a report pursuant to this 
Section 6.10 to notify Acquiror of any objections to the contents of such 
report.  Bancorp shall have the right pursuant to Section 10.1(j) hereof, for 
a period of 10 Business Days following receipt of such estimate or indication 
that the costs of such actions and measures are reasonably estimated to 
exceed  $3,500,000 on an after tax basis or can not be reasonably estimated 
to be less than  $3,500,000 on an after tax basis, to terminate this 
Agreement, without liability to Acquiror.

          6.11 CERTAIN LOANS AND OTHER EXTENSIONS OF ACQUIROR.   Acquiror 
will promptly inform Bancorp of the amounts and categories of any loans, 
leases or other extensions of credit that have been classified by any 
Governmental Entity or by any internal or external loan reviewer of Acquiror 
as "Watch List," "Substandard," "Doubtful," "Loss" or any comparable 
classification.  Acquiror will furnish to Bancorp, as soon as practicable, 
and in any event within 10 days after the end of each calendar month, 
schedules including a listing of the following:

               (a)  classified credits, showing with respect to each such 
credit in amount equal to or exceeding $150,000, the classification category, 
credit type, and office, and with respect to all other such credits, by 
credit type and office, the aggregate dollar amount;

               (b)  nonaccrual credits, showing with respect to each such 
credit in amount equal to or exceeding $150,000, the credit type and office, 
and with respect to all other such credits, by credit type and office, the 
aggregate dollar amount;

               (c)  accrual exception credits that are delinquent 90 or more 
days and have not been placed on nonaccrual status, showing with respect to 
each such credit in amount equal to or exceeding $150,000, the credit type 
and office, and with respect to all other such credits, by credit type and 
office, the aggregate dollar amount;

                                      A-55

<PAGE>

               (d)  delinquent credits showing with respect to each such 
credit in amount equal to or exceeding $150,000, the credit type, office and 
an aging schedule broken down into 30-59, 60-89 and 90+ day categories, and 
with respect to all other such credits, by credit type, office and by aging 
category, the aggregate dollar amount;

               (e)  loans or leases charged off during the previous month, 
showing with respect to each such loan or lease, the credit type and office;

               (f)  loans or leases written down during the previous month, 
including with respect to each the original amount, the writeoff amount, 
credit type and office;

               (g)  other real estate or assets owned, stating with respect 
to each its credit type;

               (h)  a reconciliation of the allowance for loan and lease 
losses, identifying specifically the amount and sources of all additions and 
reductions to the allowance (which may be by reference to specific portions 
of another schedule furnished pursuant to this Section 6.11 and, in the case 
of unallocated adjustments, shall disclose the methodology and calculations 
through which the amount of such adjustment was determined);

          6.12 NEGOTIATIONS WITH OTHER PARTIES PRIOR TO CLOSING.  Acquiror 
shall not, and will cause each of its officers, directors, employees, agents, 
legal and financial advisors and Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, 
make, solicit, encourage, initiate or enter into any agreement or agreement 
in principal, or announce any intention to do any of the foregoing, 
concerning an acquisition, merger or consolidation with another entity which 
transaction any Governmental Entity advises Acquiror in writing or orally 
would or might result in the disapproval of the transactions contemplated by 
this Agreement or delay until after September 30, 1998 the consummation of 
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          6.13      INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.

               (a) Bancorp and Acquiror will maintain in effect policies of 
directors' and officers' liability insurance (with such coverage, terms and 
conditions as are no less advantageous than the insurance presently 
maintained by Bancorp and Bank with resepect to its officers and directors) 
with respect to all matters arising from facts or events which occurred 
before the Effective Time of the Merger for which Bancorp or Bank would have 
had an obligation to indemnify its directors and officers.

               (b) If Bancorp or Acquiror or any of its successors or assigns 
(i) shall consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or entity and 
shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such 
consolidation or merger or (ii) shall transfer all or substantially all of 
its properties and assets to any individual, corporation or other entity, 
then and 

                                     A-56

<PAGE>

in each such case, Bancorp or Acquiror shall take no action to impair the 
rights provided in this Section 6.13.

               (c) The provisions of this Section are intended to be for the 
benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each director or officer of Bancorp 
and Bank and his or her heirs and representatives. 
                                       
                                    ARTICLE 7
                 FURTHER COVENANTS OF BANCORP, BANK AND ACQUIROR
     
          7.1  S-4 AND PROXY STATEMENT.

               (a)  As promptly as practicable, Acquiror and Bancorp shall 
cooperate with each other and exercise their best efforts to prepare and file 
with the SEC and the FDIC the Proxy Statement and Bancorp shall prepare and 
file with the SEC the S-4, in which the Proxy Statement will be included as a 
prospectus. The Parties hereto agree to provide the information necessary for 
inclusion in the Proxy Statement and S-4. Each of the parties will use its 
respective best efforts to have the S-4 declared effective under the 
Securities Act as promptly as practicable after it is filed and to satisfy 
the requirements of the SEC and FDIC as to the Proxy Statement. Acquiror 
shall pay all third party costs associated with the preparation and filing of 
the S-4 that are normally paid by the acquiring party in similar 
transactions, and shall be responsible for making application to list 
Mid-State Bancshares on the Nasdaq National Market System including costs 
associated therewith.

               (b)  After the date of the filing of the S-4 with the SEC and 
the Proxy Statement with the FDIC, each of the Parties agrees promptly to 
notify the other of and to correct any information furnished by such Party 
that shall have become false or misleading in any material respect and to 
cooperate with the other to take all steps necessary to file with the SEC or 
the FDIC, as appropriate, and have declared effective or cleared by the SEC 
or the FDIC, as appropriate, any amendment or supplement to the S-4 or the 
Proxy Statement so as to correct such information and to cause the Proxy 
Statement as so corrected to be disseminated to the shareholders of Bancorp 
and Acquiror to the extent required by applicable Rules. All documents that 
the Parties file with the FDIC, SEC or any other Governmental Entity in 
connection with this Agreement will comply as to form in all material 
respects with the provisions of applicable Rules.

               (c)  Bancorp shall take all required action with appropriate 
Governmental Entities under state securities or blue sky laws in connection 
with the issuance of Bancorp Stock pursuant to this Agreement.

                                      A-57

<PAGE>

          7.2  FILINGS.  The Parties agree that through the Effective Time, 
each of its reports, registration, statements and other filings required to 
be filed with any applicable Governmental Entity will comply in all material 
respects with the applicable statutes, rules and regulations enforced or 
promulgated by the Governmental Entity with which it will be filed and none 
will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, 
not misleading.  Any financial statement contained in any such report, 
registration statement or other filing that is intended to represent the 
financial position of the entities or entity to which it relates will fairly 
present the financial position of such entities or entity and will be 
prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied during the periods 
involved.

          7.3  APPLICATIONS.  Acquiror will promptly prepare and file or 
cause to be prepared and filed (i) an application for approval of the Bank 
Merger with the FDIC; (ii) an application for approval of the Bank Merger 
with the Commissioner; (iii) if required, a request for Waiver from the FRB; 
and (iv) any other applications or notices necessary to consummate the 
transactions contemplated hereby.  Acquiror shall afford Bancorp and Bank a 
reasonable opportunity to review all such applications and all amendments and 
supplements thereto before the filing thereof.   The Parties covenant and 
agree that the S-4 and the Proxy Statement and all applications to the 
appropriate Governmental Entities for approval or consent to the Bank Merger, 
with respect to information relating to it, will comply in all material 
respects with the provisions of applicable law, and will not contain any 
untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required 
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement contained therein, in 
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  
Acquiror will use its best efforts to obtain all regulatory approvals or 
consents necessary to effect the Bank Merger and Bancorp and Bank shall 
cooperate with Acquiror in such efforts.

          7.4  STOCK OPTIONS.

               (a)  At and as of the Effective Time and without further 
action by any Party, the stock option plan of Acquiror shall terminate.  The 
Bancorp Stock Option Plan shall not terminate at the Effective Time but shall 
continue in effect and, for purposes of such Plan, this provision shall be 
deemed to be the making of appropriate provisions for such continuance.

               (b)  At and as of the Effective Time, Bancorp shall grant 
substitute stock options pursuant to the Bancorp Stock Option Plan to each 
and every officer and employee of Acquiror who has at the Effective Time an 
outstanding option to purchase shares of Acquiror Stock ("Acquiror Stock 
Options").  Each and every substitute stock option so granted by Bancorp 
pursuant to the Bancorp Stock Option Plan to replace an Acquiror Stock Option 
shall retain the "vesting" schedule reflected in each of the respective stock 
option agreements evidencing an Acquiror Stock Option and shall be 
exercisable for that number of whole shares of Bancorp Stock   equal to the 
product of (A) the number of shares of Acquiror Stock that were purchasable 
under such Acquiror Stock Option immediately prior to the Effective Time 
multiplied by (B) the 

                                      A-58

<PAGE>

Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares of Bancorp 
Stock.  Further, each and every substitute stock option so granted by Bancorp 
pursuant to the Bancorp Stock Option Plan to replace an Acquiror Stock Option 
shall provide for a per share exercise price which shall be equal to the 
quotient determined by dividing (A) the exercise price per share of Acquiror 
Stock at which such Acquiror Stock Option was exercisable immediately prior 
to the Effective Time by (B) the Exchange Ratio. At the Effective Time, 
Bancorp shall issue to each holder of an outstanding Acquiror Stock Option a 
substitute stock option providing for the terms discussed above.

               (c)  Bancorp shall use its best effort to assure that each 
holder of an Acquiror Stock Option which qualified as an incentive stock 
option prior to the Effective Time shall receive a substitute stock option 
pursuant to the Bancorp Stock Option Plan which will qualify as an incentive 
stock option.

               (d)  At or prior to the Effective Time, Bancorp shall take all 
corporate action necessary to reserve for issuance a sufficient number of 
shares of Bancorp Stock for delivery upon exercise of Acquiror Stock Options. 

               (e)  The vesting schedules of each and every stock option 
outstanding on the date hereof granted pursuant to the Bancorp Stock Option 
Plan shall, as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, 
accelerate in accordance with the provisions of such Plan.  Except as 
provided in subsection (f), each such option granted pursuant to the Bancorp 
Stock Option Plan shall terminate pursuant to the provisions of such Plan on 
or before the Effective Time.

               (f)  Bancorp shall make appropriate amendments to the Bancorp 
Stock Option Plan in order for each of the persons, who currently has an 
outstanding stock option granted under such Plan and who does not exercise 
such option  and who is either specified on Exhibit 2.1(b) or is an officer 
or employee of Bancorp or Bank, to have the right to receive, in their 
discretion, a substitute stock option from Bancorp.  Any substitute option 
granted pursuant to this subsection shall be on a fully vested basis and 
shall contain the same terms and conditions as the option for which it is 
substituted except that the number of shares of Bancorp Stock to which such 
substitute option pertains and the per share exercise price shall be adjusted 
in the same manner as provided in subsection (b) in the case of an Acquiror 
Stock Option provided that the reciprocal of the Exchange Ratio shall be used 
for purposes of such calculations.

               (g)  Bancorp shall seek all required Consents to effect the 
amendments to the Bancorp Stock Option Plan contemplated by subsection (f).  
If, in the course of attempting to obtain such Consents, any Person attempts 
to delay unduly in granting such Consents (any delay beyond June 30, 1998 
being considered to be undue) or to impose conditions or limitations which 
are applicable to the Bancorp Stock Option Plan or to any Party or would 
become applicable to Bancorp or the Surviving Bank after the Bank Merger 
which delays, conditions or limitations are ones which Acquiror reasonably 
and in good faith concludes would be materially burdensome to any Party or 
would materially adversely affect the Bancorp Stock Option Plan, its benefits 
or any of 

                                      A-59

<PAGE>

the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then, in such event, (A) 
Bancorp shall forthwith withdraw its request or application for such Consent 
and (B) the provisions of subsection (f) shall not be carried into effect and 
such action shall be deemed to be full compliance with subsection (f).  No 
person shall have any rights or claims against any Party in the event of such 
withdrawals in accordance with the preceding sentence.

          7.5  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Bancorp/Bank and Acquiror agree that from 
time to time, whether before, at or after the Effective Time, they will 
execute and deliver such further instruments of conveyance and transfer and 
to take such other action as may be reasonable or necessary to consummate the 
Bank Merger and the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.  Bancorp, 
Bank and Acquiror agree to take such further action as may reasonably be 
requested to facilitate consummation of the Bank Merger and the transactions 
contemplated in this Agreement and that are not inconsistent with the other 
provisions of this Agreement.

          7.6  REMOVAL OF CONDITIONS.  In the event of the imposition of a 
condition to any consent of, the Commissioner, the FDIC or other Government 
Entity which any Party deems to materially adversely affect it or to be 
materially burdensome as provided in Section 8.1(c), the Parties shall use 
their respective best efforts to obtain the removal of such condition.

          7.7  CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

               (a)  Prior to the Effective Time, Acquiror shall take all 
necessary steps to effect the Acquiror Corporate Governance Changes at the 
Effective Time.

               (b)  Prior to the Effective Time, Bancorp shall take all 
necessary steps to effect the Bancorp Corporate Governance Changes at the 
Effective Time.


                                    ARTICLE 8
                 CONDITIONS TO THE PARTIES' OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE

          8.1  CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE.  The 
respective obligations of Bancorp and Bank, on the one hand, and Acquiror, on 
the other, to consummate the Bank Merger and the other transactions 
contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to 
the Effective Time of each of the following conditions:

               (a)  The Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby 
shall have received all requisite approvals of the shareholders of Acquiror, 
Bancorp  or Bank.

               (b)  No judgment, decree, injunction, order or proceeding 
shall be outstanding or threatened by any Governmental Entity which prohibits 
or restricts the effectuation 

                                      A-60

<PAGE>

of, or threatens to invalidate or set aside, the Bank Merger substantially in 
the form contemplated by this Agreement, unless counsel to the party again 
whom such action or proceeding was instituted or threatened renders to the 
other Parties hereto a favorable opinion that such judgment, decree, 
injunction, order or proceeding is without merit.

               (c)  On or before September 15, 1998, the Parties shall have 
received any required Consent from the FRB, the Commissioner, the FDIC, and, 
at or prior to the Effective Time, this Agreement and the transactions 
contemplated hereby shall have been approved by any other Governmental Entity 
whose Consent is required for consummation of the transactions contemplated 
in this Agreement, in each case either unconditionally or without the 
imposition of conditions or limitations that are applicable to any Party or 
would become applicable to Bancorp or the Surviving Bank after the Bank 
Merger that Acquiror reasonably and in good faith concludes would materially 
adversely affect the financial condition or operations of any Party or 
otherwise would be materially burdensome to any Party and all such Consents 
shall be in effect at the Effective Time, which Consents shall permit the 
Bank Merger and permit the Surviving Bank to acquire and conduct all direct 
and indirect activities as previously conducted by Acquiror and Bank, at or 
prior to the Effective Time, and all required waiting periods shall have 
expired.

               (d)  No Rule shall be outstanding or threatened by any 
Governmental Entity which prohibits or materially restricts the consummation 
of, or threatens to invalidate or set aside, the Bank Merger substantially in 
the forms contemplated by this Agreement or which would not permit the 
businesses presently carried on by Acquiror, Bancorp or Bank to continue 
materially unimpaired following the Effective Time, unless counsel to the 
Party or Parties against whom such action or proceeding was instituted or 
threatened renders to the other Party or Parties hereto a favorable opinion 
that such Rule is without merit and counsel to the other Party concurs with 
such opinion.

               (e)  All Third Party Consents necessary to permit the Parties 
to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Agreement shall have been 
obtained prior to the Effective Time, unless the failure to obtain any such 
Third Party Consent would not have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition, or results of operations of Bancorp on a consolidated 
basis.

               (f)  The S-4 shall have been declared effective by the SEC and 
shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceedings seeking or 
threatening a stop order.  Bancorp shall have received all state securities 
or "Blue Sky" permits and other authorization necessary to issue the Bancorp 
Stock to consummate the Bank Merger.

               (g)  Application will be filed  for listing Bancorp Stock on 
the Nasdaq National Market System at the Effective Time.

                                     A-61

<PAGE>

               (h)  Acquiror and Bancorp shall have received from Arthur 
Andersen, LLP, an opinion reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror and Bancorp to 
the effect that the Bank Merger shall not result in the recognition of gain 
or loss for federal income tax purposes to Acquiror, Bancorp or Bank, nor 
shall the issuance of Bancorp Stock result in the recognition of gain or loss 
by the holders of Acquiror Stock who receive such stock in connection with 
the Bank Merger, nor shall a holder of an outstanding stock option granted 
under Acquiror's stock option plan recognize income, gain or loss as a result 
of the granting of a substitute option pursuant to Bancorp Stock Option Plan 
nor shall the granting of such substitute options be deemed to be a 
modification of any incentive stock option granted under Acquiror's stock 
option plan, dated prior to the date of the Proxy Statement is first mailed 
to the shareholders of Bancorp and Acquiror and such opinions shall not have 
been withdrawn or modified in any material respect.

               (i)  Prior to the Effective Time, Arthur Andersen, LLP, shall 
have delivered a written opinion to Acquiror and Bancorp that the Bank Merger 
and the other transactions contemplated hereby will qualify for 
pooling-of-interest accounting treatment.  In making its determination that 
the Bank Merger will qualify for such treatment, Arthur Andersen, LLP, shall 
be entitled to assume that cash will be paid with respect to all shares held 
of record by any holder of Dissenting Shares.

          8.2  ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF BANCORP AND BANK TO 
CLOSE. The obligations of Bancorp and Bank to consummate the Bank Merger and 
the other transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction or 
waiver at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions:

               (a)  All actions necessary to authorize the execution, 
delivery and performance of the Agreement by Acquiror, the consummation of 
the Bank Merger by Acquiror and the consummation of the Agreement of Merger 
by Acquiror shall have been duly and validly taken by the board of directors 
and shareholders of Acquiror, as the case may be.

               (b)  The representations and warranties of Acquiror contained 
in Article 4 of this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all 
material respects (i) on the date of this Agreement; and (ii) at and as of 
the Effective Time as though all such representations and warranties had been 
made on and as of the Effective Time, except with respect to representations 
and warranties that, by their terms, speak as of a different time; and 
Bancorp and Bank shall have received a certificate to that effect dated the 
Effective Time and executed on behalf of Acquiror by its chief executive 
officer and chief financial officer. It is understood and acknowledged that 
the representations made on and as of the Effective Time shall be made 
without giving effect to any update with respect to the Disclosure Letter 
pertaining to Acquiror as updated in accordance with Section 6.4.

               (c)  Each of the covenants and agreements of Acquiror 
contained in this Agreement to be performed at or before the Effective Time 
shall have been so performed in all

                                     A-62

<PAGE>

material respects; and Bancorp and Bank shall have received a certificate to 
that effect dated the Effective Time and executed by the chief executive 
officer and chief financial officer of Acquiror.

               (d)  During the period from the date of this Agreement to the 
Effective Time, there shall not have occurred any event related to the 
business, condition (financial or otherwise),  capitalization or properties 
of Acquiror that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or 
prospects of Acquiror after consummation of the Bank Merger, whether or not 
such event, change or effect is reflected in Acquiror's Disclosure Letter to 
this Agreement, as amended or supplemented, after the date of this Agreement; 
and Bancorp and Bank shall have received a certificate to that effect dated 
the Effective Time and signed by the chief executive officer and chief 
financial officer of Acquiror.

               (e)  Acquiror shall have delivered to Bancorp and Bank a 
written opinion of Reitner & Stuart dated as of the Effective Time 
substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 8.2(e).
               
               (f)  Bancorp shall have received a letter from Carpenter & 
Company dated as of a date within five (5) Business Days of the mailing of 
the Proxy Statement to the shareholders of Bancorp to the effect that the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fair from a financial point 
of view to the shareholders of Bancorp.

               (g)  All necessary action shall have been taken by Acquiror to 
effect the Acquiror Corporate Governance Changes.

               (h)  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, each 
director of Acquiror shall have executed and delivered to Bancorp an Acquiror 
Directors' Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.6(b).

               (i)  Within 30 days of the execution of this Agreement, 
Bancorp shall have received from each Person named in the letter or otherwise 
referred to in Section 6.6 an executed copy of an agreement contemplated by 
Section 6.6.

               (j)  All remediation of environmental contamination or 
conditions on any Acquiror property shall have been completed to the 
satisfaction of Bancorp subject to the provisions of Section 6.10.

          8.3  ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF ACQUIROR TO CLOSE.  
The obligations of Acquiror to consummate the Bank Merger and the other 
transactions contemplated herein is subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at 
or prior to the Effective Time, of each of the following conditions:

                                     A-63

<PAGE>

               (a)  All actions necessary to authorize the execution, 
delivery and performance of the Agreement, consummation of the Bank Merger by 
Bancorp and Bank and the consummation of the Agreement of Merger by Bancorp 
and Bank shall have been duly and validly taken by the respective boards of 
directors and shareholders of Bancorp and Bank, as the case may be.

               (b)  The representations and warranties of Bancorp and Bank 
contained in Article 3 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all 
material respects (i) on the date of this Agreement; and (ii) at and as of 
the Effective Time as though all such representations and warranties had been 
made at and as of such time, except with respect to representations and 
warranties that, by their terms, speak as of a different time; and Acquiror 
shall have received a certificate to that effect dated the Effective Time and 
executed on behalf of Bancorp and Bank by their respective chief executive 
officers and chief financial officers.  It is understood and acknowledged 
that the representations made on and as of the Effective Time shall be made 
without giving effect to any update with respect to the Disclosure Letters 
pertaining to Bancorp and Bank as updated in accordance with Section 5.5.

               (c)  The covenants and agreements of Bancorp and Bank to be 
performed at or before the Effective Time shall have been duly performed in 
all material respects; and Acquiror shall have received one or more 
certificates to that effect dated the Effective Time and executed by the 
respective chief executive officers and chief financial officers of Bancorp 
and Bank.  

               (d)  During the period from the date of this Agreement to the 
Effective Time, there shall not have occurred any event related to the 
business, condition (financial or otherwise),  capitalization or properties 
of Bancorp or Bank that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a 
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of 
operations or prospects of the Surviving Bank or Bancorp after consummation 
of the Bank Merger, whether or not such event, change or effect is reflected 
in Bancorp's Disclosure Letters to this Agreement, as amended or 
supplemented, after the date of this Agreement; and Acquiror shall have 
received a certificate to that effect dated the Effective Time and signed by 
the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of Bancorp and Bank.

               (e)  Bancorp and Bank shall have delivered to Acquiror a 
written opinion of Knecht & Hansen dated the Effective Time substantially in 
the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 8.3(e).

               (f)  Acquiror shall have received a letter from Hoefer & 
Arnett dated as of a date within five (5) Business Days of the mailing of the 
Proxy Statement to the shareholder of Acquiror, to the effect that the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fair from a financial point 
of view to the shareholders of Acquiror.

                                      A-64

<PAGE>

               (g)  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, each 
director of Bancorp and Bank shall have executed and delivered to Acquiror a 
Bancorp Directors' Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.6(a).

               (h)  Within 30 days of the execution of this Agreement, 
Acquiror shall have received from each Person named in the letter or 
otherwise referred to in Section 5.15 an executed copy of an agreement 
contemplated by Section 5.15.

               (i)  Acquiror shall have received satisfactory evidence that 
all of Bank's Benefit Arrangements have been treated as provided in Articles 
5 and 9 of this Agreement.

               (j)  All remediation of environmental contamination or 
conditions on any Bancorp and Bank property shall have been completed to the 
satisfaction of Acquiror.

               (k)  At least five Business Days prior to the Effective Time, 
Bancorp shall provide Acquiror with Bancorp's consolidated financial 
statements as of the close of business on the last day of the month prior to 
the Effective Time.  Such financial statements shall have been prepared in 
all material respects in accordance with GAAP and other applicable legal and 
accounting requirements, and reflect all period-end accruals and other 
adjustments.  At the close of business on the last day of the month preceding 
the Effective Time,   Bancorp's consolidated shareholders' equity as 
determined in accordance with such financial statements and GAAP, shall not 
be less than the sum of (i) Bancorp's consolidated shareholders' equity at 
December 31, 1997 PLUS (ii) the amount of "Projected Earnings" LESS the 
amount of dividends paid as authorized by Section 5.3(a)(10).  The term 
"Projected Earnings" shall mean (A) $1,228,000, if the month end immediately 
preceding the  Effective Time is May 31, 1998, (B) $1,504,000, if the month 
end immediately preceding the Effective Time is June 30, 1998 (C) $1,811,000, 
if the month end immediately preceding the Effective Time is July 31, 1998, 
or (D) $2,114,000, if the month immediately preceding the Effective Time is 
on or after August 31, 1998.  The amount of Projected Earnings shall be 
increased by any gains from the sale of securities pursuant to Section 
5.3(a)(24) and shall be reduced by the sum of (y) any and all Bancorp and 
Bank "Expenses" as defined in Section 11.1(e) accrued prior to the applicable 
month end PLUS   (z) all costs accrued by Bancorp and Bank in compliance with 
the requirements of Section 5.12 prior to the applicable month end (excluding 
the costs of the remedial and corrective actions as are actually related to 
any Hazardous Materials), provided, however, that the amount of the 
adjustment to the Projected Earnings resulting from (y) and (z) shall, in no 
event, exceed $125,000.

               (l)  All necessary action shall have been taken by Bancorp to 
effect the Bancorp Corporate Governance Changes.

                                      A-65

<PAGE>

     ARTICLE 9
                                  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

          9.1  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.

               (a)  All employees of Bancorp and Bank at the Effective Time 
shall be entitled to participate in the Acquiror Benefit Arrangements on the 
same basis as other similarly situated employees of Acquiror.  Each of these 
employees will be credited for eligibility, participation and vesting 
purposes (provided that no more than 180 days of sick leave may be carried 
over into Acquiror's sick leave program), with such employee's respective 
years of past service with Bancorp and Bank (or other prior service so 
credited by Bancorp and Bank) as though they had been employees of Acquiror.

               (b)  Bancorp, Bank  and Acquiror have agreed as set forth on 
Exhibit 9.1(b) to a severance policy by which all employees of Bancorp, Bank 
or Acquiror who are not offered employment or who are terminated within 
twelve months following the Effective Time and who satisfy the requirements 
of the severance plan currently being considered for adoption by Acquiror 
will receive severance benefits otherwise.

               (c)  Provided such agreement is listed on the Bancorp 
Disclosure List and a complete copy of such agreement has been provided to 
Acquiror prior to the date hereof, Acquiror hereby agrees to honor, in 
accordance with their terms, any existing individual employment, severance, 
deferred compensation, and similar agreements between Bancorp or Bank and the 
Executive Officers of Bancorp/Bank listed on Exhibit 9.1(c)(1) except for the 
Change in Control Agreement between Bancorp, Bank and William Hares, which at 
the Effective Time will terminate and be replaced by the Employment Agreement 
between William Hares and Acquiror effective as of the Effective Time in 
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 9.1(c)(2).  Notwithstanding 
any other provision of this Agreement, no employee shall receive duplicative 
benefits by reason of this Section.

               (d)  From the date hereof, Bancorp, Bank and Acquiror shall 
cooperate to determine the appropriate treatment of the Benefit Arrangements, 
such as termination, merger into a plan, etc., and shall take such actions as 
shall be reasonably requested by Acquiror with respect to the Benefit 
Arrangements, provided that Acquiror, Bancorp and Bank shall not be required 
to take any action that would be in breach of the fiduciary duties of the 
Plan trustees or administrators.

                                      A-66

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 10
                   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT; WAIVER OF CONDITIONS 

          10.1 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  Anything herein to the contrary 
notwithstanding, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby 
including the Bank Merger may be terminated at any time before the Effective 
Time, whether before or after approval by the respective shareholders of 
Acquiror and Bancorp as follows, and in no other manner:

               (a)  By mutual consent of Bancorp and Bank, on the one hand, 
and Acquiror, on the other;

               (b)  By Bancorp, Bank or Acquiror (i) if any conditions set 
forth in Section 8.1 shall not have been met by September 30, 1998, or (ii) 
upon the expiration of 20 Business Days after any Governmental Entity denies 
or refuses to grant any approval, consent or authorization required to be 
obtained in order to consummate the transaction contemplated by this 
Agreement unless, within said 20 Business Day period after such denial or 
refusal, all Parties hereto agree to resubmit the application to the 
Governmental Entity that has denied, or refused to grant the approval, 
consent or authorization requested;

               (c)  By Bancorp and Bank if any conditions set forth in 
Section 8.2 shall not have been met, or by Acquiror if any conditions set 
forth in section 8.3 shall not have been met, by September 30, 1998, or such 
earlier time as it becomes apparent that such condition cannot be met;

               (d)  By Bancorp or Bank, if Acquiror should materially default 
in the observance or in the due and timely performance of any of its 
covenants and agreements herein contained and such default shall not have 
been fully cured within 20 Business Days from the date of delivery of written 
notice specifying the alleged default;

               (e)  By Acquiror, if Bancorp or Bank should materially default 
in the observance or in the due and timely performance of any of their 
covenants and agreements herein contained and such default shall not have 
been fully cured within 20 Business Days from the date of delivery of written 
notice specifying the alleged default;

               (f)  By Acquiror, if Bancorp or Bank is or becomes a party to 
any written agreement, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, 
imposition of civil monetary penalties or other regulatory enforcement action 
or proceeding with any federal or state agency charged with the supervision 
or regulation of banks;

                                      A-67

<PAGE>

               (g)  By Acquiror, if Bancorp or Bank shall have failed to act 
or refrain from doing any act pursuant to Section 5.14;

               (h)  By Acquiror or Bancorp, under the circumstances set forth 
in Section 5.12; 

               (i)  By Bancorp at any time during the two day period 
commencing one day after the Determination Date, if the Average Closing Price 
as of the Determination Date is less than $26.25 (the "Minimum Price"); 
SUBJECT, HOWEVER, to the following three sentences.  If Bancorp elects to 
exercise its termination right pursuant to the immediately preceding 
sentence, it shall give prompt written notice to Acquiror; provided that such 
notice of election to terminate may be withdrawn by Bancorp at any time 
within the aforementioned two-day period.  During the two-day period 
commencing on the day after a receipt of such notice, provided that the 
Average Closing Price exceeds $22.00, Acquiror shall have the option of 
adjusting the Exchange Ratio pursuant to the following calculation rounded to 
the nearest ten-thousandth:

                                                 1                         
                            ----------------------------------------
                                          $29.37 - X        
                                 ---------------------------
                                  Average Closing Price

where "x" represents the amount of any Significant Liabilities determined in 
accordance with this Agreement divided by the outstanding shares of Bancorp 
Stock (determined as of the Business Day preceding the Effective Day).

 If Acquiror makes an election contemplated by the preceding sentence, within 
such two-day period, it shall give prompt written notice to Bancorp of such 
election and the revised Exchange Ratio, whereupon no termination shall have 
occurred pursuant to this subsection and this Agreement shall remain in 
effect in accordance with its terms (except as the Exchange Ratio shall have 
been modified), and any references in this Agreement to "Exchange Ratio" 
shall thereafter be deemed to refer to the Exchange Ratio as adjusted 
pursuant to this subsection. For purposes of this subsection, "Determination 
Date" shall mean the last day of the 20 trading day period referred to in the 
definition of Average Closing Price; or,

               (j)       By Bancorp, under the circumstances set forth in 
section 6.10 or section 5.12.

          10.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  In the event that this Agreement shall 
be terminated pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, all further obligations of the 
Parties hereto under this Agreement shall terminate without further liability 
of any Party to another; provided, however, that no termination of this 
Agreement under Section 10.1 for any reason or in any manner shall release, 
or be construed as so releasing, any Party from its obligations under 
Sections 11.1, 11.10 or 11.11, hereof and notwithstanding the foregoing if 
such termination shall result from the willful failure of 

                                      A-68

<PAGE>

a Party to fulfill a condition to the performance of the obligations of any 
other Party or to perform a covenant of such Party in this Agreement, such 
Party shall, subject to the provision of Section 11.1, be fully liable for 
any and all damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, 
reasonable attorneys' fees sustained or incurred by the other Party or 
Parties in connection with negotiating and implementing the transactions 
contemplated in this Agreement).

          10.3 WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.  If any of the conditions specified in 
Section 8.2 has not been satisfied, Bancorp and Bank may nevertheless, at 
their election, proceed with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. 
 If any of the conditions specified in Section 8.3 has not been satisfied, 
Acquiror may nevertheless, at its election, proceed with the transactions 
contemplated in this Agreement.  If any Party elects to proceed pursuant to 
the provisions hereof, the conditions that are unsatisfied immediately prior 
to the Effective Time shall be deemed to be satisfied, as evidence by a 
certificate delivered by the electing Party.

                                    ARTICLE 11
                                     GENERAL

          11.1 EXPENSES.

               (a)  Acquiror hereby agrees that if this Agreement is 
terminated by Bancorp or Bank pursuant to Section 10.1(c) with respect to the 
failure of Acquiror shareholders to approve the Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereby, or pursuant to Section 10.1(d), Acquiror 
shall promptly, and in any event within seven Business Days after such 
termination, pay Bancorp and Bank all Expenses (as defined below) of Bancorp 
and Bank but not to exceed $500,000.

               (b)  Bancorp and Bank hereby agree that if this Agreement is 
terminated by Acquiror pursuant to Section 10.1(c) with respect to the 
failure of Bancorp shareholders to approve the Agreement and transactions 
contemplated hereby, or pursuant to Section 10.1(e), Bancorp shall promptly, 
and in any event within seven Business Days after such termination, pay (or 
cause Bank to pay) Acquiror all Expenses (as defined below) of Acquiror but 
not to exceed $500,000.

               (c)  As an inducement to Acquiror to enter into this 
Agreement, in the event this Agreement is terminated by Acquiror pursuant to 
Section 10.1(g) and Bancorp or Bank or both enters into an agreement for a 
Competing Transaction prior to termination of this Agreement or during the 
twelve-month period immediately following termination of this Agreement, 
Bancorp and Bank shall promptly, and in any event within seven Business Days 
after either or both enters into an agreement for such Competing Transaction, 
pay  Acquiror Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) which 
amount represents (i) Acquiror's 

                                      A-69

<PAGE>

direct costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses 
of financial or other consultants, printing costs, accountants and counsel) 
incurred in negotiating and undertaking to carry out the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement, including Acquiror's management time devoted 
to negotiation and preparation for the transactions contemplated by this 
Agreement; (ii) Acquiror's indirect costs and expenses incurred in connection 
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iii) Acquiror's 
loss as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not being 
consummated.  The obligation to make a payment pursuant to this subsection 
shall be a joint and several obligation of Bancorp and Bank.

               (d)  Except as otherwise provided herein, all Expenses 
incurred by Bancorp/Bank or Acquiror in connection with or related to the 
authorization, preparation and execution of this Agreement, the solicitation 
of shareholder approvals and all other matters related to the closing of the 
transaction contemplated hereby, including, without limitation of the 
generality of the foregoing, all fees and expenses of agents, 
representatives, counsel, and accountants employed by either of the Parties 
or its affiliates, shall be borne solely and entirely by the Party which has 
incurred the same.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bancorp and Acquiror shall 
share the cost of printing the Proxy Statement on a basis proportionate to 
the number of shareholders of each Party.

               (e)  "Expenses" as used in this Agreement shall include all 
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including all fees and expenses of 
attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, experts and consultants to the 
Party and its affiliates) incurred by the Party or on its behalf in 
connection with or related to the authorization, preparation and execution of 
this Agreement, the solicitation of shareholder approvals and all other 
matters related to the closing of the transaction contemplated hereby.

          11.2 AMENDMENTS.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, this 
Agreement may be amended by agreement in writing of the Parties hereto at any 
time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after approval of this 
Agreement by the shareholders of Acquiror or the shareholders of Bancorp.

          11.3 DISCLOSURE LETTER; EXHIBITS; INTEGRATION.  Each Disclosure 
Letter, exhibit and letter delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be in 
writing and shall constitute a part of the Agreement, although Disclosure 
Letters and other letters need not be attached to each copy of this 
Agreement.  This Agreement, together with such Disclosure Letters, exhibits 
and letters, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining 
to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and 
understanding of the Parties in connection therewith.

          11.4  BEST EFFORTS.  Each Party will use its best efforts to cause 
all conditions to the obligations of the Parties to be satisfied.

          11.5  [Intentionally left blank]

                                      A-70
<PAGE>

          11.6  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement and the legal relations 
between the Parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the 
laws of California except to the extent that the provisions of federal law 
are mandatorily applicable.

          11.7  NO ASSIGNMENT.  Neither this Agreement nor any rights, duties 
or obligations hereunder shall be assignable by Bancorp/Bank or Acquiror, in 
whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other Party.  Any 
attempted assignment in violation of this prohibition shall be null and void. 
 Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be 
binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the 
Parties hereto.

          11.8  HEADINGS.  The descriptive headings contained in this 
Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of 
this Agreement.

          11.9  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement and any exhibit hereto may be 
executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one 
and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more 
counterparts have been signed by each Party hereto and delivered to each 
Party hereto.

          11.10   PUBLICITY AND REPORTS.  Bancorp and Acquiror shall 
coordinate all publicity relating to the transactions contemplated by this 
Agreement and no Party shall issue any press release, publicity statement or 
other public notice relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions 
contemplated hereby without obtaining the prior consent of the other Party, 
except to the extent that legal counsel to any Party shall deliver a written 
opinion to the other Party to the effect that a particular action is required 
by applicable Rules.

          11.11   CONFIDENTIALITY.  All Confidential Information disclosed 
heretofore or hereafter by any Party to this Agreement to any other Party to 
this Agreement shall be kept confidential by such other Party and shall not 
be used by such other Party otherwise than as herein contemplated, except to 
the extent that (a) it is necessary or appropriate to disclose to the 
Commissioner, the FDIC or any other Governmental Entity having jurisdiction 
over any of the Parties or as may be otherwise be required by Rule (any 
disclosure of Confidential Information to a Governmental Entity shall be 
accompanied by a request that such Governmental Entity preserve the 
confidentiality of such Confidential Information): or (b) to the extent such 
duty as to confidentiality is waived by the other Party.  Such obligation as 
to confidentiality and non-use shall survive the termination of this 
Agreement pursuant to Article 10.  In the event of such termination and on 
request of another Party, each Party shall use all reasonable efforts to (1) 
return to the other Parties all documents (and reproductions thereof) 
received from such other Parties that contain Confidential Information (and, 
in the case of reproductions, all such reproductions made by the receiving 
Party); and (2) destroy the originals and all copies of any analyses, 
computations, studies or other documents prepared for the internal use of 
such Party that included Confidential Information.

                                     A-71
<PAGE>

          11.12   SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  Acquiror, Bank and Bancorp each 
acknowledge that, in view of the uniqueness of their respective businesses 
and the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, each Party would not 
have an adequate remedy at law for money damages in the event that this 
Agreement has not been performed in accordance with its terms, and therefore 
each Party agrees that the other shall be entitled to specific enforcement of 
the terms hereof in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, 
at law or in equity.

          11.13   NOTICES.  Any notice or communication required or permitted 
hereunder, including, without limitation, supplemental Disclosure Letters 
shall be deemed to have been given if in writing and (a) delivered in person, 
(b) telexed, or (c) telecopied (provided that any notice given pursuant to 
clauses (b) and (c) is also mailed by certified or registered mail, postage 
prepaid), as follows:

               If to Bancorp or Bank, addressed to:
                    BSM Bancorp                               
                    2739 Santa Maria Way                 
                    Santa Maria, California 93455     
                                                                          
                    Attn: William Hares, President and CEO
                    Fax No.  (805) 937-6582                         

               With a copy addressed to:
                    Loren P. Hansen, Esq.                                 
                    Knecht & Hansen                                       
                    1301 Dove Street, Suite 900                           
                                                                          
                    Fax No.  (714) 851-1732                         




               If to Acquiror, addressed to:
                    Mid-State Bank                                        
                    1026 Grand Avenue                                     
                    Arroyo Grande, California 93420                       
                                                                          
                    Attn: Carrol Pruett, President and CEO
                    Fax No.  (805) 473-7752                         

               With a copy addressed to:


                                     A-72
<PAGE>

                    Barnet Reitner, Esq.
                    Reitner & Stuart
                    1319 Marsh Street
                    San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
                    Fax No. (805) 545-8599

or at such other address and to the attention of such other Person as a Party 
may notice to the others in accordance with this Section 11.13. 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, notice and/or 
delivery to Bancorp shall be deemed notice and/or delivery to Bank.

          11.14   KNOWLEDGE.  Whenever any statement herein or in any 
Disclosure Letter, certificate or other document delivered to any Party 
pursuant to this Agreement is made "to the knowledge" or "to the best 
knowledge" of any Party or other Person such Party or other Person shall make 
such statement only after conducting an investigation reasonable under the 
circumstances of the subject matter thereof, and each such statement shall 
constitute a representation that such investigation has been conducted.

          11.15   SEVERABILITY.  If any portion of this Agreement shall be 
deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, the 
remaining portions shall be valid and enforceable only if, after excluding 
the portion deemed to be unenforceable, the remaining terms hereof shall 
provide for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein in 
substantially the same manner as originally set forth at the date this 
Agreement was executed.

          11.16   ATTORNEYS' FEES.  In the event any of the parties to this 
Agreement brings an action or suit against any other party by reason of any 
breach of any covenant, agreement, representation, warranty or other 
provision hereof, or any breach of any duty or obligation created hereunder 
by such other party, the prevailing party, as determined by the court or the 
body having jurisdiction, shall be entitled to have and recover of and from 
the losing party, as determined by the court or other party having 
jurisdiction, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred or sustained by such 
prevailing party in connection with such prevailing action, including, 
without limitation, legal fees and court costs (whether or not taxable as 
such).

          11.17   TERMINATION OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. 
The representations, warranties and covenants of each party contained 
herein or in any certificate or other writing delivered by such party 
pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall not survive the Effective 
Time.



     WITNESS, the signature of Bancorp, as of the 29th day of January, 1998, 
set by its President and attested to by its Secretary, pursuant to a 
resolution of its Board of Directors, acting by a majority:


                                     A-73
<PAGE>

BSM BANCORP


By:  /s/ William A. Hares
     ------------------------------
     President

Attest:


By:  /s/ F. Dean Fletcher
     ------------------------------
     Secretary


          WITNESS, the signature of Bancorp, as of the 29th day of January, 
1998, set by its President and attested to by its Secretary, pursuant to a 
resolution of its Board of Directors, acting by a majority:

BANK OF SANTA MARIA             


By:  /s/ WILLIAM A. HARES
     ------------------------------
     President

Attest:


By:  /s/ F. DEAN FLETCHER
     ------------------------------
     Secretary


     WITNESS, the signature of Acquiror, as of the 29th day of January, 1998, 
set by its President and attested to by its Secretary, pursuant to a 
resolution of its Board of Directors, acting by a majority:

MID-STATE BANK


By:  /s/ CARROL R. PRUETT
     ------------------------------
     President

Attest:


By:  /s/ RAYMOND E. JONES
     ------------------------------
     Secretary


                                     A-74
<PAGE>


                              FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                              AGREEMENT TO MERGE
                          AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION


     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT TO MERGE AND PLAN OF 
REORGANIZATION (the "First Amendment") is entered into as of March 18, 1998, 
among Bank of Santa Maria, a banking company organized under the laws of 
California ("Bank"), being located in Santa Maria, California, BSM Bancorp, a 
corporation and registered bank holding company organized under the laws of 
California ("Bancorp"), and Mid-State Bank, a banking company organized under 
the laws of California ("Acquiror"), located in Arroyo Grande, California.

     WHEREAS, Bank, Bancorp and Acquiror entered into an Agreement to Merge 
and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 29, 1998 (the "Agreement");

     WHEREAS, the Parties wish to make certain changes and amendments to the 
Agreement before it is submitted to their respective shareholders for 
approval;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual promises of 
the parties, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   The definitions of  "Acquiror Dissenting Shares" and "Acquiror 
Perfected Dissenting Shares" are hereby deleted.

     2.   Section 2.4 of the Agreement is hereby amended in full as follows:

          "2.4 CERTAIN EXCEPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS. (A) Any shares of Acquiror 
Stock held by Bancorp or any subsidiary of Bancorp (other than shares held in 
a fiduciary capacity or as DPC Property) will be canceled at the Effective 
Time; and (B) no fractional shares of Bancorp Stock shall be issued in the 
Bank Merger and, in lieu thereof, each holder of Acquiror Stock who would 
otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share shall receive an amount 
in cash equal to the product (calculated to the nearest ten thousandth) 
obtained by multiplying (a) the Average Closing Price times (b) the fraction 
of the share of Bancorp Stock to which such holder would otherwise be 
entitled."

     3.   Section 5.3(a)(10) of the Agreement is hereby amended in full as 
follows:

          "(10)  declare, issue or pay any dividend or other distribution of 
assets, whether consisting of money, other personal property, real property 
or other things of value, to the shareholders of Bancorp or Bank, or split, 
combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock or other Equity 
Securities except (i) for a $0.30 per share cash dividend payable by Bancorp 
to its shareholders on or about February 6, 1998 and (ii) if the Effective 
Time occurs after July 14, 1998,  an additional cash dividend payable by 
Bancorp to its shareholders after July 14, 1998 in an amount not to exceed 
$.10."


                                     A-75
<PAGE>

     4.   Section 7.4(f) of the Agreement is hereby amended in full as follows:

          "(f)   Bancorp shall make appropriate amendments to the Bancorp 
Stock Option Plan in order for each of the persons, who currently has an 
outstanding stock option granted under such Plan and who does not exercise 
such option  and who is either specified on Exhibit 2.1(b) or is an officer 
or employee of Bancorp or Bank, to have the right to receive, in their 
discretion, a substitute stock option from Bancorp. Any substitute option 
granted pursuant to this subsection shall be on a fully vested basis and 
shall contain the same terms and conditions as the option for which it is 
substituted."

     5.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have 
the same meaning as set forth in the Agreement.

     6.   This First Amendment may be entered into in one or more 
counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument, 
and it shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed 
by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties, it being 
understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.

     7.   Except as herein amended, the Agreement shall remain in full force 
and effect.

     8.   This First Amendment shall be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of California.

     WITNESS, the signature of Bancorp, as of the 17th day of March, 1998, 
set by its President and attested to by its Secretary, pursuant to a 
resolution of its Board of Directors, acting by a majority:

BSM BANCORP


By:  /s/ William A. Hares
     ------------------------------
     President

Attest:


By:  /s/ F. Dean Fletcher
     ------------------------------
     Secretary


     WITNESS, the signature of Bank, as of the 17th day of March, 1998, set 
by its President and attested to by its Secretary, pursuant to a resolution 
of its Board of Directors, acting by a majority:


                                     A-76
<PAGE>

BANK OF SANTA MARIA             


By:  /s/ William A. Hares
     ------------------------------
     President

Attest:


By:  /s/ F. Dean Fletcher
     ------------------------------
     Secretary


     WITNESS, the signature of Acquiror, as of the 18th day of March, 1998, 
set by its President and attested to by its Secretary, pursuant to a 
resolution of its Board of Directors, acting by a majority:

MID-STATE BANK


By:  /s/ Carrol R. Pruett
     ------------------------------
     President

Attest:


By:  /s/ Raymond E. Jones
     ------------------------------
     Secretary






 



                                     A-77

<PAGE>

                                     APPENDIX B

                                  HOEFER & ARNETT
                                    INCORPORATED
                         353 Sacramento Street, Suite 1000
                              San Francisco, CA 94111
                                          

January 29, 1998
Members of the Board of Directors 
Mid-State Bank
1026 Grand Avenue
Arroyo Grande, CA 93448


Members of the Board:

You have requested our opinion as investment bankers as to the fairness, from 
a financial point of view, to the shareholders of Mid-State Bank 
("Mid-State") of the Exchange Ratio, as defined in Section 1.1 of the 
Agreement to Merge and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 29, 1998 
(the "Agreement"), in the proposed merger (the "Merger") among Mid-State, BSM 
Bancorp ("Bancorp") and Bank of Santa Maria ("Bank"). Pursuant to the 
Agreement (i) the Bank will merge with and into Mid-State and Mid-State will 
continue as the surviving bank, (ii) Bancorp will become the bank holding 
company for Mid-State and change its name to "Mid-State Bancshares" and (iii) 
the shareholders of Mid-State will become shareholders of Bancorp in 
accordance with the Exchange Ratio as set forth in the Agreement.

In arriving at our opinion, we have reviewed and analyzed, among other 
things, the following: (i) the Agreement; (ii) certain publicly available 
financial and other data with respect to Bancorp and Mid-State, including 
consolidated financial statements for recent years and interim periods to 
September 30, 1997; (iv) certain other publicly available financial and other 
information concerning Bancorp and Mid-State and the trading markets for the 
publicly traded securities of Bancorp and Mid-State; (v) publicly available 
information concerning other banks and holding companies, the trading markets 
for their securities and the nature and terms of certain other merger 
transactions we believed relevant to our inquiry; and (vi) evaluations and 
analyses prepared and presented to the Board of Directors of Mid-State or a 
committee thereof in connection with the Merger. We have held discussions 
with senior management of Bancorp and of Mid-State concerning their past and 
current operations, financial condition and prospects.

We have reviewed with the senior managements of Mid-State and Bancorp 
earnings projections for Mid-State and Bancorp, provided by the respective 
companies, as stand-alone entities assuming the Merger does not occur. We 
also reviewed with the senior management of Mid-State the projected operating 
cost savings expected by Mid-State to be achieved in each year resulting from 
the Merger with Bancorp. Certain financial projections for the combined 
companies and for Mid-State and Bancorp as stand-alone entities were derived 
by us based partially upon the projections and information described above, 
as well as our own assessment of general economic, market and financial 
conditions.

In conducting our review and in arriving at our opinion, we have relied upon 
and assumed the accuracy and completeness of the financial and other 
information provided to us or publicly available, and we have not assumed any 
responsibility for independent verification of the same.  We have relied upon 
the managements of Mid-State and Bancorp as to the reasonableness of the 
financial and operating forecasts, projections and projected operating cost 
savings (and the assumptions and bases therefor) provided to us, and we 

                                     B-1
<PAGE>

Mid-State Bancorp
January 29, 1998
Page 2

have assumed that such forecasts, projections and projected operating cost 
savings reflect the best currently available estimates and judgments of the 
applicable managements. We have also assumed, without assuming any 
responsibility for the independent verification of same, that the aggregate 
allowances for loan losses for Mid-State and Bancorp are adequate to cover 
such losses.  We have not made or obtained any evaluations or appraisals of 
the property of Mid-State or Bancorp, nor have we examined any individual 
loan credit files. For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed that the 
Merger will have the tax, accounting and legal effects (including, without 
limitation, that the Merger will be accounted for as a pooling-of-interests) 
described in the Merger Agreement and assumed the accuracy of the disclosures 
set forth in the Form S-4 Registration Statement for the Merger. Our opinion 
as expressed herein is limited to the fairness, from a financial point of 
view, to the holders of the Common Stock of Mid-State of the Exchange Ratio 
in the Merger and does not address Mid-State's underlying business decision 
to proceed with the Merger.

We have considered such financial and other factors as we have deemed 
appropriate under the circumstances, including among others the following: 
(i) the historical and current financial position and results of operations 
of Mid-State and Bancorp, including interest income, interest expense, net 
interest income, net interest margin, provision for loan losses, non-interest 
income, non-interest expense, earnings, dividends, internal capital 
generation, book value, intangible assets, return on assets, return on 
shareholders' equity, capitalization, the amount and type of non-performing 
assets, loan losses and the reserve for loan losses, all as set forth in the 
financial statements for Mid-State and for Bancorp; (ii) the assets and 
liabilities of Mid-State and  Bancorp, including the loan, investment and 
mortgage portfolios, deposits, other liabilities, historical and current 
liability sources and costs and liquidity; and (iii) the nature and terms of 
certain other merger transactions involving banks and bank holding companies. 
We have also taken into account our assessment of general economic, market 
and financial conditions and our experience in other transactions, as well as 
our experience in securities valuation and our knowledge of the banking 
industry generally.  Our opinion is necessarily based upon conditions as they 
exist and can be evaluated on the date hereof and the information made 
available to us through the date hereof.

It is understood that this letter is for the information of the Board of 
Directors of Mid-State and may not be relied upon by any other person or used 
for any other purpose without our prior written consent. This letter does not 
constitute a recommendation to the Board of Directors or to any shareholder 
of Mid-State with respect to any approval of the Merger.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion as investment 
bankers that, as of the date hereof, the Exchange Ratio in the Merger is 
fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of the Common Stock of 
Mid-State.

Very truly yours,


HOEFER & ARNETT INCORPORATED







                                     B-2

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                                  [LETTERHEAD]


February 24, 1998



Board of Directors
BSM Bancorp
2739 Santa Maria Way
Santa Maria, CA 93455


Members of the Board:

In connection with that certain Acquisition and Merger Agreement dated as of 
January 29, 1998 ("the Agreement") between BSM Bancorp (the "Company") and 
Mid-State Bank ("Mid-State") pursuant to which Mid-State will merge into and 
with the Company (the "Merger"), with the Company to be the surviving party 
and the current shareholders of Mid-State to receive Company common stock, in 
a transaction which values the common stock of the Company at $29.37 per 
share, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Agreement, and 
values Mid-State common stock at the Average Closing Price (as defined in the 
agreement) subject to a minimum of $26.25 and a maximum of $30.50 per share, 
you have asked our opinion as to the fairness from a financial point of view 
to the shareholders of the Company of the consideration to be paid in the 
Merger ("the Merger Consideration").

In connection with our opinion, we have among other activities: (a) reviewed 
certain publicly available financial and other data with respect to the 
Company and Mid-State, including the consolidated financial statements for 
recent years and for interim periods to December 31, 1997, and certain other 
relevant financial and operating data relating to the Company made available 
to us from published sources and from the internal records of the Company; 
(b) reviewed the terms of the Agreement; (c) reviewed certain historical 
market prices and trading volume of common stock of California banking 
companies; (d) compared the Company and Mid-State from a financial point of 
view with certain other companies in the industry which we deemed to be 
relevant; (e) considered the financial terms, to the extent publicly 
available, of selected recent transactions which we deem to be comparable, in 
whole or in part, to the Merger; (f) reviewed and discussed with 
representatives of the management of the Company certain information of a 
business and financial nature regarding the Company and Mid-State, including 
financial forecasts and related assumptions of the Company and of Mid-State; 
(g) made inquiries and held discussions on the Merger and the Agreement and 
other matters relating thereto with the Company's counsel; and (h) performed 
such other analyses and examinations and considered such other information, 
financial analyses, and financial, economic and market criteria as we have 
deemed appropriate and relevant.

In connection with our review, we have not independently verified any of the 
foregoing information with respect to the Company or Mid-State. We have 
relied on all such information provided by the Company and have assumed that

                                      C-1

<PAGE>

all such information is complete and accurate in all material respects. We 
have assumed that there have been no material changes in the Company's or 
Mid-State's assets, financial condition, results of operations, business or 
prospects since the respective dates of their last financial statements made 
available to us. We have relied on advice of counsel to the Company as to all 
legal matters with respect to the Company, the Merger, and the Agreement. In 
addition, we have not made an independent evaluation, appraisal or physical 
inspection of the assets or individual properties of the Company or 
Mid-State, nor have we been furnished with any such appraisals. We are not 
expressing any opinion as to the actual value of the Company's common stock 
when issued to the Mid-State shareholders pursuant to the Merger, or the 
prices at which the Company common stock will trade subsequent to the Merger. 
Further, our opinion is necessarily based upon economic, monetary, and market 
conditions existing as of the date hereof. We have acted as financial advisor 
to the Company in connection with the Merger and will receive a fee for our 
services, a significant portion of which is contingent upon the consummation 
of the Merger.

This opinion is furnished pursuant to our engagement letter dated July 9, 
1997, and is solely for the benefit of the Board of Directors and 
stockholders of the Company. In furnishing this opinion, we do not admit that 
we are an expert with respect to any registration statement or other 
securities filing within the meaning of the term "experts" as used in the 
Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Nor do 
we admit that this opinion constitutes a report or valuation within the 
meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act. Our opinion is directed to the 
Board of the Company, covers only the fairness of the Merger Consideration 
from a financial point of view as of the date hereof and does not constitute 
a recommendation to any holder of Company Common Stock as to how such 
shareholder should vote concerning the Merger. Except as provided in the 
engagement letter, this opinion may not be used or referred to by the Company 
or quoted or disclosed to any person without our prior written consent.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is our 
opinion that, as of today's date, the Merger Consideration is fair to the 
shareholders of the Company from a financial point of view.


Very truly yours,


SEAPOWER CARPENTER CAPITAL, INC.

dba CARPENTER & COMPANY




                                      C-2




<PAGE>

                                      APPENDIX D

                          CALIFORNIA GENERAL CORPORATION LAW


                                      CHAPTER 13
                                  DISSENTERS' RIGHTS


SECTION 1300.  RIGHT TO REQUIRE PURCHASE -- "DISSENTING SHARES" AND "DISSENTING
               SHAREHOLDER" DEFINED.

          (a)  If the approval of the outstanding shares (Section 152) of a
corporation is required for a reorganization under subdivisions (a) and (b) or
subdivision (e) or (f) of Section 1201, each shareholder of the corporation
entitled to vote on the transaction and each shareholder of a subsidiary
corporation in a short-term merger may, by complying with this chapter, require
the corporation in which the shareholder holds shares to purchase for cash at
their fair market value the shares owned by the shareholder which are dissenting
shares as defined in subdivision (b).  The fair market value shall be determined
as of the day before the first announcement of the terms of the proposed
reorganization or short-term merger, excluding any appreciation or depreciation
in consequence of the proposed action, but adjusted for any stock split, reverse
stocks split or share dividend which becomes effective thereafter.

          (b)  As used in this chapter, "dissenting shares" means shares which
come within all of the following descriptions:

          (1)  Which were not immediately prior to the reorganization or
               short-form merger either (A) listed on any national securities
               exchange certified by the Commissioner of Corporations under
               subdivision (o) of Section 25100 or (B) listed on the list of OTC
               margin stocks issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal
               Reserve System, and the notice of meeting of shareholders to act
               upon the reorganization summarizes this section and Sections
               1301, 1302, 1303 and 1304; provided, however, that this provision
               does apply to any shares with respect to which there exists any
               restrictions on transfer imposed by the corporation or by any law
               or regulation; and provided, further, that this provision does
               not apply to any class of shares described in subparagraph (A) or
               (B) if demands for payment are filed with respect to 5 percent or
               more of the outstanding shares of that class.

          (2)  Which were outstanding on the date for the determination of
               shareholders entitled to vote on the reorganization and (A) were
               not voted in favor of reorganization and (A) were not voted in
               favor of the reorganization or, (B) if described in subparagraph
               (A)


                                     D-1
<PAGE>

               or (B) of paragraph (1) (without regard to the provisos in that
               paragraph), were voted against the reorganization, or which were
               held of record on the effective date of a short-form merger;
               provided, however, that subparagraph (A) rather than subparagraph
               (B) of this paragraph applies in any case where the approval
               required by Section 1201 is sought by written consent rather than
               at a meeting.

          (3)  Which the dissenting shareholder has demanded that the
               corporation purchase at their fair market value, in accordance
               with Section 1301.

          (4)  Which the dissenting shareholder has submitted the  endorsement,
               in accordance with Section 1302.

          (c)  As used in this chapter, "dissenting shareholder" means the
               recordholder of dissenting shares and includes a transferee of
               record.

SECTION 1301.  DEMAND FOR PURCHASE.

          (a)  If, in the case of a reorganization, any shareholders of a
corporation have a right under Section 1300, subject to compliance with
paragraphs (3) and (4) of subdivision (b) thereof, to require the corporation to
purchase their shares of cash, such corporation shall mail to each such
shareholder a notice of the approval of the reorganization by its outstanding
shares (Section 152) within 10 days after the date of such approval, accompanied
by a copy of Sections 1300, 1302, 1303, 1304 and this section, a statement of
the price determined by the corporation to represent the fair market value of
the dissenting shares, and a brief description of the procedure to be followed
if the shareholder desires to exercise the shareholder's rights under such
sections.  The statement of price constitutes an offer by the corporation to
purchase at the price stated any dissenting shares as defined in subsection (b)
of Section 1300, unless they lose their status as dissenting shares under
Section 1309.

          (b)  Any shareholder who has a right to require the corporation to
purchase the shareholder's shares for cash under Section 1300, subject to
compliance with paragraphs (3) and (4) of subdivision (b) thereof, and who
desires the corporation to purchase such shares shall make written demand upon
the corporation for the purchase of such shares and payment to the shareholder
in cash of their fair market value.  The demand is not effective for any purpose
unless it is received by the corporation or any transfer agent thereof (1) in
the case of shares described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 1300 (without regard to the provisos in that
paragraph), not later than the date of the shareholders' meeting to vote upon
the reorganization, or (2) in any other case within 30 days after the date on
which the notice of the approval by the outstanding shares


                                     D-2
<PAGE>

pursuant to subdivision (a) or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section
1110 was mailed to the shareholder.

          (c)  The demand shall state the number and class of the shares held of
record by the shareholder which the shareholder demands that the corporation
purchase and shall contain a statement of what such shareholder claims to vote
the fair market value of those shares as of the day before the announcement of
the proposed reorganization or short-form merger.  The statement of fair market
value constitutes an offer by the shareholder to sell the shares at such price.

SECTION 1302.  ENDORSEMENT OF SHARES.

          Within 30 days after the date on which notice of the approval by the
outstanding shares or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was
mailed to the shareholder, the shareholder shall submit to the corporation at
its principal office or at the office of any transfer agent thereof, (a) if the
shares are certificated securities, the shareholder's certificates representing
any shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase, to be
stamped or endorsed with a statement that the shares are dissenting shares or to
be exchanged for certificates or appropriate denomination so stamped or endorsed
or (b) if the shares are uncertificated securities, written notice of the number
of shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase.  Upon
subsequent transfers of the dissenting shares on the books of the corporation,
the new certificates, initial transaction statement, and other written
statements issued therefor shall bear a like statement, together with the name
of the original dissenting holder of the shares.

SECTION 1303.  AGREED PRICE -- TIME FOR PAYMENT.

          (a)  If the corporation and the shareholder agree that the shares are
dissenting shares and agree upon the price of the shares, the dissenting
shareholder is entitled to the agreed price with interest thereon at the legal
rate on judgments from the date of the agreement.  Any agreements fixing the
fair market value of any dissenting shares as between the corporation and the
holders thereof shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation.

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, payment of the fair
market value of dissenting shares shall be made within 30 days after the amount
thereof has been agreed or within 30 days after any statutory or contractual
conditions to the reorganization are satisfied, whichever is later, and in the
case of certificated securities, subject to surrender of the certificates
therefor, unless provided otherwise by agreement.

SECTION 1304.  DISSENTER'S ACTION TO ENFORCE PAYMENT.

          (a)  If the corporation denies that the shares are dissenting shares,
or the corporation and the shareholder fail to agree upon the fair market value
of the shares, then the shareholder demanding purchase of such shares as
dissenting shares


                                     D-3
<PAGE>

or any interested corporation, within six months after the date on which notice
of the approval by the outstanding shares (Section 152) or notice pursuant to
subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder, but not
thereafter, may file a complaint in the superior court of the proper county
praying the court to determine whether the shares are dissenting shares or the
fair market value of the dissenting shares or both or may intervene in any
action pending on such a complaint.

          (b)  Two or more dissenting shareholder may join as plaintiffs or be
joined as defendants in any such action and two or more such actions may be
consolidated.

          (c)  On the trial of the action, the court shall determine the issues.
If the status of the shares as dissenting shares is in issue, the court shall
first determine that issue.  If the fair market value of the dissenting shares
is in issue, the court shall determine, or shall appoint one or more impartial
appraisers to determine, the fair market value of the shares.

SECTION 1305.  APPRAISERS' REPORT -- PAYMENT -- COSTS.

          (a)  If the court appoints an appraiser or appraisers, they shall
proceed forthwith to determine the fair market value per share.  Within the time
fixed, by the court, the appraisers, or a majority of them, shall make and file
a report in the office of the clerk of the court.  Thereupon, on the motion of
any party, the report shall be submitted to the court and considered on such
evidence as the court considers relevant. If the court finds the report
reasonable, the court may confirm it.

          (b)  If a majority of the appraisers appointed fail to make and file a
report within 10 days from the date of their appointment or within such further
time as may be allowed by the court or the report is not confirmed by the court,
the court shall determine the fair market value of the dissenting shares.

          (c)  Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, judgment shall be
rendered against the corporation for payment of an amount equal to the fair
market value of each dissenting share multiplied by the number of dissenting
shares which any dissenting shareholder who is a party, or who has intervened,
is entitled to require the corporation to purchase, with interest thereon at the
legal rate from the date on which judgment was entered.

          (d)   Any such judgment shall be payable forthwith with respect to
uncertificated securities and, with respect to certificated securities, only
upon the endorsement and delivery to the corporation of the certificates for the
shares described in the judgment.  Any party may appeal from the judgment.

          (e)  The costs of the action, including reasonable compensation to the
appraisers to be fixed by the court, shall be assessed or apportioned as the
court considers equitable, but, if the appraisal exceeds the price offered by
the corporation, the corporation shall pay the costs (including in the
discretion of the court attorneys'


                                     D-4
<PAGE>

fees, fees of expert witnesses and interest at the legal rate on judgments from
the date of compliance with Sections 1300, 1301 and 1302 if the value awarded by
the court for the shares is more than 125 percent of the price offered by the
corporation under subdivision (a) of Section 1301).

SECTION 1306.  DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER'S STATUS AS CREDITOR.

          To the extent that the provisions of Chapter 5 prevent the payment to
any holders of dissenting shares of their fair market value, they shall become
creditors of the corporation for the amount thereof together with interest at
the legal rate on judgments until the date of payment, but subordinate to all
other creditors in any liquidation proceeding, such debt to be payable when
permissible under the provisions of Chapter 5.

SECTION 1307.  DIVIDENDS PAID AS CREDIT AGAINST PAYMENT.

          Cash dividends declared and paid by the corporation upon the
dissenting shares after the date of approval of the reorganization by the
outstanding shares (Section 152) and prior to payment for the shares by the
corporation shall be credited against the total amount to be paid by the
corporation therefor.

SECTION 1308.  CONTINUING RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS.

          Except as expressly limited in this chapter, holders of dissenting
shares continue to have all the rights and privileges incident to their shares,
until the fair market value of their shares is agreed upon or determined.  A
dissenting shareholder may not withdraw a demand for payment unless the
corporation consents thereto.

SECTION 1309.  TERMINATION OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER STATUS.

          Dissenting shares lose their status as dissenting shares and the
holders thereof cease to be dissenting shareholders and cease to be entitled to
require the corporation to purchase their shares upon the happening of any of
the following:

          (a)  The corporation abandons the reorganization.  Upon abandonment of
the reorganization, the corporation shall pay on demand to any dissenting
shareholder who has initiated proceedings in good faith under this chapter all
necessary expenses incurred in such proceedings and reasonable attorneys' fees.

          (b)  The shares are transferred prior to their submission for
endorsement in accordance with Section 1302 or are surrendered for conversion
into shares of another class in accordance with the articles.

          (c)  The dissenting shareholder and the corporation do not agree upon
the status of the shares as dissenting shares or upon the purchase price of the
shares, and neither files a complaint or intervenes in a pending action as
provided in


                                     D-5
<PAGE>

Section 1304, within six months after the date on which notice of the approval
by the outstanding shares or notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110
was mailed to the shareholder.

          (d)  The dissenting shareholder, with the consent of the corporation,
withdraws the shareholder's demand for purchase of the dissenting shares.









                                     D-6
<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX E

                    FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
                            Washington, D.C. 20429
                                       
                                   FORM 10-K

/X/   Annual report under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
      1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997

/ /   Transition report under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
      of 1934 for the transition period from N/A to N/A.
                                             ---    ---
                                MID-STATE BANK
                ----------------------------------------------
                (Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)
                                       
             CALIFORNIA                                 95-2135438
- ----------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
   (State or Other Jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   Incorporation or Organization)

   1026 GRAND AVE. ARROYO GRANDE, CA                       93420
- ----------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                (Zip Code)

                 Issuer's Telephone Number:     (805) 473-7700
                                                --------------
       Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE
                                       
          Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                       
                          COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE
                          --------------------------
                               (Title of class)

Check whether the Bank (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 
13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes /X/  No / /

Check if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of 
Regulation S-K is not contained in this form, and no disclosure will be 
contained, to the best of Bank's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. /X/

As of February 28, 1998, the aggregate market value of the common stock held 
by non-affiliates of the Bank was: $171,290,405.00

Number of shares of common stock of the Bank outstanding as of February 28, 
1998:  6,905,100 shares

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of the 
Bank's Shareholders are incorporated into Item 10-13 of Part III of this 
Report by reference.                                


                                     E-1
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    PART I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM 1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                                            3

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES                                                        34

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS                                                 35

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF                                35
          SECURITY HOLDERS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    PART II
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY                             36
          AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA                                           38

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF                           39
          FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT                     60
          MARKET RISK

ITEM 8 .  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA                       61

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS                     85
          ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   PART III
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT               85
          
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION                                            85

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS                   85
          AND  MANAGEMENT

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS                    85

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND                       86
          REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

</TABLE>

                                     E-2
<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    PART I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM 1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

MID-STATE BANK

Mid-State Bank (the "Bank") was incorporated under the laws of the State of 
California and commenced operations on June 12, 1961 as a California state 
chartered bank.  The Bank's accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), but it is not a member of the Federal Reserve 
System.  The Bank's authorized Capital Stock consists of one class of Common 
Stock, of which 6,905,100 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 1997, 
after taking into account a 5% stock dividend paid to shareholders as of that 
date.

The Bank operates 23 full service retail banking offices along the central 
coast of California throughout Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo counties.  
The Bank's headquarters is located in Arroyo Grande and it also serves the 
communities of Paso Robles, Cambria, Atascadero, Cayucos, Morro Bay, Los 
Osos, San Luis Obispo, Pismo Beach, Grover Beach, Nipomo, Santa Maria, 
Orcutt, Buellton, Santa Ynez, Solvang, Goleta and Santa Barbara.  The 
headquarters' mailing address is 1026 Grand Ave., Arroyo Grande, CA 93420, 
Telephone: (805) 473-7700.  The Bank can also be reached through its internet 
address at www.midstatebank.com.

MID COAST LAND COMPANY

The Bank operates two wholly owned subsidiaries - Mid Coast Land Company and 
MSB Properties.  Mid Coast Land Company was founded in 1984 pursuant to 
section 751.3 of the California Bank Law.  Section 751.3 provided that State 
chartered banks were authorized to invest up to ten percent of their assets 
or 100% of their capital, whichever is less, in a corporation that engaged in 
real estate activities.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) 
Improvement Act (FDICIA) became law in December 1991.  Under FDICIA the Bank, 
through Mid Coast Land Company, would have been required to substantially 
eliminate its real estate development activities by December 19, 1996.  The 
Bank received an extension of that deadline to December 31, 1998 and the 
Regional Director of the FDIC may, at his sole discretion, extend the 
deadline to December 31, 2001 for good cause.  The Bank is in the process of 
completing the divestiture of the assets held by Mid Coast Land Company which 
were approximately $8.8 million on the Bank's consolidated investments in 
real estate (reflecting $14.8 million in gross holdings netted against a $6.0 
million reserve).  Of the $14.8 million in gross holdings, approximately 83% 
is centered in one project, - San Luis Bay Estates in Avila Beach, 
California.  The holdings and results of operations of Mid Coast Land are 
included within the consolidated financial statements of the Bank.  Mid Coast 
Land sustained losses of $2.9 million, $6.6 million and $11.0 million in 
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  For further information concerning Mid 
Coast Land Company, see Footnote number 5 to the Financial Statements 
included in Item 8 of this Report and the "Progress Report on Programs 
Introduced in Recent Years and the "Subsidiary Activity" portions of the 
Management's Discussion and Analysis section of the Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations which is included in Item 7 of this Report.


                                     E-3
<PAGE>

MSB PROPERTIES

MSB Properties was incorporated under the laws of the State of California in 
May of 1968 allowing for the ownership of property which may be reasonably 
necessary for the expansion of the Bank's business, or which is otherwise 
reasonably related to the conduct of the Bank's business, pursuant to Section 
752 of the Financial Code of the State of California.

The holdings and results of operations of MSB Properties are included within 
the consolidated financial statements of the Bank.  Mid Coast Land had 
earnings of $1.6 million, $1.3 million and $1.0 million in 1997, 1996 and 
1995, respectively.  For further information concerning MSB Properties, see 
the "Subsidiary Activity" portions of the Management's Discussion and 
Analysis section of the Financial Condition and Results of Operations which 
is included in Item 7 of this Report.

ECONOMIC CLIMATE

The economy in the Bank's trade area is based upon agriculture, oil, tourism, 
light industry, the aerospace industries and retail trade.  Services 
supporting those involved in these industries have also developed in the 
areas of medical, financial and educational services.  Population in the two 
county area totals about 625,000 people with slightly over 62% of them in 
Santa Barbara County and the balance in San Luis Obispo County.  Certain 
economic activities are unique to the area such as the space launching 
facilities at Vandenberg Air Force Base (which is now also being used by 
private commercial enterprises) and the production of seeds for various 
flowers grown worldwide.  While major oil companies have elected to do 
business elsewhere (due to the very stringent county business regulations), 
smaller production companies have moved in to continue the oil industry in 
the area.  The moderate climate allows a year round growing season for 
numerous vegetables and fruits.  Vineyards and cattle ranches make large 
contributions to the local economy.  Access to numerous recreational 
activities, including both mountains and beaches, provide a fairly stable 
tourist industry from larger metropolitan areas such as the Los 
Angeles/Orange County basin and the San Francisco Bay area.  With the 
diversity of the various types of industries in the Bank's service area, the 
Central Coast, while not immune from economic fluctuations, does tend to 
enjoy a more stable level of economic activity than many other areas of 
California.

COMPETITION

The banking business in California generally, and in the Bank's primary 
service areas specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans 
and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks 
with many offices and operations over a wide geographic area.  Among the 
advantages such major banks have over the Bank are their ability to finance 
wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to 
regions of higher yield and demand.  Such banks offer certain services such 
as trust services and international banking which are not offered directly by 
the Bank; but which can be offered indirectly by the Bank through 
correspondent institutions.  In addition, by virtue of their greater total 
capitalization, such banks have substantially higher lending limits than the 
Bank.  (Legal lending limits to an individual customer are based upon a 
percentage of a bank's total capital accounts.) Other entities, both 
governmental and in private industry, seeking to raise capital through the 
issuance and sale of debt or equity securities also provide competition for 
the Bank in the 


                                     E-4
<PAGE>

acquisition of deposits.  Banks also compete with money market funds and 
other money market instruments which are not subject to interest rate 
ceilings.

In order to compete with other competitors in their primary service areas, 
the Bank attempts to use, to the fullest extent, the flexibility which its 
independent status permits.  This includes an emphasis on specialized 
services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts by its officers, 
directors and employees.  In particular, the Bank offers highly personalized 
banking services.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 1997, the Bank had a total of 559 employees.  A number of 
these employees are part-time however.  On a full-time equivalent basis, 
these employees represent 502 positions.  The Bank believes that its employee 
relations are satisfactory.

ACQUISITION OF BANK OF SANTA MARIA

On January 29, 1998, the Bank entered into an Agreement to Merge and Plan of 
Reorganization (the "Agreement") with BSM Bancorp("Bancorp") and its wholly 
owned subsidiary Bank of Santa Maria, Santa Maria, California ("Santa 
Maria"). The following information insofar as it relates to the Agreement is 
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Agreement which was included as 
an exhibit to a Current Report dealing with this transaction filed with the 
FDIC on or about February 4, 1998.

The transaction is structured as a so-called "reverse triangular merger." 
Pursuant to the transaction, among other things, (1)  Bank of Santa Maria 
will merge with and into the Bank, (2)  Bancorp will become the bank holding 
company for the Bank and change its name to Mid-State Bancshares and (3) the 
outstanding shares of Bancorp at the effective time of the transaction will 
remain outstanding and the shareholders of the Bank will become shareholders 
of Bancorp in accordance with the exchange ratio set forth in the Agreement.  
For purposes of the exchange ratio, a share of Bancorp stock was valued at 
$29.37. Subject to the discussion below, each share of the Bank stock 
outstanding at the effective time of the transaction will be exchanged for 
the number of shares of Bancorp stock equal to the reciprocal of the number 
determined by dividing $29.37 by the "Average Closing Price."  The Average 
Closing Price means the average of the daily closing prices of a share of the 
Bank's stock during the 20 consecutive trading days that the Bank's stock 
trades ending on the third trading day immediately before the effective day 
of the transaction. If the Average Closing Price is greater than or equal to 
$30.50, each share of the Bank's stock will be exchanged for 1.0385 shares of 
Bancorp stock.  If the Average Closing Price is less than or equal to $26.25, 
each share of the Bank's stock will be exchanged for .8938 shares of Bancorp 
stock; provided, however, that, if Bancorp elects to so terminate, the Bank 
has the right, so long as the Average Closing Price exceeds $22.00, to 
reinstate the Agreement by adjusting the exchange ratio downward based on the 
formula discussed above.  The exchange ratio will be adjusted upward for 
certain Significant Liabilities (as defined in the Agreement) of Bancorp or 
Santa Maria, if any.

Consummation of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, is 
subject to regulatory and shareholder approval, as well as other conditions 
set forth in the Agreement.  No assurance can be given that the Agreement and 
the transactions contemplated therein will be consummated.  Should the 
transaction be consummated, current Bank shareholders will hold approximately 
70% of the shares of the newly renamed holding company.


                                     E-5
<PAGE>

SERVICES

The Bank offers a full range of commercial banking services including the 
acceptance of checking accounts, NOW accounts, Savings accounts, Money Market 
accounts, and various types of time certificates of deposit (including 
various maturities and individual retirement accounts).  The Bank makes a 
variety of construction and land development loans, real estate related 
loans, home equity credit lines, installment loans, agricultural and 
commercial loans, SBA loans, and credit card lines.  Other services offered 
by the Bank include, but are not limited to, safe deposit boxes, travelers 
cheques, notary public, merchant depository services for VISA and Mastercard, 
cash management, home banking, telephone voice response system and ATM's.

The Bank's organization and structure is designed to serve the banking needs 
of individuals and small to medium sized businesses in Santa Barbara and San 
Luis Obispo counties.

DEPOSIT AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Deposits represent the Bank's primary source of funds.  As of December 31, 
1997 the Bank had approximately 16,900 demand deposit accounts representing 
$137.6 million, or $8,100 per account.  The Bank also had over 48,200 NOW 
accounts and Money Market accounts amounting to $291.6 million on deposit, or 
about $6,000 per account.  The average savings account in the Bank was above 
$3,500 at year-end and with over 33,000 savings account customers, Mid-State 
has savings deposits of $117.1 million.  There were over 14,300 time 
certificates of deposit outstanding at December 31, 1997 representing $210.8 
million on deposit with an average deposit balance of approximately $14,700.  
Of the total time certificates of deposit, only $49.3 million represented 
holders who carried an amount on deposit of $100,000 or more - about 23% of 
the total.

The Bank is not dependent on a single or a few customers for its deposits, 
most of which are obtained from individuals and small to medium sized 
businesses. This results in the relatively small average balances noted above 
and allows the Bank to be less subject to the adverse effects of the loss of 
a large depositor.  As of December 31, 1997, no individual, corporate, or 
public depositor accounted for more than 1% of the Bank's total deposits.

Liquidity is the Bank's ability to meet fluctuations in deposit levels and to 
provide for the credit needs of its customers.  The objective in liquidity 
management is to maintain a balance between the sources and uses of funds. 
Principal sources of liquidity include interest and principal payments on 
loans and investments, proceeds from the maturity of investments and growth 
in deposits.  The Bank holds overnight Fed Funds Sold as a cushion for 
temporary liquidity needs.  For 1997, Fed Funds Sold averaged $23.9 million 
representing 3.0% of average assets.  In addition, the Bank maintains Federal 
Funds lines of $20 million with major correspondents, subject to customary 
terms for such arrangements.

The Bank's internally calculated liquidity ratio, which measures the 
percentage of total liabilities (excluding equity) which are used to fund 
cash, cash equivalents and non-pledged marketable securities, was 57.5% - 
well above the Bank's policy minimum of 15%.


                                     E-6
<PAGE>

LOANS

The Bank's Loan to Deposit ratio stood at approximately 46% at year-end 1997. 
This is below other Banks on the Central Coast which average about 62%.  It 
is the Bank's goal to increase its Loan to Deposit ratio by growing its Loan 
Portfolio without sacrificing credit quality.

The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses which is netted against loans 
on the balance sheet.  Additions to the allowance are made by charges to 
operating expenses.  All loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged to the 
allowance; subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance.  The amount 
in the loan loss allowance is an estimate of the losses inherent in the loan 
portfolio as determined by a variety of factors considered by Management. 
Factors include, but are not limited to, the current economic climate, type 
and quality of loans in the portfolio, trends in delinquencies, trends in 
losses, trends in non-accrual totals, diversification of the portfolio, value 
of available collateral and the cost of collateral liquidation.

As of December 31, 1997, the Bank's allowance for loan losses stood at $11.3 
million or 3.2% of gross loans.  It also represents 340% of non performing 
loans (non-accrual loans plus loans 90 days or more past due).  Outside 
factors, not within the Bank's control, such as adverse changes in the 
economy, can effect the adequacy of the allowance and there can be no 
assurance that, in any given period, the Bank might not suffer losses which 
are substantial in relation to the size of the allowance.  During the year 
1997, the Bank benefited from net recoveries to the allowance of $812.6 
thousand, or 0.24% of average loans.

UNDERWRITING AND CREDIT ADMINISTRATION

The lending activities of Mid-State Bank are guided by the lending policies 
established by the Bank's Board of Directors.  The credit policy is managed 
through periodic reviews and approved annually by the Board.

Each loan must meet minimum underwriting criteria established in the Bank's 
lending policy.  Lending authority is granted to officers of the Bank on a 
limited basis, dependent upon individual knowledge and experience.  Loan 
requests exceeding individual officer approval limits are approved by the 
Administrative Loan Committee.  Loan requests exceeding these limits are 
submitted to the Executive Loan Committee, which consists of the president 
and chief executive officer and three outside directors.  Each of these 
committees meets on a regular basis in order to provide timely responses to 
the Bank's clients.

Mid-State Bank's credit administration function includes an internal review 
and the regular use of an outside loan review firm.  In addition, the Special 
Assets Committee, composed of senior officers meet once a month and review 
delinquencies, nonperforming assets, classified assets and other pertinent 
information about the loan portfolio.  The information reviewed by this 
committee is submitted to the Board of Directors on a monthly basis.

LOAN PORTFOLIO

At December 31, 1997, approximately 71.1% of Mid-State Bank's gross loan 
portfolio was in real estate related borrowings.  Construction and 
development loans totaled 6.67%, while real estate borrowings reached 49.43%. 
Additionally, 15% of the loans were home equity lines of 


                                     E-7
<PAGE>

credit.  19.71% of the portfolio was commercial loans, while the remaining 
9.2% was consumer loans.

The interest rates charged for the loans made by the Bank vary with the 
degree of risk, size and maturity of the loans.  Rates are generally affected 
by competition, associated factors stemming from the client's deposit 
relationship with the Bank along with the cost of funds.

COMMERCIAL LOANS.  Mid-State Bank provides personal financial services to 
diverse commercial and professional businesses in the marketplace.  
Commercial loans consist primarily of short term loans (normally with a 
maturity of under one year) for working capital and business expansion.  
Commercial loans typically include revolving lines of credit collateralized 
by inventory, accounts receivable and equipment.  Emphasis is placed on the 
borrower's earnings history, capitalization, secondary sources of repayment, 
and in some instances, third-party guarantees or highly liquid collateral 
(such as time deposits and investment securities).  Commercial loan pricing 
is generally at a rate tied to the prime rate (as quoted in the WALL STREET 
JOURNAL) or the Bank's reference rates.

Mid-State Bank participates in a Small Business Administration (SBA) loan 
guarantee program. Those programs used include both the 504 program, which is 
focused toward longer-term financing of buildings and other long-term assets, 
and the 7A program, which is primarily used for financing of the equipment, 
inventory and working capital needs of eligible businesses, generally over a 
three-to-seven year term.  Mid-State Bank's collateral position in the SBA 
loans is enhanced by the SBA guarantee in the case of 7A loans, and by lower 
loan-to-value ratios under the 504 program.

REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT LOANS.  Mid-State Bank's real estate 
construction loan activity has focused on providing short-term (less than one 
year maturity)loans to individuals and developers with whom the Bank has 
established relationships for the construction primarily of single family 
residences in the Bank's market area.

Residential real estate construction loans are typically secured by first 
deeds of trust and require guarantees of the borrower.  The economic 
viability of the project and the borrower's credit-worthiness are primary 
considerations in the loan underwriting decision.  The Bank utilizes approved 
independent local appraisers as well as in-house staff, and loan-to-value 
ratios which generally do not exceed 70% to 80% of the appraised value of the 
property.  The Bank monitors projects during the construction phase through 
regular construction inspections and a disbursement program tied to the 
percentage of completion of each project.

Mid-State Bank also occasionally makes land loans to individuals who intend 
to construct a single-family residence on the lot, generally within 24 
months.  In addition, the Bank has occasionally in the past, and may to a 
greater extent in the future, make commercial real estate construction loans 
to high-net-worth clients with adequate liquidity for construction of office 
and warehouse properties.  Such loans are typically secured by first deeds of 
trust and require guarantees of borrowers.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE TERM LOANS.  Mid-State Bank provides medium-term 
commercial real estate loans secured by commercial or industrial buildings 
where the properties are either used by the owner for business purposes 
(owner-used properties) or have income derived from tenants (investment 
properties). Mid-State Bank's loan policies require the principal balance of 
the loan 


                                     E-8
<PAGE>

to be no more than 70% of the stabilized appraised value of the underlying 
real estate collateral.  The loans, which are typically secured by first 
deeds of trust only, generally have terms of no more than ten years and are 
amortized over 25 years.  Most of these loans have rates tied to the prime 
rate, with many adjusting whenever the prime rate changes; the remaining 
loans adjust every five years depending upon the term of the loan.

CONSUMER AND OTHER LOANS.  The Bank's consumer and other loan portfolio is 
divided between installment loans secured by automobiles and other consumer 
purposes.  Installment loans tend to be fixed rate and longer-term 
(one-to-five-year maturity).    The Bank also has a minimal portfolio of 
credit card and related loans, issued as an additional service to its clients.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The Bank maintains a portfolio of investment securities to provide income and 
to serve as a secondary source of liquidity for its operations in conjunction 
with Federal Funds Sold (see liquidity management above).  The Bank's 
investment policy provides for the purchase of United States Treasury 
Securities, United States Government Agency Securities, Mortgage Backed 
Securities, Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions, and Other 
Securities as permitted by Federal and State regulation.  As of December 31, 
1997, the aggregate carrying value of the Investment Portfolio was $373.2 
million.  Of this total, $144.1 million was invested in U.S. Treasury 
Securities, $102.2 million in U.S. Government Agencies, $16.7 million in 
Mortgage Backed Securities, $108.2 million in Obligations of State and 
Political Subdivisions and $1.9 million in Other Securities.  The types of 
securities held are influenced by several factors, among which are: rate of 
return, maturity, and risk.  Generally, the Bank endeavors to stagger the 
maturities of its securities so that it has regular maturities for liquidity 
purposes.

Acceptable securities may be pledged to secure public deposits from State and 
Public Agencies.  As of December 31, 1997, the Bank had public funds totaling 
approximately $8.5 million.  The Bank has made available $43.3 million of 
securities to securitize these funds.  Excess collateral can be released as 
needed.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Bank is extensively regulated under both federal and state law.  Set 
forth below, is a summary description of certain laws which relate to the 
regulation of the Bank.  The description does not purport to be complete and 
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and 
regulations.

The Bank, as a California state chartered bank, is subject to primary 
supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the Commissioner (the 
"Commissioner") of the California Department of Financial Institutions 
("DFI") and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").


                                     E-9
<PAGE>

The Bank is insured by the FDIC, which currently insures deposits of each 
member bank to a maximum of $100,000 per depositor.  For this protection, the 
Bank, as is the case with all insured banks, pays a quarterly statutory 
assessment and is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC.  Although 
the Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, it is nevertheless 
subject to certain regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

The FDIC also has authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in activities 
that, in the FDIC's opinion, constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in 
conducting its business.  It is possible, depending upon the financial 
condition of the bank in question and other factors, that the FDIC could 
assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might, under some 
circumstances, be an unsafe or unsound practice.

Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the State of 
California and the United States affect the operations of the Bank.  State 
and federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the Bank's 
operations, including reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on 
deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends 
and locations of branch offices.  Further, the Bank is required to maintain 
certain levels of capital.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends 
which may be paid to the stockholders by the Bank.  California law restricts 
the amount available for cash dividends by state-chartered banks to the 
lesser of retained earnings or the bank's net income for its last three 
fiscal years (less any distributions to stockholders made during such 
period).  In the event a bank has no retained earnings or net income for its 
last three fiscal years, cash dividends may be paid in an amount not 
exceeding greatest of (A) the retained earnings of the bank; (B) the net 
income for the bank for the last fiscal year; and (C) the net income for the 
current fiscal year, but only after obtaining the prior approval of the 
Commissioner.

California law and regulations of the DFI authorize California licensed 
banks, subject to applicable limitations and approvals of the DFI to (1) 
provide real estate appraisal services, management consulting and advice 
services, and electronic data processing services; (2) engage directly in 
real property investment or acquire and hold voting stock of one or more 
corporations, the primary activities of which are engaging in real property 
investment; (3) organize, sponsor, operate or render investment advice to an 
investment company or to underwrite, distribute or sell securities in 
California; and (4) invest in the capital stock, obligations or other 
securities of corporations not acting as insurance companies, insurance 
agents or insurance brokers.  In November 1988, proposition 103 was adopted 
by California voters.  The DFI has established certain procedures to be 
followed by banks desiring to engage in insurance activities which include 
filing a report describing (1) a proposed business plan and information 
regarding the types of insurance products intended to be offered; (2) 
insurance companies with which the banks intend to consuct business; (3) 
organization plans; (4) locations at which activities will be conducted; and 
(5) proposed operational and compliance procedures and policies.

Banks are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on any 
extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit 
on behalf of its affiliates, the purchase of or investments in stock or other 
securities thereof, the taking of such securities as collateral for 


                                     E-10

<PAGE>

loans and the purchase of assets of such affiliates.  Such restrictions 
prevent affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured 
by marketable obligations of designated amounts.  Further, such secured loans 
and investments by the Bank to any other affiliate is limited to 10% of the 
Bank's capital and surplus (as defined by federal regulations) and such 
secured loans and investments are limited, in the aggregate, to 20% of the 
Bank's capital and surplus (as defined by federal regulations).  California 
law also imposes certain restrictions with respect to transactions involving 
other controlling persons of the Bank.  Additional restrictions on 
transactions with affiliates may be imposed on the Bank under the prompt 
corrective action provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act.

The Bank is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including but not limited to, filing annual,
quarterly and other current reports with the FDIC.  This annual report Form 10-
K is one such form.

The regulations of these various agencies govern most aspects of the Bank's
business, including required reserves on deposits, investments, loans, certain
of their check clearing activities, issuance of securities, payment of
dividends, opening of branches, and numerous other areas.  As a consequence of
the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities in the United States,
the Bank's business is particularly susceptible to changes in California and
the Federal legislation and regulations which may have the effect of increasing
the cost of doing business, limiting permissible activities, or increasing
competition.

ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS

Commercial banking organizations, such as the Bank, may be subject to potential
enforcement actions by the FDIC and the DFI for unsafe or unsound practices in
conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or
any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with
the agency.  Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or
receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially
enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits, the imposition of civil
money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance
of formal and informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition
orders against institution-affiliated parties and the imposition of
restrictions and sanctions under the prompt corrective action provisions of the
FDIC Improvement Act.

For information concerning the termination of an enforcement action to which
the Bank was previously subject, see Note 15 to the Financial Statements
included in Item 8 of this Report and the "Regulatory Cnsiderations" portion of
the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations which is included in Item 7 of this Report.  In connection with such
termination, the Board of Directors adopted certain resolutions in January 1997
agreeing to certain goals including continued efforts to reduce the level of
classified assets to certain levels, maintenance of an adequate reserve for
loan losses and control of expenses and restoration of profitability, while
complying with the regulations of the FDIC.

EFFECT OF GOVERNMENTAL POLICIES AND LEGISLATION

Banking is a business that depends on rate differentials.  In general, the
difference between the interest rate paid by the Bank on its deposits and its
other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Bank on loans extended
to its customers and securities held in the Bank's 

                                     E-11

<PAGE>

portfolio comprise the major portion of the Bank's earnings.  These rates are 
highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Bank.  
Accordingly the earnings and growth of the Bank are subject to the influence 
of local, domestic and foreign economic conditions, including recession, 
unemployment and inflation.

The commercial banking business is not only affected by general economic
conditions but is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the
federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the
Federal Reserve Board.  The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary
policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by
its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting
the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its
reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings
by depository institutions.  The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these
areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also
affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.  The nature and
impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing
the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or
affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial
intermediaries.  Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the
operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial
intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature
and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies.  For
example, legislation has been introduced in Congress that would repeal the
current statutory restrictions on affiliations between commercial banks and
securities firms.  See "Financial Modernization Legislation."

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1991

On December 19, 1991, the FDIC Improvement Act was enacted into law.  Set forth
below is a brief discussion of certain portions of this law and implementing
regulations that have been adopted or proposed by the Federal Reserve Board,
the Comptroller of the Currency ("Comptroller"), the Office of Thrift
Supervision ("OTS") and the FDIC (collectively, the "federal banking
agencies").

STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS

The FDIC Improvement Act requires the federal banking agencies to prescribe, by
regulation, standards for all insured depository institutions and depository
institution holding companies relating to internal controls, loan
documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure and asset growth.
Standards must also be prescribed for classified loans, earnings and the ratio
of market value to book value for publicly traded shares.  The FDIC Improvement
Act also requires the federal banking agencies to issue uniform regulations
prescribing standards for real estate lending that are to consider such factors
as the risk to the deposit insurance fund, the need for safe and sound
operation of insured depository institutions and the availability of credit.
Further, the FDIC Improvement Act requires the federal banking agencies to
establish standards prohibiting compensation, fees and benefit arrangements
that are excessive or could lead to financial loss.

                                     E-12

<PAGE>

In July 1992, the federal banking agencies issued a joint advance notice of
proposed rule making requesting public comment on the safety and soundness
standards required to be prescribed by the FDIC Improvement Act.  The purpose
of the notice is to assist the federal banking agencies in the development of
proposed regulations.  In accordance with the FDIC Improvement Act, final
regulations must become effective no later than December 1, 1993.

In December 1992, the federal banking agency issued final regulations
prescribing uniform guidelines for real estate lending.  The regulations
require insured depository institutions to adopt written policies establishing
standards, consistent with such guidelines, for extensions of credit secured by
real estate.  The policies must address loan portfolio management, underwriting
standards and loan to value limits that do not exceed the supervisory limits
prescribed by the regulations.

In February 1995, the federal banking agencies adopted final guidelines
establishing standards for safety and soundness, as required by FDICIA.  The
guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to internal
controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation,
credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation,
fees and benefits.  Guidelines for asset quality and earnings standards will be
adopted in the future.  The guidelines establish the safety and soundness
standards that the agencies will use to identify and address problems at
insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired.  If an
institution fails to comply with a safety and soundness standard, the
appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a
compliance plan.  Failure to submit a compliance plan or to implement an
accepted plan may result in enforcement action.

Appraisals for "real estate related financial transactions" must be conducted
by either state-certified or state-licensed appraisers for transactions in
excess of certain amounts.  State-certified appraisers are required for all
transactions with a transaction value of $1,000,000 or more; for all non-
residential transactions valued at $250,000 or more; and for  "complex" 1-4
family residential properties of $250,000 or more.  A state-licensed appraiser
is required for all other appraisals.  However, appraisals performed in
connection with "federally related transactions" must now comply with the
agencies' appraisal standards.  Federally related transactions include the
sale, lease, purchase, investment in, or exchange of, real property or
interests in real property, the financing of real property, and the use of real
property or interests in real property as security for a loan or investment,
including mortgage backed securities.

PROMPT CORRECTIVE REGULATORY ACTION

The FDIC Improvement Act requires each federal banking agency to take prompt
corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions
that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios.  The purpose of
this law is to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions at the
least possible long-term cost to the appropriate deposit insurance fund.

The law requires each federal banking agency to promulgate regulations defining
the following five categories in which an insured depository institution will
be placed, based on the level of its capital ratios: well capitalized
(significantly exceeding the required minimum capital requirements), adequately
capitalized (meeting the required capital requirements), undercapitalized
(failing to meet any one of the capital requirements), significantly

                                     E-13

<PAGE>

undercapitalized (significantly below any one capital requirement) and
critically undercapitalized (failing to meet all capital requirements).

In September 1992, the federal banking agencies issued uniform final
regulations implementing the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIC
Improvement Act.  Under the regulations, an insured depository institution will
be deemed to be:

  -  "well capitalized" if it (i) has total risk-based capital of 10% or
     greater, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 6% or greater and a leverage capital
     ratio of 5% or greater and (ii) is not subject to an order, written 
     agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet
     and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure;

  -  "adequately capitalized" if it has total risk-based capital of 8% or
     greater, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 4% or greater and a leverage capital
     ratio of 4% or greater (or a leverage capital ratio of 3% or greater if 
     the institution is rated composite 1 under the applicable regulatory rating
     system in its most recent report of examination);

  -  "undercapitalized" if it has total risk-based capital that is less than
     8%, Tier 1 risk-based capital that is less than 4% or a leverage capital 
     ratio that is less than 4% (or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 
     3% if the institution is rated composite 1 under the applicable regulatory
     rating system in its most recent report of examination);

  -  "significantly undercapitalized" if it has total risk-based capital that
     is less than 6%, Tier 1 risk-based capital that is less than 3% or a 
     leverage capital ratio that is less than 3%; and

  -  "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity to
     total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well
capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized may be reclassified to
the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency,
after notice and opportunity for hearing, (i) determines that the institution
is in an unsafe or unsound condition or (ii) deems the institution is engaging
in an unsafe or unsound practice and not to have corrected the deficiency.  At
each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is
subject to more restrictions and federal banking agencies are given less
flexibility in deciding how to deal with it.  Additionally, FDIC insurance
premiums are increased resulting in increased expense with each successive
lower capital category.

As of December 31, 1997, the Bank was classified as "Well Capitalized" under
the guidelines discussed above.

The law prohibits insured depository institutions from paying management fees
to any controlling persons or, with certain limited exceptions, making capital
distributions if after such transaction the institution would be
undercapitalized.  If an insured depository institution is undercapitalized, it
will be closely monitored by the appropriate federal banking agency, subject to
asset growth restrictions and required to obtain prior regulatory approval for
acquisitions, branching and engaging in new lines of business.  Any
undercapitalized depository institution must submit an acceptable capital
restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency 45 days after
becoming undercapitalized.  The appropriate federal banking agency cannot
accept a 

                                     E-14

<PAGE>

capital plan unless, among other things, it determines that the plan (i) 
specifies the steps the institution will take to become adequately 
capitalized, (ii) is based on realistic assumptions and (iii) is likely to 
succeed in restoring the depository institution's capital.  In addition, each 
company controlling an undercapitalized depository institution must guarantee 
that the institution will comply with the capital plan until the depository 
institution has been adequately capitalized on an average basis during each 
of four consecutive calendar quarters and must otherwise provide adequate 
assurances of performance.  The aggregate liability of such guarantee is 
limited to the lesser of (a) an amount equal to 5% of the depository 
institution's total assets at the time the institution became 
undercapitalized or (b) the amount which is necessary to bring the 
institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable to such 
institution as of the time the institution fails to comply with its capital 
restoration plan.  Finally, the appropriate federal banking agency may impose 
any of the additional restrictions or sanctions that it may impose on 
significantly undercapitalized institutions if it determines that such action 
will further the purpose of the prompt correction action provisions.

An insured depository institution that is significantly undercapitalized, or is
undercapitalized and fails to submit, or in a material respect to implement, an
acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to additional restrictions and
sanctions.  These include, among other things: (i) a forced sale of voting
shares to raise capital or, if grounds exist for appointment of a receiver or
conservator, a forced merger; (ii) restrictions on transactions with
affiliates; (iii) further limitations on interest rates paid on deposits; (iv)
further restrictions on growth or required shrinkage; (v) modification or
termination of specified activities; (vi) replacement of directors or senior
executive officers, subject to certain grandfather provisions for those elected
prior to enactment of the FDIC Improvement Act; (vii) prohibitions on the
receipt of deposits from correspondent institutions; (viii) restrictions on
capital distributions by the holding companies of such institutions; (ix)
required divestiture of subsidiaries by the institution; or (x) other
restrictions as determined by the appropriate federal banking agency.  Although
the appropriate federal banking agency has discretion to determine which of the
foregoing restrictions or sanctions it will seek to impose, it is required to
force a sale of voting shares or merger, impose restrictions on affiliate
transactions and impose restrictions on rates paid on deposits unless it
determines that such actions would not further the purpose of the prompt
corrective action provisions.  In addition, without the prior written approval
of the appropriate federal banking agency, a significantly undercapitalized
institution may not pay any bonus to its senior executive officers or provide
compensation to any of them at a rate that exceeds such officer's average rate
of base compensation during the 12 calendar months preceding the month in which
the institution became undercapitalized.

Further restrictions and sanctions are required to be imposed on insured
depository institutions that are critically undercapitalized.  For example, a
critically undercapitalized institution generally would be prohibited from
engaging in any material transaction other than in the ordinary course of
business without prior regulatory approval and could not, with certain
exceptions, make any payment of principal or interest on its subordinated debt
beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized.  Most
importantly, however, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate
federal banking agency, not later than 90 days after an insured depository
institution becomes critically undercapitalized, is required to appoint a
conservator or receiver for the institution.  The board of directors of an
insured depository institution would not be liable to the institution's
shareholders or creditors for consenting in good faith to the appointment of a
receiver or conservator or to an acquisition or merger as required by the
regulator.

                                     E-15

<PAGE>

OTHER ITEMS

The FDIC Improvement Act also, among other things, (i) limits the percentage of
interest paid on brokered deposits and limits the unrestricted use of such
deposits to only those institutions that are well capitalized; (ii) requires
the FDIC to charge insurance premiums based on the risk profile of each
institution; (iii) eliminates "pass through" deposit insurance for certain
employee benefit accounts unless the depository institution is well capitalized
or, under certain circumstances, adequately capitalized; (iv) prohibits insured
state chartered banks from engaging as principal in any type of activity that
is not permissible for a national bank unless the FDIC permits such activity
and the bank meets all of its regulatory capital requirements; (v) directs the
appropriate federal banking agency to determine the amount of readily
marketable purchased mortgage servicing rights that may be included in
calculating such institution's tangible, core and risk-based capital; and (vi)
provides that, subject to certain limitations, any federal savings association
may acquire or be acquired by any insured depository institution.

In addition, the FDIC has issued final and proposed regulations implementing
provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act relating to powers of insured state
banks.  Final regulations issued in October 1992 prohibit insured state banks
from making equity investments of a type, or in an amount, that are not
permissible for national banks.  In general, equity investments include equity
securities, partnership interests and equity interests in real estate.  Under
the final regulations, non-permissible investments must be divested by no later
than December 19, 1996.  As noted above, under FDICIA the Bank, through Mid
Coast Land Company, would have been required to substantially eliminate its
real estate development activities by the December 19, 1996.  The Bank received
an extension of that deadline to December 31, 1998 and the Regional Director of
the FDIC may, at his sole discretion, extend the deadline to December 31, 2001
for good cause.  The Bank is in the process of completing the divestiture of
the assets held by Mid Coast Land Company.  Regulations issued in December
1993, prohibit insured state banks from engaging as principal in any activity
not permissible for a national bank, without FDIC approval.  The regulations
also provide that subsidiaries of insured state banks may not engage as
principal in any activity that is not permissible for a subsidiary of a
national bank, without FDIC approval.

There is a potential impact of the FDIC Improvement Act on the Bank.  Certain
provisions, such as the real estate lending standards and the limitations on
investments and powers of state banks and the rules to be adopted governing
compensation, fees and other operating policies, may affect the way in which
the Bank conducts its business, and other provisions, such as those relating to
the establishment of the risk-based premium system, may adversely affect the
Bank's results of operations.  Furthermore, the actual and potential
restrictions and sanctions that apply to or may be imposed on undercapitalized
institutions under the prompt corrective action and other provisions of the
FDIC Improvement Act may significantly adversely affect the operations and
liquidity of the Bank, the value of its Common Stock and its ability to raise
funds in the financial markets.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY GUIDELINES

The FDIC has issued guidelines to implement the risk-based capital
requirements.  The guidelines are intended to establish a systematic analytical
framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to
differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes off-balance
sheet items into account in assessing capital adequacy and minimizes
disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets.  Under these guidelines,
assets and credit 

                                     E-16

<PAGE>

equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and 
outstanding loan commitments, are assigned to one of several risk categories, 
which range from 0% for risk-free assets, such as cash and certain U.S. 
Government securities, to 100% for relatively high-risk assets, such as loans 
and investments in fixed assets, premises and other real estate owned.  The 
aggregated dollar amount of each category is then multiplied by the 
risk-weight associated with that category.  The resulting weighted values 
from each of the risk categories are then added together to determine the 
total risk-weighted assets.

A banking organization's qualifying total capital consists of two components:
Tier 1 capital (core capital) and Tier 2 capital (supplementary capital).  Tier
1 capital consists primarily of common stock, related surplus and retained
earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority
interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries.  Intangibles,
such as goodwill, are generally deducted from Tier 1 capital; however,
purchased mortgage servicing rights and purchase credit card relationships may
be included, subject to certain limitations.  At least 50% of the banking
organization's total regulatory capital must consist of Tier 1 capital.

Tier 2 capital may consist of (i) the allowance for possible loan and lease
losses in an amount up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets; (ii) perpetual
preferred stock, cumulative perpetual preferred stock and long-term preferred
stock and related surplus; (iii) hybrid capital instruments (instruments with
characteristics of both debt and equity), perpetual debt and mandatory
convertible debt securities; and (iv) eligible term subordinated debt and
intermediate-term preferred stock with an original maturity of five years or
more, including related surplus, in an amount up to 50% of Tier 1 capital. The
inclusion of the foregoing elements of Tier 2 capital are subject to certain
requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies.

The FDIC has also adopted a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to
average total assets of 3% for the highest rated banks.  This leverage capital
ratio is only a minimum.  Institutions experiencing or anticipating significant
growth or those with other than minimum risk profiles are expected to maintain
capital well above the minimum level.  Furthermore, higher leverage capital
ratios are required to be considered well capitalized or adequately capitalized
under the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act.

Federally supervised banks and savings associations are currently required to
report deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109.  The federal
banking agencies recently issued final rules governing banks and bank holding
companies, which became effective April 1, 1995, which limit the amount of
deferred tax assets that are allowable in computing an institutions regulatory
capital.  The standard has been in effect on an interim basis since March 1993.
Deferred tax assets that can be realized for taxes paid in prior carryback
years and from future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences are
generally not limited.  Deferred tax assets that can only be realized through
future taxable earnings are limited for regulatory capital purposes to the
lesser of (1) the amount that can be realized within one year of the quarter-
end report date, or (2) 10% of Tier I Capital.  The amount of any deferred tax
in excess of this limit would be excluded from Tier I Capital and total assets
and regulatory capital calculations.  The Bank does not have any deferred tax
asset excluded from its regulatory capital calculations.

In August 1995, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations
specifying that the agencies will include, in their evaluations of a bank's
capital adequacy, an assessment of the exposure to declines in the economic
value of the bank's capital due to changes in interest rates.  The final
regulations, however, do not include a measurement framework for assessing the
level 

                                     E-17

<PAGE>

of a bank's exposure to interest rate risk, which is the subject of a 
proposed policy statement issued by the federal banking agencies concurrently 
with the final regulations.  The proposal would measure interest rate risk in 
relation to the effect of a 200 basis point change in market interest rates 
on the economic value of a bank.  Banks with high levels of measured exposure 
or weak management systems generally will be required to hold additional 
capital for interest rate risk.  The specific amount of capital that may be 
needed would be determined on a case-by-case basis by the examiner and the 
appropriate federal banking agency.  Because this proposal has only recently 
been issued, the Bank currently is unable to predict the impact of the 
proposal on the Bank if the policy statement is adopted as proposed.

In January 1995, the federal banking agencies issued a final rule relating to
capital standards and the risks arising from the concentration of credit and
nontraditional activities.  Institutions which have significant amounts of
their assets concentrated in high risk loans or nontraditional banking
activities and who fail to adequately manage these risks, will be required to
set aside capital in excess of the regulatory minimums.  The federal banking
agencies have not imposed any quantitative assessment for determining when
these risks are significant, but have identified these issues as important
factors they will review in assessing an individual bank's capital adequacy.

In December 1993, the federal banking agencies issued an interagency policy
statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses which, among other things,
establishes certain benchmark ratios of loan loss reserves to classified
assets.  The benchmark set forth by such policy statement is the sum of (a)
assets classified "loss"; (b) 50 percent of assets classified "doubtful"; (c)
15 percent of assets classified "substandard"; and (d) estimated credit losses
on other assets over the upcoming 12 months.

For information concerning the capital ratios of the Bank, see the information
which is incorporated into Item 7 of this Report.  Future changes in
regulations or practices could reduce the amount of capital recognized for
purposes of capital adequacy.  Such changes could affect the ability of the
Bank to grow and could restrict the amount of profits, if any, available for
the payment of dividends.

PREMIUMS FOR DEPOSIT INSURANCE

Federal law has established several mechanisms to increase funds to protect
deposits insured by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") administered by the FDIC.
The FDIC is authorized to borrow up to $30 billion from the United States
Treasury; up to 90% of the fair market value of assets of institutions acquired
by the FDIC as receiver from the Federal Financing Bank; and from depository
institutions that are members of the BIF.  Any borrowings not repaid by asset
sales are to be repaid through insurance premiums assessed to member
institutions.  Such premiums must be sufficient to repay any borrowed funds
within 15 years and provide insurance fund reserves of $1.25 for each $100 of
insured deposits.  The FDIC also has authority to impose special assessments
against insured deposits.

The FDIC implemented a final risk-based assessment system, as required by
FDICIA, effective January 1, 1994, under which an institution's premium
assessment is based on the probability that the deposit insurance fund will
incur a loss with respect to the institution, the likely amount of any such
loss, and the revenue needs of the deposit insurance fund.  As long as BIF's
reserve ratio is less than a specified "designated reserve ratio," 1.25%, the
total amount raised from BIF members by the risk-based assessment system may
not be less than the amount that would be 

                                     E-18

<PAGE>

raised if the assessment rate for all BIF members were .023% of deposits.  
The FDIC, effective September 15, 1995, lowered assessments from their rates 
of $.23 to $.31 per $100 of insured deposits to rates of $.04 to $.31, 
depending on the condition of the bank, as a result of the re-capitalization 
of the BIF.  On November 15, 1995, the FDIC voted to drop its premiums for 
well capitalized banks to zero effective January 1, 1996.  Other banks will 
be charged risk-based premiums up to $.27 per $100 of deposits.

The Bank pays the minimum required premiums as a result of its "well
capitalized" status.

In 1996, the President signed into law provisions to strengthen the Savings
Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF") and to repay outstanding bonds that
were issued to re-capitalize the SAIF's successor as  result of payments made
due to insolvency of savings and loan associations and other federally insured
savings institutions in the late 1980's and early 1990's.  The new law will
require savings and loan associations to bear the cost of re-capitalizing the
SAIF and, after January 1, 1997, banks will contribute towards paying off the
financing bonds, including interest.  In 2000, the banking industry will assume
the bulk of the payments.  The new law also aims to merge the Bank Insurance
Fund and SAIF by 1999, but not until the bank and savings and loan charters are
combined.  The Treasury Department had until March 31, 1997, to deliver to
Congress on combining the charters.  Additionally, the new law provides
"regulatory relief" for the banking industry by effecting approximately 30 laws
and regulations.  Currently, the costs and benefits of the new law to the Bank
can not be accurately predicted.

RECENT CALIFORNIA LEGISLATION

In 1996, Governor Pete Wilson signed Assembly Bill 3351 (the "Banking
Consolidation Bill"), authored by Assemblyman Ted Weggeland and sponsored by
the California State Banking Department (the "Department"), effective July 1,
1997, which created the California Department of Financial Institutions ("DFI")
to be headed by a Commissioner of Financial Institutions out of the existing
Department which regulates state chartered commercial banks and trust companies
in California.

The Banking Consolidation Bill, among other provisions, also (i) transfered
regulatory jurisdiction over state chartered savings and loan associations from
the Department of Savings and Loans ("DSL") to the newly-created DFI and
abolishes the DSL; (ii) transfered regulatory jurisdiction over state chartered
industrial loan companies and credit unions from the Department of Corporations
to the newly-created DFI; and (iii) establishes within the DFI separate
divisions for credit unions, commercial banks, industrial loan companies and
savings and loans.  As the Banking Consolidation Bill has only recently been
enacted, it is impossible to predict with any degree of certainty, what impact
it will have on the banking industry in general and the Bank in particular.

On January 1, 1998, new legislation became effective which, among other things,
gave the power to the DFI to take possession of the business and properties of
a bank in the event that the tangible shareholders' equity of the bank is less
than the greater of (1) 3% of the bank's total assets or (2) $1,000,000.

                                     E-19

<PAGE>

FINANCIAL MODERNIZATION LEGISLATION

Various proposals to adopt comprehensive financial modernization legislation
have been introduced in Congress which include, among other things, elimination
of the federal thrift charter, creation of a uniform financial institutions
charter, expansion of bank powers, and integration of banking, commerce,
securities activities and insurance.  Under the proposed legislation, bank
holding companies would be allowed to control both a commercial bank and a
securities affiliate, which could engage in the full range of investment
banking activities, including corporate underwriting.  By the end of 1997
competing versions of financial modernization legislation had been passed by
the House Banking and the House Commerce Committees.  Despite attempts to reach
a compromise on these bills, differences between the bills passed by the two
Committees remain, including the amount of nonfinancial business that bank
holding companies would be permitted to own and limitations on bank operating
subsidiaries.  Certain leaders in the Senate have indicated that the Senate
will not take up the matter until a bill is passed by the entire House.  It is
currently impossible to predict whether and in what form financial reform
legislation will be passed in 1998 or in the future or what the impact of such
legislation might be on the Bank, its financial condition and business as well
as its result of operations.

INTERSTATE BANKING AND BRANCHING

On September 29, 1994, the President signed into law the Riegle-Neal Interstate
Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Act").  Under the
Interstate Act, beginning one year after the date of enactment, a bank holding
company that is adequately capitalized and managed may obtain regulatory
approval to acquire an existing bank located in another state without regard to
state law.  A bank holding company would not be permitted to make such an
acquisition if, upon consummation, it would control (a) more than 10% of the
total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions in the United
States or (b) 30% or more of the deposits in the state in which the bank is
located.  A state may limit the percentage of total deposits that may be held
in that state by any one bank or bank holding company if application  of such
limitation does not discriminate against out-of-state banks.  An out-of-state
bank holding company may not acquire a state bank in existence for less than a
minimum length of time that may be prescribed by state law except that a state
may not impose more than a five year existence requirement.

On July 3, 1997, the President signed into law the Reigle-Neal Amendment Act of
1997 providing that branches of state banks that operate in other states are to
be governed by the laws of their home (or chartering) states, not the laws of
the host states.  State banks and state bank regulators pushed for the
legislation, believing that without is state banks would switch to national
charters to avoid having to deal with different set of laws in each state where
they have established branches.

State banks did not receive any new powers under the legislation.  If a host
state allows banks more powers than a bank's chartering state, the bank is
restricted to the powers granted by its chartering state.  However, states are
prohibited from discriminating against branches of banks from other states by
the requirement that states must grant branches out-of-state banks the same
privileges allowed to banks that states have chartered.

                                     E-20

<PAGE>

The Interstate Act also permits mergers of insured banks located in different 
states and conversion of the branches of the acquired bank into branches of 
the resulting bank. The same concentration limits discussed above apply.  
The Interstate Act also permits a national or state bank to establish 
branches in a state other than its home state if permitted by the laws of 
that state, subject to the same requirement and conditions as for a merger 
transaction.

The Interstate Act is likely to increase competition in the Bank's market 
areas especially from larger financial institutions and their holding 
companies. It is difficult to asses the impact such likely increased 
competition will have on the Bank' operations.

On September 28, 1995, Governor Wilson signed Assembly Bill No. 1482, the 
Caldera, Weggeland, and Killea California Interstate Banking and Branching 
Act of 1995 (the "1995 Act"). The 1995 Act, which was filed with the 
Secretary of State as Chapter 480 of the Statutes of 1995, became operative 
on October 2, 1995.

The 1995 Acts opts in early for interstate branching, allowing out-of-state 
banks to enter California by merging or purchasing a California bank or 
industrial loan company which is at least five years old. Also, the 1995 Act 
repeals the California Interstate (National) Banking Act of 1986, which 
regulated the acquisition of California banks by out-of-state bank holding 
companies. In addition, the 1995 Act permits California state banks, with the 
approval of the Department of Financial Institutions, to establish agency 
relationships with FDIC-insured banks and savings associations. Finally, the 
1995 Act provides for regulatory relief, including (i) authorization for the 
Superintendent to exempt banks from the requirement of obtaining approval 
before establishing or relocating a branch office or place of business, (ii) 
repeal of the requirement of directors' oaths (Financial Code Section 682), 
and (iii) repeal of the aggregate limit on real estate loans (Financial Code 
Section 1230).

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT AND FAIR LENDING DEVELOPMENTS

The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting 
obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and Community 
Reinvestment Act ("CRA") activities. The CRA generally requires the federal 
banking agencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting 
the credit needs of their local community, including low and moderate income 
neighborhoods. In addition to substantial penalties and corrective measures 
that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the 
federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into 
account when regulating and supervising other activities.

In May 1995, the federal banking agencies issued final regulations which 
change the manner in which they measure a bank's compliance with its CRA 
obligations. The final regulations adopt a performance-based evaluation 
system which bases CRA ratings on an institutions' actual lending service and 
investment performance, rather than the extent to which the institution 
conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach or complies with 
other procedural requirements. In March 1994, the Federal Interagency Tax 
Force on Fair lending issued a policy statement on discrimination in lending. 
The policy statement describes the three methods that federal agencies will 
use to prove discrimination:  overt evidence of discrimination, evidence of 
disparate treatment and evidence of disparate impact.


                                       E-21

<PAGE>

In connection with its assessment of CRA performance, the appropriate bank 
regulatory agency assigns a rating of "Outstanding", "Satisfactory," "Needs 
to Improve" or "Substantial Noncompliance." At its last examination by the 
FDIC, the Bank received a CRA rating of "Satisfactory."

HAZARDOUS WASTE CLEAN-UP COSTS

Management is aware of recent legislation and cases relating to hazardous 
waste clean-up costs and potential liability. Based on a general survey of 
the loan portfolio of the Bank, conversations with local authorities and 
appraisers, and the type of lending currently and historically done by the 
Bank (generally, the Bank has not made the types of loans usually associated 
with hazardous waste contamination problems), management is not aware of any 
potential material liability for hazardous waste contamination.

OTHER REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

The federal regulatory agencies have adopted regulations that implement 
Section 304 of FDICIA which requires federal banking agencies to adopt 
uniform regulations prescribing standards for real estate lending. Each 
insured depository institution must adopt and maintain a comprehensive 
written real estate lending policy, developed in conformance with prescribed 
guidelines, and each agency has specified loan-to-value limits in guidelines 
concerning various categories of real estate loans.

YEAR 2000 SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS

Safety and soundness guidance on the risks posed to financial institutions by 
the Year 2000 problem was issued by the Federal Financial Institutions 
Examination Council. The guidance underscores that Year 2000 preparation is 
not only an information systems issue, according to the FFIEC, but also an 
enterprise-wide challenge that must be addressed at the highest level of a 
financial institution.

The guidance sets out the responsibilities of senior management and boards of 
directors in managing their Year 2000 projects. Among the responsibilities of 
institution managers and directors is that of managing the internal and 
external risks presented by providers of data-processing products and 
services, business partners, counterparties and major loan customers.

Under the guidance, senior management must provide the board of directors 
with status reports, at least quarterly, on efforts to reach Year 2000 goals 
both internally and by the institution's major vendors. Senior management and 
directors must allocate sufficient resources to ensure that high priority is 
given to seeing that remediation plans are fulfilled, and that the project 
receives the quality personnel and timely support it requires.

The Bank's Plan for addressing Year 2000 issues is documented in the 
Management's Discussion and Analysis section on pages 43 and 44 which is 
included in Item 7 of this Report.


                                       E-22

<PAGE>

STATISTICAL INFORMATION

Table 1, "Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities, and Shareholders' 
Equity and Related Interest Income. Expense and Rates," sets forth the daily 
average balances for the major asset and liability categories, the related 
income or expense where applicable, and the resultant yield or cost 
attributable to the average earning assets and average interest bearing 
liabilities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 1 - Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
and Related Interest Income, Expense and Rates
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)                                        1997                         1996                         1995
                                               --------  --------  ------   --------  --------  ------   --------  --------   ------
                                                Balance  Interest   Rate     Balance  Interest   Rate     Balance  Interest    Rate
                                               --------  --------  ------   --------  --------  ------   --------  --------   ------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>
Assets:
  Loans                                        $335,029   $32,473   9.69%   $312,431   $30,016   9.61%   $333,967   $33,452   10.02%
  Loan Fees                                                $2,108                       $1,986                       $1,897
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
    Total Loans                                $335,029   $34,581  10.32%   $312,431   $32,002  10.24%   $333,967   $35,349   10.58%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
  Investment Securities:  (1)
   Taxable Securities                          $348,584   $21,518   6.17%   $307,148   $18,858   6.14%   $252,978   $15,308    6.05%
   Non-Taxable Securities                            --        --                 --        --                $25        $2    8.08%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
    Total Securities                           $348,584   $21,518   6.17%   $307,148   $18,858   6.14%   $253,003   $15,310    6.05%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         

   Money Market Instruments                          $0        $0   0.00%         $0        $0   0.00%         $0        $0    0.00%
   Federal Funds Sold                           $23,934    $1,201   5.02%    $23,558    $1,183   5.02%    $17,584    $1,015    5.77%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
    Total Money Market Investments              $23,934    $1,201   5.02%    $23,558    $1,183   5.02%    $17,584    $1,015    5.77%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
       Total Earning Assets                    $707,547   $57,300   8.10%   $643,137   $52,043   8.09%   $604,554   $51,674    8.55%
                                                         --------                     --------                     --------         
       Total Non-Earning Assets                 $95,732                     $114,669                     $133,767
                                               --------                     --------                     --------           
          TOTAL ASSETS                         $803,279                     $757,806                     $738,321
                                               --------                     --------                     --------           
                                               --------                     --------                     --------

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:
  Borrowed Funds:
   Federal Funds Purchased                           $0        $0   0.00%         $0        $0   0.00%         $0        $0    0.00%
   Other                                         $3,282      $199   6.06%     $3,217      $177   5.50%     $7,002      $640    9.14%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
    Total Borrowed Funds                         $3,282      $199   6.06%     $3,217      $177   5.50%     $7,002      $640    9.14%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
  Interest-Bearing Deposits:
   Savings and Interest Bearing
   Transaction Accounts                        $387,807    $6,523   1.68%   $385,240    $6,565   1.70%   $394,836    $7,467    1.89%
   Time Deposits                               $202,933   $10,414   5.13%   $185,140    $9,416   5.09%   $167,094    $8,532    5.11%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits            $590,740   $16,937   2.87%   $570,380   $15,981   2.80%   $561,930   $15,999    2.85%
                                               --------  --------           --------  --------           --------  --------         
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities         $594,022   $17,136   2.88%   $573,597   $16,158   2.82%   $568,932   $16,639    2.92%

  Demand Deposits                              $126,130                     $116,913                     $103,225
  Other Liabilities                             $11,862                       $4,262                      $10,164
  Shareholders' Equity                          $71,265                      $63,034                      $56,000
                                               --------                     --------                     --------           
          TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
          SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                 $803,279                     $757,806                     $738,321
                                               --------                     --------                     --------           
                                               --------                     --------                     --------
Interest Income/earning assets                                      8.10%                        8.09%                         8.55%
Interest expense/earning assets                                     2.42%                        2.51%                         2.75%
                                                                   ------                       ------                        ------
Net Interest Margin                                       $40,164   5.68%              $35,885   5.58%              $35,035    5.80%
Provision for loan losses
charged to operatns/earning assets                             $0   0.00%                   $0   0.00%                   $0    0.00%
                                                         --------  ------             --------  ------             --------   ------
Net Interest Margin after provision 
for loan losses                                           $40,164   5.68%              $35,885   5.58%              $35,035    5.80%
                                                         --------  ------             --------  ------             --------   ------
                                                         --------  ------             --------  ------             --------   ------

</TABLE>

(1) Yields have been computed based on actual income.


                                       E-23

<PAGE>

Changes in the dollar amount of interest earned or paid will vary from one 
year to the next because of changes in the average balance ("volume") of the 
various earning assets and interest-bearing liability accounts and changes in 
the interest rates ("rate") applicable to each category. Table 2, "Volume and 
Rate Variance Analysis of Net Interest Margin," analyzes the difference in 
interest earned and paid on the major categories of assets and liabilities in 
terms of the effects of volume and rate changes for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 2 - Volume and Rate Analysis of Net Interest Margin
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)

                                                       1997 OVER 1996                             1996 OVER 1995
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
                                            Volume           Rate          Total        Volume          Rate           Total
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Increase (Decrease) In:
Interest Income
  Loans                                     $2,324           $255         $2,579       ($2,243)       ($1,104)       ($3,347)
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------

  Investment Securities:                    $2,551           $109         $2,660         $3,300           $248        $3,548
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
  Money Market Investments:
   Time deposits in other
   financial institutions
   bankers' acceptances &
   commercial paper                             $0             $0             $0             $0             $0            $0
   Federal Funds Sold                          $19           ($1)            $18           $322         ($154)          $168
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
    Total Money Market Investments             $19           ($1)            $18           $322         ($154)          $168
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
       Total Earning Assets                 $4,893           $364         $5,257         $1,380       ($1,011)          $369
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------

Interest Expense
  Borrowed Funds:
   Federal Funds Purchased                      $0             $0             $0             $0             $0            $0
   Other                                        $4            $18            $22         ($277)         ($186)         ($463)
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
    Total Borrowed Funds                        $4            $18            $22         ($277)         ($186)         ($463)
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
  Interest-Bearing Deposits:
   Savings and Interest Bearing
   Transaction Accounts                        $43          ($85)          ($42)         ($173)         ($729)         ($902)
   Time Deposits                              $909            $89           $998           $920          ($36)          $884
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits           $952             $4           $956           $747         ($765)          ($18)
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities        $956            $22           $978           $470         ($951)         ($481)
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------

Increase (decrease) in Net Interest
     Margin                                 $3,937           $342         $4,279           $910          ($60)          $850
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------
                                            ------          -----         ------       --------       --------       --------

</TABLE>


                                       E-24

<PAGE>

Table 3, "Investment Portfolio Maturity Distribution and Yield Analysis," 
sets forth the amounts and maturity ranges of the securities at December 31, 
1997. The weighted average yields of the securities are also shown.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 3 - Investment Portfolio Maturity Distribution and Yield Analysis
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)                                                    Market Value
                                       -----------     -----------   -----------      ----------     ---------      --------
As of December 31, 1997                                 After one    After three      After five
                                          One Year       year to       years to        years to        After
                                          or Less      three years    five years      ten years      ten years        Total
                                       -----------     -----------   -----------      ----------     ---------      --------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>     
Maturity Distribution:
    U.S. Treasury Securities               $37,100        $80,209        $26,787             $0             $0      $144,097
    Other U.S. Government Agencies
        and Corporations                   $32,715        $38,297        $31,181             $0             $0      $102,193
    Mortgage Backed Securities                  $0         $3,699         $5,734         $1,320         $5,957       $16,710
    State and Municipal Securities         $13,674        $27,217        $41,563        $24,549         $1,228      $108,230
    Other Securities                          $504         $1,434             $0             $0             $2        $1,941
                                       -----------     -----------   -----------      ----------     ---------      --------
        TOTAL                              $83,993       $150,857       $105,266        $25,868         $7,187      $373,171

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        After one    After three      After five       
                                          One Year       year to      years to         years to        After
                                          or Less      three years    five years      ten years      ten years        Total
                                       -----------     -----------   -----------      ----------     ---------      --------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>   
Weighted Average Yield:
    U.S. Treasury Securities                 6.01%           6.24%         6.41%             --            --         6.21%
    Other U.S. Government Agencies
        and Corporations                     5.52%           6.21%         6.25%             --            --         6.00%
    Mortgage Backed Securities                 --            6.20%         6.51%           6.02%         6.92%        6.55%
    State and Municipal Securities           6.67%           6.41%         6.57%           6.64%         6.42%        6.56%
    Other Securities                         6.83%           7.17%           --              --            --         7.07%

        TOTAL                                5.93%           6.27%         6.43%           6.61%         6.84%        6.27%

</TABLE>


                                       E-25

<PAGE>

Table 4, "Loan Portfolio Analysis by Category," sets forth the distribution of 
the Bank's loans at the end of each of the last five years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 4 - Loan Portfolio Analysis By Category
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)

                                                                                      December 31,                 
                                                           1997           1996           1995           1994          1993
                                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Construction & Development Loans                          $23,414        $27,719        $27,735        $41,860       $83,337
Real Estate Loans                                        $173,549       $153,566       $139,321       $156,980      $159,641
Home Equity Credit Lines                                  $52,678        $59,048        $66,504        $75,049       $85,179
Installment Loans                                         $20,108        $20,474        $24,730        $21,327       $22,009
Commercial Loans                                          $69,203        $58,923        $51,203        $51,585       $56,136
Credit Cards and related Loans                            $12,167        $11,088         $5,918         $5,440        $5,667
                                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Loans, Gross                                   $351,119       $330,818       $315,411       $352,241      $411,969
                                                         --------       --------       --------       --------      --------
                                                         --------       --------       --------       --------      --------
</TABLE>


                                       E-26

<PAGE>

Table 5, "Maturities and Sensitivities of Selected Loan Types to Changes in 
Interest Rates," shows the maturity distribution of the loan portfolio at 
December 31, 1997, and shows the proportion of fixed and floating rate loans 
for each type.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 5 - Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Over
As of December 31, 1997                     3 Mos      Due after one   Due after three
                              3 Mos.       through         year to        years to      Due After
                             or less        12 Mos.      three years     five years     five years       Total
                             -------       --------    --------------  ---------------  ----------       -----
<S>                        <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
  Fixed Rate                  $3,979        $23,557        $33,147         $23,643        $68,180      $152,506

  Floating Rate             $194,347         $1,589             --              --             --      $195,936
                            --------       --------       --------        ---------      --------     ---------
  TOTAL                     $198,326        $25,146        $33,147         $23,643        $68,180      $348,442

  Non-Accruals                                                                                           $2,677
                                                                                                      ---------
  TOTAL LOANS, GROSS                                                                                   $351,119
</TABLE>

                                       E-27

<PAGE>

Table 6, "Non-Accrual and Non-Performing Loans," summarizes the Bank's 
non-performing loans for the last five years.  Non-performing loans consist 
of loans that have been placed on non-accrual status and loans that are 
delinquent 90 days or more.  Non-accrual loans are loans where there is 
reasonable doubt as to the collectibility of principal or interest on a loan. 
All non-accrual loans carry a classified loan grade of either "substandard," 
"doubtful," or "loss."  The Bank stops recognizing income from the interest 
on the loan and reverses any uncollected interest that had been accrued but 
not received. These loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, and 
collection efforts are being pursued.  Troubled debt restructurings are loans 
which are on accrual status but which have been restructured and are in 
compliance with modified terms.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 6 - Non-Accrual, Non-Performing Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,
                                      ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
                                            1997           1996        1995         1994         1993
                                          ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
Non-Accrual                                 $2,677        $3,638      $13,087     $23,968      $27,565
90 Days or More Past Due                       632         2,801        1,653       5,412        3,039
Troubled Debt Restructurings                 2,334         2,363        1,451       6,941            -
                                         ---------      ---------    ---------   ---------     -------
      Total                                 $5,643        $8,802      $16,191     $36,321      $30,604
</TABLE>



                                       E-28

<PAGE>

Management reviews all non-performing loans monthly and reports monthly to 
the Board's Loan Committee on the status of these loans.  Note Three of the 
Bank's financial statements discusses the interest income from non-accrual 
loans in the portfolio at year-end that was forgone as income because of the 
non-accrual status.

From time to time, management has reason to believe that certain borrowers 
may not able to repay their loans within the parameters of the present 
repayment terms, even though, in some cases, the loans are current at the 
time.  These loans are graded in the classified loan grades of "substandard," 
"doubtful," or "loss" and include non-performing loans.  Each classified loan 
is monitored monthly.  At year-end 1997, classified loans totaled 
$17,892,000, or 5.1% of the loan portfolio.  The corresponding amounts for 
1996 were $36,340,000, or 11.0% of the portfolio.  Except as provided above, 
there are no loans where known information about possible credit problems of 
borrowers causes management to have serious doubt as to the ability of such 
borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may 
result in such loans becoming non-performing loans.

Other information about the loan portfolio is presented here which may be 
helpful to readers of this report.

Foreign Loans:  The Bank does not have and does not plan to have foreign 
loans in its portfolio.

Participations:  Occassionally, the Bank will sell a portion of a loan to 
another bank.  Banks usually sell a portion of a loan as a means of 
accommodating a large borrowing customer and staying within the Bank's 
maximum credit limit for loans to any one borrower.

Loan Concentrations:  The Bank's concentration profile of the loan portfolio 
is discussed in Note Three of the accompanying financial statements.  The 
Bank's one material concentration of loans is in the real estate category.

                                       E-29

<PAGE>

Table 7, "Summary of Loan Loss Experience," shows the additionals to, 
charge-offs against, and recoveries for the Bank's reserve for possible loan 
losses over the past five years.  Also shown is the ratio of charge-offs to 
average loans for each year.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 7 - Summary of Loan Loss Experience
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------ ------------
                                            1997            1996           1995          1994            1993
                                          ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------       ---------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance of the Reserve for Possible
  Loan Losses at Beginning of Year      $10,437,972      $11,343,172      $13,216,619   $20,214,348     $9,760,041

Charge-offs:
Construction & Development Loans                 --         ($73,000)     ($1,155,975)  ($7,299,242)     ($365,673)
Real Estate Loans                         ($161,940)       ($692,245)     ($1,113,215)  ($1,648,631)   ($3,754,143)
Home Equity Credit Lines                   ($14,772)       ($292,636)       ($278,112)    ($358,492)      ($96,549)
Installment Loans                         ($174,196)       ($216,117)       ($194,251)    ($376,511)     ($304,770)
Commercial Loans                          ($288,154)     ($1,118,646)     ($1,242,233)    ($935,664)   ($1,037,097)
Credit Cards and related Loans            ($213,392)       ($215,178)       ($216,351)    ($162,416)     ($210,399)
                                      --------------  --------------   -------------- -------------- --------------
     Total Charge-offs                    ($852,454)     ($2,607,822)     ($4,200,137) ($10,780,956)   ($5,768,631)
                                      --------------  --------------   -------------- -------------- --------------
Recoveries:
Construction & Development Loans            $43,718         $908,140       $1,616,011      $794,216             -- 
Real Estate Loans                           $83,557          $96,060         $148,902        $6,431         $1,300
Home Equity Credit Lines                    $20,392          $23,027          $49,050       $12,463             --
Installment Loans                           $96,145          $81,927          $80,654      $257,860        $97,398
Commercial Loans                         $1,369,624         $545,408         $385,448      $232,384       $114,189
Credit Cards and related Loans              $51,666          $48,060          $46,625       $29,873        $10,051
                                      --------------  --------------   -------------- -------------- --------------
     Total Recoveries                    $1,665,102       $1,702,622       $2,326,690    $1,333,227       $222,938
                                      --------------  --------------   -------------- -------------- --------------

Net Recoveries (Charge-offs)               $812,648        ($905,200)     ($1,873,447)  ($9,447,729)   ($5,545,693)

Provision for Possible Loan Losses
  Charged to Operations                          $0               $0               $0    $2,450,000    $16,000,000
                                      --------------    -------------   -------------- -------------- --------------
Balance at End of Year                  $11,250,620      $10,437,972      $11,343,172   $13,216,619    $20,214,348
                                      --------------    -------------   -------------- -------------- --------------

Ratio of Net Recoveries/Charge-offs
During the Period to Avg. Loans
Outstanding During the Period             0.24%           (0.27%)          (0.56%)       (2.82%)        (1.66%)
During the Period
</TABLE>

                                       E-30
<PAGE>

Table 8, "Average Deposits and Interest Rates," shows the average amount of
deposits for the last three years, the interest paid and the rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8 - Average Deposits and Interest Rates
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)

                                                        1997                          1996                          1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Balance   Interest  Rate      Balance   Interest  Rate      Balance   Interest  Rate
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>
  Interest-Bearing Deposits:
   Interest Bearing NOW                     $148,111   $1,457    0.98%    $180,701   $1,840    1.02%    $177,295   $2,092    1.18%
   Savings, Money Market                    $239,696   $5,066    2.11%    $204,539   $4,725    2.31%    $217,541   $5,375    2.47%
   Time Deposits                            $202,933  $10,414    5.13%    $185,140   $9,416    5.09%    $167,094   $8,532    5.11%
                                            --------------------------    --------------------------    ----------------------------
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits         $590,740  $16,937    2.87%    $570,380  $15,981    2.80%    $561,930  $15,999    2.85%

Non-Interest Bearing Deposits               $126,130                      $116,913                      $103,225
                                            --------                      --------                      --------
Total Deposits                              $716,870                      $687,293                      $665,155
                                            --------                      --------                      --------

</TABLE>


                                     E-31

<PAGE>

Table 9, "Maturity Distribution of Time Certificates of Deposits of $100,000,"
shows the maturity distribution of time deposits of $100,000 or more and those
under $100,000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 9 - Maturity Distribution of Time Certificates of Deposit
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in 000's)

                                                                         At December 31, 1997
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Three      After three    After six        After One
                                             Months or     Months to     Months to         Year to         After
    Size                                       Less       six months      one year       Three Years    Three Years     Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
 $100,000 or
    more                                     $21,624        $13,359         $9,521         $4,133           $675       $49,312

 Under
    $100,000                                 $51,491        $45,844        $32,670        $26,045         $5,390      $161,440
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total                                       $73,115        $59,203        $42,191        $30,178         $6,065      $210,752

</TABLE>


                                     E-32

<PAGE>

Table 10, "Financial Ratios," shows certain financial ratios for the last three
years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 10 - Financial Ratios
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Years Ended December 31,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1997        1996        1995         1994        1993
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Return on Average Assets                           1.67%       0.58%       0.09%       (1.38%)     (0.95%)
Return on Avg. Shareholders' Equity               18.85%       7.00%       1.16%      (18.01%)     (7.47%)
Dividend Payout Ratio                              6.15%       0.00%       0.00%        0.00%     (10.71%)
Average Shareholders' Equity
   to Average Assets Ratio                         8.87%       8.32%       7.58%        7.68%       9.10%

</TABLE>


                                     E-33

<PAGE>

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES
Owned by Bank or Subsidiary

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              LOCATION OF OFFICES
<S>                          <C>                                        <C>
                                                                        ENCUMBRANCE
Arroyo Grande*               991 Bennett Avenue                             NONE
Arroyo Grande                1026 Grand Avenue                              NONE
Arroyo Grande*               550 Camino Mercado                             NONE
Arroyo Grande*               398 Sunrise Terrace                            NONE
Atascadero                   6950 El Camino Real                        $212,613.00
Buellton                     West Highway 246 & Central                     NONE
Cambria                      1070 Main Street                               NONE
Goleta Valley                5956 Calle Real                                NONE
Grover Beach                 899 Grand Avenue                               NONE
Grover Beach*                140 North Second Street                        NONE
Lompoc                       828 North "H" Street                           NONE
Los Osos                     1001 Los Osos Valley Road                      NONE
Morro Bay                    251 Harbor Street                              NONE
Nipomo                       615 West Tefft                                 NONE
Paso Robles                  845 Spring Street                              NONE
Pismo Beach                  801 Price Street                               NONE
San Luis Obispo              75 Santa Rosa                                  NONE
San Luis Obispo              2276 Broad Street                              NONE
Santa Maria                  1554 South Broadway                            NONE
Santa Maria                  519 E. Main Street                             NONE

</TABLE>


                                     E-34

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         LEASED BY BANK OR SUBSIDIARY
<S>                               <C>                                  <C>
Cayucos                           107 North Ocean Avenue               $1,400.00 per month
                                                                       Expires November, 2002

Paso Robles                       705 Golden Hill Road                 $9,420.00 per month
                                                                       Expires, August, 2000

Oak Knolls - Orcutt               1110 East Clark, Santa Maria         $8,959.00 per month
                                                                       Expires October, 2000

Oak Park - Pismo Beach            865 Oak Park Boulevard               $9,584.00 per month
                                                                       Expires March, 2008

Santa Barbara                     921 Carpinteria                      $9,195.03 per month
                                                                       Expires May, 2017

Santa Ynez                        3600 Sagunto                         $2,000.00 per month
                                                                       Expires May, 2002

Solvang                           1600 Copenhagen Drive                $8,331.62 per month
                                                                       Expires April, 1998

</TABLE>

*ALL OFFICES LISTED ABOVE ARE FULL-SERVICE OFFICES, EXCEPT THOSE WITH ASTERISKS
NOTED ABOVE.  ASTERISKS REPRESENT NON-BANKING SUPPORT OFFICES (E.G.,
ADMINISTRATION, DATA PROCESSING, SUPPLIES WAREHOUSE, CREDIT SERVICES, ET. AL.).

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Bank is, from time to time, subject to various pending and threatened legal
actions which arise out of the normal course of its business.  The Bank is not
a party to any pending legal or administrative proceedings (other than ordinary
routine litigation incidental to the Bank's business) and no such proceedings
are known to be contemplated.

There are no material proceedings adverse to the Bank to which any director,
officer, affiliate of the Bank or 5% shareholder of the Bank, or any associate
of any such director, officer, affiliate or 5% shareholder of the Bank is a
party, and none of the above persons has a material interest adverse to the
Bank.

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of 1997.


                                     E-35

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    PART II
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
          MATTERS

MARKET INFORMATION

There is a limited over-the-counter market for the Common Stock.  The Common
Stock is not currently listed on any exchange or market; but certain
information concerning the Stock is reported on the Nasdaq electronic bulletin
board under the symbol "MTTB."
The information in the following table indicates the high and low stock sales
prices of the Bank's Common Stock for each quarterly period during the last two
years without adjustment for the two 5% stock dividends declared in the fourth
quarter of 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 QUARTER ENDED            SALES PRICES
                 -------------   -------------------------------
                 1996                   LOW          HIGH
                 ----                   ---          ----
                <S>                   <C>            <C>
                 March 31              $ 9.50         $12.00
                 June 30               $11.25         $15.00
                 September 30          $11.75         $12.75
                 December 31           $11.88         $16.00

                 1997                   LOW          HIGH
                 ----                   ---          ----
                 March 31              $15.00         $21.00
                 June 30               $16.375        $22.00
                 September 30          $19.75         $23.75
                 December 31           $22.75         $30.85

</TABLE>

HOLDERS

As of March 1, 1998, there were approximately 2,652 holders of the Bank's
Common Stock.  There are no other classes of common equity outstanding.

DIVIDENDS

The following table sets forth information concerning all quarterly cash and
stock dividends paid since January 1, 1996.

                 PAYABLE DATE                          DIVIDEND
                 ------------                          --------

               January 19, 1996                       5% - Stock
               January 27, 1997                       5% - Stock
                 July 25, 1997                  $0.12 per share - Cash
               January 23, 1998                       5% - Stock


                                     E-36

<PAGE>

Whether or not stock dividends or any cash dividends will be paid in the future
will be determined by the Board of Directors after consideration of various
factors.  The Bank's profitability and regulatory capital ratios in addition to
other financial conditions will be key factors considered by the Board of
Directors in making such determinations regarding the payment of dividends by
the Bank.

California law restricts the amount available for cash dividends by California
state banks, such as the Bank, to the lesser of retained earnings or the bank's
net income for its last three years (less any distributions made to
shareholders by the bank during such period).  Notwithstanding this
restriction, a bank may, with the prior approval of the DFI, make a
distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greater of the
retained earnings of the bank, net income for such bank's last fiscal year or
the net income of the bank for its current year.  Additionally, bank regulatory
agencies have authority to prohibit banks from engaging in activities that, in
their respective opinions, constitute unsafe and unsound practices in
conducting its business.  It is possible, depending upon the financial
condition of the bank in question and other factors, that the bank regulatory
agencies could assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might,
under some circumstances, be such an unsafe or unsound practice.  Further, the
bank regulatory agencies have established guidelines with respect to the
maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by banks or bank holding companies
under their jurisdiction.  Compliance with the standards set forth in such
guidelines and the restrictions that are or may be imposed under the prompt
corrective action provisions of federal law could limit the amount of dividends
which the Bank may pay.


                                     E-37

<PAGE>

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Financial Summary                                                                                                    Mid-State Bank
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except per share data)                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 1997           1996           1995           1994           1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Interest Income                                              $   57,300     $   52,043      $   51,675    $   49,155    $   52,313
Interest Expense                                                 17,136         16,158          16,640        14,157        17,685
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Interest Income                                              40,164         35,885          35,035        34,998        34,628
Provision for Loan Losses                                            --             --              --         2,450        16,000
Non-interest income                                              12,956         12,722          11,992        10,890        11,120
Non-interest expense                                             37,683         41,371          48,051        54,300        38,091
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                                       15,437          7,236          (1,024)      (10,862)       (8,343)
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)                        2,000          2,825          (1,675)           --          (620)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                                                   $   13,437     $    4,411      $      651    $  (10,862)   $   (7,723)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per share:
Earnings Per Share (adjusted for stock dividends) -- basic   $     1.95     $     0.64      $     0.09    $    (1.57)   $    (1.12)
Earnings Per Share (adjusted for stock dividends) -- diluted       1.94           0.64            0.09         (1.57)        (1.12)
Cash dividends                                                     0.12             --              --            --          0.12
Dividend payout ratio                                              6.15%            --              --            --       (10.71%)
Stock dividend                                                       5%             5%              5%            5%            5%
Book value at December 31                                         11.29           9.82            9.82          8.46         12.34
Shares outstanding at December 31                             6,905,100      6,576,689       6,264,780     5,967,661     5,678,998
Non-accrual loans                                                 2,677          3,638          13,087        23,969        27,565
Loans past due 90 days or more                                      632          2,801           1,653         5,412         3,039
Other Real Estate Owned                                           2,511          6,160          10,298        13,397        11,793

AT DECEMBER 31,

Cash and cash equivalents                                    $   73,708     $   73,392      $   71,310    $   76,004    $   86,889
Investments and Fed Funds Sold                                  383,171        344,511         304,972       244,396       213,061
Loans, net                                                      338,281        319,190         302,932       337,513       390,007
Other assets                                                     47,140         55,338          79,172       100,039       120,189
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   TOTAL ASSETS                                              $  842,300     $  792,431      $  758,386    $  757,952    $  810,146
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest bearing deposits                                $  137,626     $  122,396      $  109,907    $  112,471    $  107,825
Interest bearing deposits                                       619,429        592,329         575,425       580,877       597,200
Other borrowings                                                  4,495          7,424           5,589         8,992        26,437
Other liabilities                                                 2,784          5,718           5,961         5,115         8,583
Shareholders' equity                                             77,966         64,564          61,504        50,497        70,101
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                $  842,300     $  792,431      $  758,386    $  757,952    $  810,146
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL RATIOS
For the year:
   Return on assets                                               1.67%          0.58%           0.09%        (1.38%)       (0.95%)
   Return on equity                                              18.85%          7.00%           1.16%       (18.01%)       (7.47%)
   Net interest margin                                            5.68%          5.58%           5.80%         5.54%         5.24%
   Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to avg. loans               (0.24%)         0.29%           0.56%         2.51%         1.30%
   Efficiency ratio                                               70.9%          85.1%          102.2%        118.3%         83.3%
At December 31:
   Equity to average assets (leverage ratio)                       9.2%           8.1%            8.1%          7.7%          8.6%
   Tier one capital to risk-adjusted assets                       14.9%          13.6%           12.7%         11.7%         14.7%
   Total capital to risk-adjusted assets                          16.2%          14.8%           14.0%         13.0%         15.9%
   Loan loss allowance to loans, gross                             3.2%           3.2%            3.6%          3.8%          4.9%
   Non-accrual loans to total loans                               0.79%          1.14%           4.32%         7.10%         7.07%
   Non performing assets to total assets                          0.69%          1.59%           3.30%         5.64%         5.23%
   Allowance for loan losses to non performing loans             340.0%         162.1%           77.0%         45.0%         66.1%

</TABLE>


                                     E-38

<PAGE>

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

INTRODUCTION AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

Mid-State Bank (the Bank or Mid-State) was founded in 1961 and operates a full
service commercial banking business serving its customers on the Central Coast
of California.  Headquartered in Arroyo Grande, it operates 23 offices in
communities throughout San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara counties.  Based on
data supplied by Banks in its trade area, Mid-State is the 2nd largest Bank in
terms of total assets and is one of 13 independent commercial banks operating
in the two county area (the Central Coast banks).  Of the 310 banks in the
State of California, only 23 of them were chartered to do business prior to Mid-
State.

The following discussion and analysis will provide insight and supplementary
information into the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Mid-
State Bank.  It also provides Management's assessment of the operating trends
over the past few years and certain of their expectations for 1998.

Following this section, five areas are reviewed, including; 1) 1997 results and
accomplishments, 2) the environment impacting the Bank, 3) an analysis of the
statement of financial position, 4) an analysis of income and expense, 5) a
review of activity at the Bank's wholly owned subsidiaries (Mid Coast Land
Company and MSB Properties), 6) a review of common stock price, dividend
history, and information concerning the annual meeting of the Bank, and 7)
subsequent event information.

Reference is made to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and
notes to those statements.  Comparable data from peer banks in Mid-State's
trade area are based on results from 12 of those institutions' Call Reports
which were supplied to their regulatory agencies as of September 30, 1997 (the
13th Bank did not commence operations until late December).  These data are the
latest available as of the time of this writing.

The Management's Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) includes "forward-looking
statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act. All of the
statements contained in the MD&A, other than statements of historical fact,
should be considered forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to,
those concerning (i) the Bank's strategies, objectives and plans for expansion
of its operations, products and services, and growth of its portfolio of loans,
investments and deposits, (ii) the Bank's beliefs and expectations regarding
actions that may be taken by regulatory authorities having oversight of the
operation, and (iii) the Bank's beliefs as to the adequacy of its existing and
anticipated allowances for loan and real estate losses. Although the Bank
believes the expectations reflected in those forward-looking statements are
reasonable, it can give no assurance that those expectations will prove to have
been correct. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements by or
attributable to the Bank or persons acting on its behalf are expressly
qualified in their entirety by this qualification. Investors are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only
as of the date hereof and are not intended to give any assurance as to future
results. The Bank undertakes no obligation to publicly release any revisions to
these forward-looking 


                                     E-39

<PAGE>

statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to 
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

1997 RESULTS

FINANCIAL

For 1997, Mid-State Bank on a consolidated basis reported Net Income of $13.4
million compared to $4.4 million in 1996.  The diluted Earnings Per Share was
$1.94 compared to a Per Share of $0.64 in the previous year.  Consolidated
total assets at December 31, 1997 were $ 842.3 million compared to  $792.4
million at December 31, 1996, up approximately 6.3%.  Total deposits also
increased from $714.7 million as of December 31, 1996 to $757.1 million at year-
end 1997.  Shareholders' common equity stood at $78.0 million at period-end up
from its $64.6 million level a year earlier, owing primarily to net income of
$13.4 million for 1997.  Also impacting shareholders' equity were the
unrealized gain on securities available for sale of $1.7 million which is up
from $908 thousand one year earlier, as well as, cash dividends paid during
1997 of $789 thousand.

As the table below illustrates, net income was generated by both the Bank and
MSB Properties, but was reduced on a  consolidated basis by the loss incurred
at Mid Coast Land Company.  Mid Coast Land Company's loss is related
principally to 1) continued charges to expense for possible losses on
investments in real estate of $2.0 million (down from $5.5 million charged to
expense in 1996) and 2) expenses related to San Luis Bay Estates of $1.2
million which consist of net gains and losses on home sales at San Luis Bay
Estates and the direct administrative expense associated with this project.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INCOME OR (LOSS) BY SUBSIDIARY

                                             1997           1996           1995
                                             ----           ----           ----
<S>                                      <C>            <C>           <C>
Bank only, pre-tax                       $16,125,511   $11,779,371    $ 8,235,903
MSB Properties, pre-tax                    2,202,580     2,024,333      1,695,018
Mid Coast Land Co., pre-tax               (2,891,383    (6,568,161)   (10,955,284)
Tax Expense (credit)                       2,000,000     2,825,000     (1,675,000)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated Bank                        $13,436,708    $4,410,543    $   650,637
</TABLE>

Economic vitality  has improved significantly from a few years earlier.  A good
barometer of economic health is the level of non-accrual loans (which are
symptomatic of economic difficulties) held by Central Coast independent banks.
These had reached a low of 0.40% of total loans at the market peak (December
31, 1990), rising to 2.29% of total loans of the Central Coast Banks at the end
of 1995.  At the end of September 1997, they had declined to 0.93%.  The
Central Coast Banks' net charge-off experience in 1997, representing actual
bank losses net of recoveries, while up slightly from 1996, was much improved
over that experienced a few years earlier.  The collective net charge-off
experience of Central Coast banks is as follows:


                                     E-40

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
    <S>                                      <C>
    1997 (9 months annualized)               0.28%
        1996                                 0.24%
        1995                                 0.88%
        1994                                 0.95%
        1993                                 1.01%
        1992                                 0.52%
        1991                                 0.34%
        1990                                 0.25%
</TABLE>


The Bank's allowance for loan losses, which serves as a "buffer" against loan 
losses, experienced losses totaling $852 thousand charged against it. 
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off amounted to $1.7 million which 
were credited back to the allowance.  Management felt that the ending 
allowance for loan losses of $11.3 million, or 3.2% of gross consolidated 
loans, was sufficient to cover loan losses inherent in the portfolio and 
therefore did not make any addition during the year beyond net recoveries.

NEW ACCOMPLISHMENTS IN 1997

In 1997, the Bank continued its efforts aimed at improving bank 
profitability, enhancing customer service, expanding the products and 
services available to the Bank's customers and improving the Bank's sales of 
these products and services to its clientele.  These are described below.

As the year began, the Bank became the first community bank on the Central 
Coast to offer its customers home banking services.  The service allows 
customers to verify account balances, review cleared checks, pay bills, view 
account activity, initiate stop payments, reconcile accounts, and transfer 
funds.  The service can be accessed in one of three ways -- by touch-tone 
telephone, by screen phone or by personal computer.  The system has a 
sophisticated security system which assures that communications are 
confidential and the service is password protected.  By the end of the year, 
over 1,000 customers were subscribing to the service.  Management feels it is 
in a unique position to offer a desirable blend of both person-to-person 
traditional, independent banking and the streamlined world of modern day 
technological conveniences.

On January 15, 1997, the Board of Directors received notification from the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) that they had removed the 
Consent Agreement under which the Bank had operated since January 1994.  The 
action removed a number of restrictions placed on the Bank.  As reported in 
last year's Annual Report, the improved condition of the Bank was anticipated 
to reduce the FDIC related assessments, generating an actual savings in 1997 
of $778 thousand.

In May, the Bank became the first on the Central Coast to offer the new 
Medical Savings Account (MSA) to customers.  A MSA is a tax-exempt trust or 
custodial account established for the purpose of paying medical expenses 
accompanying a high-deductible health plan.  Similar rules that apply to 
IRA's apply to the MSA account.  MSA's were created in response to the rising 
cost of health care, and the great number of individuals and families with no 
health care insurance of any kind.  The intent of Congress in passing this 
legislation was to provide a financial incentive for employers (including the 
self-employed) to purchase health insurance.  Businesses or individuals may 
contribute money to a MSA for the purpose of paying health care expenses or 
certain health insurance premiums.  Mid-State Bank had some 80 MSA accounts 
totaling over $75 thousand in balances at the end of 1997.  These balances 
have grown steadily 

                                      E-41


<PAGE>

and predictably since the product's introduction.  Given the lack of 
availability of these accounts from other institutions, Management is hopeful 
that this product will become increasingly utilized as its features become 
more widely disseminated.

Late in the Spring, the Bank introduced its all-in-one, jumbo construction 
and permanent financing loan.  This loan allows the customer the ease and 
convenience of acquiring a construction loan, as well as a permanent 
financing loan, all in one, easy step.  With Mid-State's new product, the 
customer need only pay a one-time application, documentation and fee process 
compared to two sets of fees using traditional methods.  The loan was 
introduced with an 8.5% fixed interest rate, no interest points, and 
financing starting at $125 thousand.  The new loan product has met with a 
modest degree of success with 7 loans boarded during the year which totaled 
$3.2 million.

In June, the Bank also opened its first off-site ATM location at Allan 
Hancock College.  Located in the bookstore of the Santa Maria based college, 
customers and non-customers can perform withdrawal and balance functions 
during regular store hours.  What is unique about this ATM location and all 
of Mid-State Bank's machines is that Management has elected not to charge the 
customary surcharge for using a cash machine not owned by their bank.  These 
surcharges are paid to the bank operating the ATM and supplement the fees 
many customers pay to their own banks when they use another bank's machine.  
Activity at the machine now equates to about 500 transactions per month.

Many of the Bank's customers were required by July 1, 1997 to begin to pay 
federal taxes electronically.  This Internal Revenue Service mandate effected 
1.2 million taxpayers who paid at least $50,000 in employment taxes during 
1995.  Customers were required to enroll in the government's Electronic Funds 
Tax Payment System (EFTPS).  For those customers who selected a remittance 
method of ACH Credit, the Bank began arranging appointments for its 
representatives to meet the customer and provide them with information about 
the Bank's BUSINESS EXPRE$$ product.  This software program, which allows for 
the customer to initiate ACH transfers, has now been sold to 72 customers of 
the Bank, generating about 15,000 ACH transactions per month.  The Bank also 
provides customers training classes on using the program in its computer lab.

On August 15 1997, the Bank began providing drive-up banking services on 
Saturday mornings.  This expanded drive-up hours to 8 a.m. to 7 p.m., Monday 
through Friday, and 8 a.m. to 12 p.m. on Saturdays.  The extra hours were 
provided to better accommodate the needs of customers allowing them to make 
deposits, cash checks, apply for an ATM card, check balances and transfer 
funds from the convenience of their cars.  The Saturday opening was an 
immediate hit with customers with over 1,000 transactions occurring on the 
first Saturday!

During the summer, the Bank also introduced a sales training program it has 
coined "STP", or "Sales Through Productivity".  The theme comes from the 
marketing line of the well-known engine additive which advertises that it 
makes engines run smoother, more efficiently and with less friction.  The 
training emphasizes "production" rather than "sales".  The focus is on making 
contacts rather than necessarily closing sales.  The idea is to create a 
situation in which employees can feel good about making a customer contact, 
and at the same time relieve the pressure on them to "make a sale" on every 
contact.  Over the long run it is believed that this program will actually 
increase sales as it will increase the number of contacts that Bank employees 
have with prospective customers.  As an adjunct to  the introduction of this 
program, the Bank later in the year introduced a customer service program 
called "Back to the Future", 

                                      E-42

<PAGE>

after the popular movie of the same name.  The program emphasizes the five 
basic steps of good customer service including friendly greeting, using the 
customer's name, processing an efficient transaction, listening for clues 
about additional customer needs, and closing with a friendly good-bye.

On October 1, 1997, the Bank implemented a program to reduce the dollar 
amount of required reserves it is required to maintain at the Federal Reserve 
Bank. This program allows the Bank to internally reclassify certain of its 
NOW account deposits which carry a 10% reserve requirement to a 
non-transaction account status which is not subject to any reserve 
requirement.  This allows the Bank to decrease a non-earning asset (cash) 
held at the Federal Reserve and invest these funds in an earning asset such 
as loans or the investment portfolio.  Total additional earnings generated 
since implementation is estimated at about $113 thousand compared to one time 
expenses equal to approximately $80 thousand.  Future periods will continue 
to benefit (with no on-going expense) from this improved utilization of 
assets provided the Federal Reserve Bank does not alter its current approach 
to reserve requirement calculations.  Management is not aware of any pending 
changes to their approach.

AUTOMANIA 97 also began on October 1, 1997, with a Bank goal to book $1.5 
million in automobile loans over the two month period of October and 
November. All the offices and certain members of the Credit Service Center, 
Corporate Banking and the Mortgage Department were divided into teams and 
competed with one another for various awards.  The Bank offered a special 
rate on these loans with an objective of 1) increasing consumer loans, 2) 
preserving valued customer relationships, and 3) offering an opportunity to 
attract non-customers to the Bank.  The Bank boarded 102 loans totaling $2.0 
million during the promotion which is about 2.5 times the average dollar 
volume generated for similar two month periods preceding AUTOMANIA.

In addition to the items noted above, the Bank and its employees continue to 
be dedicated to a multitude of community involvement activities.  For 
example, the Bank has raised in the past 14 years some $236 thousand for the 
March of Dimes and its efforts to prevent birth defects.  Countless hours of 
volunteerism are offered to groups such as Special Olympics, the American 
Cancer Society, local PTA's, local YMCA's, local United Ways, local Boys and 
Girls Clubs, youth activities, senior activities, Hotline, Rotary, Kiwanis 
and many more. Donations to these groups by the Bank (excluding employee 
contributions) totaled over $51 thousand in 1997.  The Bank also launched its 
first volunteer crew for the Caltrans Adopt-A-Highway program during the 
year.  The Bank is now responsible for picking up litter and trash along a 
two mile stretch of Highway 101 in Arroyo Grande near the Traffic Way on-ramp.

Mid-State Bank, as well as other financial institutions, relies heavily on 
effective computer communications between banks, data networks, data 
processing centers and customers.  Management and the Board of Directors have 
committed to a Year 2000 Plan which the Bank has been busy implementing 
during 1997. Contracts have been signed and schedules have been set to 
replace the Bank's mainframe computer and software with a Year 2000 compliant 
system.  The current system was due for replacement after serving the Bank 
for over seven years. The cost of the new computer system will be capitalized 
like any fixed asset and depreciated over its expected useful life. The Bank 
expects depreciation expense to increase by approximately $115,000 per month 
beginning in July 1998. Teams have been formed to accomplish the 

                                     E-43

<PAGE>

conversion in 1998.  Personnel have been assigned to assess the Bank's other 
systems for Year 2000 compliance. These other systems include, but are not 
limited to, in-house applications, outside vendor applications, environmental 
systems and parties with whom we exchange information.  The Bank's goal is to 
modify or replace vulnerable systems, bringing the Bank into Year 2000 
compliance by January 1, 1999.  Other steps include the commitment of 
resources to have a speaker address Year 2000 issues at the Bank's Annual 
Economic Symposium, the mailing of Request for Compliance Assessment Letters 
to certain of its credit customers, the issuance of Compliance Acknowledgment 
Questionnaires to new credit customers, the design and distribution of 
printed materials either through mailings or statement stuffers to customers, 
and holding informational seminars for the Bank's business customers 
throughout the Central Coast. The costs of these activities, which will be 
charged to expense, are not expected to have a material affect on the 
consolidated statement of financial position and results of operations.

The Bank logged over 700 in-person calls during 1997 under the Community 
Reinvestment Act ("CRA") in its efforts to ascertain the financial and 
non-financial needs of the community.  Through these and other efforts, the 
Bank was able to complete a number of CRA related activities.  These 
activities cover a wide spectrum from programs such as low interest 
storefront beautification loans in Grover Beach, to participating with a 
consortium of local banks in the purchase of $3.5 million of  Certificates of 
Participation issued by Cuesta College to construct a new campus in northern 
San Luis Obispo County.   Management is dedicated to continuing this 
community involvement in 1998 and beyond.

PROGRESS REPORT ON PROGRAMS INTRODUCED IN RECENT YEARS

Recent year's Annual Reports outlined different programs introduced to 
improve profitability and asset quality.  As a follow-up to their 
introduction, described below are updates as to how these programs are 
working during 1997.

One of the most critical goals for the Bank in recent years was to reduce the 
level of non-earning, problem assets to acceptable levels.  The establishment 
of the Special Assets Department in 1994 was a key tactic in accomplishing 
this goal.  Its effectiveness can be viewed in the trends evident in the 
levels of non-accrual loans, Other Real Estate Owned (OREO), and net 
charge-offs.  The table below outlines some key indicators in the improving 
quality of Bank assets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1997                        1996
                                              ----                        ----
         <S>                              <C>                        <C>
         Non Accrual Loans                $2,677,133                 $3,638,320
         OREO, net                        $2,511,259                 $6,160,468
         Net Charge-offs
            (Recoveries)                 ($  812,648)                $  905,200
</TABLE>

The reduction in non accrual loans and OREO will benefit future periods' 
earnings as these balances, which had previously not been generating earnings 
for the Bank, are liquidated and the funds reinvested.  Net charge-offs 
represent actual losses which are charged against the allowance for loan 
losses and may often result in charges against earnings to replenish the 
allowance.

                                      E-44

<PAGE>

The Bank's efforts to liquidate Mid Coast Land and its real estate 
development holdings have been extensively documented in recent years.  The 
Bank was able to either complete development of certain holdings and sell the 
completed homes to the general public or sell certain of the development 
projects in their existing states of completion to interested third parties.  
These efforts have brought forth significant reductions in the level of 
holdings in these properties, as evidenced by the following chart:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   1997                1996
                                   ----                ----
          <S>                   <C>               <C>
          Investments
             in R. E            $8,768,095        $14,163,121
          Number of
             Projects               3                   4

</TABLE>

Mid Coast Land has been able to lower its holdings to $ 8.8 million in 
investments in net real estate at year-end compared to more than $70 million 
at the end of 1993.  There is a reserve of $6.0 million which is netted 
against the gross holdings of $14.8 million.  Of the $14.8 million in gross 
holdings, about 83% is centered in one project - San Luis Bay Estates in 
Avila Beach. The Bank plans to continue to aggressively market this project 
in the months ahead as it completes the process of obtaining all appropriate 
entitlements to the development.  The project represents one of the last 
coastal development projects (consisting of single family residences, planned 
unit developments, condominiums and vacant lots) and is considered to be of 
prime sales potential. The other 2 properties held by the company are small 
in comparison and should be sold in the ordinary course of business.  They 
represent commercial property in the Five Cities area and some remaining 
acreage property at Ranchita Estates in Arroyo Grande.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

The most comprehensive review of local economic conditions known to 
Management comes from the UCSB Economic Forecast Project which provides both 
annual forecast information and periodic updates of economic conditions in 
the Bank's trade area.  The economy continues a steady improvement, as 
measured by a variety of data.  Perhaps the most important economic criteria 
is projected job growth for the area's residents.  In San Luis Obispo County, 
job growth is expected to increase by 1.9% in 1997 compared to 3.7% in 1996.  
The unemployment rate in San Luis Obispo County is expected to be at 4.8% at 
the end of 1997, declining further according to the UCSB forecast to 4.5% by 
the end of 1998.  Santa Barbara County also saw steady job growth, with 
employment having increased by some 4,000 jobs, or 2.6% over the 12 months 
ended in June. Principal sectors creating this growth were the retail sector, 
the education sector, construction and non-durable goods manufacturing.  The 
unemployment rate in Santa Barbara County was 4.6% at mid year.

Tourism in both counties has continued its steady rise.  Hotel/motel 
occupancy rates have seen steady improvement with overnight visitor frequency 
increasing 2.6% and hotel/motel room sales up 5.7% during 1997 in San Luis 
Obispo County. Visitor spending has been estimated for 1997 to be up 7.2% to 
$394 million. Similarly, in Santa Barbara County on the south coast, 
hotel/motel room sales are up 6.4% indicating positive tourism trends there 
as well.  This important sector to the Bank's trade area appears to be 
healthy and improving.

                                      E-45

<PAGE>


Solid retail sales figures were noted throughout the Bank's trade area, 
especially in San Luis Obispo County, Santa Maria, and Santa Barbara.  Retail 
sales in San Luis Obispo County jumped a healthy 5.9% in 1997.  While figures 
for Santa Barbara County were not quite as dramatic, they too exhibited 
healthy growth led by Santa Maria with an estimated 8.3% growth rate.  
Management would expect retail sales growth, adjusted for inflation, to 
continue to grow in excess of 4% in 1998.

Residential real estate sales were particularly strong in San Luis Obispo 
County during 1997 and also up in Santa Barbara County.  Home sales are 
estimated to be up some 6% in San Luis Obispo County and 1.1% in Santa 
Barbara County (for the first half of 1997).  The median price of homes sold 
in San Luis Obispo increased 6.6% (third quarter compared to third quarter) 
and 5.5% in Santa Barbara County (based on first half of 1997).  The UCSB 
Economic Forecast Project is projecting an increase in selling prices for 
1998 owing to a lack of housing inventory going into the new year.

Interest rates are not expected to change dramatically during 1998.  In last 
year's Annual Report the Bank was anticipating "...that interest rates will 
likely remain stable for much, if not all, of the year.  There does not 
appear to be any clear evidence portending the need to either tighten (raise 
interest rates), or to become more accommodative (lower interest rates)....If 
there is to be some movement in interest rates, it would appear that the bias 
would be toward slightly higher levels."  Indeed, the Federal Reserve has 
only adjusted its target for the Fed Funds Rate once during 1997 from 5.25% 
to 5.50% back in March.  The 5.50% target is still being utilized as of the 
end of the year. The Prime Rate, which often correlates to Fed Funds Rate 
movements, also increased just one time to 8.50% from 8.25% in March.  It too 
has remained unchanged through the balance of 1997, ending the year at the 
same level.  With these basic rate monitors being fairly stable over the 
year, other indicators displayed somewhat more fluctuation.  For example, the 
30 year Treasury Bond which began the year at about 6.65%, rose to the low 
7.0% range in March and then fell in yield through much of the rest of the 
year to close at 5.92% at the end of 1997.  Similarly, the two year Treasury 
Note started at 5.88%, rose to 6.4% in March and then fell to 5.64% at the 
end of the year.  While some fluctuation in market interest rates is to be 
expected, rates have generally been fairly stable this past year.

Management's expectations for 1998 would again be for relatively stable 
interest rates for much, if not all, of the year.  Factors arguing against 
any upward movement in rates include; 1) the stable inflation statistics 
which continue to be released, and 2) the uncertain conditions in foreign 
markets which are negatively impacting the earnings of corporations in the 
United States.  Factors arguing against any drop in interest rates include; 
1) a tight labor market, and 2) both lofty, and fairly volatile, stock market 
levels. Against this back-drop, it seems that a more stable, middle of the 
road course on the part of the Federal Reserve is most likely.  These 
interest rate conditions, coupled with the steady momentum developing in the 
local economy over the past few years, would appear to indicate another 
favorable year for the local Central Coast economy.

COMPETITIVE FACTORS

Competitive pressures from other financial institutions continue to be 
intense both in Mid-State Bank's trade area and throughout the Nation.  Many 
banks are suffering from a lack of loan demand, which is translating into 
more aggressive pricing on the good credits available.  As noted in previous 
Annual Reports, in Mid-State's local trade area, the major banks, absent from 
the market place in the late 1980's and early 1990's are marketing loan 
products again.  Various

                                     E-46

<PAGE>

mortgage bankers are blanketing the central coast communities with sales 
promotions and are extremely competitive with their rate programs.  Brokerage 
houses are indeed a factor through their marketing of mutual funds and 
numerous banks are now offering these products.  Currently, Mid-State Bank 
continues to be reluctant to offer these products because of 1) the resultant 
capital outflows from San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties which 
negatively impact the local economy, 2) the very real potential for market 
losses to customers who would purchase these products (who have not 
previously experienced losses on their FDIC insured savings and checking 
accounts) and 3) the front-end fees charged by some firms which offer these 
products.  While there are positive arguments for offering alternative 
investments, Mid-State Bank continues to carefully analyze the feasibility of 
offering these deposit alternatives to its customers.

It should also be noted that the trend toward consolidation of banking assets 
exhibited over the past few years in the Bank's trade area continued in 1997. 
Statewide, according to SNL Securities, there were 30 Bank and thrift mergers 
announced during 1997, down from 42 in 1996. Locally, First Valley Bank of 
Lompoc was acquired by Santa Barbara Bancorp during the year and El Camino 
National Bank in Lompoc by the Bank of Santa Maria.  With the completion of 
these acquisitions, there were just 11 independent banks in the two county 
area which Mid-State Bank serves, down from 17 as recently as the end of 
1994.  This was short-lived, however, as two banks  - Mission Community Bank 
and Coast National Bank - both of which would have a presence in San Luis 
Obispo County, opened during the year.  Coast National began operations in 
June and Mission Community opened in late December.  These Banks mirror what 
is happening beyond the Bank's trade area as 144 state and federally 
chartered commercial banks started operating in 1996 and another 91 in 1997.

As more fully discussed in the Subsequent Event section at the end of the 
MD&A and in Footnote No. 16 to the consolidated statements of financial 
position, the Bank entered into an Agreement to Merge and Plan of 
Reorganization with BSM Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary Bank of Santa 
Maria on January 29, 1998.

As mentioned in last year's Annual Report, the other trend in banking in 
Mid-State's trade area mirrors what has happened throughout the State of 
California.  The larger institutions, most notably Bank of America and Wells 
Fargo Bank, have closed a number of their traditional brick and mortar 
branches in favor of an expanded "kiosk" type presence in local supermarket 
chains. Moreover, they have continued to promote their electronic delivery 
capabilities to their customer base.  It is unclear over the long term how 
this strategy will faire, however, and the Bank continues to secure a number 
of new customers unhappy with this more de-personalized approach and the 
mergers of ever larger institutions.

REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

As described in Footnote No. 15 to the Financial Statements, Mid-State Bank 
through its Board of Directors operated under a written Consent Agreement 
with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to Section 8(b) of 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act from January 31, 1994 to January 14, 1997.  
The Bank was released from that Agreement, effective January 15, 1997.  
Release from that agreement was a significant milestone for the Bank in its 
efforts to reduce its levels of problem assets and restore profitability.  
Moreover, it eliminates some of the operating restrictions previously placed 
on it by the FDIC.

                                      E-47

<PAGE>

LEGAL MATTERS

The Bank is involved in litigation of a routine nature which is being handled 
and defended in the ordinary course of the Bank's business.  In the opinion 
of Management, based on the advice of legal counsel, the resolution of 
pending litigation will have no material impact on the Bank's income or 
financial position.

ANALYSIS OF STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

LOANS

Mid-State Bank experienced an increase in its net loan portfolio from $319.2 
million at the end of 1996 to $338.3 million at the end of 1997.  This 
represents continued growth of the loan portfolio of $19.1 million following 
the $16.3 million increase in 1996.  Management is encouraged by this 
improving trend after having seen several years of declining totals.  The 
portfolio had actually been as high as $442.2 million at the end of 1991.  
Loans now represent approximately 40% of Mid-State's assets which is down 
from its peak of 64% of assets in 1989.  Experiences at the independent banks 
in Mid-State's trade area are similar.  In 1989, loans were 66% of total bank 
assets among the 17 independent banks.  As of September 30, 1997 this figure 
had declined to 55% of the remaining 12 independent bank assets.  The 
Investment Portfolio has grown in absolute dollars, as well as a percentage 
of assets, over this period of time as funds are being allocated to this 
portion of the balance sheet.  The section immediately following provides a 
more extensive discussion of the Investment Portfolio.

The composition of the loan portfolio is changing as well.  The graph  below 
displays the trend over the past five years in the various components of the 
loan portfolio.

Consolidated Bank Loan Trends
($ in millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Dec-93    Mar-94   Jun-94    Sep-94   Dec-94    Mar-95   Jun-95   Sep-95   Dec-95   Mar-96   Jun-96
<S>           <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Construction
& Land Dev.    63.337    79.651   78.891    56.16    41.8599   39.446   33.557   33.506   27.734   32.091   29.697

Real Estate   159.641   155.061  149.762   160.016  159.9799  155.201  154.988  153.601  139.321  142.337  144.673

Home Equity    85.179    82.343   80.214    77.115   75.0492   72.971   72.83    69.442   66.504   64.186   62.214

Commercial,
Other          56.188    50.927   50.75     52.958   51.5844   48.371   51.571   51.408   51.203   51.81    52

Consumer       27.676    26.585   25.645    25.949   28.7671   27.167   30.372   30.112   30.648   28.079   28.732

Installment    22.009    21.389   20.484    20.853   21.3272   22.124   25.194   24.607   24.73    21.83    20.251

Credit Cards/
Or Reserve      5.657     5.196    5.161     5.096    5.4999    5.043    5.178    5.305    5.918    6.249    6.481
</TABLE>


Consolidated Bank Loan Trends
($ in millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Sep-96   Dec-98   May-97    Jun-97   Sep-97    Dec-97
<S>           <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
Construction
& Land Dev.    31.316   27.719   31.459    22.923   22.937    23.414

Real Estate   147.383  153.566  156.636   163.444  171.263   173.548

Home Equity    60.341   59.046   53.317    56.718   56.029    52.978

Commercial,
Other          52.114   53.923   69.796    65.907   63.443    69.203

Consumer       30.055   31.352   31.019    31.044   30.069    32.275

Installment    20.494   20.474   20.062    19.56    16.632    20.408

Credit Cards/
Or Reserve      9.561   11.088   10.957    11.484   11.387    12.387
</TABLE>


                                      E-48

<PAGE>

Construction loans have fallen from their level three years earlier - $41.9 
million at December 31, 1994 compared to $23.4 million at year-end 1997.  In 
a similar manner, Home Equity Credit Lines have also declined from $75.1 
million at the end of 1994 to $52.7 million at the end of 1997.  Consumer 
loans (installment, credit cards and credit reserve) have exhibited modest 
growth over the 3 year period reaching $32.3 million at year-end 1997 
compared to $26.8 million at the end of 1994.  Commercial loans have 
especially grown over the last 18 months having reached $69.2 million at 
December 31, 1997.  Real Estate loans generally trended down from $160.0 
million at the end of 1994 to nearly $139.3 million at December 31, 1995, but 
then grew back to $173.5 million by the end of 1997.  The Bank expects to  
continue to emphasize other types of lending activity in order to diversify 
the risk in those categories relative to term real estate loans.  Economic 
recovery in the Central Coast will determine the types of credit the Bank 
will be able to extend and hence its ability to achieve this objective.

Recoveries in 1997 of loans previously charged-off totaled $1.7 million which 
was actually greater than the charge-offs of $852 thousand taken during the 
year resulting in NET RECOVERIES of $813 thousand.  This represents a 
dramatic turn-around from the actual loan losses (net of recoveries) 
sustained during 1996 of $905 thousand, $1.9 million in 1995 and $9.4 million 
in 1994.  The Bank anticipates that charge-offs (actual losses) will continue 
at the reduced levels witnessed during 1997.  It is unlikely however that 
recoveries would again exceed charge-offs in the coming year.

The Bank's allowance for loan losses stands at $11.3 million, or 3.2% of 
gross loans, as an accrual for losses inherent in the Loan Portfolio but not 
yet realized.  This amount is up from the $10.4 million at December 31, 1996. 
 The year-end 1997 balance now represents 420% of non-accrual loans up from 
287% at the end of 1996. A five year review of activitiy in the allowance for 
loan losses and an allocation by loan type of the allowance is shown in the 
two tables below.

                                      E-49


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES                       1997             1996             1995           1994             1993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
Balance at beginning of year                  $10,437,972      $11,343,172     $13,216,619    $20,214,348     $  9,760,041
Provision charged to operating expense             -               -                -           2,450,000       16,000,000
Loans charged off:
 Construction and development loans                -               (73,000)     (1,155,975)    (7,299,242)        (365,673)
 Real estate loans                               (161,940)        (692,245)     (1,113,215)    (1,648,631)      (3,754,143)
 Home equity credit lines                         (14,772)        (292,636)       (278,112)      (358,492)         (96,549)
 Installment loans                               (174,196)        (216,117)       (194,251)      (376,511)        (304,770)
 Commercial loans                                (288,154)      (1,118,646)     (1,242,233)      (935,664)      (1,037,097)
 Credit cards and related loans                  (213,392)        (215,178)       (216,351)      (162,416)        (210,399)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
 Construction and development loans                43,718          908,140       1,616,011        794,216             -
 Real estate loans                                 83,557           96,060         148,902          6,431            1,300
 Home equity credit lines                          20,392           23,027          49,050         12,463             -
 Installment loans                                 96,145           81,927          80,654        257,860           97,398
 Commercial loans                               1,369,624          545,408         385,448        232,384          114,189
 Credit cards and related loans                    51,666           48,060          46,625         29,873           10,051
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 BALANCE AT END OF YEAR                       $11,250,620      $10,437,972     $11,343,172    $13,216,619      $20,214,348
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

An allocation of the allowance for loan losses at current and prior year-ends
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Percent             Percent              Percent            Percent             Percent
Balance applicable to:          1997       of Total   1996     of Total   1995     of Total   1994     of Total   1993     of Total
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Construction and 
  development loans             $   334        3.0%   $   672      6.4%   $ 2,070     18.2%   $ 3,068     23.2%   $ 6,656     32.9%
Real estate loans                 2,474       22.0%     4,911     47.0%     4,536     40.0%     4,124     31.2%     4,248     21.0%
Home equity credit lines            656        5.8%       771      7.4%     1,136     10.0%     1,830     13.8%     2,469     12.2%
Installment loans                   402        3.6%       196      1.9%       544      4.8%       892      6.7%       575      4.3%
Commercial loans                  1,828       16.2%     1,290     12.4%     2,090     18.4%     3,050     23.1%     5,223     25.8%
Credit cards and related loans      650        5.8%       402      3.9%       486      4.3%       186      1.4%       711      3.5%

Unallocated                       4,907       43.6%     2,196     21.0%       481      4.2%        67      0.5%        33      0.2%

      BALANCE AT END OF YEAR    $11,251      100.0%   $10,438    100.0%   $11,343    100.0%   $13,217    100.0%   $20,214    100.0%
</TABLE>


With the combination of the collateral securing the problem loans and the 
size of the allowance for loan losses, Management feels that the allowance is 
more than sufficient to cover inherent losses.  Management reviews the 
adequacy of the allowance and adjusts it as necessary on a regular basis.  
The allowance is also examined annually by one or more of the Bank's 
regulatory bodies including the FDIC and The State Of California Department 
of Financial Institutions.  The adequacy of the allowance is determined by 
considering the type and quality of loans in the loan portfolio, trends in 
non-accrual loans, trends in delinquencies, trends in actual losses, 
geographical distribution of loans, management expertise, economic outlook, 
diversification of the loan portfolio, value of available collateral, and the 
costs of collateral liquidation.

                                      E-50




<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Over     Due after   Due after
    (dollars in 000's)                 3 Months    one year  three years
                            3 Months    through    to three    to five     Due after
                             or less   12 Months     years      years      five years   Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
      DECEMBER 31, 1997
      ----------------
  Fixed rate loans          $  3,979    $23,557     $33,147    $23,643     $68,180     $152,506
  Floating rate loans        194,347      1,589           -          -           -      195,936
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Sub-total              198,326     25,146      33,147     23,643      68,180      348,442
  Non accrual loans                                                                       2,677
      Total Loans, gross                                                               $351,119


      DECEMBER 31, 1996
      ----------------
  Fixed rate loans          $  13,470   $18,902     $34,327    $24,493     $52,179     $143,371
  Floating rate loans         183,045       764           -          -           -      183,809
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Sub-total               196,515    19,666      34,327     24,493      52,179      327,180
  Non accrual loans                                                                       3,638
      Total Loans, gross                                                               $330,818
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Non-Accrual loans within Mid-State Bank's portfolio stood at $2.7 million as of
December 31, 1997, an improvement from the $3.6 million at the end of 1996.
Loans 90 days or more past due stood at $632 thousand at December 31, 1997
which is down from the $2.8 million at the end of 1996.  The improving level of
non-accrual loans is a reflection of gradually improving economic conditions,
the efforts of the Bank's problem resolution personnel and actual charge-offs
of prior period's problem assets.  The vast majority of the loans on non-
accrual ($2.4 million) are secured by real estate.  There is potential for this
collateral to be liquidated to recover principal and unpaid interest.  To the
extent this is not sufficient, a charge-off against the allowance may result.
Loans 90 days or more past due are all secured by real estate.  It should be
noted that in certain cases, loans more than 90 days past due will not go into
non-accrual status because they are well secured and in the process of
collection.
  
A summary of maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates
is shown in the table below. A more complete discussion of the Bank's exposure
to changes in interest rates can be found in the MD&A under the section titled
"Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk".

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

The Bank's Investment Portfolio primarily consists of US Treasury Notes and
Bills, Federal Agency Notes, Mortgage Backed Securities and Municipal Bonds.
See footnote No. 2 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed
composition of the Investment Portfolio.  Most of the growth in the portfolio
was centered in the Municipal Portfolio as it increased from $59.7 million at
the end of 1996 to $108.2 million at the end of 1997.  The Bank has focused on
this segment of the portfolio because it generates better returns and there is
already ample liquidity with the Treasury and Agency portion of the portfolio
($246.3 million at year-end 1997).  The U.S. Treasury portion of the portfolio
declined by $37 million while Federal Agencies and Mortgage Backed Securities
increased by $19.1 million.

The Bank may segregate its portfolio into three categories - a "Trading
Portfolio" (which requires continual mark to market accounting through the
income statement), a "Held to Maturity" portfolio (which is carried at
historical amortized cost) and an "Available for Sale"

                                       E-51

<PAGE>

portfolio (which requires mark to market adjustments to the Bank's capital 
account, but provides for the same income statement treatment as the 
Held-to-Maturity portfolio.) The Bank holds no securities that should be 
classified as Trading securities. The Bank has determined that since its 
securities may be sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to 
meet liquidity needs, or to better match the repricing characteristics of 
funding sources, its entire portfolio should be classified as Available for 
Sale.

The mark to market adjustment on the Available for Sale portfolio resulted in
positive increases in stockholder's equity of $1.7 million and $908 thousand at
the December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
  
During 1997, management sold certain bonds and had some called prior to their
stated maturities.  In total these calls and sales had net gains,  amounting to
$90 thousand.  Proceeds from these sales and calls amounted to $47.8 million.
Notwithstanding these calls and sales and over $68.3 million in maturing
securities, purchases exceeded maturities/sales over the full year. The total
investment portfolio thus grew by $28.7 million from the end of 1996 to the end
of 1997.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED ("OREO")

As noted in the financial statements, net OREO on the Bank's books stood at
$2.5 million at December 31, 1997 compared to $6.2 million at the end of 1996.
A breakdown of year-end 1997 OREO by type shows that $771 thousand is
construction and land development, $74 thousand is residential single family
real estate, and $1.9 million is commercial real estate.  The Bank created a
real estate valuation allowance to cover inherent uncertainties in the value of
its real estate holdings, which is netted against these amounts.  At year-end
1997, this allowance stood at $197 thousand compared to $967 thousand at the
end of 1996.  OREO is held at the lower of cost or market on the Bank's
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.  However, given the economic
circumstances prevalent in the early 1990's where deteriorating conditions can
lead to additional write-downs on certain properties, Management continues to
feel it is prudent to maintain a valuation allowance.  Given the recent
stability of real estate trends and the large decline in the Bank's holdings of
OREO properties, Management has determined that it is not currently necessary
to add to this allowance.

During 1997, the Bank received net proceeds from sale of OREO properties of
$6.2 million.  Of the proceeds amount, $1.2 million represented the sale of 9
single family residences, $4.4 million represented the sale of 193 vacant lots,
and $477 thousand represented the sale of two commercial/industrial properties.
The Bank brought a smaller amount into OREO during 1997 ($1.1 million) than it
sold and consequently the year-end 1997 total was smaller than a year ago.
Additionally, the Bank made capitalized advances on OREO properties of $433
thousand in 1997 in order to complete their marketability.  The Bank expects
additions to OREO in 1998 as it forecloses on certain loans which are unable to
meet their contractual obligations.  Whether the additions to the OREO category
will exceed sales is impossible to predict.  This will depend, among other
things, on the strength of the real estate market and general economic
activity.

                                       E-52

<PAGE>

DEPOSITS

While the Bank is competitive with major banks in terms of its structure of
interest rates on deposit products offered, it was not overtly aggressive
during 1997 in terms of paying higher rates to attract additional deposits.
Given the current modest loan demand and the Bank's excess liquidity at the
present time, management does not feel the need to be especially aggressive on
the rates being paid.  As a result, some of the more interest sensitive
accounts, in particular passbook savings,  have actually declined in recent
years.  To be sure, much of the decline in passbook has migrated to time
deposits, however, the combination of an improving economy and "non-aggressive"
pricing on deposits has resulted in a growth rate over the last few years of
about 5% per year.
  
As mentioned earlier in this report, the Bank implemented a new program during
the year to reclassify certain of its NOW account deposits to the Money Market
category, thereby allowing it to reduce the amount of required reserves (which
are non-earning assets) that it holds at the Federal Reserve Bank. The average
amount of NOW accounts reclassified in the fourth quarter of 1997 has been
approximately 90%. At year end, the percentage was 77%.  A summary of deposits
at December 31, 1997 and 1996 is shown in the table below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1997            1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                  <C>             <C>
            Demand Deposits          $137,625,799    $  122,396,023
            NOW Accounts               47,843,528        44,434,301
            Money Market
                Deposits              243,774,639       237,445,981
            Passbook Savings          117,059,033       116,622,761
            Individual
                Retirement Accts       69,516,710        69,137,402
            Other Time
            Deposits                  141,234,955       124,688,430
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Total
            Deposits                 $757,054,664    $  714,724,898
</TABLE>

As discussed in the Income Statement Analysis, interest rates were little
changed during 1997 having only modestly affected the Bank's deposit rates.
This is readily seen in a comparison of the rates paid on the Bank's deposit
products at year-end 1997 compared to year-end 1996.  Note also that the Wall
Street Journal Prime Rate is higher at year-end 1997 and had risen to this
level on March 26, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SELECTED QUOTED INTEREST RATES            12/31/97 12/31/96 CHANGE
- ------------------------------            -------------------------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>     <C>
Demand Deposits                                0%        0%       0%
NOW Account
  (50 & Better - over $10,000)              1.00%     1.00%       0%
Money Market Deposits
  (over $2,500)                             2.40%     2.40%       0%
Passbook Savings Account                    2.25%     2.25%       0%
Individual Retirement
   Account (2 Year term)                    5.30%     5.25%  + 0.05%
Time Deposit
  ($100,000 - 6 month term)                 5.25%     5.10%  + 0.15%
Wall Street Journal Prime Rate              8.50%     8.25%  + 0.25%
</TABLE>

                                       E-53

<PAGE>

OTHER BORROWINGS

While not a significant component of the Bank's structure, other borrowings
decreased from $7.4 million at the end of 1996 to $4.5 million at the end of
1997.  These consist primarily of borrowings under the US Treasury Tax and Loan
note account, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and mortgages
payable.  The Bank had outstanding borrowings of $2.5 million and $2.6 million
at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, under the US Treasury Tax and Loan
note account program.  Securities sold under agreement to repurchase were $1.75
million and $1.85 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Mortgages payable were $213 thousand and $3.0 million at year-end 1997 and
1996, respectively.

CAPITAL

Capital ratios for commercial banks in the United States are generally
calculated using 3 different formulas.  These calculations are referred to as
the "Leverage Ratio" and two "risk based" calculations known as "Tier One Risk
Based Capital Ratio" and the "Total Risk Based Capital Ratio."  The Bank is
subject to certain standards concerning these ratios.  These standards were
developed through the joint efforts of banking authorities from 12 different
countries around the world.  The standards essentially take into account the
fact that different types of assets have different levels of risk associated
with them.  Further, they take into account the off-balance sheet exposures of
banks when assessing capital adequacy.

The Leverage Ratio calculation simply divides common stockholders' equity
(reduced by any goodwill a bank may have) by the total assets of the bank.  In
the Tier One Risk Based Capital Ratio, the numerator is the same as the
leverage ratio, but the denominator is the total "risk-weighted assets" of the
bank.  Risk weighted assets are determined by segregating all the assets and
off-balance sheet exposures into different risk categories and weighting them
by a percentage ranging from 0% (lowest risk) to 100% (highest risk).  The
Total Risk Based Capital Ratio again uses "risk-weighted assets" in the
denominator, but expands the numerator to include other capital items besides
equity such as a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses, long-term
capital debt, preferred stock and other instruments.  Summarized below are the
Bank's capital ratios at December 31, 1997 and 1996.  Additionally, the
standards for a well capitalized institution, as defined by the federal banking
agencies, are displayed.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Well-Capitalized

                               Regulatory            Mid-State Bank
                                                     --------------
                                      Standard            1997           1996
                                      --------            ----           ----
<S>                                   <C>            <C>                 <C>

    Leverage Ratio                      5.00%             9.2%           8.1%
    Tier One
      Risk Based
      Capital Ratio     6.00%           14.9%            13.6%
    Total Risk
        Based
        Capital Ratio  10.00%           16.2%            14.8%
</TABLE>

It is the intent of Management to continue to maintain strong capital ratios.
                                       E-54

<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY

The focus of the Bank's liquidity management is to ensure its ability to meet
cash requirements.  Sources of liquidity include Cash, Due From Bank Balances
(net of Federal Reserve requirements to maintain reserves against deposit
liabilities), Fed Funds Sold, Investment Securities (net of pledging
requirements), loan repayments, deposits and Fed Funds Borrowing lines.
Typical demands on liquidity are deposit run-off from demand deposits and
savings accounts, maturing time deposits which are not renewed, and anticipated
funding under credit commitments to customers.
 
Mid-State Bank has substantial liquidity at the present time.  As a comparison,
its loan to deposit ratio at year-end was 44.7% versus 63.1% across all Central
Coast Banks.  This means that the Bank has less of its deposits invested in the
loan portfolio which tends to be a less liquid asset than a typical investment
security.  The Bank normally strives for a loan to deposit ratio in the 65% to
75% range.  The Bank's internally calculated liquidity ratio stands at 57.5% at
December 31, 1997 which is above its normal desired range of between 15% and
30% and is up slightly from the 56.0% level of one year earlier.   Mid-State
has a larger percentage investment in real estate related assets through its
Mid Coast Land Company subsidiary.  But even allowing for this difference, Mid-
State Bank has a substantially large liquidity  position compared to other
banking institutions.

The Bank strives to make high quality loans to optimize earnings while still
maintaining adequate liquidity.  Recent economic conditions have dictated that
the Bank operate with excess liquidity as it has been unable to build its loan
portfolio to the desired range.  Management believes that its ability to do so
in the future will at least partly be dependent on the strength of the local
economy.

INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST RATE RISK

Net Interest Income is the difference between interest and fees earned on all
earning assets and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities.  Net Interest
Income for 1997 was $40.2 million, up from $35.9 million recorded in 1996 and
$35.0 million in 1995.  The components of net interest income change in
response to both changes in rate, average balance and mix of both earning
assets and liabilities.  The following table presents an analysis of
yields/rates, interest income and expense, and average balances for 1997, 1996,
and 1995.
                                       E-55  

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
                                                                                                
(dollars in 000's)                               1997                           1996            
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Average                        Average                      
                                    Balance    Interest    Rate    Balance     Interest   Rate  
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>   
EARNING ASSETS

Loans                               $335,029    $34,581   10.32%    $312,431    $32,002   10.24%

Investment Securities               $348,584    $21,518    6.17%    $307,148    $18,858    5.14%

Fed Funds Sold & Other               $23,934     $1,201    5.02%     $23,558     $1,183    5.02%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Earning Assets                $707,547    $57,300    8.10%    $643,137    $52,043    8.09%

INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

Savings and Interest Bearing
Transaction Accounts                $387,807    $ 6,523    1.68%    $385,240     $6,565    1.70% 
Time Deposits                       $202,934    $10,414    5.13%    $185,140     $9,416    5.09%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits     $590,740    $16,937    2.87%    $570,380    $15,981    2.80%

Other Borrowed Funds                  $3,282       $199    6.06%      $3,217       $177    5.50%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities  $594,022    $17,135    2.88%    $573,597    $16,158    2.82%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME                 $707,547    $40,164    5.68%    $643,137    $35,885    5.58%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     1997 Compared to 1996                                    1996 Compared to 1995
  Interest Income and Expense                1995          Interest Income and Expense
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Changes Due To:                                           Changes Due To:        
    ---------------   Total     Average                       ---------------  Total 
    Volume    Rate    Change    Balance    Interest    Rate   Volume   Rate   Change 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>       <C>     <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
    $2,324    $255    $2,579    $333,967    $35,349   10.58% ($2,243)($1,104)($3,347)
                                                                                     
    $2,551    $109    $2,660    $253,003    $15,310    6.05%  $3,300   ($248) $3,548 
                                                                                     
       $19     ($1)      $18     $17,584     $1,015    5.77%    $322   ($154)   $168 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    $4,893    $364    $5,257    $604,554    $51,674    8.55%  $1,380 ($1,011)   $850 
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
      $ 43    ($85)     ($42)   $394,836     $7,467    1.89%   ($173)  ($729)  ($902)
      $909     $89      $998    $167,094     $8,532    5.11%    $920    ($36)   $884 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $952      $4      $956    $561,930    $15,999    2.85%    $747   ($765)   ($18)
                                                                                     
        $4     $18       $22      $7,002       $640    9.14%   ($277)  ($186)  ($463)
                                                                                     
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $955     $22      $976    $568,932    $16,639    2.92%    $470   ($951)  ($481)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    $3,937    $342    $4,279    $604,554    $35,035    5.80%    $910    ($60)   $850 

</TABLE>

During 1997, there was a $5.3 million increase in interest income along with a
smaller $1.0 million increase in interest expense compared to 1996. The
resulting $4.3 million increase in net interest income for 1997 is a result of
a number of dynamics affecting both average balance and interest rate
considerations.  First, the Bank actually enjoyed an increase in its average
loan outstandings for the first time in several years.  Secondly, the prime
rate on which many of Mid-State Bank's loans are tied was higher in 1997
(8.44%) compared to 1996 (8.27%).  Third, the volume of average earning assets
was higher on average in 1997 than in 1996 by some $64.4 million, while the
Bank's interest bearing liabilities increased by just $20.4 million.  Fourth,
interest rates did not significantly impact the Bank's cost of funds during
1997.  The $850 thousand increase in net interest income for 1996 compared to
1995 was the result of a number of different dynamics in those two years.
First, the Bank had experienced a decline in its average loans outstanding
which caused an increase in the relative percentage of funds placed in the
lower yielding investment portfolio.  Secondly, the prime rate was lower on
average in 1996 (8.27%) compared to the 1995 level (8.81%).  Third, the volume
of earning assets was higher on average in 1996 than in 1995, which more than
offset the negative impact of lower interest rates on loan interest income.
Fourth, the volume of and the rates paid on other borrowings was lower in 1996
compared to 1995 which substantially contributed to the reduced interest
expense in 1996.

The Bank's risk exposure to changes in interest rates is minimal.  A recent
review of the potential changes in the Bank's net interest income  over the
next 12 month time horizon showed that it could fluctuate under very extreme
alternative rate scenarios from between +3.7% and -6.8% of the base case (rates
unchanged) of $44.2 million.  The Bank's policy is to maintain a structure of
assets and liabilities which are such that net interest income will not vary
more than plus or minus 15% of the base forecast over the next 12 months.
Management feels that its exposure to interest rate risk is manageable and it
will continue to strive for an optimal trade-off between risk and earnings.

                                       E-56

<PAGE>

The following table presents a summary of the Bank's net interest income
forecasted for the coming 12 months under alternative interest rate scenarios.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      CHANGE
                                                    FROM BASE
                                                    ---------
<S>                                                 <C>

         Rates Down Very Significant                   -6.8%
         (Prime down to 5.50% over 12 months)
         Rates Down Significant                        -4.6%
         (Prime down to 6.50% over 12 months)
         Rates Down Modestly                           -3.6%
         (Prime down to 7.00% over 12 months)
         Base Case - Rates Unchanged                       -
         (Prime unchanged at 8.50% over 12 months)
         Rates Up Modestly                             +2.8%
         (Prime up to 10.00% over 12 months)
         Rates Up Aggressive                           +3.3%
         (Prime up to 10.50% over 12 months)
         Rates Up Very Aggressive                      +3.7%
         (Prime up to 11.50% over 12 months)

</TABLE>

The Bank's exposure with respect to interest rate derivatives, exchange rate
fluctuations, and/or commodity price movements is nil.  The Bank does not own
any instruments within these markets.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

The Bank did not make a contribution to the allowance for loan losses in 1997,
1996 or 1995.  The need for additional provision for loan losses in 1998 will
be dependent upon Management's on-going analysis of the adequacy of the
allowance for loan losses.  While Management believes it to be adequate at the
present time, the appropriate value can fluctuate over time in response to
economic conditions and the subjective decisions which must be made in response
to those conditions.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Non-Interest Income for 1997 totaled $13.0 million compared to $12.7 million in
1996 and $12.0 million in 1995.  Service charges on deposit accounts were up
$156 thousand in 1997 over 1996 after having declined by $40 thousand in 1996
compared to 1995.  Commissions, fees and other service charges increased by
$348 thousand in 1996 over 1995 and by another $280 thousand in 1997.  Earnings
from investments in real estate at Mid Coast Land Company continued their
decline.  1996 earnings were $477 thousand lower than 1995 and 1997 earnings
declined again by $442 thousand to total just $507 thousand for the year.
Prospects for earnings in 1998 are lower still in light of the phase out of
this business by the Bank.  Securities gains, net of losses, were $90 thousand
in 1997 versus net losses in 1996 and 1995 of $4 thousand and $93 thousand,
respectively.
  
Other income increased by $145 thousand in 1997 to over $2.6 million  after a
larger $788 thousand increase in 1996 over the $1.7 million earned in 1995.
The 1997 increase actually was composed of a $500 thousand increase in
recoveries of prior years losses along with a $143

                                       E-57

<PAGE>

thousand gain on sale of fixed assets, a $158 thousand improvement in rental 
income received on bank property and some other minor improvements in income. 
These were partially offset in 1997 by a $690 thousand reduction in gains on 
sale of ORE.  The increase in other income in 1996 over 1995 was attributable 
primarily to an increase in gains on sale of ORE which were up $528 thousand 
from the prior year.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Total non-interest expense for 1997 was $37.7 million which was down from $41.4
million in 1996 and $48.1 million in 1995.  Employee salary expense over this
three year time frame has been relatively flat having increased 0.2% in 1997
over 1996 and 2.3% in 1996 over 1995.  Employee benefits costs have increased
at a faster pace having grown from $3.2 million in 1995 to $3.8 million in 1996
and $5.0 million in 1997.  The increase over these three years is directly
correlated with the improved profits of the Bank and the resulting increasing
profit sharing contributions, increasing incentive reward system bonuses and
the resumption of deferred compensation for senior management (in 1997 only).

Occupancy expense has remained virtually unchanged throughout the last 3 years
at just over $5.4 million in 1995 and 1996 and just under $5.5 million in 1997.
Major capital expenditures for computer equipment and ATM's are planned for
1998.  As this equipment comes on stream in the middle of the year, occupancy
expense will increase as these items are depreciated over useful lives of
between 5 and 7 years.
  
Expenses incurred from write-downs and provisions for losses on investments in
real estate fell to $2.0 million in 1997 from $5.5 million in 1996 and $9.7
million in 1995.  The Bank continues to work towards divestiture of these
activities to conform to the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA).  Management believes additional
losses on real estate investments are possible as it continues with its plans
to divest itself of these activities, however, at current carrying values,
potential losses would seem less onerous and less likely than they may have a
few years ago.  However, many factors, such as the local economy and regulatory
timing in requiring divestiture, over which the Bank has no control, could
significantly effect these activities.

OREO expense decreased from $3.4 million in 1995 to $1.1 million in 1996 and
$355 thousand in 1997.  Included in the 1996 and 1995 figures were additional
contributions made to the Bank's real estate valuation allowance of $350
thousand and $2.2 million, respectively.  No contributions were made to this
allowance in 1997.  While the anticipated level of OREO expense for 1998 is
unknown at this time, it is expected that these costs will continue based on
the level of additional foreclosures from 1997.  Management is hopeful however
that the positive trend seen in 1996 and 1997 will continue in 1998.  The
economic recovery underway is certainly encouraging from this perspective.
  
Other operating expense decreased from $12.3 million in 1995 to $11.2 million
in 1996, and $10.3 million in 1997.  The decline in 1997 was primarily
attributable to three expense categories - a $228 thousand reduction in losses
and other special assets loan expense, a reduction of $769 thousand in FDIC
insurance premiums, and a $74 thousand reduction in professional services
expenditures.  These reductions in expense from 1996 to 1997 were offset by
modest increases in other categories which in aggregate net to the $842
thousand decline in this category for 1997.

                                       E-58

<PAGE>

The decline from 1995 to 1996 of $1.1 million was due to two major factors - 
a $1.3 million non-recurring charge taken in 1995 on a bank property which 
represented capitalized construction costs written-off, and a reduction of 
$502 thousand in FDIC insurance premiums. These reductions were offset by 
modest increases in other categories which in aggregate net to the $1.1 
million reduction.

TAXES

As described in Footnote No. 8 to the financial statements, the Bank has
deferred tax assets primarily related to the timing difference associated with
the loss resulting from write-downs and provisions for losses on certain loans
and real estate assets.  The amount generated for book purposes compared to the
actual loss experience recorded for tax purposes has been significantly
different.  Because of regulatory restrictions on the amount of deferred tax
assets which can be recognized for financial reporting purposes, the Bank also
established a valuation allowance for taxes on the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Positions which totaled $3.7 million and $9.1 million at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively.  The reduction in the valuation allowance during
1997 directly benefited the tax expense recognized for the year, compared to
normal statutory tax rates.  The valuation allowance increased in 1996 compared
to 1995 by $1.5 million and thus 1996 tax expense recognized for the year was
actually higher compared to the normal statutory tax rates.

SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITY

MID COAST LAND COMPANY

Investments in real estate shown on the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position principally represent the assets of the Bank's real estate development
subsidiary, Mid Coast Land Company.  Footnote No. 5 to the accompanying
financial statements provides additional information about this wholly owned
subsidiary.  As noted earlier, Mid Coast Land Company had a loss during 1997 of
$2.9 million, down from $6.6 million in the prior year, owing principally to a
reduction in the provisions it made for losses on investments in real estate of
$3.5 million.

Because of the progress made to liquidate the real estate development assets,
the FDIC granted an extension of the divestiture date in July 1996 for just
over two years to December 1998.  The regional director of the FDIC may, at his
sole discretion, extend the deadline up to December 31, 2001, for good cause.

MSB PROPERTIES, INC.

This wholly owned subsidiary was formed to engage in the specific business of
acquiring, owning, and improving real property and tangible personal property
which may be necessary or convenient for the operation or housing of the
administrative departments and branch offices of Mid-State Bank.  Incorporated
under the laws of the State of California in May of 1968, it also allows for
the ownership of property which may be reasonably necessary for future
expansion of the Bank's business, or which is otherwise reasonably related to
the conduct of the Bank's business, pursuant to Section 752 of the Financial
Code of the State of California.

Earnings for this subsidiary consist primarily of rental income from the Bank's
offices and administrative center coupled with a minor amount of rental income
from non-bank tenants and interest earnings on its cash assets.  Expenses are
principally interest on mortgages, depreciation

                                       E-59

<PAGE>

of leasehold improvements, general maintenance and utilities expense.  The 
affairs of the subsidiary are managed by Bank employees and as such this 
subsidiary has no paid staff members.
  
Earnings for MSB Properties have increased over the years with net earnings
after-tax of $1.6 million, $1.3 million, and $961 thousand,  in 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively.  The largest contributing factor for the increase in
earnings in 1997 was a one-time gain of $143 thousand on the sale of excess
property in San Luis Obispo.  Leases are written with market terms and at
market rates.

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

As disclosed in Footnote No. 16 to the accompanying consolidated financial
statements, on January 29, 1998, Mid-State Bank, Bank of Santa Maria, and BSM
Bancorp (parent company to Bank of Santa Maria) entered into a definitive
agreement to merge, subject to the approval of banking regulators and the
shareholders of both banks. The combined entity, Mid-State Bancshares, will
have assets of approximately $1.2 billion, the largest independent bank in San
Luis Obispo and Northern Santa Barbara Counties. The transaction is expected to
be accretive to Mid-State Bancshares earnings during 1999 based upon
anticipated improvements to the efficiency of the operations, resulting in
expected reductions in operating expenses. Additional earnings enhancements
will result from cross marketing efforts, increased lending capacity and
increased market presence.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Certain information concerning market risk is contained in the notes to the
financial statements which are included in Item 8 of this Report and in
Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations which is included in Item 7 of this Report.

                                       E-60
<PAGE>

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MID-STATE BANK:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial 
position of MID-STATE BANK (a California chartered state bank) and 
subsidiaries (the Bank) as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related 
consolidated statements of income, changes in capital accounts and cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These 
financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank's management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based 
on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. 
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in 
all material respects, the financial position of Mid-State Bank and 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their 
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles.


Arthur Andersen LLP
Los Angeles, California
January 30, 1998

                                      E-61
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
ASSETS                                                                                  1997              1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                            <C>                   <C>               <C>
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS                                         $ 73,707,705         $ 73,392,050
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD                                                                                     10,000,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES, net:
        U.S. Treasury securities                                                       144,096,562    181,046,798
        U.S. Government agencies and corporations                                      102,193,325     90,639,011
        Mortgage backed securities                                 16,709,867            9,188,412
        Obligations of states and political subdivisions                               108,230,358     59,650,801
        Other investments                                           1,940,735            3,985,840
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        TOTAL SECURITIES                                          373,170,847          344,510,862
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOANS, net                                                                             338,280,695    319,190,078
BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, net                                                        20,463,227     18,942,856
ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE                                                              7,221,397      7,286,475
INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE, net                                                          8,768,095     14,163,121
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED, net                                                             2,511,259      6,160,468
OTHER ASSETS                                                         8,176,545           8,785,223
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        TOTAL  ASSETS                                                                 $842,299,770   $792,431,133
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPOSITS:
        Demand deposits                                           $137,625,799        $122,396,023
        Savings and money market deposits                          408,677,199         398,503,043
        Time deposits-$100,000 or more                              49,311,540          44,084,380
        Time deposits-Under $100,000                               161,440,126         149,741,452
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        TOTAL DEPOSITS                                                                 757,054,664    714,724,898
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OTHER BORROWINGS                                                                         4,494,599      7,424,187
ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE & OTHER LIABILITIES                                             2,784,213      5,717,667
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        TOTAL  LIABILITIES                                                            $764,333,476   $727,866,752
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 10)                                                      --             --
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital stock, no par value:
       Authorized--10,125,000 shares
       Outstanding--6,905,100 shares in 1997 and
                 6,576,689 in 1996                               $  29,939,105       $ 20,433,928
Undivided profits                                                   46,327,622         43,222,297
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax                            1,699,567        908,156

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      TOTAL CAPITAL ACCOUNTS                                                           77,966,294     64,564,381
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES & CAPITAL ACCOUNTS                                           $842,299,770   $792,431,133
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS. 

                                    E-62
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         1997          1996          1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
Interest and fees on loans and leases                $  34,581,319  $ 32,001,851   $35,349,252 
Interest on securities:
 U.S. Treasury securities                               10,922,474    10,753,129     9,427,474 
 U.S. Government agencies 
      and corporations                                   5,729,199     5,378,109     4,861,946 
 Obligations of states and political 
      subdivisions, other                                              4,866,142     2,726,784    1,020,662 
Interest on funds sold                                   1,200,755     1,183,456     1,014,995 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                                57,299,889    52,043,329   51,674,329 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest on deposits                                   16,936,569     15,981,025    15,998,845 
Interest on mortgages payable, other                      199,015        177,207       640,868 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                               17,135,584    16,158,232    16,639,713 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET INTEREST INCOME:
BEFORE PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                     40,164,305     35,885,097    35,034,616 
Provision for loan losses                                                -              -             -

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER
 PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                           40,164,305     35,885,097    35,034,616 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER INCOME:
Service charges on deposit accounts                    4,797,069      4,640,599      4,660,194 
Commissions, fees and other service charges            4,918,314      4,638,173      4,289,776 
Investments in real estate                               506,873        948,601      1,425,212 
Securities gains, net of (losses)                         90,254         (4,210)       (92,656)
Other income                                           2,642,927      2,498,046      1,709,704 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL OTHER INCOME                                                  12,955,437     12,721,209    11,992,230 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER EXPENSES:
Salaries                                                             14,494,341     14,468,287    14,146,389 
Employee benefits                                      5,041,204      3,758,967      3,170,744 
Occupancy expenses                                     5,477,735      5,403,284      5,400,985 
Other real estate owned expense and provision            354,937      1,060,186      3,396,664 
Write-downs and provisions for losses on
 investments in real estate                            1,977,248      5,500,000      9,667,116 
Other operating expenses                               0,337,569     11,180,039     12,269,311 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES                                                37,683,034     41,370,763    48,051,209 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before taxes                            15,436,708      7,235,543     (1,024,363)
Tax expense (benefit)                                  2,000,000      2,825,000     (1,675,000)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NET INCOME                                                         $13,436,708    $04,410,543   $   650,637 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings per share
 Basic                                               $      1.95    $      0.64    $      0.09 
 Diluted                                             $      1.94    $      0.64    $      0.09 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>

                                             E-63
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
CHANGES IN CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Unrealized 
                                                                                                  Gain (Loss)
                                                                                                 On Available
                                                      Number of        Capital      Undivided       For Sale
                                                        Shares          Stock        Profits       Securities       Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1994                              5,967,661    $12,632,321   $45,990,274     $(8,125,693)  $50,496,902 
 5% stock dividend                                        297,119      3,118,022    (3,133,022)              -       (15,000)
 Over accrual of 1994 cash dividend on
  partial shares related to 5% stock dividend                   -              -           728               -           728 
 Change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on available for sale securities                              -              -             -      10,370,310    10,370,310 
NET INCOME                                                      -              -       650,637               -       650,637 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995                              6,264,780    $15,750,343   $43,508,617    $  2,244,617   $61,503,577 
 5% stock dividend                                        311,909      4,683,585    (4,698,585)              -       (15,000)
 Over accrual of 1995 cash dividend on
  partial shares related to 5% stock dividend                   -              -         1,722               -         1,722 
 Change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on available for sale securities                              -              -             -      (1,336,461)   (1,336,461)
NET INCOME                                                      -              -     4,410,543               -     4,410,543 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996                              6,576,689    $20,433,928   $43,222,297      $  908,156   $64,564,381 

 5% stock dividend                                        327,738      9,497,175    (9,537,175)              -       (40,000)
 Under accrual of 1996 cash dividend on
  partial shares related to 5% stock dividend                   -              -        (4,950)              -        (4,950)
 Change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on available for sale securities                              -              -             -         791,411       791,411 
 Cash Dividend - .12 per share                                  -              -      (789,258)              -      (789,258)
 Exercise of stock options                                    673          8,002             -               -         8,002 

NET INCOME                                                      -              -    13,436,708               -    13,436,708 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997                              6,905,100    $29,939,105   $46,327,622    $  1,699,567   $77,966,294 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>


                                                       E-64
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             1997         1996       1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Income                                            $   13,436,708  $   4,410,543  $     650,637 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
 cash provided by operating activities:)
   Provision for depreciation and amortization             2,521,335      2,566,960      2,591,994 
   Amortization of deferred loan fees                     (1,405,210)    (1,296,906)    (1,429,973)
   Amortization of investment security premiums, net         509,279        729,838        927,981 
   Provision for OREO valuation allowance                          -        350,000      2,200,000 
   Provision for losses on investments in real estate      1,977,248      5,500,000      8,150,000 
   Write-downs on bank premises and investments in 
    real estate                                                    -              -      1,517,116 
   Net gain on sales of other real estate owned           (1,032,116)    (1,721,727)    (1,153,087)
   Deferred tax (benefit) charge                          (4,071,000)       602,000     (3,043,000)
   Securities (gains) losses, net                            (90,255)         4,210         92,656 
   Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable         65,078       (995,972)      (386,125)
    (Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable 
    and other liabilities                                 (2,933,454)      (243,051)       845,460 
   Decrease (increase) in other assets                       608,678       (598,901)    (2,344,937)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                9,586,291      9,306,994      8,618,722 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sales and maturities of securities         116,101,798     94,365,732     81,159,707 
Purchases of securities                                 (144,055,101)  (151,915,259)  (118,847,541)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned             6,196,530      9,169,542      9,478,179 
Net (increase) decrease in loans                         (16,582,986)   (17,968,104)    27,599,355 
Advances on real estate investments                                -       (941,959)   (13,364,358)
Receipts from real estate investments                      4,105,482     14,463,839     21,259,605 
Purchases of premises and equipment                       (5,389,327)    (1,533,549)    (1,102,203)
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment              1,734,046        907,940      3,922,106 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (37,889,558)   (53,451,818)    10,104,850 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, savings
 and money market accounts                                25,403,932     14,702,833    (34,699,458)
Net increase in time deposits                             16,925,834     14,689,451     26,683,530 
Net (decrease) increase in other borrowings               (2,929,588)     1,834,957     (3,402,384)
Cash dividend paid                                          (789,258)             -              -
Proceeds from exercise of stock options                        8,002              -              -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES       (2,933,454)      (243,051)       845,460 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS            10,315,655    (12,917,583)     7,305,260 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR              73,392,050     86,309,633     79,004,373 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR                $   83,707,705  $  73,392,050  $  86,309,633 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the year for:
 Interest (net of amounts capitalized)                $   17,186,434  $  17,601,684  $  16,900,269 
 Taxes on income, net                                      4,525,000      1,390,000      1,550,000 
Non-cash activites-Transfer of loans to other 
 real estate owned                                         1,102,421      3,007,144      8,411,028 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>

                                         E-65
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: The accounting and reporting
policies of Mid-State Bank and subsidiaries (the Bank) conform with generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and general practice within the banking
industry. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and dislosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following are
descriptions of the more significant accounting policies of the Bank.

CONSOLIDATION: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Mid-State Bank and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial
statements.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS: The Bank presents its cash flows using the indirect
method and reports certain cash receipts and payments arising from customer
loans and deposits and deposits placed with other financial institutions on a
net basis. Cash and cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid
investments that generally have an original maturity of three months or less.

SECURITIES: Securities for which the Bank has the positive intent and ability
to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities.
Securities which are purchased principally for the purpose of selling them in
the near term for a gain are classified as trading securities. Securities not
classified as held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available for sale.
The Bank holds no securities that should be classified as trading or held-to-
maturity securities. The Bank has determined that since its securities may be
sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to meet liquidity
needs, or to better match the repricing characteristics of funding sources, its
entire securities portfolio should be classified as available for sale. These
securities are reported on the consolidated statements of financial position as
of December 31, 1997 and 1996 at their market value. The net unrealized gains
or losses for these securities are reported, net of related taxes, in the
statements of financial position as a separate component of the capital
accounts as of December 31, 1997 and 1996. Interest income from the securities
portfolio is accrued as earned including the accretion of discounts and the
amortization of premiums based on the original cost of each security owned.

LOANS: Loans are stated at face amount, less payments collected and deferred
loan fees. The allowance for loan losses, which is based on estimates, is
maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be
reasonably anticipated. Ultimate losses may vary from the current estimates.
Management reviews these estimates periodically, considering the borrower's
financial status, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience
and other factors. As adjustments become necessary, they are reported as
earnings in the periods in which they become known. The allowance is increased
by provisions charged to operating expense and reduced by net charge-offs.

In determining income recognition on loans, generally no interest is recognized
with respect to loans on which a default of interest or principal has occurred
for a period of 90 days or more. Loans are  placed on non-accrual status when
management believes that the borrower's financial condition, after giving
consideration to economic and business conditions and collection efforts, is
such that the presumption of collectibility of interest no longer is prudent.
When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued and uncollected
interest is reversed from income.


                                     E-66
<PAGE>


OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED: Other real estate owned (OREO), comprised of real
estate acquired through foreclosure, is carried at the lower of cost or
estimated fair value.

A real estate valuation allowance has been established and is netted against
other real estate owned to provide for fluctuations in the value of these
holdings that can be reasonably anticipated.

INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE: Real estate acquired for sale or development is
stated at cost or market value, whichever is less. Real estate operations from
investments acquired for development are conducted and profits are shared
pursuant to agreements with outside joint venture investors and are accounted
for under the equity method. Gains on sales of such real estate are recognized
when certain criteria relating to the buyer's initial and continuing investment
in the property are met. Under certain circumstances, the gain, or a portion
thereof, may be deferred until the criteria are met. The Bank capitalizes
interest on funds disbursed during the active development phases of real estate
development projects and the construction of Bank premises.

The Bank's real estate development subsidiary, Mid Coast Land Company, has
established a reserve for losses on real estate investment activities. This
amount is netted against investments in real estate in the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.

BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT: Bank premises and equipment are carried at cost,
less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization
are computed principally on the straight-line method over the lesser of the
estimated useful life of each type of asset or the lease term.

ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES: Deferred income tax assets or liabilities are
computed based on the difference between the financial statement and income tax
basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. Deferred
income tax expenses or benefits are based on the changes in the asset or
liability from period to period.

ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND EXTINGUISHMENTS
OF LIABILITIES: The Bank adopted statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 125, "ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND
EXTINGUISHMENTS OF LIABILITIES," on a prospective basis beginning January 1,
1997. The statement establishes criteria based on legal control to determine
whether a transfer of a financial asset is a sale or a secured borrowing. A
sale is recognized when the Bank relinquishes control over a financial asset
and is compensated accordingly for such asset. The difference between the net
proceeds received and the carrying amount of the financial asset(s) being sold
or securitized is recognized as a gain or loss on sale.

The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the
consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Bank.

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS: The Bank adopted SFAS NO. 122, "ACCOUNTING FOR
MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS," on January 1, 1996. This statement amended the
prior accounting rules by requiring originated mortgage servicing rights
retained to be capitalized where the mortgage loans are either sold or
securitized, based upon the allocation of the cost between the loans sold or
securitized and the servicing rights retained based on their relative fair
values. Servicing assets 


                                        E-67
<PAGE>


and liabilities are subsequently amortized in proportion to and over the 
period of estimated net servicing income or loss. The impairment of mortgage 
serving rights is evaluated by comparing the carrying amount to the estimate 
of fair value. SFAS NO. 125 superseded SFAS NO. 122 and in general applies 
the accounting for mortgage serving rights under SFAS NO. 122 to servicing 
rights of all assets.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS: The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
recently issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of Information about Capital
Structure," SFAS No. 130, "REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME" AND SFAS No. 131,
"DISCLOSURE ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION." SFAS No.
129 applies to all entities that issue any securities other than ordinary
common stock and continues the existing requirements to disclose the pertinent
rights and privileges of all securities. SFAS No. 130 provides guidance for
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in the
financial statements and sfas No. 131 establishes standards for the way that
public entities report information about operating segments in annual financial
statements and requires that those entities report selected information about
operating segments in interim financial reports issued to shareholders. These
statements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Management does not believe that the adoption of these statements will have a
material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Bank.
The Bank will incorporate these disclosures at the time these pronouncements
are adopted.

RECLASSIFICATIONS: Certain items in the consolidated financial statements for
1997, 1996, and 1995 were reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. CASH RESERVES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The average reserve balances required to be maintained by the Federal Reserve
Bank were approximately $10,881,000 and $24,564,000 at December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively.


                                       E-68
<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. SECURITIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES OWNED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 IS AS
FOLLOWS:


<TABLE>
                                                                               1997
                                                                        Gross          Gross
                                                      Amortized       Unrealized     Unrealized       Market
                                                         Cost           Gains          Losses          Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
U.S. Treasury securities                             $142,717,908   $  1,453,843     $   75,189     $144,096,562
Securities of U.S.
 government agencies and corporations                 101,814,054        503,728        124,457      102,193,325
Mortgage backed securities                             16,748,969         24,363         63,465       16,709,867
Obligations of states and political subdivisions      107,157,777      1,166,754         94,173      108,230,358
Other investments                                       1,899,528         41,207              -        1,940,735
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL                                               $370,338,236   $  3,189,895     $  357,284     $373,170,847
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                                                                 1996
                                                                         Gross         Gross
                                                       Amortized      Unrealized     Unrealized      Market
                                                         Cost            Gains         Losses        Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities                             $179,923,294     $1,521,559     $  398,055   $181,046,798
Securities of U.S.
 government agencies and corporations                  90,644,045        363,817        368,851     90,639,011
Mortgage backed securities                              9,185,930         68,943         66,461      9,188,412
Obligations of states and political subdivisions       59,303,608        608,400        261,207     59,650,801
Other investments                                       3,937,035         48,805              -      3,985,840
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL                                               $342,993,912     $2,611,524     $1,094,574   $344,510,862
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Securities having an amortized cost  of $43,305,469 and $38,699,539 at December
31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for
other purposes as required by law.
The market value of securities at December 31, 1997, by contractual maturity,
along with weighted average yields, are shown below. Expected maturities may
differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call
or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
                                                                       (dollars in 000's)
                                                       After one    After three    After five
                                        One Year        year to       years to      years to         After
                                        or Less       three years    five years     ten years       ten years       Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
Maturity Distribution:
 U.S. Treasury Securities                $37,100       $ 80,209       $ 26,788        $     -         $    -       $144,097
 Other U.S. Government Agencies
  and Corporations                        32,715         38,297         31,181              -              -        102,193
 Mortgage Backed Securities                    -          3,699          5,734          1,320          5,957         16,710
 State and Municipal Securities           13,674         27,217         41,563         24,548          1,228        108,230
 Other Securities                            504          1,435              -              -              2          1,941
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL                                  $83,993       $150,857       $105,266        $25,868         $7,187       $373,171

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                                                       After one     After three     After five
                                        One Year        year to        years to       years to        After
                                        or Less       three years     five years      ten years      ten years       Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Weighted Average Yield:
 U.S. Treasury Securities                  6.01%          6.24%          6.41%             -              -           6.21%
 Other U.S. Government Agencies
  and Corporations                         5.52%          6.21%          6.25%             -              -           6.00%
 Mortgage Backed Securities                   -           6.20%          6.51%          6.02%          6.92%          6.55%
 State and Municipal Securities            6.67%          6.41%          6.57%          6.64%          6.42%          6.56%
 Other Securities                          6.83%          7.17%             -              -              -           7.07%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL                                    5.93%          6.27%          6.43%          6.61%          6.84%          6.27%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Proceeds from calls, partial paydowns and/or sales of securities during 1997
were $47,842,053. Gross gains of $152,286 and gross losses of $62,031 were
realized on that activity. Included in U.S. Agency securities are certain
structured notes known as Index Amortization Notes. These notes, which carry
certain call features, had a fair market value of $6,012,656 and amortized cost
of $5,999,135 as of December 31, 1997. The Bank has no derivative financial
instruments as defined by SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure About Derivative Financial
Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments."


                                            E-69
<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE LOAN PORTFOLIO CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING:

<TABLE>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                        1997           1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>
Construction and development loans                 $  23,414,140   $ 27,718,825 
Real estate loans                                    173,548,529    153,566,271 
Home equity credit lines                              52,678,086     59,048,356 
Installment loans                                     20,108,177     20,474,336 
Commercial loans                                      69,202,912     58,922,763 
Credit cards & related                                12,166,748     11,087,579 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     351,118,592    330,818,130 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less allowance for loan losses                       (11,250,620)   (10,437,972)
Less deferred loan fees                               (1,587,277)    (1,190,080)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL LOAN PORTFOLIO                               $338,280,695   $319,190,078 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1997, $249,640,755 of the Bank's portfolio was collateralized
by various forms of real estate. The Bank attempts to reduce its concentration
of credit risk by making loans which are diversified by project type and
geographic locations throughout the Central Coast of California. While
management of the Bank believes that the collateral presently securing this
portfolio is adequate, there can be no assurances that a deterioration in the
California real estate market would not expose the Bank to significantly
greater credit risk.

Loans on non-accrual status totaled $2,677,133 and $3,638,320 at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively. If interest income on non-accrual loans had been
recorded as originally scheduled, approximately  $1,426,000, $1,496,000, and
$6,121,000 of additional interest income would have been recorded for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. Additionally, interest income which was
recognized for loans on non accrual totaled $313,142,  $328,502, and  $704,434,
for 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.

A loan is identified as impaired when it is probable that interest and
principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. Because this definition is very similar to that used by bank
regulators to determine on which loans interest should not be accrued, the Bank
expects that most impaired loans will be on nonaccrual status. Therefore, in
general, the accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued, and any
uncollected interest is written off against interest from other loans in the
current period. No further income is recognized until all recorded amounts of
principal are recovered in full or until circumstances have changed such that
the loan is no longer regarded as impaired. There are some impaired loans about
which there is doubt regarding the collectibility of interest and principal
according to the contractual terms, but which are both fully secured by
collateral and which are current in their interest and principal payments.
These impaired loans are not classified as nonaccrual and $242,731 and $290,009
in interest was recognized from these loans during 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Under GAAP, certain types of nonaccrual loans may not be included in the
amounts reported as impaired.


                                     E-70


<PAGE>

The amount of the valuation allowance for impaired loans is determined by 
comparing the recorded investment in each loan with its value measured by one 
of three methods: (1) the expected future cash flows discounted at the 
effective interest rate; (2) the loan's observable market price, if available 
from a secondary market; or (3) by valuing the underlying collateral. A 
valuation allowance is computed as any amount by which the recorded 
investment exceeds the value of the impaired loan. If the value of the loan 
as determined by one of the above methods exceeds the recorded investment in 
the loan, no valuation allowance for the loan is established. The following 
table discloses information about the impaired loans and the allowance 
related to them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1997         1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
Loans identified as impaired at period end           $  4,229,313   $  8,374,657 
Impaired loans for which a valuation
 allowance has been determined                       $  2,550,682   $  3,511,647
Impaired loans for which no valuation
 allowance was determined necessary                  $  1,678,631   $  4,863,010
Amount of valuation allowance                        $    629,384   $    659,088
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The average amount of the recorded investment in impaired loans during the 
year ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 was approximately $6,006,000 and 
$12,333,000, respectively.

The valuation allowance reported above is determined on a loan-by-loan basis 
or by aggregating loans with similar risk characteristics. Because the loans 
currently identified as impaired have unique risk characteristics, the 
valuation allowance was determined on a loan-by-loan basis.

The Bank also provides an allowance for losses for (1) loans that while not 
currently impaired are internally evaluated as having a relatively higher 
level of credit risk and (2) losses inherent in the balance of the loan 
portfolio which have not been specifically identified as of the period end. 
The allowance is based on review of individual loans, historical trends, 
current economic conditions, and other factors.

The valuation allowance for impaired loans is included within the overall 
allowance for loan losses and netted against loans on the balance sheet for 
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. A summary of the changes in the allowance 
account is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                         1997           1996          1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance at beginning of year                         $10,437,972    $11,343,172    $13,216,619 
Loans charged off                                       (852,454)    (2,607,821)    (4,200,136)
Recoveries of loans previously
 charged off                                           1,665,102      1,702,621      2,326,689 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 BALANCE AT END OF YEAR                              $11,250,620    $10,437,972    $11,343,172 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

AN ANALYSIS OF LOANS TO DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IS AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                         1997           1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>
Balance, at beginning of year                       $ 3,494,845    $ 4,449,471 
Additional loans made                                   210,250      1,144,097 
Payments received                                    (1,196,116)    (2,098,723)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 BALANCE AT END OF YEAR                             $ 2,508,979    $ 3,494,845 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

These loans were made in the ordinary course of the Bank's business and, in
management's opinion, were made at prevailing rates and terms.

                                     E-71

<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT CONSISTED OF THE FOLLOWING:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1997           1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>
Land                                              $  6,719,173   $  7,997,587 
Buildings                                           11,355,019     11,570,056 
Furniture and equipment                             17,385,601     15,427,189 
Construction in progress                               434,316        344,058 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    35,894,109     35,338,890 

Less Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (15,430,882)   (16,396,034)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT                      $20,463,227    $18,942,856 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy expenses was $2,521,335,
$2,566,961, and $2,591,994 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, based on the
following estimated useful lives:

          BUILDINGS                     20-40 years

          FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT        3-20 years

Total rental expense for banking premises was $598,307, $591,763, and $586,221,
in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. As of December 31, 1997 the approximate
minimum future lease rentals payable under non-cancellable lease contracts for
bank premises were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          YEAR
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          <S>                              <C>
          1998                           $  515,024
          1999                              486,696
          2000                              420,412
          2001                              266,154
          2002                              249,006
          Thereafter                      1,767,618
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          TOTAL LEASE COMMITMENTS        $3,704,910
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     E-72

<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REAL ESTATE HELD FOR SALE OR DEVELOPMENT INCLUDES                  DECEMBER 31,
THE FOLLOWING:                                                 1997            1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>
Advances to and investments in real estate joint ventures  $   820,348   $     933,765
Direct investments in real estate development               13,808,464      18,532,185
Interest capitalized on investments in real estate             183,815         521,455
Allowance for losses on investments in real estate          (6,044,532)     (5,824,284)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE, NET                     $ 8,768,095   $  14,163,121
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED INCOME (LOSS) FROM INVESTMENTS
IN REAL ESTATE FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           1997          1996            1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
Equity in gains (losses) of joint ventures           $     4,491    $   (89,063)   $   202,740
Income from direct investments                           502,382      1,037,664      1,222,472
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 INCOME BEFORE WRITE-DOWNS AND PROVISIONS
 FOR LOSSES ON INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE            $   506,873    $   948,601    $ 1,425,212
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Write-downs charged to expense                                --             --       (256,000)
Provision for losses on investments in real estate    (1,977,248)    (5,500,000)    (8,150,000)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NET (LOSS) FROM
 INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE                          $(1,470,375)   $(4,551,399)   $(6,980,788)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) Improvement Act (FDICIA)
became law in December 1991. Under FDICIA the Bank was originally required to
substantially eliminate its real estate development activities by December 19,
1996. In July 1996, the Bank received an extension of the deadline for two
years to Decemer 31, 1998.   The Regional Director of the FDIC may, at his sole
discretion, extend the deadline to December 31, 2001, for good cause.

The Bank's real estate operations are significant to the local real estate
market. Based on current estimates of the fair value of the Bank's real estate
operations, management believes that the properties are carried at the lower of
cost or market. However, there can be no assurances that a deterioration in the
local real estate markets would not expose the Bank to the risk of significant
additional losses. Management continues to update the detailed business and
liquidation plans based on current market conditions for its various
development projects. If adjustments become necessary, they will be reported in
earnings in the period in which they become known.

                                     E-73

<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE ANALYSIS OF THE ACTIVITY IN OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
IS SUMMARIZED AS FOLLOWS:                                1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
Balance at beginning of year, gross                   $7,127,253    $11,276,800 
Add: Additions and improvements                        1,535,864      3,555,485 
Less: Sales proceeds, net of gains                    (5,124,117)    (7,447,815)
Net losses and write downs                              (830,842)      (257,217)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     BALANCE AT END OF YEAR, GROSS                    $2,708,158    $ 7,127,253
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

AN ANALYSIS OF THE CHANGES IN THE OREO VALUATION
ALLOWANCE IS AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997          1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
Balance at beginning of year                           $ 966,785      $ 978,884
Current year provision charged to expense                     --        350,000
Write downs                                             (769,886)      (362,099)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 BALANCE AT END OF YEAR                                $ 196,899      $ 966,785
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

OREO is presented net of the valuation allowance on the statements of
condition. The OREO valuation allowance is based on estimates of management to
account for possible negative fluctuations in the near term in the value of
these holdings.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Where applicable, the Bank is required by GAAP to disclose the fair value of
financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to
estimate those fair values. In the case of financial instruments for which it
is not practicable to estimate the fair value, the Bank is required to disclose
information pertinent to estimating the fair value such as interest rates and
maturity, and also state the reasons why it is not practicable to estimate fair
value.

"Fair values of financial instruments depict the market's assessment of the
present value of net future cash flows directly or indirectly embodied in them,
discounted to reflect both current interest rates and the market's assessment
of the risk that the cash flows will not occur." The information about fair
value is said to better enable "investors, creditors, and other users to assess
the consequences of an entity's investment and financing strategies, that is,
to assess its performance."

Nonetheless, there are several factors which users of these financial
statements should keep in mind. First, there are uncertainties inherent in the
process of estimating the fair value of financial instruments. Secondly, the
statement covers financial instruments only, not other assets like premises and
equipment, the fair value of which might differ significantly from the amounts
at which they are carried in an entity's financial statements. Thirdly, the
Bank must exclude from its estimate of the fair value of deposit liabilities
any consideration of its ongoing customer relationships which provide stable
sources of investable funds. Lastly, these disclosures do not address means of
evaluating an entity's performance in areas other than the management of
financial instruments; for example, the ability to generate non-interest income
and the control of non-interest expense. For these reasons, users are advised
not to regard the disclosure of the fair market value of financial instruments
as in any way equivalent to a valuation of the Bank as a whole.


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial 

                                     E-74

<PAGE>

instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:


     CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS AND FED FUNDS SOLD
     
     For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable
     estimate of fair value.
     
     INVESTMENT SECURITIES
     
     For securities held as investments, fair value equals quoted market price,
     if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is
     estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.
     
     LOAN RECEIVABLES
     
     For certain homogeneous categories of loans, such as some residential
     mortgages, credit card receivables, and other consumer loans, fair value
     is estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by
     similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.
     
     
     The fair value of other types of loans is estimated by discounting the
     future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be
     made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining
     maturities.
     
     DEPOSIT LIABILITIES
     
     The fair value of demand deposits  is the amount payable on demand. The
     fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit, savings accounts and
     money market deposits is estimated using the rates currently offered for
     deposits of similar remaining maturities.
     
     OTHER BORROWINGS
     
     Rates currently available to the Bank for debt with similar terms and
     remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.
     
     COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
     
     Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are written at current
     market rates. The Bank does not anticipate any interest rate or credit
     factors that would affect the fair value of commitments or letters of
     credit outstanding at December 31, 1997.

  THE ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES OF THE BANK'S FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1997                          1996
                                           (in 000's)                    (in 000's)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Carrying         Fair         Carrying         Fair
                                     Amount         Value          Amount          Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
 Financial assets:
  Cash and due from banks           $ 73,708       $ 73,708       $ 73,392       $ 73,392
  Fed funds sold                      10,000         10,000             --             --
  Investment securities              373,171        373,171        344,511        344,511
  Loans, net                         338,281        341,099        319,190        321,417
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Financial liabilities:
  Deposits                           757,055        751,158        714,725        709,988
  Other borrowings                     4,495          4,495          7,424          7,424
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. INCOME TAXES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     E-75

<PAGE>

THE CURRENT AND DEFERRED AMOUNTS OF THE PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR TAXES IN THE
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, WERE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997         1996         1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>
Federal:
  Current                                     $ 4,728,000   $1,187,000  $   968,000 
  Deferred                                     (3,694,000)     357,000   (2,194,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      TOTAL FEDERAL TAXES                     $ 1,034,000    1,544,000   (1,226,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State:
  Current                                       1,343,000    1,035,000      400,000 
  Deferred                                       (377,000)     246,000     (849,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      TOTAL STATE TAXES                           966,000    1,281,000     (449,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL FEDERAL AND STATE TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT) $ 2,000,000   $2,825,000  $(1,675,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

THE PROVISION FOR TAXES ON INCOME DIFFERED FROM THE AMOUNTS
COMPUTED USING THE FEDERAL STATUTORY RATE OF 35 PERCENT AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997           1996           1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
Tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory tax rate $  5,403,000   $  2,460,000   $   (348,000)
Alternative minimum tax (credit)                              --       (472,000)      (674,000)
State income expense                                   1,043,000        345,000        110,000 
Change in valuation allowance                         (5,443,000)     1,466,000       (999,000)
Other, net                                               997,000       (974,000)       236,000 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)                        $  2,000,000   $  2,825,000    $(1,675,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

THE PRINCIPAL ITEMS GIVING RISE TO DEFERRED TAXES WERE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997            1996          1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Allowance for loan losses                            $  (189,000)    $  425,000    $ 1,152,000 
Provisions for OREO properties                           918,000        335,000        126,000 
Deferred compensation                                    (69,000)       100,000        124,000 
Real estate joint ventures                             1,166,000       (331,000)    (4,061,000)
Gain on loan workouts                                   (631,000)      (997,000)            --
Depreciation                                            (319,000)      (182,000)      (284,000)
Securities - discount accretion                          124,000        134,000        110,000 
State taxes                                             (234,000)      (225,000)        17,000 
Change in valuation allowance                         (5,443,000)     1,466,000       (999,000)
Other, net                                               606,000       (123,000)       772,000 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL DEFERRED TAXES                                $(4,071,000)    $  602,000    $(3,043,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AS OF DECEMBER 31, THE DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ARE AS FOLLOWS:

                                     E-76

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997           1996           1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>
 Allowance for loan losses                          $  4,293,000    $ 4,104,000   $  4,529,000 
 Provisions for OREO properties                        1,251,000      2,169,000      2,504,000 
 Deferred compensation                                 1,105,000      1,036,000      1,136,000 
 Real estate joint ventures                            7,787,000      8,953,000      8,622,000 
 Gain on loan workouts                                 1,628,000        997,000             --
 Depreciation                                           (239,000)      (558,000)      (740,000)
 Securities - discount accretion                        (388,000)      (264,000)      (130,000)
 State taxes                                            (657,000)      (891,000)    (1,116,000)
 All other, net                                          236,000        842,000        719,000 
 Valuation allowance                                  (3,668,000)    (9,111,000)    (7,645,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Deferred tax asset before tax effect of
  unrealized gain on securities available for sale   $11,348,000    $ 7,277,000   $  7,879,000 
 Tax effect of unrealized
  gain on securities available for sale               (1,133,000)      (609,000)    (1,538,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   DEFERRED TAX ASSET, NET                           $10,215,000    $ 6,668,000   $  6,341,000 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The valuation allowance primarily represents management's decision to reserve 
for deferred taxes that is not anticipated to be offset by taxable income 
projected for the next 12 months. The valuation allowance is based on 
estimates by management which could change in the near term. 

As of December 31, 1997, the Bank has no operating loss and tax credit 
carryforwards for financial reporting purposes. There are also no alternative 
minimum tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. OTHER BORROWINGS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mid-State Bank's wholly owned subsidiaries have obtained first trust deed 
mortgage financing for several of the properties and investments that they 
own. Mortgages payable totaled $212,613 and $2,979,852 at December 31, 1997 
and 1996, respectively. Other borrowings also include borrowings under the 
Treasury Tax and Loan note account of $2,531,986 and $2,594,335 at December 
31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Securities sold under agreement to 
repurchase are also included in other borrowings of $1,750,000 and $1,850,000 
at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. 

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

At December 31, 1997 the Bank was contingently liable for letter of credit 
accommodations made to its customers totaling $27,729,396. At December 31, 
1997, the Bank also had undisbursed loan commitments in the amount of 
$190,168,000.

Many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. 
Accordingly, the total outstanding commitment amount does not necessarily 
represent future cash requirements. The Bank does not anticipate any 
significant losses as a result of these transactions. Provision has been made 
for possible losses which may be sustained in the fulfillment of, or from an 
inability to fulfill, any commitments.

The Bank is involved in litigation of a routine nature which is being handled 
and defended in the ordinary course of the Bank's business. In the opinion of 
management, based on the advice of legal counsel, the resolution of this 
litigation will have no material impact on the Bank's financial condition or 
results of operations.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. EARNINGS PER SHARE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     E-77

<PAGE>

Earnings per share (EPS) have been computed based on 6,905,100,  6,904,427, 
and 6,904,427 shares in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, which is the 
weighted average number of shares outstanding each year. Outstanding shares 
for 1996 and 1995 have been restated to reflect the 5% stock dividends 
declared in 1997, 1996 and 1995.

The FASB has issued SFAS  No. 128, "Earnings per Share". This statement is 
effective for both interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 
15, 1997. SFAS No. 128 replaces primary EPS with basic EPS, and fully diluted 
EPS with diluted EPS. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing 
income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of 
common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed in a 
similar manner to fully diluted EPS, and reflects the potential dilution that 
could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were 
exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of 
common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Bank. All periods 
presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been 
restated to conform with SFAS No. 128. The following is a reconciliation of 
the numerators and denominators used in the calculation of basic EPS and 
diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Year Ended 1997                                 Earnings        Shares          EPS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>             <C>
Net Income                                            $13,436,708
Basic Earnings Per Share:
 Income available to Common Stockholders               13,436,708      6,905,100       $1.95
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
 Stock Options                                                            21,618
Diluted Earnings Per Share:
 Income available to Common Stockholders and
 assumed conversions                                   13,436,708      6,926,718       $1.94

For the Year Ended 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income                                           $  4,410,543
Basic Earnings Per Share:
 Income available to Common Stockholders                4,410,543      6,904,427       $0.64
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
 Stock Options                                                             7,120
Diluted Earnings Per Share:
 Income available to Common Stockholders and
 assumed conversions                                    4,410,543      6,911,547       $0.64

For the Year Ended 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income                                             $  650,637
Basic Earnings Per Share:
 Income available to Common Stockholders                  650,637      6,904,427       $0.09
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
 Stock Options                                                             3,117
Diluted Earnings Per Share:
 Income available to Common Stockholders and
 assumed conversions                                      650,637      6,907,544       $0.09
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The California Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash
distribution to its shareholders in 

                                     E-78

<PAGE>

excess of (1) the bank's undivided profits or (2) the bank's net income for 
its last three fiscal years less the amount of any distributions made by the 
bank to shareholders during such period. Under these restrictions, the Bank 
can make cash dividends totaling $16,388,000 at December 31, 1997. The Bank 
declared a 5% stock dividend and a $0.12 per share cash dividend during 1997.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. STOCK OPTIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Bank adopted a new stock option plan in 1990. A previous stock option 
plan expired in 1989. The 1990 plan provides for the issuance of common stock 
to the Bank's employees. Options are granted at a price not less than the 
fair market value of the stock at the grant date. Options are exercisable and 
expire as determined by the Board of Directors. However, options expire no 
later than five years from the date of grant. The 1990 plan provides for 
issuance of up to 1,527,660 shares of common stock and is subject to 
termination as determined by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 1997, 
72,492 shares are currently under option. The shares are exercisable at 
prices ranging from $10.89 to $13.34. No options were exercised during 1996 
and 673 shares were exercised during 1997.

The Bank applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "ACCOUNTING FOR 
STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES," and related Interpretations in accounting for its 
Stock Plan. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for 
grants under the Stock Plan.

Consistent with the methods of SFAS  No. 123, proforma compensation expense 
for the Bank stock  option plan had been determined based on the fair value 
at the grant date. Fair values were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used at August 
15, 1996, the date of the last options granted: 5% dividend yield, expected 
volatility of 50%, risk-free interest rate of 6.3% and expected lives of five 
years.  The Bank's net income and earnings per share for the years ended 
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 would have been reduced to pro forma amounts 
indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ($ in 000's except per share data)
                                                              1997        1996         1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
 Net income to common shareholders:
 As reported                                                 $13,437      $4,411       $ 651
 Pro forma                                                    13,424       4,411         651
 Net income per common and common share equivalent:
  Basic earnings per share:
   As reported                                               $  1.95      $ 0.64       $0.09
   Pro forma                                                 $  1.94      $ 0.64       $0.09
  Diluted earnings per share:
   As reported                                               $  1.94      $ 0.64       $0.09
   Pro forma                                                 $  1.94      $ 0.64       $0.09
</TABLE>

A summary of the Bank's stock options as of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
and changes during the periods then ended, is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1997              1996             1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Weighted          Weighted          Weighted
                               Avg. Exercise     Avg. Exercise     Avg. Exercise


                                     E-79

<PAGE>

                               Shares     Price       Shares     Price      Shares     Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>
 Outstanding at
 beginning of period           73,581    $11.74       41,276     $17.24     62,500      $20.45 
 Granted                           --        --       53,000     $12.00         --          --
 5% Stock Dividend              3,428     (0.55)       3,504      (0.59)     2,064       (0.68)
 Exercised/Expired             (4,517)   (11.60)     (24,199)    (19.91)   (23,288)     (24.00)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Outstanding at
 end of period                 72,492    $11.19       73,581     $11.74     41,276      $17.24 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. Employee Benefits
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Bank offers a combination qualified profit sharing plan (the Profit Sharing
Plan) and a savings and retirement plan designed to comply with Internal
Revenue Service Code Section 401(k) (the 401(k) Plan) to substantially all
employees. The Bank's contributions to the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plans for
the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 were $1,063,000, $520,000,
and $292,131, respectively.

A Deferred Compensation Plan is also in effect to provide performance oriented
deferred compensation for the Bank's senior management. Allocations to the
participants accounts are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The
amount of contributions is determined by the Board of Directors as a function
of net profits and prior year return on equity. No contribution was made in
either1996 or 1995. In 1997, $403,000 was contributed to the participants.

The Bank began a bonus incentive system in 1996 (the Incentive Reward System)
for many of the Bank's employees. A bonus is paid to selected employees who
exceed certain goals under formulas established at the start of the  year.
Included in employee benefits expense for 1997 and 1996 was a charge of
$667,850 and $190,750, respectively, which was accrued during those years and
paid in the following year. Approximately 487 employees received bonuses
ranging from 1.1% of their salary to as much as 10.6% of their salary.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. Regulatory Matters
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by
the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can
initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets,
liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classifications are also
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table
below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations), and of Tier
I capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December
31, 1997, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is
subject.

                                                  TO BE CONSIDERED

                                     E-80
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    WELL CAPITALIZED
                                                                          FOR CAPITAL                  FOR CAPITAL
                                              ACTUAL                   ADEQUACY PURPOSES           ADEQUACY PURPOSES
                                       AMOUNT        RATIO            AMOUNT        RATIO         AMOUNT        RATIO
                                  -----------     --------    --------------     --------   ------------    ---------
<S>                               <C>               <C>       <C>                   <C>      <C>               <C>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997:
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)         $82,708,000        16.2%     $  40,840,000         8.0%    $51,050,000        10.0%
Tier One Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)         $76,266,000        14.9%     $  20,420,000         4.0%    $30,630,000         6.0%
Tier One Capital
(to Average Assets)               $76,266,000         9.2%     $  33,150,000         4.0%    $41,438,000         5.0%

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996:
Total Capital
(To Risk Weighted Assests)        $69,557,000        14.8%       $37,534,000         8.0%    $46,917,500        10.0%
Tier One Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)         $63,636,000        13.6%       $18,767,000         4.0%    $28,150,500         6.0%
Tier One Capital
(to Average Assets)               $63,636,000         8.1%       $31,453,040         4.0%    $39,316,300         5.0%

</TABLE>

Notwithstanding the figures above, the Bank was required under the terms of a
Consent Agreement to maintain the ratio of tier one captial to average assets
above 7.5% as of December 31, 1996. The Board of Directors and management of
the Bank took various actions over the past few years to improve the condition
of the Bank and to comply with the terms outlined in the Consent Agreement. On
January 15, 1997, the FDIC and the Board of Directors of the Bank executed an
agreement which resulted in the removal of the regulatory order which was in
effect under the terms of the Consent Agreement. This removal eliminated
various restrictions imposed on the Bank by the FDIC.

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

On January 29, 1998 the Bank entered into an Agreement to Merge and Plan of
Reorganization (the "agreement") with BSM Bancorp ("Bancorp") and its wholly
owned subsidiary Bank of Santa Maria, Santa Maria, California pursuant to
which, among other things, (i) Bank of Santa Maria will merge with and into the
Bank, (ii) Bancorp will become the bank holding company for the Bank and change
its name to Mid-State Bancshares and (iii) the shareholders of the Bank will
become shareholders of Bancorp in accordance with the exchange ratio set forth
in the agreement, all subject to the terms and conditions specified in the
agreement. The merger is structured to be tax-free and is intended to be
accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. The exact exchange ratio for Bank
shareholders will be dependent upon the average closing price of Mid-State Bank
stock during the 20 consecutive trading days ending at the end of the third day
immediately preceding the effective day of the transaction (estimated to be
sometime in the third quarter of 1998). Subject to certain conditions and a
range of Mid-State Bank stock prices, the value received by BSM Bancorp
stockholders will be equivalent to $29.37 per share, or about $90 million in
the aggregate. Mid-State Bank shareholders will own approximately 70% and BSM
Bancorp shareholders approximately 30% of Mid-State Bancshares upon completion
of the transaction.
Presented below is a condensed pro forma (unaudited) Statement of Financial
Position for the consolidated entity as of December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       MID-STATE            BSM
                                            BANK        BANCORP    CONSOLIDATED
                                   -------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>           <C>
Cash and Due from Banks              $73,707,705    $18,472,719  $   92,180,424
Fed Funds Sold                        10,000,000      7,461,000      17,461,000

</TABLE>
                                       E-81

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>            <C>           <C>

Investment Securities
  Available for Sale                 373,170,847     46,143,134     419,313,981
  Held to Maturity                       --          62,767,464      62,767,464
Net Loans                            338,280,695    189,231,140     527,511,835
Other Assets                          47,140,523     19,970,159      67,110,682
                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
 TOTAL ASSETS                       $842,299,770   $344,045,616  $1,186,345,386
                                   -------------  -------------  --------------
                                   -------------  -------------  --------------

Non-interest bearing Demand         $137,625,799  $  74,450,817  $  212,076,616
Interst bearing NOW, Savings
 and Money Market                    408,677,199    114,900,337     523,577,536
Time Deposits                        210,751,666    116,940,446     327,692,112
                                   -------------  -------------   -------------
 Total Deposits                      757,054,664    306,291,600   1,063,346,264
Other Liablilities                     7,278,812      1,691,788       8,970,600
Total Equity Capital                  77,966,294     36,062,228     114,028,522
                                   -------------  -------------  --------------
 TOTAL LIABILITIES & CAPITAL        $842,299,770   $344,045,616  $1,186,345,386
                                   -------------  -------------  --------------
                                   -------------  -------------  --------------

</TABLE>

                                          E-82

<PAGE>

 MANAGEMENT STATEMENT

MID-STATE BANK IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PREPARATION, INTEGRITY, AND FAIR
PRESENTATION OF ITS PUBLISHED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER
31, 1997 AND THE YEAR THEN ENDED. THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS HAVE
BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES AND,
AS SUCH, INCLUDE AMOUNTS, SOME OF WHICH ARE BASED ON JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES OF
MANAGEMENT.

INTERNAL CONTROL STRUCTURE OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective
internal control structure over financial reporting. The system contains
monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies
identified.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal
control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or
overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control system
can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement
preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of an
internal control system may vary over time.

Management assessed its internal control structure over financial reporting as
of December 31, 1997. This assessment was based on criteria for effective
internal control over financial reporting described in "Internal
Control--Integrated Framework" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based  upon this assessment,
management believes that Mid-State Bank maintained an effective internal
control structure over financial reporting as of December 31, 1997.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Management is also responsible for compliance with the federal and state laws
and regulations concerning dividend restrictions and federal laws and
regulations concerning loans to insiders designated by the FDIC as safety and
soundness laws and regulations.

Management assessed its compliance with the designated laws and regulations
relating to safety and soundness. Based on this assessment, management believes
that Mid-State Bank complied, in all significant aspects, with the designated
laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness for the year ended
December 31, 1997.



                                       
  James G. Stathos                          Carrol R. Pruett
  Executive Vice President                  President
  Chief Financial Officer                   Chief Executive Officer
  

                                E-83


<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Mid-State Bank:

We have examined management's assertions that Mid-State Bank maintained an
effective internal control structure over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 1997  included in the accompanying Management Statement.
  
Our examination was made in accordance with standards established by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and accordingly, included
obtaining an understanding of the internal control structure over financial
reporting, testing, and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
the internal control structure and such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our examination provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
  
Because of inherent limitations in any internal control structure, errors or
irregularities may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any
evaluation of the internal control structure over financial reporting to future
periods are subject to the risk that the internal control structure may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
  
In our opinion, management's assertion that Mid-State Bank maintained an
effective internal control structure over financial reporting as of December
31, 1997, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on INTERNAL CONTROL-
INTEGRATED FRAMEwork issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission.



Arthur Andersen LLP
Los Angeles, California
  January 30, 1998


                                  E-84

<PAGE>

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
          ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

                                   PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference
from the information contained in the Bank's Proxy Statement for the 1998
Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference
from the information contained in the Bank's Proxy Statement for the 1998
Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference
from the information contained in the Bank's Proxy Statement for the 1998
Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference
from the information contained in the Bank's Proxy Statement for the 1998
Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.


                               E-85
<PAGE>

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  EXHIBITS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>       <C>

2.1       Agreement to Merge and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of January 29,
          1998 filed as an exhibit to the Form 8-K filed February 2, 1998

3.1       Articles of Incorporation, as amended to date

3.2       Bylaws, as amended to date

4.1       Specimen form of Mid-State Bank stock certificate

10.1      1990 Stock Option Plan

10.2      Form of stock option agreement for use pursuant to 1990 Stock Option 
          Plan

10.3      Deferred Compensation Plan

10.4      Profit Sharing and Salary Deferral 401 (K) Plan

10.5      Change in Control Agreement for Carrol R. Pruett, President/Chief
          Executive Officer

10.6      Change in Control Agreement for T. E. Reese, Executive Vice President

10.7      Change in Control Agreement for James G. Stathos, Executive Vice
          President

21        All of the subsidiaries of Mid-State Bank are discussed in Item 1 of
          this Report

</TABLE>


(b)  SCHEDULES:

          Not Applicable

(c)  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

During the fourth quarter of 1997, the Bank did not file any Reports.

Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the Bank's 1998 Annual Meeting
will be mailed to security holders subsequent to the date of filing of this
Report.  Copies of said materials will be furnished to the FDIC in accordance
with applicable rules and regulations.

                                       
                                       E-86
                                       
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES
                                       
                                       
                                       
     In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d)  of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Bank has  caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly  authorized.
     
     
     
MID-STATE BANK


By:  /s/ CARROL R. PRUETT 
     -------------------------------------
     CARROL R. PRUETT
     President and Chief Executive Officer
     
     
     
Dated:         March 12, 1998




By   /s/ JAMES G. STATHOS
     -------------------------------------
      JAMES G. STATHOS
      Executive Vice President
      and Chief Financial Officer
     
     
     
Dated:    March 12, 1998


                                      E-87


<PAGE>
                                  SIGNATURES
                                       
                                       
                                       

     In accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has
been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Bank and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Dated:
<S>                                <C>                 <C>

/s/ ALBERT L. MAGUIRE              Chairman of the     March 12, 1998
- --------------------------         Board
ALBERT L. MAGUIRE     

/s/ GRACIA B. BELLO                Director            March 12, 1998
- --------------------------     
GRACIA B. BELLO

/s/ CLIFFORD H. CLARK              Director            March 12, 1998
- --------------------------     
CLIFFORD H. CLARK

/s/ DARYL L. FLOOD                 Director            March 12, 1998
- --------------------------     
DARYL L. FLOOD
     
/s/ RAYMOND E. JONES               Director            March 12, 1998
- --------------------------     
RAYMOND E. JONES

/s/ GREGORY R. MORRIS              Director            March 12, 1998
- --------------------------     
GREGORY R. MORRIS

/s/ CARROL R. PRUETT               Director            March 12, 1998
- --------------------------     
CARROL R. PRUETT

</TABLE>

                                    E-88

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXHIBIT                                                               SEQUENTIAL
NUMBER      DESCRIPTION                                               PAGE NUMBER
- --------   -------------                                              -----------
<S>        <C>                                                         <C>

3.1        Articles of Incorporation, as amended to date

3.2        Bylaws, as amended to date

4.1        Specimen form of Mid-State Bank Stock Certificate

10.1       1990 Stock Option Plan

10.2       Form of stock option agreement for use pursuant to 1990
           Stock Option Plan

10.3       Deferred Compensation Plan

10.4       Profit Sharing and Salary Deferral 401 (K) Plan

10.5       Change in Control Agreement
           for Carrol R. Pruett, President/Chief Executive Officer

10.6       Change in Control Agreement
           for T. E. Reese, Executive Vice President

10.7       Change in Control Agreement
           for James G. Stathos, Executive Vice President

23         Consent of Independent Accountants

</TABLE>

                              E-89

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX F

                                  UNITED STATES
                        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20529
                                    FORM 10-K


(Mark One)

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
                              EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                       OR
[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(b) OF THE SECURITIES

                      FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD N/A TO N/A
                              EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 333-16951
                                   BSM BANCORP
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


              California                               77-0442667
    (State or other jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                 Identification No.)

         2739 Santa Maria Way
            Santa Maria, CA                               93455
(Address of principal executive offices)                (Zip Code)


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code : (805) 937-8551

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or shorter period that the Registrant 
was required to file such reports) Yes [X] No [ ], and (2) has been subject 
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes[ ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the 
registrant as of February 27, 1998 was $61,384,095.

The number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of 
March 18, 1998 was 3,007,639.


                                     F-1
<PAGE>

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS AND CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PAGE # IN
                                                                         10-K
                                                                       ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>
PART I
- ------
  Item 1     Business                                                      3

  Item 2     Properties                                                   17

  Item 3     Legal Proceedings                                            18

  Item 4     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders          18


PART II
- -------
  Item 5     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
             Stockholder Matters                                          18

  Item 6     Selected Financial Data                                      19

  Item 7     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
             Condition and Results of Operations                          20

  Item 8     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                  32

  Item 9     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
             Accounting and Financial Disclosure                          54


PART III
- --------
  Item 10    Directors and Executive Officers of Registrant               55

  Item 11    Director and Executive Officer Compensation                  57

  Item 12    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
             Management                                                   62

  Item 13    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions               63


PART IV
- -------
  Item 14    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on 8-K   63

</TABLE>


                                     F-2
<PAGE>

PART 1

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

BSM BANCORP

BSM Bancorp (referred to herein on an unconsolidated basis as "BSM" and on a 
consolidated basis as the "Company") is a bank holding company incorporated 
in California on November 12,1996, and registered under the Bank Holding 
Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company commenced business on March 12, 
1997 when, pursuant to a reorganization, it acquired all of the voting stock 
of Bank of Santa Maria (the "Bank"). The Bank is the Company's principal 
asset.

The Company's principal business is to serve as a holding company for the 
Bank and for other banking or bank related subsidiaries which the Company may 
establish or acquire. The Company has not engaged in any other activity to 
date. As a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, BSM's 
principal source of funds is, and will continue to be, dividends paid by and 
other funds advanced by primarily the Bank. Legal limitations are imposed on 
the amount of dividends that may be paid and loans that may be made by the 
Bank to BSM. See "Note L-Regulatory Matters" in the Annual Report to 
Shareholders. At December 31, 1997, the Company had $344.0 million in total 
consolidated assets, $189.2 in total consolidated net loans and $306.3 
million in total consolidated deposits.

BSM's authorized Capital Stock consists of 25,000,000 of Preferred Stock, 
none of which is outstanding, and 50,000,000 of Common Stock of which 
2,990,939 was outstanding as of December 31, 1997.

The principal executive offices of the Company and the Bank are located at 
2739 Santa Maria Way, Santa Maria, California.

MERGER WITH MID-STATE BANK

On January 29, 1998, Mid-State Bank ("Mid-State") entered into an Agreement 
to Merge and Plan of Reorganization (the "Agreement") with the Company 
pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Bank will merge with and into 
Mid-State, (ii) BSM will become the holding company for Mid-State and change 
its name to Mid-State Bancshares ("MSB"), and (iii) the shareholders of 
Mid-State will become shareholders of MSB in accordance with an exchange 
ratio set forth in the Agreement, all subject to the terms and conditions 
specified in the Agreement

Consummation of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated therein, is 
subject to regulatory and shareholder approval, as well as other conditions 
set forth in the Agreement. No assurance can be given that the Agreement and 
the transactions contemplated therein will be consummated. Should the 
transaction be consummated, current Company shareholders will hold 
approximately 30% of the shares of the newly renamed holding company.

BANK OF SANTA MARIA

The Bank was incorporated under the laws of the State of California on June 
27, 1977, was licensed by the California State Banking Department and 
commenced operations as a California state chartered bank on March 18, 1978. 
The Bank's accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
("FDIC"), but like most banks of its size in California, is not a member of 
the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank's authorized Capital Stock consists of one 
class of Common Stock, of which there were 100 shares outstanding as of 
December 31, 1997, which was held by BSM.

The Bank currently operates 13 retail banking offices along the central coast 
of California. The main office and two branch offices are located in the City 
of Santa Maria with additional offices located in the communities of 
Guadalupe, Oak Knolls, Vandenberg Village, Nipomo, Grover Beach, Pismo Beach, 
Paso Robles and Templeton. On January 10, 1997, El Camino National Bank, with 
one office in Lompoc, merged into Bank of Santa Maria. On February 3, 1997, 
the Bank opened a banking office in Atascadero. The Bank has its headquarters 
in the City of Santa Maria at 2739 Santa Maria Way, Santa Maria, California 
93455. Its telephone number is (805) 937-8551.

The Bank has expanded from its initial branches in the larger community of 
Santa Maria both to the North and to the South, along a corridor following 
U.S. Highway 101. The economy in this area of California is based upon 
agriculture, oil, tourism, light industry, the aerospace industries and 
nuclear energy production. Services to support those employed in these 
industries, (including medical, financial, and educational services), have 
expanded the two county areas increasing the population of the Bank's service 
area to 


                                     F-3
<PAGE>

approximately 175,000. Certain economic activities are unique to the area 
such as the space launching facility at Vandenberg Air Force Base (which is 
now being actively used by large commercial enterprises) and the production 
of seeds for numerous flowers grown worldwide. While major oil companies have 
elected to do business elsewhere (due to the very stringent county business 
regulations), smaller production companies have moved in to continue the oil 
industry in the area. The moderate climate allows a year round growing season 
for numerous vegetables and fruits. Vineyards and cattle ranches make large 
contributions to the local economy. Access to numerous recreational 
activities, including both mountains and beaches, provide a fairly stable 
tourist industry from larger metropolitan areas to the North, South and East. 
The commercial space industry will continue to bring "high tech" employment 
into the area. Due to the diversity of the industries within the Bank's 
market area, the Central Coast, while not immune to economic fluctuations, 
tends to enjoy more stability than many areas of both the California 
marketplace and the country in general.

ACQUISITION OF TEMPLETON NATIONAL BANK

Following all necessary regulatory approvals, on September 8, 1995, the Bank 
acquired Templeton National Bank ("Templeton") pursuant to an Agreement and 
Plan of Reorganization dated March 10, 1995, providing for the merger of 
Templeton into the Bank. The Agreement provided for Templeton shareholders to 
receive shares of the Bank Common Stock based upon the comparative book 
values of the banks at the closing plus a premium of $500,000. The Bank 
issued 397,561 shares of its Common Stock to the former shareholders of 
Templeton. As of the merger date, Templeton's deposits were approximately $24 
million and loans were approximately $18 million. Templeton had one office 
and two offsite ATM locations. Since the acquisition, one of the offsite ATM 
locations was closed and the second has been relocated to the Atascadero 
Police Station. This acquisition was treated as a pooling transaction for 
accounting purposes.

ACQUISITION OF CITIZENS BANK OF PASO ROBLES, N.A.

Following all necessary regulatory approvals, on May 3, 1996, the Bank 
acquired Citizens National Bank of Paso Robles, N.A. ("Citizens") pursuant to 
an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated October 30, 1995, providing for 
the merger of Citizens into the Bank. The Agreement provided for the 
shareholders of Citizens to receive cash at the rate of 1.6 times book value 
per share of Citizens stock as of the end of the month preceding the closing. 
The exchange value used in the merger was $16.94 of each share of Citizens 
stock surrendered. The transaction was treated as a purchase for accounting 
purposes and approximately $1.9 million of goodwill was recorded. Acquired 
deposits were recorded at approximately $29 million and acquired loans at $18 
million. Citizens had two offices at the time of the merger. In August 1997, 
the Bank closed the former Citizens branch in Templeton.

ACQUISITION OF EL CAMINO NATIONAL BANK

Following all necessary regulatory approvals, on January 10, 1997, the Bank 
acquired El Camino National Bank ("El Camino") pursuant to an Agreement and 
Plan of Reorganization dated July 16, 1996, providing for the merger of El 
Camino into the Bank. The Agreement provided for the shareholders of El 
Camino to receive shares of Bank Common Stock based upon the comparative book 
values of the banks as of the end of the month preceding the closing. As of 
the closing date, El Camino's deposits were approximately $16 million, and 
loans were approximately $12 million. This acquisition was treated as a 
pooling transaction for accounting purposes. The exchange value used in the 
merger was .7332 shares of Bank Common Stock for each share of El Camino 
Common Stock. The Bank issued 201,678 shares to complete this transaction. El 
Camino had only one office in Lompoc, California, and the Bank continues to 
operate from this location.

SERVICES

The Bank offers a full range of commercial banking services including the 
acceptance of checking and savings deposits, money market checking and 
savings accounts, time certificates of deposit of varying maturities, 
individual retirement accounts, the making of commercial loans, various types 
of consumer loans and real estate loans and provides safe deposit, travelers 
cheques, notary public and other customary non-deposit banking services. The 
Bank is a merchant depository for Master Charge and Visa drafts enabling 
merchants to deposit both types of drafts with the Bank.

Banks in California have been empowered to conduct certain insurance 
activities and to market such services to the public. The Bank did obtain its 
Organizational Insurance License in the fall of 1989, but has not elected to 
offer products which require this license.

The Bank's organization and operations have been designed to serve the 
banking needs of individuals and small to medium sized businesses located in 
the Northern Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo County areas of California.


                                     F-4
<PAGE>

DEPOSIT AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Deposits represent the Bank's primary source of funds. As of December 31, 
1997, the Bank had approximately 18,500 demand, money market checking/savings 
deposits and NOW accounts representing approximately $157.1 million with an 
average balance of approximately $8,500 per account. Of those deposits, 
approximately $82.4 million, or 52%, were interest bearing accounts. The Bank 
had approximately 11,600 savings accounts representing approximately $32.5 
million in total deposits, with an average balance of approximately $2,800 
per account. The Bank had approximately 4,800 time certificates of deposit, 
representing approximately $116.4 million in total deposits with an average 
balance of approximately $24,300 per account. Of the total deposits as of 
December 31, 1997, approximately $38.0 million were in the form of 
certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more and all other 
time deposits was approximately $79.0 million. During the twelve months 
ending December 31, 1997, demand deposits increased approximately $7.4 
million, money market and NOW accounts increased approximately $3.4 million, 
savings accounts remained essentially flat and time certificates of deposit 
increased approximately $9.4 million.

The Bank is not dependent on a single or a few customers for its deposits, 
most of which are obtained from individuals and small to medium businesses. 
This results in relatively small average balances, but makes the Bank less 
subject to adverse effects from the loss of a substantial depositor. As of 
December 31, 1997, no individual, corporate, or public depositor accounted 
for more than 1.0% of the Bank's total deposits and the five largest deposit 
accounts represented only 3.0% of the total deposits.

Liquidity is the Bank's ability to meet fluctuations in deposit levels and to 
provide for the credit needs of its customers. The objective in liquidity 
management is to maintain a balance between the sources and uses of funds. 
Principal sources of liquidity include interest and principal payments on 
loans and investments, proceeds from the maturity of investments and growth 
in deposits. The Bank holds overnight Federal funds as a cushion for 
temporary liquidity needs. During the year ended 1997, Federal funds averaged 
$11.9 million, or 3.7% of total average assets. In addition, the Bank 
maintains Federal funds credit lines with major correspondents aggregating 
$11.1 million, subject to the customary terms for such arrangements.

The Bank's liquidity ratio, which measures the percentage of deposits which 
are used to fund cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, was 42.0% 
as of December 31, 1997. This ratio is substantially in excess of the Bank's 
minimum percentage of 20%.

LOANS

The Bank makes loans in four main areas, including (1) loans to individuals 
for household, family and other consumer expenditures, (2) commercial and 
industrial loans, (3) real estate loans and (4) agriculture loans. During 
1997, the loan portfolio mix continued to show growth in the percentage of 
agricultural loans now representing over 19% of the Bank's portfolio. 
Commercial loans have also experienced an increase in the percentage of loans 
outstanding constituting over 30% of the portfolio. This change has resulted 
from declines in both consumer and real estate loan categories.

The Bank maintains a reserve for possible loan losses in the loan portfolio. 
Additions to the reserve are made by charges to operating expenses. All loans 
deemed to be uncollectible are charged to the reserve; subsequent recoveries 
are credited to the reserve. The loan loss provision is based on current 
factors which, in management's judgment, deserve recognition in estimating 
possible losses. These factors include the current economic climate, past 
loan loss history and management's forecast for the coming year.

As of December 31, 1997, the reserve for loan losses was approximately 1.11% 
of loans outstanding, a level believed adequate by management. The reserve 
for possible loan losses is maintained on an aggregate basis only and is not 
allocated among the various types of loans made by the Bank. Outside factors, 
not within the Bank's control, such as adverse changes in the economy, can 
effect the adequacy of the reserves and there can be no assurance that, in 
any given period, the Bank might not suffer losses which are substantial in 
relation to the size of the reserve. During the year ending December 31, 
1997, the Bank sustained net charge-offs of approximately $618,000 or .35% of 
the Bank's average loans.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The Bank maintains a portfolio of investment securities to provide income and 
to serve as a secondary source of liquidity for its operations in conjunction 
with funds sold overnight in the Federal funds market. The Bank's Investment 
Policy provides for the purchase of United States Treasury Securities, United 
States Government Agency Securities, Corporate Securities and State, County 
and Municipal Securities. As of December 31, 1997, the aggregate book value 
of the Bank's investment securities was approximately $108.8 million. Of this 
total, approximately $18.6 million was in U.S. Government Securities, 
approximately $57.4 million was in U.S. Government Agency Securities, 
approximately $2.6 million was in Corporate Securities and approximately 
$30.2 million was in securities issued by State and local subdivisions 
thereof. The type of investments held in the Bank's portfolio are influenced 
by several factors. Among these are: rate of return, maturity and risk.


                                     F-5
<PAGE>

It is the Bank's policy to stagger the maturities of its securities to 
maintain a liquid portfolio and to meet other Bank needs. The sale of 
"Federal Funds" (short-term loans to other banks), are also made as alternate 
investments for available excess funds. Approximately $658,000 of the Bank's 
operating income in 1997, represented interest on Federal Funds sold.

Acceptable securities may be pledged to secure public deposits from state and 
public agencies. As of December 31, 1997, the Bank had Public Funds totaling 
approximately $2,160,000 secured by approximately $6,006,000 in eligible 
securities.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal 
and state law. Set forth below, is a summary description of certain laws 
which relate to the regulation of BSM and the Bank. The description does not 
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
applicable laws and regulations.

BSM BANCORP

BSM, as a registered bank holding company, is subject to regulation under the 
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"). BSM is required to 
file with the Federal Reserve Board quarterly, semi-annual and annual 
reports, and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may 
require pursuant to the BHCA. The Federal Reserve Board may conduct 
inspections of the BSM and its subsidiary. The first of such inspections 
occurred in September, 1997.

The Federal Reserve Board may require that BSM terminate an activity or 
terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries or 
affiliates when the Federal Reserve Board believes the activity or the 
control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the 
financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. 
The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to regulate provisions of 
certain bank holding company debt, including authority to impose interest 
ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, 
BSM must file written notice and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve 
Board prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities. 

Under the BHCA and regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, a bank 
holding company and its non-banking subsidiaries are prohibited from 
requiring certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of 
credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services. Further, BSM is 
required by the Federal Reserve Board to maintain certain levels of capital. 
See "Item 1 - Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action."

BSM is required to obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the 
acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting 
securities or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding 
company. Prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board is also required for the 
merger or consolidation of BSM and another bank holding company.

BSM is prohibited by the BHCA, except in certain statutory prescribed 
instances, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more 
than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or 
bank holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in activities 
other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing 
services to its subsidiary. However, BSM, subject to the prior approval of 
the Federal Reserve Board, may engage in, or acquire shares of companies 
engaged in, any activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be 
so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a 
proper incident thereto. In making any such determination, the Federal 
Reserve Board is required to consider whether the performance of such 
activities by BSM or an affiliate can reasonably be expected to produce 
benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition or 
gains in efficiency, that outweigh possible adverse effects, such as undue 
concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of 
interest or unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board is also 
empowered to differentiate between activities commences DE NOVO and 
activities commenced by acquisition, in whole or in part, of a going concern. 
In 1996, the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 
(the "Budget Act"), eliminated the requirement that the bank holding 
companies seek Federal Reserve Board approval before engaging DE NOVO in 
permissible nonbanking activities listed in Regulation Y, which governs bank 
holding companies, if the holding company and its lead depository institution 
are well-managed and well-capitalized and certain other criteria specified in 
the statue are met. For purposes of determining the capital levels at which a 
bank holding company shall be considered "well-capitalized" under this 
section of the Budget Act and Regulation Y, the Federal Reserve Board adopted 
as an interim rule, risk-based capital ratios (on a consolidated basis) that 
are, with the exception of the leverage ratio (which is lower), the same as 
the levels set for determining that a state member bank is well-capitalized 
under the provisions established under the prompt corrective action 
provisions of federal law. See "Item 1 Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action."

Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, a bank holding company is required 
to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary 
banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In 
addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board's policy that in serving as a 
source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should 
stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to 
its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and 


                                     F-6
<PAGE>

should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to 
obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank 
holding company's failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of 
strength to its subsidiary banks, will generally be considered by the Federal 
Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice in violation of 
the Federal Reserve Board's regulations or both.

BSM is also a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 3700 of the 
California Financial Code. As such, BSM and its subsidiary are subject to 
examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the Department of 
Financial Institutions.

Finally, BSM is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including but not limited to, 
filing annual, quarterly and other current reports with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, (the "Commission").

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Reports filed with the Commission can be viewed on the internet. The 
Commission maintains a Web Site that contains reports, proxy and information 
statements and other information. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

BANK OF SANTA MARIA

Banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The Bank, 
as a California state chartered bank, is subject to primary supervision, 
periodic examination and regulation by the Superintendent and the FDIC.

The Bank is insured by the FDIC, which currently insures deposits of each 
member bank to a maximum of $100,000 per depositor. For this protection, the 
Bank, as is the case with all insured banks, pays a quarterly statutory 
assessment and is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC. Although 
the Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, it is nevertheless 
subject to certain regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the State of 
California and the United States affect the operations of the Bank. State and 
federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the Bank's 
operations, including reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on 
deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends 
and locations of branch offices. Further, the Bank is required to maintain 
certain levels of capital.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends 
which may be paid to the stockholders by the Bank. California law restricts 
the amount available for cash dividends by state-chartered banks to the 
lesser of retained earnings or the bank's net income for its last three 
fiscal years (less any distributions to stockholders made during such 
period). In the event a bank has no retained earnings or net income for its 
last three fiscal years, cash dividends may be paid in an amount not 
exceeding the net income for such bank's last preceding fiscal year only 
after obtaining the prior approval of the Superintendent.

The FDIC also has authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in activities 
that, in the FDIC's opinion, constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in 
conducting its business. It is possible, depending upon the financial 
condition of the bank in question and other factors, that the FDIC could 
assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might, under some 
circumstances, be an unsafe or unsound practice.

Banks are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on any 
extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit 
on behalf of its affiliates, the purchase of or investments in stock or other 
securities thereof, the taking of such securities as collateral for loans and 
the purchase of assets of such affiliates. Such restrictions prevent 
affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by 
marketable obligations of designated amounts. Further, such secured loans and 
investments by the Bank to any other affiliate is limited to 10% of the 
Bank's capital and surplus (as defined by federal regulations) and such 
secured loans and investments are limited, in the aggregate, to 20% of the 
Bank's capital and surplus (as defined by federal regulations). California 
law also imposes certain restrictions with respect to transactions involving 
other controlling persons of the Bank. Additional restrictions on 
transactions with affiliates may be imposed on the Bank under the prompt 
corrective action provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act.

POTENTIAL AND EXISTING ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS

Commercial banking organizations, such as the Bank, may be subject to 
potential enforcement actions by the FDIC and the Superintendent for unsafe 
or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any 
law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or 
any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the 
imposition of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist 
order that can be judicially enforced, the termination of insurance of 
deposits, the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives 
to increase capital, the issuance of formal 


                                     F-7
<PAGE>

and informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders 
against institution-affiliated parties and the imposition of restrictions and 
sanctions under the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIC 
Improvement Act.

The regulations of these various agencies govern most aspects of the Bank's 
business, including required reserves on deposits, investments, loans, 
certain of their check clearing activities, issuance of securities, payment 
of dividends, opening of branches, and numerous other areas. As a consequence 
of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities in the United 
States, the Bank's business is particularly susceptible to changes in 
California and the Federal legislation and regulations which may have the 
effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting permissible 
activities, or increasing competition.

EFFECT OF GOVERNMENTAL POLICIES AND LEGISLATION

Banking is a business that depends on rate differentials. In general, the 
difference between the interest rate paid by the Bank on its deposits and its 
other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Bank on loans extended 
to its customers and securities held in the Bank's portfolio comprise the 
major portion of the Bank's earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to 
many factors that are beyond the control of the Bank. Accordingly the 
earnings and growth of the Bank are subject to the influence of local, 
domestic and foreign economic conditions, including recession, unemployment 
and inflation.

The commercial banking business is not only affected by general economic 
conditions but is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the 
federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the 
Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary 
policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) 
by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by 
adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject 
to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to 
borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve 
Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and 
deposits and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on 
deposits. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies 
cannot be predicted.

From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing 
the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or 
affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial 
intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the 
operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial 
intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature 
and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies. For 
example, legislation has been introduced in Congress that would repeal the 
current statutory restrictions on affiliations between commercial banks and 
securities firms. The likelihood of any major changes and the impact such 
changes might have on the Bank are impossible to predict.

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1991

On December 19, 1991, the FDIC Improvement Act was enacted into law. Set 
forth below is a brief discussion of certain portions of this law and 
implementing regulations that have been adopted or proposed by the Federal 
Reserve Board, the Comptroller of the Currency ("Comptroller"), the Office of 
Thrift Supervision ("OTS") and the FDIC (collectively, the "federal banking 
agencies").

STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS

The FDIC Improvement Act requires the federal banking agencies to prescribe, 
by regulation, standards for all insured depository institutions and 
depository institution holding companies relating to internal controls, loan 
documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure and asset growth. 
Standards must also be prescribed for classified loans, earnings and the 
ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded shares. The FDIC 
Improvement Act also requires the federal banking agencies to issue uniform 
regulations prescribing standards for real estate lending that are to 
consider such factors as the risk to the deposit insurance fund, the need for 
safe and sound operation of insured depository institutions and the 
availability of credit. Further, the FDIC Improvement Act requires the 
federal banking agencies to establish standards prohibiting compensation, 
fees and benefit arrangements that are excessive or could lead to financial 
loss.

In July 1992, the federal banking agencies issued a joint advance notice of 
proposed rule making requesting public comment on the safety and soundness 
standards required to be prescribed by the FDIC Improvement Act. The purpose 
of the notice is to assist the federal banking agencies in the development of 
proposed regulations. In accordance with the FDIC Improvement Act, final 
regulations must become effective no later than December 1, 1993.

In December 1992, the federal banking agency issued final regulations 
prescribing uniform guidelines for real estate lending. The regulations 
require insured depository institutions to adopt written policies 
establishing standards, consistent with such guidelines, 


                                     F-8
<PAGE>

for extensions of credit secured by real estate. The policies must address 
loan portfolio management, underwriting standards and loan to value limits 
that do not exceed the supervisory limits prescribed by the regulations.

In February 1995, the federal banking agencies adopted final guidelines 
establishing standards for safety and soundness, as required by FDICIA. The 
guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to 
internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan 
documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and 
compensation, fees and benefits. Guidelines for asset quality and earnings 
standards will be adopted in the future. The guidelines establish the safety 
and soundness standards that the agencies will use to identify and address 
problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. 
If an institution fails to comply with a safety and soundness standard, the 
appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a 
compliance plan. Failure to submit a compliance plan or to implement an 
accepted plan may result in enforcement action.

Appraisals for "real estate related financial transactions" must be conducted 
by either state-certified or state-licensed appraisers for transactions in 
excess of certain amounts. State-certified appraisers are required for all 
transactions with a transaction value of $1,000,000 or more; for all 
non-residential transactions valued at $250,000 or more; and for "complex" 
1-4 family residential properties of $250,000 or more. A state-licensed 
appraiser is required for all other appraisals. However, appraisals performed 
in connection with "federally related transactions" must now comply with the 
agencies' appraisal standards. Federally related transactions include the 
sale, lease, purchase, investment in, or exchange of, real property or 
interests in real property, the financing of real property, and the use of 
real property or interests in real property as security for a loan or 
investment, including mortgage backed securities.

PROMPT CORRECTIVE REGULATORY ACTION

The FDIC Improvement Act requires each federal banking agency to take prompt 
corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions 
that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The purpose of 
this law is to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions at the 
least possible long-term cost to the appropriate deposit insurance fund.

The law requires each federal banking agency to promulgate regulations 
defining the following five categories in which an insured depository 
institution will be placed, based on the level of its capital ratios: well 
capitalized (significantly exceeding the required minimum capital 
requirements), adequately capitalized (meeting the required capital 
requirements), undercapitalized (failing to meet any one of the capital 
requirements), significantly undercapitalized (significantly below any one 
capital requirement) and critically undercapitalized (failing to meet all 
capital requirements).

In September 1992, the federal banking agencies issued uniform final 
regulations implementing the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIC 
Improvement Act. Under the regulations, an insured depository institution 
will be deemed to be:

     -     "well capitalized" if it (i) has total risk-based capital of 10% or
           greater, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 6% or greater and a leverage
           capital ratio of 5% or greater and (ii) is not subject to an order,
           written agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action
           directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any
           capital measure;
     -     "adequately capitalized" if it has total risk-based capital of 8% or
           greater, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 4% or greater and a leverage
           capital ratio of 4% or greater (or a leverage capital ratio of 3% or
           greater if the institution is rated composite 1 under the applicable
           regulatory rating system in its most recent report of examination);
     -     "undercapitalized" if it has total risk-based capital that is less
           than 8%, Tier 1 risk-based capital that is less than 4% or a leverage
           capital ratio that is less than 4% (or a leverage capital ratio that
           is less than 3% if the institution is rated composite 1 under the
           applicable regulatory rating system in its most recent report of
           examination);
     -     "significantly undercapitalized" if it has total risk-based capital
           that is less than 6%, Tier 1 risk-based capital that is less than 3%
           or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 3%; and
     -     "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity
           to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.


An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well 
capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized may be reclassified 
to the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, 
after notice and opportunity for hearing, (i) determines that the institution 
is in an unsafe or unsound condition or (ii) deems the institution is 
engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice and not to have corrected the 
deficiency. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository 
institution is subject to more restrictions and federal banking agencies are 
given less flexibility in deciding how to deal with it. 

The law prohibits insured depository institutions from paying management fees 
to any controlling persons or, with certain limited exceptions, making 
capital distributions if after such transaction the institution would be 
undercapitalized. If an insured depository institution is undercapitalized, 
it will be closely monitored by the appropriate federal banking agency, 
subject to asset growth restrictions and required to obtain prior regulatory 
approval for acquisitions, branching and engaging in new lines of business. 
Any 


                                     F-9
<PAGE>

undercapitalized depository institution must submit an acceptable capital 
restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency 45 days after 
becoming undercapitalized. The appropriate federal banking agency cannot 
accept a capital plan unless, among other things, it determines that the plan 
(i) specifies the steps the institution will take to become adequately 
capitalized, (ii) is based on realistic assumptions and (iii) is likely to 
succeed in restoring the depository institution's capital. In addition, each 
company controlling an undercapitalized depository institution must guarantee 
that the institution will comply with the capital plan until the depository 
institution has been adequately capitalized on an average basis during each 
of four consecutive calendar quarters and must otherwise provide adequate 
assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of such guarantee is 
limited to the lesser of (a) an amount equal to 5% of the depository 
institution's total assets at the time the institution became 
undercapitalized or (b) the amount which is necessary to bring the 
institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable to such 
institution as of the time the institution fails to comply with its capital 
restoration plan. Finally, the appropriate federal banking agency may impose 
any of the additional restrictions or sanctions that it may impose on 
significantly undercapitalized institutions if it determines that such action 
will further the purpose of the prompt correction action provisions.

An insured depository institution that is significantly undercapitalized, or 
is undercapitalized and fails to submit, or in a material respect to 
implement, an acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to additional 
restrictions and sanctions. These include, among other things: (i) a forced 
sale of voting shares to raise capital or, if grounds exist for appointment 
of a receiver or conservator, a forced merger; (ii) restrictions on 
transactions with affiliates; (iii) further limitations on interest rates 
paid on deposits; (iv) further restrictions on growth or required shrinkage; 
(v) modification or termination of specified activities; (vi) replacement of 
directors or senior executive officers, subject to certain grandfather 
provisions for those elected prior to enactment of the FDIC Improvement Act; 
(vii) prohibitions on the receipt of deposits from correspondent 
institutions; (viii) restrictions on capital distributions by the holding 
companies of such institutions; (ix) required divestiture of subsidiaries by 
the institution; or (x) other restrictions as determined by the appropriate 
federal banking agency. Although the appropriate federal banking agency has 
discretion to determine which of the foregoing restrictions or sanctions it 
will seek to impose, it is required to force a sale of voting shares or 
merger, impose restrictions on affiliate transactions and impose restrictions 
on rates paid on deposits unless it determines that such actions would not 
further the purpose of the prompt corrective action provisions. In addition, 
without the prior written approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, 
a significantly undercapitalized institution may not pay any bonus to its 
senior executive officers or provide compensation to any of them at a rate 
that exceeds such officer's average rate of base compensation during the 12 
calendar months preceding the month in which the institution became 
undercapitalized.

Further restrictions and sanctions are required to be imposed on insured 
depository institutions that are critically undercapitalized. For example, a 
critically undercapitalized institution generally would be prohibited from 
engaging in any material transaction other than in the ordinary course of 
business without prior regulatory approval and could not, with certain 
exceptions, make any payment of principal or interest on its subordinated 
debt beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized. Most 
importantly, however, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate 
federal banking agency, not later than 90 days after an insured depository 
institution becomes critically undercapitalized, is required to appoint a 
conservator or receiver for the institution. The board of directors of an 
insured depository institution would not be liable to the institution's 
shareholders or creditors for consenting in good faith to the appointment of 
a receiver or conservator or to an acquisition or merger as required by the 
regulator.

The FDIC has adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to 
provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with 
a banking organization's operations for both transactions reported on the 
balance sheet as assets and transactions, such as letters of credit and 
recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. Under 
these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent 
amounts of off-balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk 
adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, 
such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for assets with relatively 
high credit risk, such as business loans.

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, the FDIC requires banks to maintain 
a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the 
leverage ratio. For a bank rated in the highest of the five categories used 
by the FDIC to rate banks, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to 
total assets is 3%. For all banks not rated in the highest category, the 
minimum leverage ratio must be at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% 
minimum, or 4% to 5%. In addition to these uniform risk-based capital 
guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the FDIC has 
the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific 
institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios.

In August 1995, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations 
specifying that the agencies will include, in their evaluations of a bank's 
capital adequacy, an assessment of the exposure to declines in the economic 
value of the bank's capital due to changes in interest rates. The final 
regulations, however, do not include a measurement framework for assessing 
the level of a bank's exposure to interest rate risk, which is the subject of 
a proposed policy statement issued by the federal banking agencies 
concurrently with the final regulations. The proposal would measure interest 
rate risk in relation to the effect of a 200 basis point change in market 
interest rates on the economic value of a bank. Banks with high levels of 
measured exposure or weak management systems generally will be required to 
hold additional capital for interest rate risk. The specific amount of 
capital that 


                                     F-10

<PAGE>

may be needed would be determined on a case-by-case basis by the examiner and 
the appropriate federal banking agency. Because this proposal has only 
recently been issued, the Bank currently is unable to predict the impact of 
the proposal on the Bank if the policy statement is adopted as proposed.

In January 1995, the federal banking agencies issued a final rule relating to 
capital standards and the risks arising from the concentration of credit and 
nontraditional activities. Institutions which have significant amounts of 
their assets concentrated in high risk loans or nontraditional banking 
activities and who fail to adequately manage these risks, will be required to 
set aside capital in excess of the regulatory minimums. The federal banking 
agencies have not imposed any quantitative assessment for determining when 
these risks are significant, but have identified these issues as important 
factors they will review in assessing an individual bank's capital adequacy.

In December 1993, the federal banking agencies issued an interagency policy 
statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses which, among other 
things, establishes certain benchmark ratios of loan loss reserves to 
classified assets. The benchmark set forth by such policy statement is the 
sum of (a) assets classified "loss"; (b) 50 percent of assets classified 
"doubtful"; (c) 15 percent of assets classified "substandard"; and (d) 
estimated credit losses on other assets over the upcoming 12 months.

OTHER ITEMS

The FDIC Improvement Act also, among other things, (i) limits the percentage 
of interest paid on brokered deposits and limits the unrestricted use of such 
deposits to only those institutions that are well capitalized; (ii) requires 
the FDIC to charge insurance premiums based on the risk profile of each 
institution; (iii) eliminates "pass through" deposit insurance for certain 
employee benefit accounts unless the depository institution is well 
capitalized or, under certain circumstances, adequately capitalized; (iv) 
prohibits insured state chartered banks from engaging as principal in any 
type of activity that is not permissible for a national bank unless the FDIC 
permits such activity and the bank meets all of its regulatory capital 
requirements; (v) directs the appropriate federal banking agency to determine 
the amount of readily marketable purchased mortgage servicing rights that may 
be included in calculating such institution's tangible, core and risk-based 
capital; and (vi) provides that, subject to certain limitations, any federal 
savings association may acquire or be acquired by any insured depository 
institution.

In addition, the FDIC has issued final and proposed regulations implementing 
provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act relating to powers of insured state 
banks. Final regulations issued in October 1992 prohibit insured state banks 
from making equity investments of a type, or in an amount, that are not 
permissible for national banks. In general, equity investments include equity 
securities, partnership interests and equity interests in real estate. Under 
the final regulations, non-permissible investments must be divested by no 
later than December 19, 1996. The Bank has no such non-permissible 
investments.

Regulations issued in December 1993, prohibit insured state banks from 
engaging as principal in any activity not permissible for a national bank, 
without FDIC approval. The proposal also provides that subsidiaries of 
insured state banks may not engage as principal in any activity that is not 
permissible for a subsidiary of a national bank, without FDIC approval.

Certain provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act, such as the recently adopted 
real estate lending standards and the limitations on investments and powers 
of state banks and the rules to be adopted governing compensation, fees and 
other operating policies, may affect the way in which the Bank conducts its 
business, and other provisions, such as those relating to the establishment 
of the risk-based premium system, may adversely affect the Bank's results of 
operations. Furthermore, the actual and potential restrictions and sanctions 
that apply to or may be imposed on undercapitalized institutions under the 
prompt corrective action and other provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act may 
significantly adversely affect the operations and liquidity of the Bank, the 
value of its Common Stock and its ability to raise funds in the financial 
markets.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY GUIDELINES

The FDIC has issued guidelines to implement the risk-based capital 
requirements. The guidelines are intended to establish a systematic 
analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more 
sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes 
off-balance sheet items into account in assessing capital adequacy and 
minimizes disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets. Under these 
guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items, 
such as letters of credit and outstanding loan commitments, are assigned to 
one of several risk categories, which range from 0% for risk-free assets, 
such as cash and certain U.S. Government securities, to 100% for relatively 
high-risk assets, such as loans and investments in fixed assets, premises and 
other real estate owned. The aggregated dollar amount of each category is 
then multiplied by the risk-weight associated with that category. The 
resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are then added 
together to determine the total risk-weighted assets.

A banking organization's qualifying total capital consists of two components: 
Tier 1 capital (core capital) and Tier 2 capital (supplementary capital). 
Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stock, related surplus and 
retained earnings, qualifying non-

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in the equity 
accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Intangibles, such as goodwill, are 
generally deducted from Tier 1 capital; however, purchased mortgage servicing 
rights and purchase credit card relationships may be included, subject to 
certain limitations. At least 50% of the banking organization's total 
regulatory capital must consist of Tier 1 capital.

Tier 2 capital may consist of (i) the allowance for possible loan and lease 
losses in an amount up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets; (ii) perpetual 
preferred stock, cumulative perpetual preferred stock and long-term preferred 
stock and related surplus; (iii) hybrid capital instruments (instruments with 
characteristics of both debt and equity), perpetual debt and mandatory 
convertible debt securities; and (iv) eligible term subordinated debt and 
intermediate-term preferred stock with an original maturity of five years or 
more, including related surplus, in an amount up to 50% of Tier 1 capital. 
The inclusion of the foregoing elements of Tier 2 capital are subject to 
certain requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies.

The FDIC has also adopted a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital 
to average total assets of 3% for the highest rated banks. This leverage 
capital ratio is only a minimum. Institutions experiencing or anticipating 
significant growth or those with other than minimum risk profiles are 
expected to maintain capital well above the minimum level. Furthermore, 
higher leverage capital ratios are required to be considered well capitalized 
or adequately capitalized under the prompt corrective action provisions of 
the FDIC Improvement Act.

PREMIUMS FOR DEPOSIT INSURANCE

Federal law has established several mechanisms to increase funds to protect 
deposits insured by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") administered by the FDIC. 
The FDIC is authorized to borrow up to $30 billion from the United States 
Treasury; up to 90% of the fair market value of assets of institutions 
acquired by the FDIC as receiver from the Federal Financing Bank; and from 
depository institutions that are members of the BIF. Any borrowings not 
repaid by asset sales are to be repaid through insurance premiums assessed to 
member institutions. Such premiums must be sufficient to repay any borrowed 
funds within 15 years and provide insurance fund reserves of $1.25 for each 
$100 of insured deposits. The FDIC also has authority to impose special 
assessments against insured deposits.

The FDIC implemented a final risk-based assessment system, as required by 
FDICIA, effective January 1, 1994, under which an institution's premium 
assessment is based on the probability that the deposit insurance fund will 
incur a loss with respect to the institution, the likely amount of any such 
loss, and the revenue needs of the deposit insurance fund. As long as BIF's 
reserve ratio is less than a specified "designated reserve ratio," 1.25%, the 
total amount raised from BIF members by the risk-based assessment system may 
not be less than the amount that would be raised if the assessment rate for 
all BIF members were .023% of deposits. The FDIC, effective September 15, 
1995, lowered assessments from their rates of $.23 to $.31 per $100 of 
insured deposits to rates of $.04 to $.31, depending on the condition of the 
bank, as a result of the re-capitalization of the BIF. On November 15, 1995, 
the FDIC voted to drop its premiums for well capitalized banks to zero 
effective January 1, 1996. Other banks will be charged risk-based premiums up 
to $.27 per $100 of deposits.

In 1996, Governor Pete Wilson signed Assembly Bill 3351 (the "Banking 
Consolidation Bill"), authored by Assemblyman Ted Weggeland and sponsored by 
the California State Banking Department (the "Department"), effective July 1, 
1997, which creates the California Department of Financial Institutions 
("DFI") to be headed by a Commissioner of Financial Institutions out of the 
existing Department which regulates state chartered commercial banks and 
trust companies in California.

The Banking Consolidation Bill, among other provisions, also (i) transfers 
regulatory jurisdiction over state chartered savings and loan associations 
from the Department of Savings and Loans ("DSL") to the newly-created DFI and 
abolishes the DSL; (ii) transfers regulatory jurisdiction over state 
chartered industrial loan companies and credit unions from the Department of 
Corporations to the newly-created DFI; and (iii) establishes within the DFI 
separate divisions for credit unions, commercial banks, industrial loan 
companies and savings and loans. As the Banking Consolidation Bill has only 
recently been enacted, it is impossible to predict with any degree of 
certainty, what impact it will have on the banking industry in general and 
the Bank in particular.

In 1996, the President signed into law provisions to strengthen the Savings 
Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF") and to repay outstanding bonds that 
were issued to re-capitalize the SAIF's successor as result of payments made 
due to insolvency of savings and loan associations and other federally 
insured savings institutions in the late 1980's and early 1990's. The new law 
will require savings and loan associations to bear the cost of 
re-capitalizing the SAIF and, after January 1, 1997, banks will contribute 
towards paying off the financing bonds, including interest. In 2000, the 
banking industry will assume the bulk of the payments. The new law also aims 
to merge the Bank Insurance Fund and SAIF by 1999, but not until the bank and 
savings and loan charters are combined. The Treasury Department had until 
March 31, 1997, to deliver to Congress on combining the charters. 
Additionally, the new law provides "regulatory relief" for the banking 
industry by effecting approximately 30 laws and regulations. Currently, the 
costs and benefits of the new law to the Bank can not be accurately predicted.

                                     F-12

<PAGE>

INTERSTATE BANKING AND BRANCHING

On September 29, 1994, the President signed into law the Riegle-Neal 
Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate 
Act"). Under the Interstate Act, beginning one year after the date of 
enactment, a bank holding company that is adequately capitalized and managed 
may obtain regulatory approval to acquire an existing bank located in another 
state without regard to state law. A bank holding company would not be 
permitted to make such an acquisition if, upon consummation, it would control 
(a) more than 10% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository 
institutions in the United States or (b) 30% or more of the deposits in the 
state in which the bank is located. A state may limit the percentage of total 
deposits that may be held in that state by any one bank or bank holding 
company if application of such limitation does not discriminate against 
out-of-state banks. An out-of-state bank holding company may not acquire a 
state bank in existence for less than a minimum length of time that may be 
prescribed by state law except that a state may not impose more than a five 
year existence requirement.

On July 3, 1997, the President signed into law the Reigle-Neal Amendment Act 
of 1997 providing that branches of state banks that operate in other states 
are to be governed by the laws of their home (or chartering) states, not the 
laws of the host states. State banks and state bank regulators pushed for the 
legislation, believing that without is state banks would switch to national 
charters to avoid having to deal with different a set of laws in each state 
where they have established branches.

State banks will not receive any new powers under the legislation. If a host 
state allows banks more powers than a bank's chartering state, the bank is 
restricted to the powers granted by its chartering state. However, states 
will be prohibited from discriminating against branches of banks from other 
states by the requirement that states must grant branches out-of-state banks 
the same privileges allowed to banks that states have chartered.

The Interstate Act also permits, beginning June 1, 1997, mergers of insured 
banks located in different states and conversion of the branches of the 
acquired bank into branches of the resulting bank. Each state may permit such 
combinations earlier than June 1, 1997, and may adopt legislation to prohibit 
interstate mergers after that date in that state or in other states by that 
state's banks. The same concentration limits discussed in the preceding 
paragraph apply. The Interstate Act also permits a national or state bank to 
establish branches in a state other than its home state if permitted by the 
laws of that state, subject to the same requirement and conditions as for a 
merger transaction. Effective October 2, 1995, California adopted legislation 
which "opts California into" the Interstate Act. However, the California 
Legislation restricts out of state banks from purchasing branches or starting 
a de novo branch to enter the California banking market. Such banks may 
proceed only by way of purchases of whole banks. 

The Interstate Act is likely to increase competition in the Bank's market 
areas especially from larger financial institutions and their holding 
companies. It is difficult to assess the impact such likely increased 
competition will have on the Bank' operations.

In 1986, California adopted an interstate banking law. The law allows 
California banks and bank holding companies to be acquired by banking 
organizations in other states on a "reciprocal" basis (i.e., provided the 
other state's law permit California banking organizations to acquire banking 
organizations in that state on substantially the same terms and conditions 
applicable to banking organizations solely within that state). The law took 
effect in two states. The first state allowed acquisitions on a "reciprocal" 
basis within a region consisting of 11 western states. The second stage, 
which became effective January 1, 1991, allows interstate acquisitions on a 
national "reciprocal" basis. California has also adopted similar legislation 
applicable to savings associations and their holding companies.

On September 28, 1995, Governor Wilson signed Assembly Bill No. 1482, the 
Caldera, Weggeland, and Killea California Interstate Banking and Branching 
Act of 1995 (the "1995 Act"). The 1995 Act, which was filed with the 
Secretary of State as Chapter 480 of the Statutes of 1995, became operative 
on October 2, 1995.

The 1995 Acts opts in early for interstate branching, allowing out-of-state 
banks to enter California by merging or purchasing a California bank or 
industrial loan company which is at least five years old. Also, the 1995 Act 
repeals the California Interstate (National) Banking Act of 1986, which 
regulated the acquisition of California banks by out-of-state bank holding 
companies. In addition, the 1995 Act permits California state banks, with the 
approval of the Superintendent of Banks, to establish agency relationships 
with FDIC-insured banks and savings associations. Finally, the 1995 Act 
provides for regulatory relief, including (i) authorization for the 
Superintendent to exempt banks from the requirement of obtaining approval 
before establishing or relocating a branch office or place of business, (ii) 
repeal of the requirement of directors' oaths (Financial Code Section 682), 
and (iii) repeal of the aggregate limit on real estate loans (Financial Code 
Section 1230).

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT AND FAIR LENDING DEVELOPMENTS

The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting 
obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and Community 
Reinvestment Act ("CRA") activities. The CRA generally requires the federal 
banking agencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting 
the credit needs of their local community, including low and moderate income 
neighborhoods. In addition to substantial penalties and corrective measures 
that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the 

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into 
account when regulating and supervising other activities.

In May 1995, the federal banking agencies issued final regulations which 
change the manner in which they measure a bank's compliance with its CRA 
obligations. The final regulations adopt a performance-based evaluation 
system which bases CRA ratings on an institutions' actual lending service and 
investment performance, rather than the extent to which the institution 
conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach or complies with 
other procedural requirements. In March 1994, the Federal Interagency Tax 
Force on Fair lending issued a policy statement on discrimination in lending. 
The policy statement describes the three methods that federal agencies will 
use to prove discrimination: overt evidence of discrimination, evidence of 
disparate treatment and evidence of disparate impact.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

In March of 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT 
OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF. SFAS No. 
121 establishes accounting standards for the impairment of long-lived assets, 
certain identifiable intangibles, and goodwill related to those assets to be 
held and used and for long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles 
to be disposed of. The statement does not apply to financial instruments 
long-term customer relationships of a financial institution (core deposits), 
mortgage and other servicing rights, and tax deferred assets. SFAS 121 
requires the review of long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles 
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances include, for 
example, a significant decrease in market value of an assets, a significant 
change in use of an asset, or an adverse change in a legal factor that could 
affect the value of an asset. If such an event occurs and it is determined 
that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable, an impairment 
loss should be recognized and measured by the amount by which the carrying 
amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value can be 
determined by a current transaction, quoted market prices, or present value 
of estimated expected future cash flows discounted at the appropriate rate. 
The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
1995. The implementation of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material impact on 
the Bank's results of operations or financial position.

In May of 1995, the FASB issued SFAS 122, ACCOUNTING FOR MORTGAGE SERVICING 
RIGHTS. SFAS No. 122 eliminates distinctions between servicing rights that 
were purchased and those that were retained upon the sale of loans. The 
statement requires mortgage servicers to recognize as separate assets rights 
to service loans, no matter how the rights were acquired. Institutions who 
sell loans and retain the servicing rights will be required to allocate the 
total cost of the loans to servicing rights and loans based on their relative 
fair values if the value can be estimated. SFAS No. 122 is effective for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. Further, SFAS No. 122 
requires that all capitalized mortgage servicing rights be periodically 
evaluated for impairment based upon the current fair value of these rights. 
This Statement which is superseded by SFAS No. 125, ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS 
AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND EXTINGUISHMENTS OF LIABILITIES, did not 
have a material effect on the Bank's financial condition and results of 
operations.

In October of 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED 
COMPENSATION, establishing financial accounting and reporting standards for 
stock-based employee compensation plans. This statement encourages all 
entities to adopt a new method of accounting to measure compensation cost of 
all employee stock compensation plans based on the estimated fair value of 
the award at the date it is granted. Companies are, however, allowed to 
continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic 
value based method of accounting, which generally does not result in 
compensation expense recognition for most plans. Companies that elect to 
remain with the existing accounting are required to disclose in a footnote to 
the financial statements pro forma net income and, if presented, earnings per 
share, as if this statement had been adopted. The accounting requirements of 
this statement are effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years 
that begin after December 15, 1995; however, companies are required to 
disclose information for awards granted in their first fiscal year beginning 
after December 15, 1994. The Bank has elected the pro forma disclosure 
requirements as noted in the note to the Financial Statements.

In June of 1996, the FASB issued SFAS No. 125, Accounting for Transfers and 
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, and in 
December, 1996 issued SFAS No. 127, Deferral of the Effective Date of Certain 
Provisions of FASB Statement No. 125 (an amendment of FASB Statement No. 125) 
establishing accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing 
of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities based on consistent 
application of the financial-components approach. This approach requires the 
recognition of financial assets and servicing assets that are controlled by 
the reporting entity, the de-recognition of financial assets when control is 
surrendered, and the de-recognition of liabilities when they are 
extinguished. Specific criteria are established for determining when control 
has been surrendered in the transfer of financial assets. Liabilities and 
derivatives incurred or obtained by transferors in conjunction with the 
transfer of financial assets are required to be measured at fair value, if 
practicable. Servicing assets and other retained interests in transferred 
assets are required to be measured by allocating the previous carrying amount 
between the assets sold, if any, and the interest that is retained, if any, 
based on the relative fair values of the assets on the date of the transfer. 
Servicing assets retained are subsequently subject to amortization and 
assessment for 

                                     F-14

<PAGE>

impairment. Management believes the implementation of this statement will not 
have a material effect on the Banks financial condition or results of 
operations.

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 
130, "REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME". This statement, which is effective for 
the year ending December 31, 1998, establishes standards of disclosure and 
financial statement display for reporting comprehensive income and its 
components.

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 
131, "DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION". 
This statement changes current practice under SFAS 14 by establishing a new 
framework on which to base segment reporting (referred to as the management 
approach), and also requires certain related disclosures about products and 
services, geographic areas, and major customers. The disclosures are required 
for the year ending December 31, 1998.

HAZARDOUS WASTE CLEAN-UP COSTS

Management is aware of recent legislation and cases relating to hazardous 
waste clean-up costs and potential liability. Based on a general survey of 
the loan portfolio of the Bank, conversations with local authorities and 
appraisers, and the type of lending currently and historically done by the 
Bank (generally, the Bank has not made the types of loans usually associated 
with hazardous waste contamination problems), management is not aware of any 
potential material liability for hazardous waste contamination.

OTHER REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

The federal regulatory agencies have adopted regulations that implement 
Section 304 of FDICIA which requires federal banking agencies to adopt 
uniform regulations prescribing standards for real estate lending. Each 
insured depository institution must adopt and maintain a comprehensive 
written real estate lending policy, developed in conformance with prescribed 
guidelines, and each agency has specified loan-to-value limits in guidelines 
concerning various categories of real estate loans.

Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States and 
the State of California affect the operations of the Bank. Federal 
regulations include requirements to maintain non-interest bearing reserves 
against deposits, limitations on the nature and amount of loans which may be 
made, and restrictions on payment of dividends. The California Commissioner 
of Financial Institutions approves the number and locations of the branch 
offices of a bank. California law exempts banks from the usury laws.

YEAR 2000 SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS

Safety and soundness guidance on the risks posed to financial institutions by 
the Year 2000 problem was issued by the Federal Financial Institutions 
Examination Council. The guidance underscores that Year 2000 preparation is 
not only an information systems issue, according to the FFIEC, but also an 
enterprise-wide challenge that must be addressed at the highest level of a 
financial institution.

The guidance sets out the responsibilities of senior management and boards of 
directors in managing their Year 2000 projects. Among the responsibilities of 
institution managers and directors is that of managing the internal and 
external risks presented by providers of data-processing products and 
services, business partners, counterparties and major loan customers.

Under the guidance, senior management must provide the board of directors 
with status reports, at least quarterly, on efforts to reach Year 2000 goals 
both internally and by the institution's major vendors. Senior management and 
directors must allocate sufficient resources to ensure that high priority is 
given to seeing that remediation plans are fulfilled, and that the project 
receives the quality personnel and timely support it requires.

A Year 2000 management committee has been formed by the the Company to 
identify potential problems associated with the turn of the century and to 
develop resolutions to these problems. Renovation activities such as hardware 
and software upgrades, system replacements, and vendor certifications are 
anticipated to be completed during the fourth quarter of 1998. The Company 
was examined by the FDIC in January, 1998 specifically in regards to its 
efforts to meet Year 2000 compliance guidelines. The Company's efforts were 
judged to be satisfactory. Current costs and estimated future expenditures do 
not appear to be material and are expected to have negligible effects on the 
Company's results of operations, liquidity and capital resources.

                                     F-15

<PAGE>

MONETARY POLICY

Banking is a business which depends on rate differentials. In general, the 
difference between the interest paid by the Bank on its deposits and its 
other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Bank on loans extended 
to its customers and securities held in the Bank investment portfolios will 
comprise the major portion of the Bank's earnings.

The earnings and growth of the Bank will be affected not only by general 
economic conditions, both domestic and international, but also by the 
monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, 
particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board can and 
does implement national monetary policy, such as seeking to curb inflation 
and combat recession, by its open market operations in U.S. Government 
securities, limitations upon savings and time deposit interest rates, and 
adjustments to the discount rates applicable to borrowings by banks which are 
members of the Federal Reserve System. The actions of the Federal Reserve 
Board influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also 
affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature and 
impact that future changes in fiscal or monetary policies or economic 
controls may have on the Bank's businesses and earnings cannot be predicted.

COMPETITION

The banking business in California generally, and in the Bank's primary 
service areas specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans 
and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks 
with many offices and operations over a wide geographic area. Among the 
advantages such major banks have over the Bank are their ability to finance 
wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to 
regions of higher yield and demand. Such banks offer certain services such as 
trust services and international banking which are not offered directly by 
the Bank; but which can be offered indirectly by the Bank through 
correspondent institutions. In addition, by virtue of their greater total 
capitalization, such banks have substantially higher lending limits than the 
Bank. (Legal lending limits to an individual customer are based upon a 
percentage of a bank's total capital accounts.) Other entities, both 
governmental and in private industry, seeking to raise capital through the 
issuance and sale of debt or equity securities also provide competition for 
the Bank in the acquisition of deposits. Banks also compete with money market 
funds and other money market instruments which are not subject to interest 
rate ceilings.

In order to compete with other competitors in their primary service areas, 
the Bank attempts to use, to the fullest extent, the flexibility which their 
independent status permits. This includes an emphasis on specialized 
services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts by their 
respective officers, directors and employees. In particular, each of the 
banks offers highly personalized banking services.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 1997, the Company had a total of 155 full-time employees and 
63 part-time employees.  The Bank believes that its employee relations are 
satisfactory.

                                       F-16

<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

The Bank owns the land and buildings at ten of its thirteen locations. Those 
locations include:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       OFFICE NAME                   ADDRESS
                       -----------                   -------
                      <S>                          <C>
                      MAIN OFFICE                  2739 Santa Maria Way
                                                   Santa Maria, California
                      SOUTH BROADWAY               528 South Broadway
                                                   Santa Maria, California
                      OAK KNOLLS                   1070 East Clark Avenue
                                                   Santa Maria, California
                      GUADALUPE                    905 Guadalupe Street
                                                   Guadalupe, California
                      VANDENBERG VILLAGE           3745 Constellation
                                                   Vandenberg Village, CA
                      GROVER BEACH                 1580 Grand Avenue
                                                   Grover Beach, California
                      PISMO BEACH                  790 Price Street
                                                   Pismo Beach, California
                      TEMPLETON                    1025 Las Tablas Road
                                                   Templeton, California
                      PASO ROBLES                  840 Spring Street
                                                   Paso Robles, California
                      ATASCADERO                   5955 E. Mall Street
                                                   Atascadero, California
</TABLE>

The Bank also leases the land where the NIPOMO branch has been built and a 
portion of the land upon which the NORTH BROADWAY branch building now stands. 
Both leases were long-term (25 years with an option to renew for a like 
period) and do contain the right of first refusal if the lessor elects to 
sell. However, neither lease has any options to purchase and therefore no 
ownership is assumed.

With the addition of our LOMPOC BRANCH, the Bank acquired a lease on the 
building in which the branch is located. This shopping center lease, which 
became in effect on November 1, 1989, is a five year term lease with a five 
year option to renew which expires in October, 1999.

In addition, the Bank now leases one off-site ATM location in Atascadero, 
California.

OTHER PROPERTIES

When real estate loans are foreclosed, the Bank retains the property and 
records the transaction on the Balance Sheet to the Other Real Estate Owned 
account. The following is a summary of the changes in Other Real Estate Owned 
for the periods ending December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          (In  Thousands)                              1997            1996          1995
                                                       ----            ----          ----
          <S>                                      <C>              <C>           <C>
          Balance at beginning of year             $  1,678         $ 1,516       $ 1,398
          Additions                                     630           1,515           838
          Provisions charged to income                  (55)            (75)         (189)
          Sales of other real estate owned           (1,284)         (1,278)         (531)
                                                   ---------        --------      -------
               TOTAL                               $    969         $ 1,678       $ 1,516
                                                   ---------        --------      -------
                                                   ---------        --------      -------
</TABLE>

                                      F-17

<PAGE>

ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Due to the nature of its business, the Bank is a party to claims and legal 
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. It is management's 
opinion that there are no material actions pending against the bank as of 
this filing date.

ITEM 4: SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.


PART II


ITEM 5: MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITY HOLDERS 
MATTERS

The common stock of the Company is not listed on any national stock exchange 
or with NASDAQ. Trading in the stock has not been extensive and such trades 
which have occurred would not constitute an active trading market. As of 
December 31, 1997, there were approximately 2,000 shareholders, including 
those listed in "street name" under various brokers. The management of the 
Company is aware of three securities dealers who maintain an inventory and 
make a market in the Company's common stock. The market makers are Maguire 
Investments of Santa Maria, Hoefer & Arnett of San Francisco, and Sutro & 
Company, with a local office in Santa Maria.

Since 1984, the Bank has consistently declared and paid a cash dividend to 
the then shareholders of Bank of Santa Maria, with the equivalent of $.06 
being paid since February of 1988. In 1994, the Board of Directors of the 
Bank increased the per share dividend to $.10. In 1995, the Board of 
Directors again increased the per share dividends to $.11 payable in 
February, 1995, to the holders of their stock.

In 1996, the Board of Directors increased the cash dividend to $.20 payable 
in February, 1996. At the 1996 Annual Shareholders Meeting, the Bank 
announced that it would begin to pay dividends on a semi-annual basis. In 
July 1996, a $.15 dividend was declared to be paid in August, 1996. In 
January of 1997, the Board again declared a $.15 cash dividend payable in 
February, 1997. Following the formation of the BSM Bancorp, the Directors of 
the Company continued the semi-annual dividend policy. In August of 1997, the 
Company paid a $.20 cash dividend. In January of 1998, the Company Board 
again declared a cash dividend of $.30 per share payable on February 6, 1998.

The California Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash 
distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lessor of the Company's 
undivided profits, or the Company's net income for its last three fiscal 
years; less the amount of any distribution made by the Company to 
shareholders during the same period. Under these restrictions, approximately 
$8,608,000 was available for payment of dividends at December 31, 1997. In 
addition, as part of the Agreement with Mid-State, the Company's mid-year 
cash dividend, if any, is limited to a maximum of $.10 per share.

The following quarterly summary of market activity is furnished by Maguire 
Investments, Inc. of Santa Maria and by the OTC Bulletin Board. These quotes 
do not necessarily include retail markups, markdowns, or commissions and may 
not necessarily represent actual transactions. Additionally, there may have 
been transactions at prices other than those shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Bid                  Ask
                                                            ------               ------
                 <S>                                        <C>                  <C>
                 1st Quarter 1996                           $14.00               $14.50
                 2nd Quarter 1996                           $13.75               $14.25
                 3rd Quarter 1996                           $15.00               $15.75
                 4th Quarter 1996                           $15.00               $16.00
                 1st Quarter 1997                           $15.25               $16.75
                 2nd Quarter 1997                           $16.13               $17.63
                 3rd Quarter 1997                           $16.75               $18.63
                 4th Quarter 1997                           $18.00               $27.50
</TABLE>

                                 F-18

<PAGE>

ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


BSM BANCORP SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following summarizes historical financial data for the five years ended 
December 31, 1997. The data should be read in conjunction with the 
consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial 
information included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data.)                          AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1997         1996        1995         1994        1993
                                                              ----         ----        ----         ----        ----
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS: 
   Interest Income                                         $ 24,977     $ 23,372    $  22,367    $ 19,378    $ 18,431
   Interest Expense                                           8,425        7,991        7,045       5,560       5,625
                                                           --------     --------    ---------    --------    --------
   Net Interest Income                                       16,552       15,381       15,322      13,818      12,806
   Provisions for Loan Losses                                    30          227          876         340         712
                                                           --------     --------    ---------    --------    --------
   Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses       16,522       15,154       14,446      13,478      12,094
   Noninterest Income                                         3,504        3,098        2,728       2,448       2,550
   Noninterest Expense                                       13,205       12,471       12,090      11,723      11,158
                                                           --------     --------    ---------    --------    --------
   Income Before Income Taxes                                 6,821        5,781        5,084       4,203       3,486
   Income Taxes                                               2,616        2,313        1,885       1,475       1,146
                                                           --------     --------    ---------    --------    --------
   Net Income                                              $  4,205     $  3,468    $   3,199    $  2,728    $  2,340
                                                           --------     --------    ---------    --------    --------
                                                           --------     --------    ---------    --------    --------
   Dividends on Common Stock                               $  1,402     $    964    $     257    $    219    $    131

PER SHARE DATA:
   Net Income-Basic                                        $   1.41     $   1.17    $    1.10    $   0.96    $   0.86
   Net Income-Diluted                                      $   1.38     $   1.16    $    1.09    $   0.95    $   0.83
   Dividends on Common Stock                               $   0.35     $   0.35    $    0.11    $   0.10    $   0.06
   Book Value                                              $  12.06     $  10.97    $   10.16    $   9.17    $   8.35
   Tangible Book Value                                     $  11.45     $  10.33    $   10.16    $   9.17    $   8.35

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION SUMMARY:
   Total Assets                                            $344,046     $321,397    $ 284,616    $266,987    $253,311
   Total Deposits                                           306,292      286,278      252,544     238,954     229,137
   Loans Held for Sale                                        1,200        1,400        1,310         958       3,644
   Total Loans                                              191,346      179,391      166,086     164,406     164,004
   Allowance for Loan Losses                                  2,115        2,702        2,729       2,413       2,524
   Total Shareholders' Equity                                36,062       32,632       29,978      26,387      22,683

SELECTED RATIOS:
   Return on Average Assets                                    1.31%        1.15%        1.17%       1.05%       0.95%
   Return on Average Equity                                   12.15%       11.06%       11.26%      10.99%      10.80%
   Average Loans as a Percent of Average Deposits             62.44%       63.96%       63.04%      64.67%      66.94%
   Allowance for Loan Losses to Total Loans                    1.11%        1.51%        1.64%       1.47%       1.54%
   Average Capital to Average Assets                          10.76%       10.41%       10.42%       9.56%       8.79%
   Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets                     14.74%       14.10%       13.69%      12.29%      10.89%
   Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets                      15.66%       15.30%       14.96%      14.71%      12.13%
</TABLE>

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion is intended to provide information to facilitate the 
understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to the 
results of operations and the financial condition of BSM Bancorp and its 
subsidiary, Bank of Santa Maria ("the Company"). This discussion and analysis 
should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited financial statements 
and the notes thereto.

BSM Bancorp ("the Bancorp") was incorporated on November 12, 1996, for the 
sole purpose of becoming a bank holding company for Bank of Santa Maria ("the 
Bank"). Following regulatory approval and with the approval of the Bank's 
shareholders, the Bank merged with BSM Merger Company, (a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of the Bancorp), as of the close of business on March 11, 1997. 
The resulting bank assumed the name of Bank of Santa Maria, becoming a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp. This acquisition was accounted for 
using the pooling of interest method.

Bank of Santa Maria was initially incorporated under the laws of the State of 
California on June 27, 1997, and was licensed by the California State Banking 
Department. The Bank commenced operations on March 18, 1978, and operated 
thirteen retail locations along the central coast of California. The Bank 
offers a full range of commercial banking services designed to serve the 
banking needs of individuals as well as small to medium sized businesses 
located within its primary market area.

As reported in Note B to the Financial Statements, the Bank has been actively 
involved in the acquisition of other central coast banks during the periods 
under discussion below. During 1997, El Camino National Bank was merged into 
the Bank. This acquisition was accounted for by using the pooling of interest 
method which requires the restatement of all previously reported numbers to 
give effect for this merger. The acquisition of Citizens Bank of Paso Robles 
in 1996, on the other hand, was accounted for by using the purchase method of 
accounting where no restatement of prior periods numbers was required. During 
1995, Templeton National Bank merged into the Bank. Like El Camino, this 
acquisition was also accounted for by using the pooling of interest method 
which requires the restatement of all previously reported numbers to give 
effect for this merger.

                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company reported net earnings of $4,205,000, or $1.41 per share, in 1997. 
This represents an increase of 21.3% over 1996 where net earnings were 
$3,468,000, or $1.17 per share. Net earnings in 1995 were $3,199,000, or 
$1.10 per share.

The increase in profitability during 1997 is the net result of several major 
factors. On a pre-tax basis, the difference between the income figures 
reported in 1997 over 1996 is approximately $1,040,000. The following recaps 
are presented as a preview to a more detailed discussion to follow:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CHANGES BETWEEN THE 1997 AND 1996 OPERATING PERIODS
<S>                                                                                   <C>

Increase in interest income due to increase in the volume of earning assets           $1,268,000
(Increase) in interest expenses due to increase in the volume of interest-
   bearing liabilities                                                                  (583,000)
Increase in net interest income due to improved net interest margin                      486,000
Reduction in the provision for loan losses                                               197,000
Increase in non-interest income from service charges                                     186,000
Increase in non-interest income from mortgage loan fees                                  168,000
(Increase) in salary & employee benefit costs                                           (621,000)
(Increase) in advertising & promotional expenses                                        (141,000)
Reduction in professional fees                                                           161,000
(Increase) in other costs (net)                                                          (81,000)
                                                                                      ----------
Change in pretax income between 1997 and 1996                                         $1,040,000
                                                                                      ----------
                                                                                      ----------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CHANGES BETWEEN THE 1996 AND 1995 OPERATING PERIODS
<S>                                                                          <C>
Contribution of former Citizens branches to profitability since merger        $  230,000
(Increase) in advertising & promotional expenses                                (133,000)
Decline in net interest income due to reduced net interest margin               (551,000)
Reduction in the provision for loan losses                                       649,000
Reduction in regulatory assessments                                              288,000
Reduction in merger-related expenses                                             107,000
Reduction in net losses on the sale of other real estate and fixed assets        107,000
                                                                              ----------
Change in pretax income between 1996 and 1995                                 $  697,000
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              ----------
</TABLE>

Other key financial ratios are listed below:

TABLE 1  - KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                 --------------------------------------------------------
                                     1997        1996        1995       1994        1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>         <C> 
Return on average assets             1.31%       1.15%       1.17%       1.05%      0.95%
Return on average equity            12.15%      11.06%      11.26%      10.99%     10.80%
Return on beginning equity          12.89%      11.57%      12.12%      12.03%     11.47%
Dividend payout ratio               24.82%      29.91%      10.00%      10.36%      6.97%
Average equity to average assets    10.76%      10.41%      10.42%       9.56%      8.79%
</TABLE>


NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN
Table 2, entitled Average Balances and Interest Rates, shows the Company's 
average assets, liabilities, and stockholders' equity with the related 
interest income, interest expense and rates for the years 1997, 1996, and 
1995. Rates for tax preferenced investments are shown on a tax equivalent 
basis using a 34% tax rate. Table 3 analyzes the reasons for change in net 
interest income resulting from movement in rates and changes in average 
outstanding balances. Reference should be made to both Table 2 and Table 3 to 
assist in understanding this major component of Company profitability.

Net interest income is the difference between the interest and fees earned on 
interest-bearing assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest paid 
on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. Net interest income is 
similar to "Gross profits on sales" used in the financial statements for 
retail sales organizations. Net interest income in 1997 was $16.6 million as 
compared to $15.4 million in 1996, and $15.3 million in 1995. Net interest 
income, when expressed as a percentage of total average interest-earning 
assets, is referred to as net interest margin or "NIM". The Company's NIM was 
5.95% in 1997, compared to 5.84% in 1996, and 6.39% in 1995.

NIM is used as a measure of the efficiency of the Company's asset/liability 
management. The Company's NIM in 1997 increased by 1.9% compared to the 
decrease of 8.6% in 1996. The increase in NIM noted in 1997 is primarily the 
result of improved effective yield on the loan portfolio.

There are several reasons for the decline in 1996, which are best explained 
by an analysis of the NIM's major components. The two components of NIM are 
interest income and interest expense. Loans are the largest interest earning 
assets group which contribute to interest income. Loan demand in California 
during 1996 was weak. Although the average earning assets (after excluding 
the effect of the purchase of Citizens assets) increased by approximately $10 
million during 1996. Loans, as a percentage of earning assets, declined from 
66.7% to 62.8%. The investment portfolio absorbed these dollars, increasing 
their percentage of earning assets from 27.6% to 31.9%. This change in mix 
from higher yielding loans to the moderate yields available in low risk 
investments would have the effect of lowering interest income by over 
$500,000, assuming an average 5.0% differential between the two asset groups. 
In addition, the Company's average base rate declined from an average 8.83% 
for the year 1996, to an average 8.27% for the year 1997. This 56 basis point 
decline had a significant effect on the Company's loan portfolio because 
approximately 38% of all Company loans are tied to base rates, which re-price 
immediately upon movements in prime rates. Close to 60% of all loan dollars 
are subject to repricing within 90 days, and more than 72% of all loan 
dollars can be re-priced within any 12 month period. The actual decline in 
effective rates on the loan portfolio was 49 basis points during 1997. The 
effect on interest loan income of this decline in the effective interest 
rates would approximate $800,000.

                                     F-21

<PAGE>

Total interest income on earning assets for the year 1996 was up by $1.0 
million, despite the large decline in overall interest rate yields. This can 
be primarily attributable to the acquisition of earning assets obtained in 
the Citizens merger, although non-acquisition growth also was a contributing 
factor.

The funding of earning assets comes primarily from deposits. Between 1995 and 
1997, the percentage of average interest bearing deposits remained within the 
range of 78% to 79% of all deposits. However, the mix among average 
interest-bearing deposits changed with time deposits growing from 40.7% to 
50.4% of all average interest-bearing funds. This resulted in an increase in 
the cost of interest-bearing funds by 11 basis points and, at the same time, 
interest-earning assets were experiencing a decline of 37 basis points. 
Within the bank's marketplace, customers appeared to be willing to forego 
immediate liquidity to earning a better return on funds normally held in both 
savings and money market savings accounts.

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased $434,000 in 1997 over 
1996, and by $946,000 in 1996 over 1995, primarily due to the increase in the 
volume of time deposits which fully offset the reductions in rates during 
this period.

The average interest rate from interest expense used in NIM is based upon 
average earning ASSETS rather than average interest-bearing deposits. 
Accordingly, fluctuations in earning assets affect the results of the 
percentages used in arriving at NIM. In 1997, interest expense, as expressed 
as a percentage of earning assets, increased by .7% to 2.96%, in comparison 
with 1996, where the percentage was an increase of 3.1% over the previous 
year.

Overall, NIM increased to 5.95% in 1997, up 10 basis points from 1996. This 
was in contrast to 1996, where NIM declined by 58 basis points as a result of 
the decline in interest-earning assets during the same time that increases 
were occurring in interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in both the mix of 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities exacerbated the 
anticipated narrowing of the interest margin which would have normally 
occurred when general interest rates are on the decline.

                                       F-22

<PAGE>

TABLE 2 - AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Year ended December 31,
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1997                                1996                         1995
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Average     Amount                   Average     Amount              Average    Amount
INTEREST                          Balance       of        Average      Balance       of     Average    Balance      of     Average
EARNING ASSETS:                   (000'S)    Interest     Rate(2)      (000'S)    Interest   Rate(2)   (000'S)   Interest   Rate(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
INVESTMENT 
SECURITIES
  Taxable                         $78,333      4,723       6.03%      $71,046      4,264      6.00%     $54,775    $3,180     5.81%
  Non-Taxable                      19,071        794       6.31%       14,528        568      5.92%      12,324       463     5.70%
                                 --------     ------      ------      -------     ------     ------    --------   -------   -------
    TOTAL SECURITIES               97,404      5,517       6.08%       85,574      4,832      5.99%      67,099     3,643     5.79%
                                 --------     ------      ------      -------     ------     ------    --------   -------   -------
Federal Funds Sold                 11,865        658       5.55%       14,367        753      5.24%      13,977       775     5.54%
Net Loans (1)                     175,660     18,802      10.70%      168,392     17,787     10.56%     162,397    17,949    11.05%
                                 --------     ------      ------      -------     ------     ------    --------   -------   -------
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS              284,929     24,977       8.91%      268,333     23,372      8.82%     243,473    22,367     9.28%
TOTAL NON-EARNING
           ASSETS                  36,602                              32,896                            28,986
                                 --------                            --------                          --------
     TOTAL ASSETS                $321,531                            $301,229                          $272,459
                                 --------                            --------                          --------
                                 --------                            --------                          --------
LIABILITIES                                                                                                         
AND CAPITAL:                                                                                                   
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-bearing                                                                                                   
  demand/savings                  110,026      2,413       2.19%      113,022      2,547      2.31%     113,217     2,954     2.61%
Time deposits                                                                                                   
  under $100,000                   75,589      4,036       5.34%       67,516      3,647      5.40%      53,914     2,828     5.25%
Time deposits $100,000
  or more                          35,995      1,976       5.49%       32,906      1,797      5.46%      23,796     1,263     5.31%
                                 --------     ------      ------     --------     ------     ------    --------   -------    ------
     TOTAL INTEREST
   BEARING DEPOSITS               221,610      8,425       3.80%      213,444      7,991      3.79%     190,927     7,045     3.69%
                                 --------     ------      ------     --------     ------     ------    --------   -------    ------
Demand deposits                    63,636                              54,271                            51,215
Other liabilities                   1,691                               2,161                             1,915
Capital                            34,594                              31,353                            28,402
                                 --------                            --------                          --------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                                                                   
         AND CAPITAL             $321,531                            $301,229                          $272,459
                                 ---------                           --------                          --------
                                 ---------                           --------                          --------
Spread on average
  interest-bearing funds                                   5.11%                              5.03%                           5.59%
Interest income/earning assets                             8.91%                              8.82%                           9.28%
Interest expense/earning assets                            2.96%                              2.98%                           2.89%
Net interest margin                                        5.95%                              5.84%                           6.39%
</TABLE>

(1) Non-accrual loans have been included in net loan figures
(2) Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis

The impact of changes in the net interest income spread during 1997 and 1996 
can also be examined by reference to Table 3, where increases or decreases in 
interest income is broken down into two components. Changes due primarily to 
increases or decreases in the size of the category are called volume 
variances. Changes due primarily to increases or decreases in the rates 
associated with each category are called rate variances. During 1996, net 
interest income increased by only $59,000. However, the method of accounting 
for the acquisition of Citizens tends to overshadow some of the factors which 
net to a relatively nominal change in 1996. See the restated analysis below.

                                       F-23

<PAGE>

TABLE 3 - RATE AND VOLUME ANALYSIS
                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year ended December 31,
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997 over 1996                    1996 over 1995
                                                  Increase (Decrease)              Increase (Decrease)
                                                    due to change in                due to change in
                                               ------------------------         --------------------------
INTEREST EARNING ASSETS:                     Volume     Rate      Total       Volume      Rate      Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Investment securities
  Taxable                                    $  440    $  19    $  459       $  973      $  111    $1,084
  Non-taxable                                   189       37       226           86          19       105
                                             ------    -----    ------       ------     -------    -------
                  TOTAL SECURITIES              629       56       685        1,059         130     1,189
Federal funds sold                             (139)      44       (95)          21         (43)      (22)
Net loans                                       778      237     1,015          649        (811)     (162)
                                             ------    -----    ------       ------     -------    -------
             TOTAL EARNING ASSETS            $1,268    $ 337    $1,605       $1,729      $ (724)   $1,005
                                             ------    -----    ------       ------     -------    -------
                                             ------    -----    ------       ------     -------    -------
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-bearing demand/savings              $ (18)    $(116)   $ (134)      $   (5)     $ (402)   $ (407)
Time deposits under $100,000                   431       (42)      389          733          86       819
Time deposits $100,000 or above                170         9       179          497          37       534
                                             ------    -----    ------       ------     -------    -------
                  TOTAL INTEREST
                BEARING DEPOSITS             $ 583     $(150)   $  434       $1,225      $ (279)   $  946
                                             ------    -----    ------       ------     -------    -------
                                             ------    -----    ------       ------     -------    -------
Increase (decrease) in interest 
  differential                               $ 684     $ 486    $1,171       $  504      $ (445)   $   59
</TABLE>


Information is provided in each category with respect to (a) changes 
attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior 
rate); (b) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates 
multiplied by prior volume); and (c) the net change. The change attributable 
to the combined impact of volume and rate has been allotted proportionately 
to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

RESTATED 1996 RATE AND VOLUME ANALYSIS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Restated   Per Table
                                                    Volume      Rate       Total       Three
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
Total Earning Assets                                $ 257      $(724)      $(467)     $1,005
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities                    363       (279)         84         946
                                                    -----      -----       -----      ------
Increase (decrease) in interest differential        $(106)     $(445)      $(551)     $   59
                                                    -----      -----       -----      ------
                                                    -----      -----       -----      ------
</TABLE>

The level of non-performing loans in the Company's portfolio affects the 
amount of interest income. As noted in the notes to the Financial Statements, 
when serious doubt exists as to the repayment of a loan, that loan is placed 
on non-accrual status, and previously accrued and uncollected interest for 
the current year is reversed against income. Had non-performing loans as of 
December 31, 1997, complied with original terms, related interest income 
would have been approximately $100,000, in which $23,000 was collected. The 
difference of approximately $77,000 was not taken into income, which, if 
included, would have increased NIM by 3 basis points to 5.98%.

SUMMARY OF CREDIT LOSS EXPERIENCE

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses, which is reduced by net 
loan charge-offs and increased by provisions for loan losses charged against 
operating income. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is reviewed 
on a continual basis. The amount of provisions and the level of the total 
allowance are based upon the Company's loan loss experience, the performance 
of 

                                       F-24

<PAGE>

loans in the portfolio, evaluation of loan collateral, the financial 
abilities and net worth of the borrowers or guarantors, and such other 
factors as, in management's judgment, deserve recog-nition.

In addition to internal evaluation, the adequacy of the allowance for loan 
losses is subject to review by regulators and outside consultants. While no 
assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect the 
Company's service areas or other unforeseen circum-stances, will not require 
increased provisions for loan losses in the future. It is management's 
opinion that the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 1997, of 
$2,115,000 or 1.11% of total loans was adequate to absorb losses from any 
known or inherent risks in the portfolio. Table 4 shows comparative 
statistics and a more detailed breakdown of activity in the loan loss reserve 
account. The low amount of the provision for 1997 reflects the overall 
stability in the loan portfolio.

TABLE 4 - SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
                     (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year ended December 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------------------
                                         1997         1996       1995      1994      1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
BALANCE OF RESERVE AT
  BEGINNING OF YEAR                     $2,703       $2,801     $2,412    $2,524     $2,650

CHARGE OFFS
  Consumer                                 427          269        222       226        480
  Commercial                               193          302        242       141        171
  Agricultural                               0            0          0         0         64
  Construction and development               0           32          0         0        151
  Other real estate                        103           49        129        17        134
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
             TOTAL CHARGE OFFS             724          652        593       584      1,000

RECOVERIES
  Consumer                                  27           23         41        33         64
  Commercial                                79           74         65        62         96
  Agricultural                               0            0          0        36          0
  Construction and development               0            0          0         1          0
  Other real estate                          0            1          0         0          1
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
             TOTAL RECOVERIES              106           99        106       132        161
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
              NET CHARGE OFFS              618          553        487       452        839
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
Acquired Allowance from Citizens             0          228          0         0          0
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
Provision charged to operations             30          227        876       340        713
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
          BALANCE AT YEAR END           $2,115       $2,703     $2,801    $2,412     $2,524
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
                                        ------      -------    -------    ------     ------
Ratio of net charge-offs to average
  net loans during the period            0.35%        0.33%      0.30%     0.27%      0.52%
</TABLE>

                                     F-25

<PAGE>

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Non-interest income increased by $406,000 to $3.5 million in 1997, from $3.1 
million in 1996, and $2.7 million in 1995. Service charges related to the 
Company's deposit products account for the largest portion of non-interest 
income. The increase noted in service charges and fees comes primarily from 
increased service charges on many of the bank's deposit products. Merchant 
discount fees are obtained in conjunction with the processing of credit card 
drafts and related products. Increases in fees are generally offset by 
increased costs from the bank's service provider. Other fee income includes 
mortgage broker fees, servicing fees on loans sold in the secondary markets, 
and other non-deposit related charges, including wires, safe deposit, ATM's, 
etc. The increase noted in this category was primarily from increase in 
mortgage broker activity. Other non-interest income includes net gains on 
sale of fixed assets and other real estate owned, income generated from the 
holding of other real estate owned and other non-fee related income. The 
decrease noted in this category was from reduced net gains on the sale of 
fixed assets and other real-estate owned and reduced income generated from 
rents on previously owned other real estate.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

The Bank's total non-interest expense amounted to $13.2 million in 1997, 
$12.5 million in 1996, and $12.1 million in 1995. Both the increase in 1997 
of $773,000, or 5.69%, and the increase in 1996 of $380,000, or 3.1%, were 
due primarily to costs associated with the expansion of the bank into San 
Luis Obispo County.

Non-interest expense as a percentage of average assets has continued to 
decline from 4.44% in 1995, to 4.14% in 1996, and to 4.11% in 1997.

                                     F-26

<PAGE>

                     BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Total assets as of year end increased by 7.0% in 1997 to $344.0, compared to 
an 12.9% increase in 1996.  The majority of the growth in assets and in 
deposits during 1996 can be attributed to the acquisition of Citizens Bank.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The Company maintains a portfolio of investment securities to provide income 
and to serve as a secondary source of liquidity for its operations in 
conjunction with funds sold overnight in the Federal funds market. The types 
of investments held in the portfolio include U.S. Treasury Bills and Notes, 
Government Agency issues, short-term municipal issues, and corporate 
obligations. The type of investments held in the Company's portfolio are 
influenced by several factors among which are; rate of return, maturity and 
risk. Note C to the Financial Statements sets forth additional information 
regarding our investment portfolio, as well as Table 5 below, which reports 
maturity distributions and weighted tax-equivalent rates by types of 
investments.

TABLE 5 - INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
         (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Year ended December 31, 1997
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     After 1 But        After 5 But
                        Total Securities     Within One Year       Within 5 Years      Within 10 Years       After 10 Years
                      ------------------  ------------------   -------------------    ----------------    ------------------
                                WEIGHTED            WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED            WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED
                       BOOK     AVERAGE     BOOK     AVERAGE     BOOK      AVERAGE    BOOK     AVERAGE      BOOK      AVERAGE
                       VALUE    T/E YIELD   VALUE   T/E YIELD    VALUE    T/E YIELD   VALUE   T/E YIELD     VALUE    T/E YIELD
<S>                    <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>
Held to Maturity, at
Amortized Cost:
U.S. Treasury           $1,000    5.65%   $ 1,000     5.65%     $     0      0.00%    $    0     0.00%    $    0      0.00%
U.S. Government
  Agencies              28,914    5.96%    10,459     5.73%      18,347      6.10%       108     6.52%         0      0.00%
Municipal Issues        30,238    6.50%     3,288     6.06%      16,376      6.38%     9,235     6.67%     1,339      7.76%
Other Debt Securities    2,615    5.97%     1,007     5.86%       1,608      6.04%         0     0.00%         0      0.00%
                      --------   ------   -------    ------     -------     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------
                        62,767    6.22%    15,754     5.80%      36,331      6.22%     9,343     6.67%     1,339      7.76%
Available for
Sale,
  at Market:
U.S. Treasury           17,561    5.91%     6,130     5.78%      11,431      5.97%         0     0.00%         0      0.00%
U.S. Government
  Agencies              28,439    6.14%     3,003     5.61%      25,436      6.20%         0     0.00%         0      0.00%
                      --------   ------   -------    ------     -------     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------
TOTAL SECURITIES      $108,767    6.15%   $24,887     5.77%     $73,198      6.18%    $9,343     6.67%    $1,339      7.76%
                      --------   ------   -------    ------     -------     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------
                      --------   ------   -------    ------     -------     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------
</TABLE>

LOANS
Table 6, entitled LOAN PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS BY CATEGORY, sets forth the 
distribution of the Company's loan portfolio for the past five years. During 
1997, the loan portfolio mix continued to show growth in the percentage of 
agricultural loans, now representing over 19% of the Company's portfolio. 
Commercial loans also have experienced an increase in the percentage of loans 
outstanding making up over 30% of the portfolio. This change has resulted 
from declines in both consumer and real estate loan categories.

<PAGE>

TABLE 6 - LOAN PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS BY CATEGORY
            (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Year ended December 31,
                                                -----------------------
                                1997         1996         1995         1994         1993
                             -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
Consumer                       $42,856     $45,572       $40,548      $42,140      $41,392
Commercial                      58,226      50,903        49,997       46,942       37,566
Agricultural                    36,993      32,021        23,633       22,806       21,722
Construction/Development        16,778      13,748        12,619       13,227       20,780
Other Real Estate               36,493      37,147        39,290       39,291       42,543
                              --------    --------      --------     --------     --------
           TOTAL LOANS        $191,346    $179,391      $166,087     $164,406     $164,003
                              --------    --------      --------     --------     --------
                              --------    --------      --------     --------     --------
</TABLE>

The vast majority of the loans in the portfolio are either amortizing monthly 
or have relatively short maturities. This helps maintain liquidity in the 
portfolio. As noted, most of the loans which have floating rates are tied to 
the Company's base rate or other market rate indicators. This serves to 
lessen the risk to the Company from movement in interest rates, particularly 
rate increases. Table 7 shows the maturity of certain loan categories 
outstanding as of December 31, 1997, net of deferred fees and deferred costs.

TABLE 7 - MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF CERTAIN LOAN TYPES TO CHANGES IN 
INTEREST RATES
            (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Due after
                                    Due in one       ne year to       Due after
                                  year or less       five years      five years          Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>                <C>              <C>
Commercial and Agricultural
  Floating Rate                      $33,960          $ 8,096           $16,203          $58,259
  Fixed Rate                           7,390           20,484             9,085           36,959

Real Estate Construction
  Floating Rate                        3,336            4,161                 -            7,497
  Fixed Rate                           6,275            3,006                 -            9,281
                                     -------          -------           -------         --------
                 TOTAL               $50,961          $35,747           $25,288         $111,996
                                     -------          -------           -------         --------
                                     -------          -------           -------         --------
</TABLE>


At December 31, 1997, non-performing assets (non-accrual loans, loans 90 days 
or more past due, restructured loans and other real estate loans) totaled 
$2.5 million, or .73% of total assets, down from $3.1 million or .95% from 
December 31, 1996, as restated for the El Camino merger. Management believes 
that these assets are generally well secured and that potential losses have 
already been reflected in valuation or allowance accounts. In November of 
1996, the FDIC concluded its periodic safety and soundness examination. At 
that time, the internal grading system of the Company was tested against the 
findings of the FDIC examiners. In July of 1997, the Department of Financial 
Institutions performed their periodic review of the Company. Again, the 
internal grading system of the Company was tested against their findings. 
During both examinations, management was directed to downgrade only one 
extension of credit, which reflects positively on management's efforts to 
identify and manage credit problems on a timely basis. Management is not 
aware of any information where serious doubts exist regarding any significant 
borrower's ability to comply with loan repayment terms. Table 8 sets forth 
information on non-performing assets for the periods indicated. The market 
value of other real estate owned and collateral securing non-performing loans 
is regularly monitored for changes.

                                      F-28

<PAGE>

TABLE 8 - NON-ACCRUAL AND NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
            (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Year ended December 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------
                                                1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Non-Accrual                                   $  790      $  981    $1,027   $2,120    $2,893
Loans currently accruing which are
   past due 90 days or more                       31           -       395      119       223
Restructured loans                               737         407       190       35        28
Other real estate owned                          969       1,678     1,516    1,726     2,225
                                              ------      ------    ------   ------   -------
       TOTAL NON-PERFORMING
                     ASSETS                   $2,527      $3,067    $3,127   $4,000    $5,369
                                              ------      ------    ------   ------   -------
                                              ------      ------    ------   ------   -------
Percentage of non-performing loans
   to total loans                              0.81%       0.77%     0.97%    1.38%     1.92%
                                              ------      ------    ------   ------   -------
                                              ------      ------    ------   ------   -------
Percentage of non-performing
   assets to total assets                      0.73%       0.95%     1.10%    1.50%     2.12%
                                              ------      ------    ------   ------   -------
                                              ------      ------    ------   ------   -------
</TABLE>

DEPOSITS

As noted above, deposits have grown steadily over the reporting periods. The 
average balances for deposit categories and their associated costs are 
presented in Table 9.

TABLE 9 - DETAILED DEPOSIT SUMMARY
            (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Year ended December 31,
                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1997                    1996                  1995
                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Average               Average               Average
                                Balance     Rate      Balance     Rate      Balance     Rate
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Interest-bearing demand        $ 30,324    1.06%     $ 28,710    1.21%     $ 25,913    1.48%
Savings accounts                 32,269    2.20%       32,529    2.41%       35,279    2.50%
Money market savings             47,433    2.91%       49,189    2.88%       52,026    3.24%
TCD less than $100,000           75,589    5.34%       67,516    5.40%       53,914    5.24%
TCD $100,000 or more             35,995    5.49%       32,907    5.46%       23,796    5.31%
                               --------   ------     --------   ------     --------   ------
      TOTAL INTEREST-
     BEARING DEPOSITS           221,610    3.80%      210,851    3.79%      190,928    3.78%
Demand                           63,636       -        56,864       -        51,215       -
                               --------   ------     --------   ------     --------   ------
      TOTAL DEPOSITS           $285,246    2.95%     $267,715    2.99%     $242,143    2.98%
                               --------   ------     --------   ------     --------   ------
                               --------   ------     --------   ------     --------   ------
</TABLE>

                                     F-29

<PAGE>

The effective cost of all funds decreased during 1997, primarily as the 
result of the increase in demand deposits as a percentage of total deposits 
outstanding. Demand deposits increased by 5.0% and now represents 22% of all 
deposits in the Bank. The interest-bearing deposit mix has several notable 
changes, modifying the previous trend towards more liquidity and 
shorter-termed accounts. Time deposits of less than $100,000, grew by 5.1%, 
time deposits of $100,000 or more grew by 2.6%, while money market savings 
declined by 9.5% and regular savings by 6.9%.

Table 10 sets forth the remaining maturities of large denominational time 
deposits, including public funds, as of December 31, 1997.

TABLE 10 - MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF TCD'S OF $100,000 OR MORE
             (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended December 31, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>
Three months or less                                                            $15,463
After three months to six months                                                  9,596
After six months to one year                                                      7,878
Over one year                                                                     5,052
                                                                               --------
                         TOTAL                                                  $37,989
                                                                               --------
                                                                               --------
</TABLE>

LIQUIDITY
Liquidity is the Company's ability to meet fluctuations in deposit levels and 
provide for the credit needs of its customers. The objective in liquidity 
management is to maintain a balance between the sources and the uses of 
funds. Principal sources of liquidity include interest and principal payments 
on loans and investments, proceeds from the maturity of investments and 
growth in deposits. The Company holds overnight Federal funds as a cushion 
for temporary liquidity needs. During 1997, Federal funds averaged $11.9 
million, or 3.7% of total average assets. In addition, the Company maintains 
Federal funds credit lines with major correspondents, aggregating to $11.1 
million, subject to the customary terms for such arrangements.

There are several accepted methods of measuring liquidity as utilized by the 
regulators. One ratio, which is fairly easy to understand, is referred to as 
the liquidity ratio. This ratio measures the percentage of deposits which are 
used to fund cash, equivalents and marketable securities. The Company has set 
a minimum standard percentage of 20% and, as of December 31, 1997, the 
Company's liquidity ratio was 42.0%. The Company appears to be sufficiently 
liquid to meet its operational needs.

CAPITAL RESOURCES
The primary source of capital for the Company is the retention of operating 
profits. The Company reviews its capital needs on an ongoing basis to ensure 
an adequate level of capital to support growth and to ensure depositor 
protection. Total capital grew by $3.4 million or 10.5%, to $36.0 million as 
of December 31, 1997. During 1997 and 1996, the Company's capital was 
augmented by the exercise of stock options. During 1996, the Company 
purchased land adjacent to the Paso Robles branch for the purpose of building 
a permanent building. The cost of the land was approximately $900,000. The 
Company had sufficient liquidity and capital to purchase the land without 
financing either by debt or equity funding. Comments regarding the 
established minimum capital ratios can be found in Footnote L of the 
financial statements. The Company can operate safely at its current level of 
capital and is positioned to grow within acceptable parameters.

MARKET INFORMATION REGARDING THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK
The common stock of the Company is not listed on any national stock exchange 
or with NASDAQ. Trading in the stock has not been extensive and such trades 
which have occurred would not constitute an active trading market. As of 
December 31, 1997, there were approximately 2,000 shareholders, including 
those listed in "street name" under various brokers. The management of the 
Company is aware of three securities dealers who maintain an inventory and 
make a market in the Company's common stock. The market makers are Maguire 
Investments of Santa Maria, Hoefer & Arnett of San Francisco, and Sutro & 
Company, with a local office in Santa Maria.

Since 1984, the Bank has consistently declared and paid a cash dividend to 
the then shareholders of Bank of Santa Maria, with the equivalent of $.06 
being paid since February of 1988. In 1994, the Board of Directors of the 
Bank increased the per share dividend 

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

to $.10. In 1995, the Board of Directors again increased the per share 
dividends to $.11 payable in February, 1995, to the holders of their stock.

In 1996, the Board of Directors increased the cash dividend to $.20 payable 
in February, 1996. At the 1996 Annual Shareholders Meeting, the Bank 
announced that it would begin to pay dividends on a semi-annual basis. In 
July 1996, a $.15 dividend was declared to be paid in August, 1996. In 
January of 1997, the Board again declared a $.15 cash dividend payable in 
February, 1997. Following the formation of the BSM Bancorp, the Directors of 
the Company continued the semi-annual dividend policy. In August of 1997, the 
Company paid a $.20 cash dividend. In January of 1998, the Company Board 
again declared a cash dividend of $.30 per share payable on February 6, 1998. 
Restrictions on future dividend payments are outlined in the notes to the 
financial statements.

The following quarterly summary of market activity is furnished by Maguire 
Investments, Inc. of Santa Maria and by the OTC Bulletin Board. These quotes 
do not necessarily include retail markups, markdowns, or commissions and may 
not necessarily represent actual transactions. Additionally, there may have 
been transactions at prices other than those shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Bid                  Ask
                                                                                       ---                  ---
                                         <S>                                        <C>                  <C>
                                         1st Quarter 1996                           $14.00               $14.50
                                         2nd Quarter 1996                           $13.75               $14.25
                                         3rd Quarter 1996                           $15.00               $15.75
                                         4th Quarter 1996                           $15.00               $16.00
                                         1st Quarter 1997                           $15.25               $16.75
                                         2nd Quarter 1997                           $16.13               $17.63
                                         3rd Quarter 1997                           $16.75               $18.63
                                         4th Quarter 1997                           $18.00               $27.50
</TABLE>


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following is a summary of operations of Bank of Santa Maria for each of 
the last five years ended December 31, 1997. This summary has not been 
examined by an independent public accountant. However, in the opinion of 
management, this summary reflects all adjustments which would be considered 
necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for each of 
these periods. This summary of operations should be read in conjunction with 
the financial statements and notes relating thereto included elsewhere in 
this report.

Selected Financial Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(IN THOUSANDS)                                 1997              1996              1995            1994             1993
                                           --------          --------          --------        --------         --------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>
Total assets                               $344,046          $321,397          $284,616        $266,989         $253,311
Net interest income                         $16,552           $15,154           $14,446         $13,818          $12,805
Provision for loan loss                         $30              $227              $876            $340             $712
Other income                                 $3,504            $3,098            $2,728          $2,448           $2,550
Other expense                               $13,205           $12,471           $12,090         $11,723          $11,158
Net income                                   $4,205            $3,468            $3,199          $2,728           $2,340
Net income per share                          $1.41             $1.17             $1.10            $.96             $.86
Cash dividend per share                        $.35              $.35              $.11            $.10             $.06
</TABLE>


                                      F-31

<PAGE>


ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


                     REPORT OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
of BSM Bancorp and Subsidiary


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


           We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 
BSM Bancorp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related 
consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements based on our audits.

           We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted 
auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test 
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the 
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide 
a reasonable basis for our opinion.

           In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BSM Bancorp and 
Subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its 
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles.

         /s/ Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co.
- ---------------------------------------
Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co.


January 8, 1998, except for Note O as to which the date is January 29, 1998.
Laguna Hills, California


                                      F-32

<PAGE>



                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 31,
                                              ---------------------------------
ASSETS                                            1997                 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>
Cash and Due from Banks                       $ 18,472,719         $ 17,643,554
Investment Securities - Note C:
    Securities available for sale               46,143,134           23,865,611
    Securities held to maturity                 62,767,464           68,339,127
                                              ------------         ------------
    TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES                108,910,598           92,204,738
Federal Funds Sold                               7,461,000           13,920,000
Loans - Note D:
    Commercial                                  58,225,966           50,902,945
    Agricultural                                36,992,494           32,020,648
    Real Estate                                 53,271,399           50,895,476
    Consumer                                    42,855,965           45,572,297
                                              ------------         ------------
            TOTAL LOANS                        191,345,824          179,391,366
    Allowance for possible credit losses        (2,114,684)          (2,701,876)
                                              ------------         ------------
            NET LOANS                          189,231,140          176,689,490
Premises and equipment - Note E                 12,709,127           12,648,207
Accrued interest and other assets                4,555,235            4,744,483
Goodwill                                         1,737,220            1,868,500
Other Real Estate Owned                            968,577            1,678,313
                                              ------------         ------------
            TOTAL ASSETS                      $344,045,616         $321,397,285
                                              ------------         ------------
                                              ------------         ------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deposits
    Noninterest-bearing demand                $ 74,450,817         $ 67,181,717
    Interest-bearing demand and savings        114,900,337          111,528,482
    Time deposits under $100,000                78,951,276           70,229,443
    Time deposits of $100,000 or more           37,989,170           37,338,194
                                              ------------         ------------
            TOTAL DEPOSITS                     306,291,600          286,277,836
Accrued interest and other liabilities           1,691,788            2,487,932
                                              ------------         ------------
            TOTAL LIABILITIES                  307,983,388          288,765,768
                                              ------------         ------------
Commitments - Note J
Shareholders' Equity - Note F:
    Preferred shares - authorized 25,000,000
        shares outstanding - none
    Common shares - authorized 50,000,000
        shares; issued and outstanding
        2,990,939 as of December 31, 1997;
        2,973,631 as of December 31, 1996       11,636,514           11,460,488
    Undivided profits                           24,339,778           21,176,801
    Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
      on available for sale securities, net
      of taxes of $57,291 in 1997 and $3,819
      in 1996                                       85,936               (5,772)
                                              ------------         ------------
            TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY          36,062,228           32,631,517
                                              ------------         ------------
            TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
            SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY              $344,045,616         $321,397,285
                                              ------------         ------------
                                              ------------         ------------
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>


                                      F-33

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                                             Year ended December 31,
                                              -----------------------------------------------------
INTEREST INCOME                                  1997                 1996                 1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Interest and fees on loans                    $18,801,501          $17,787,334          $17,948,550
Interest on investment securities-taxable       4,722,703            4,264,162            3,180,013
Interest on investment securities-non
  taxable                                         794,328              567,881              463,366
Other interest income                             657,987              752,795              774,828
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
            TOTAL INTEREST INCOME              24,976,519           23,372,172           22,366,757
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
INTEREST EXPENSE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest on demand and savings deposits         2,413,035            2,546,602            2,953,779
Interest on time CD's over $100,000             1,975,827            1,797,494            1,262,855
Interest on time CD's less than $100,000        4,035,997            3,647,378            2,828,677
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
            TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE              8,424,859            7,991,474            7,045,311
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
              NET INTEREST INCOME              16,551,660           15,380,698           15,321,446
Provision for credit losses                        30,000              227,000              875,500
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
   NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER
  PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES                  16,521,660           15,153,698           14,445,946
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
NON-INTEREST INCOME
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service charges on deposits                     2,016,085            1,829,790            1,681,995
Merchant discount fees                            587,357              493,031              446,075
Loan and servicing fees                           527,693              358,767              243,515
Other fee income                                  257,564              235,014              228,524
Other non-interest income                         115,512              181,197              128,133
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
            TOTAL                               3,504,211            3,097,799            2,728,242
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salaries and employee benefits                  7,162,366            6,540,602            6,327,466
Occupancy expenses                                982,920              952,114              879,116
Furniture and equipment                         1,409,854            1,382,105            1,316,207
Advertising and promotion                         697,019              556,042              422,655
Professional                                      308,618              469,984              606,858
General Office                                    553,781              446,549              444,306
Communications                                    393,407              378,850              334,879
Regulatory assessments                             70,225               43,220              330,739
Merchant processing costs                         550,723              501,191              446,108
Other OREO expense                                 54,742              136,053               39,568
Other expenses                                  1,021,249            1,064,253              942,722
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
            TOTAL                              13,204,904           12,470,963           12,090,624
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
INCOME BEFORE TAXES                             6,820,967            5,780,534            5,083,564
Income taxes - Note H                           2,616,000            2,312,800            1,884,900
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
            NET INCOME                         $4,204,967           $3,467,734           $3,198,664
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
Earnings per share data - Note I
   Net Income - Basic                               $1.41                $1.17                $1.10
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
   Net Income - Diluted                             $1.38                $1.16                $1.09
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
                                              -----------          -----------          -----------
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>


                                      F-34

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                                                  Year ended December 31,
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                             1997                          1996                   1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                           <C>                    <C>
Net income                                                   $ 4,204,967                   $ 3,467,734            $ 3,198,664
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization                           1,358,448                     1,216,500              1,111,910
       Provision for credit losses                                30,000                       227,000                875,500
       Amortization of premium/discounts
          on investment securities                               278,076                       345,514                 96,824
       Loans originated for sale                              (4,547,941)                   (7,839,650)            (4,316,600)
       Proceeds from loan sales                                4,779,279                     7,744,846              3,969,394
       Net (gain) from sale of fixed assets                      (14,812)                      (51,912)               (30,450)
       Net loss (gain) on sale of other real
           estate loans                                         (101,129)                       39,212                149,571
       Other items- Net                                         (669,854)                      263,095               (275,382)
                                                             -----------                   -----------            -----------
                                NET CASH PROVIDED BY
                                OPERATING ACTIVITIES           5,245,981                     5,412,339              4,779,431

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proceeds from maturities of securities held
    to maturity                                               29,940,827                     36,380,923            31,385,000
Proceeds from maturities of securities held
    for sale                                                  16,073,000                      6,702,750             5,582,750
Purchases of held to maturity securities                     (27,277,773)                   (34,125,412)          (46,118,216)
Purchases of available for sale securities                   (35,565,324)                   (25,783,500)           (3,619,038)
Net (increase) decrease in loans                             (13,078,658)                     2,889,950            (2,488,647)
Purchases of premises and equipment                           (1,602,476)                    (3,146,259)             (724,388)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned                 1,157,587                      1,313,618               729,018
Proceeds from sales of fixed assets                               55,890                         65,706                40,949
Net cash received for purchase of Citizens Bank
        of Paso Robles                                                                        8,067,071
                                                             -----------                    -----------           -----------
                                    NET CASH USED BY
                                INVESTING ACTIVITIES         (30,296,927)                    (7,635,153)          (15,212,572)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits and
    savings accounts                                          10,640,955                     (9,596,605)            1,319,523
Net increase in time deposits                                  9,372,809                     14,012,070            12,271,245
Payments for dividends/distributions                          (1,041,990)                      (964,191)             (256,832)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options                          176,026                        210,200               580,294
                                                             -----------                    -----------           -----------
                                NET CASH PROVIDED BY
                                FINANCING ACTIVITIES          19,147,800                      3,661,474            13,914,230
                         INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
                                AND CASH EQUIVALENTS          (5,629,835)                     1,438,660             3,481,089
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                31,563,554                     30,124,894            26,643,805
                                                             -----------                    -----------           -----------

                           CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                                      AT END OF YEAR         $25,933,719                    $31,563,554           $30,124,894
                                                             -----------                    -----------           -----------
                                                             -----------                    -----------           -----------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
    Cash paid during the year for interest                   $ 9,089,872                    $ 7,824,179           $ 6,587,042
    Cash paid during the year for income taxes               $ 2,271,032                    $ 2,244,705           $ 2,194,780

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

</TABLE>


                                      F-35

<PAGE>

                       CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            Net
                                                                                                         Unrealized
                                                                                                        Appreciation/
                                                     Common Shares                                     (Depreciation)
                                                 -----------------------                                in Available
                                                 Number of                          Undivided             for Sale
                                                  Shares          Amount             Profits             Securities         Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>                <C>                    <C>           <C>
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 1995                       2,878,593      $10,669,994        $15,731,426            $(14,409)     $26,387,011
Proceeds from exercise of stock options             18,450          165,600                                                 165,600
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    (Templeton only)                                53,019          414,058                                                 414,058
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    (El Camino only)                                   146            2,200                                                   2,200
Partial Distribution-Templeton Merger                 (127)          (1,564)                                                 (1,564)
Dividends paid                                                                        (256,832)                            (256,832)
Net income                                                                           3,198,664                            3,198,664
Adjustment in Available for Sale
    Securities, Net of Taxes of ($43,753)                                                                   65,630           65,630
                                                 ---------      -----------        -----------            --------      -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995                     2,950,081       11,250,288         18,673,258              51,221       29,974,767
                                                 ---------      -----------        -----------            --------      -----------

Proceeds from exercise of stock options             23,400          208,700                                                 208,700
Issuance of organizational stock                       150            1,500                                                   1,500
Dividends paid                                                                        (964,191)                            (964,191)
Net income                                                                           3,467,734                            3,467,734
Adjustment in Available for Sale
    Securities, Net of Taxes of $37,995                                                                    (56,993)         (56,993)
                                                 ---------      -----------        -----------            --------      -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996                     2,973,631       11,460,488         21,176,801              (5,772)      32,631,517
                                                 ---------      -----------        -----------            --------      -----------

Retirement of organizational stock                    (150)          (1,500)                                                 (1,500)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options             17,600          179,725                                                 179,725
Partial Distribution-El Camino Merger                 (142)          (2,199)                                                 (2,199)
Dividends paid                                                                      (1,041,990)                          (1,041,990)
Net income                                                                           4,204,967                            4,204,967
Adjustment in Available for Sale
    Securities, Net of Taxes of ($61,139)                                                                   91,708           91,708
                                                 ---------      -----------        -----------            --------      -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                     2,990,939      $11,636,514        $24,339,778             $85,936      $36,062,228
                                                 ---------      -----------        -----------            --------      -----------
                                                 ---------      -----------        -----------            --------      -----------
</TABLE>

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


The accounting and reporting policies of BSM Bancorp and Subsidiary (the 
"Company") are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles 
and conform to practices with the banking industry. A summary of the 
significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of 
the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial 
statements


                                      F-36

<PAGE>

NOTE A (CONTINUED)


PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BSM Bancorp 
(the "Bancorp") and its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank of Santa Maria (the 
"Bank"). All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.


NATURE OF OPERATIONS

The Company's primary operations are related to traditional banking 
activities, including the acceptance of deposits and the lending and 
investing of money through the operations of the Bank. The Bank's customers 
are predominantly small and middle-market businesses and individuals who are 
located in the central coast area of California. The Bank operates 13 
branches, with headquarters in the city of Santa Maria.


USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, 
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting 
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and due from banks includes cash 
on hand and amount due from banks. Cash flows from loans originated by the 
Company, deposits, and federal funds sold are reported net.

The Company maintains amounts due from banks which exceed federally insured
limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.


INVESTMENTS SECURITIES

Securities held to maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of
premiums and accretion of discounts over the period to maturity, or to an
earlier call, if appropriate, on a straight-line basis. Such securities include
those that management intends and has the ability to hold into the foreseeable
future.

Securities would be considered available for sale if they would be sold under 
certain conditions, among these being changes in interest rates, fluctuations 
in deposit levels or loan demand, or a need to restructure the portfolio to 
better match the maturity or interest rate characteristics of liabilities 
with assets. Securities classified as available for sale are accounted for at 
their current fair value rather than amortized historical cost. Unrealized 
gains or losses are not recognized as current income or expense, but rather 
as an increase or decrease of capital through a separate reserve.


LOANS AND LOAN FEES

Loans are recorded at amount advanced less payments collected. Interest on 
loans is accrued daily as earned, except where management believes that 
serious doubt exists as to the full collectability of interest or principal. 
When this occurs, the accrual of income is discontinued and the balance of 
accrued interest is reversed against current income. Loans are generally put 
on nonaccrual status when interest is ninety days or more past due, unless 
the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Subsequent cash 
payments are applied fully to the principal balance. Only after the principal 
is reduced to zero is interest income realized. Once a loan is placed on 
nonaccrual it generally remains on nonaccrual until the loan is termed 
uncollectable or the borrower's capacity and intent to make further payments 
is evidenced by keeping the loan current for a period of three to six months.


                                     F-37

<PAGE>

NOTE A - (CONTINUED)

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at 
the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized 
losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. 
Service income is generally recognized on a cash basis over the life of the 
loan. If the normal servicing fees are expected to be less than the estimated 
servicing costs, a loss would be recognized when the loan was sold. The 
Company also acts in a broker capacity assisting customers in obtaining 
mortgage loans with other institutions. The Company earns points and 
documentation fees but is otherwise not involved in the loan. Fees are 
recorded when payment is received.

Loan origination fees offset by certain direct origination costs are deferred 
and recognized over the contractual life of the loan as an adjustment to the 
yield. The unrecognized fees and costs are reported either as a reduction of 
the loan principal outstanding, or, if deferred costs are greater than 
deferred fees, as additions to the applicable loan grouping. Commitment fees 
are deferred and recognized over the term of the commitment. Most deferred 
fees and costs are recognized using the interest method. When a loan is 
repaid or sold, an unamortized net deferred balance is credited or charged to 
income. Accretion of deferred loan fees is discontinued when loans are placed 
on nonaccrual status.


ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND IMPAIRED LOANS

The determination of the balance in the allowance for possible loan losses is 
based on an analysis of the loan portfolio and reflects an amount which, in 
management's judgment, is adequate to provide for potential loan losses after 
giving consideration to the character of the loan portfolio, current economic 
conditions, past loan loss experience and such other factors as warrant 
recognition in estimating loan losses. In addition, various regulatory 
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically 
review the Bank's allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the 
Bank to record additions to the allowance based upon their judgments on 
information available to them at the time of the examination.

The Company also evaluated loans in accordance with guidelines found in SFAS 
No. 114 and SFAS No. 118 from the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) 
regarding loan impairment, income recognition and related disclosures, which 
the Company adopted in the first quarter of 1995. The Company considers a 
loan to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it 
believes it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all 
amounts due on a timely basis, according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement. Impairment of a loan is measured by the present value of the 
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, 
the loan's observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is less 
than the recorded investment in the loan, the Company recognizes impairment 
by creating a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to provision 
for loan losses.


PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, 
which is computed principally on the straight-line method over the estimated 
useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the 
shorter of their economic lives or the term of the lease.


GOODWILL

The Company has classified as goodwill the cost in excess of fair value of 
the net assets (including tax attributes) of businesses acquired in purchase 
transactions. Goodwill is being amortized on a straight line method over 
fifteen years. The Company periodically reviews goodwill to assess 
recoverability from projected, undiscounted net cash flows of the related 
business unit, and impairments which would be recognized in operating results 
if a permanent reduction in value were to occur.


OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

Other real estate owned, which represents real estate acquired through 
foreclosure, or deed in lieu of foreclosure, is reported at the fair value of 
the property at the time of transfer to other real estate owned, reduced by 
estimated selling expenses. Any subsequent operating expenses, or income, 
reductions in estimated values, and gains or losses on disposition of such 
properties are charged to current operations.


INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for by the asset and liability method as required 
by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for 
Income Taxes" (SFAS 109). Deferred tax liabilities or assets are established 
for temporary differences between financial and tax reporting basis and are 
subsequently adjusted to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in 
effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is 
established for any deferred tax asset for which realization is not likely.


                                      F-38

<PAGE>

NOTE A - (CONTINUED)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include; cash 
on hand, amounts due from banks and Federal funds sold. Generally, Federal 
funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic EPS (Earnings per Share) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing 
income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of 
common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPA reflects the potential 
dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common 
stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the 
issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity.

CURRENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income". This statement, which is effective for 
the year ending December 31, 1998, establishes standards of disclosure and 
financial statement display for reporting comprehensive income and its 
components.

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information". 
This statement changes current practice under SFAS 14 by establishing a new 
framework on which to base segment reporting (referred to as the management 
approach), and also requires certain related disclosures about products and 
services, geographic areas, and major customers. The disclosures are required 
for the year ending December 31, 1998.

RECLASSIFICATION

Certain reclassifications were made to prior years' presentations to conform 
to the current year. These reclassifications are of a normal recurring 
nature. All prior years' numbers have been restated to give affect for the 
acquisition of El Camino National Bank and Templeton National Bank by Bank of 
Santa Maria, and Bank of Santa Maria by BSM Bancorp, on a pooling of interest 
basis.

NOTE B - MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

On March 11, 1997, BSM Bancorp acquired Bank of Santa Maria by issuing 
2,973,539 shares of Bancorp common stock in exchange for the surrender of all 
outstanding shares of the Bank's common stock. There was no cash involved in 
this transaction. The acquisition was accounted for as a pooling of interest 
and the consolidated financial statements contained herein have been restated 
to give full affect to this transaction.

Prior to this acquisition, the Bank acquired three other local financial 
institutions either through the exchange of stock or by cash payment. Details 
regarding these acquisitions can be found below.

MERGER WITH EL CAMINO NATIONAL BANK

At the close of business on January 10, 1997, Bank of Santa Maria consummated 
a merger with El Camino National Bank. This merger was accounted for by the 
pooling of interest method, whereby the Company's Financial Statements have 
been restated as if the two banks were historically one unit. A total of 
201,678 common shares were issued to the shareholders of El Camino National 
Bank in connection with this merger.


                                      F-39

<PAGE>

NOTE B - (CONTINUED)

The following summarizes the separate revenue and net income of Bank of Santa 
Maria and El Camino National Bank that have been reported in the restated 
financial statements included herein:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1996                    1995
                                          -----------             -----------
<S>                                       <C>                     <C>
Interest and Nonintest Income:
   Bank of Santa Maria                    $24,627,927             $23,021,319
   El Camino National Bank                  1,842,044               2,073,680
                                          -----------             -----------
                                          $26,469,971             $25,094,999
                                          -----------             -----------
                                          -----------             -----------
Net Income:
   Bank of Santa Maria                    $ 3,718,740             $ 3,149,392
   El Camino National Bank                   (250,206)                 49,272
   BSM Merger Company                            (800)                      -
                                          -----------             -----------
                                          $ 3,467,734             $ 3,198,664
                                          -----------             -----------
                                          -----------             -----------
</TABLE>


MERGER WITH CITIZENS BANK

On May 3, 1996, the Bank acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of 
Citizens Bank of Paso Robles, N.A. (Citizens) for $4,129,000 in cash. 
Citizens had total assets of approximately $31,858,000. The acquisition was 
accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with 
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16. "Business Combinations". Under 
this method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the assets 
acquired and deposits and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as 
of the acquisition date. The financial statements include the operations of 
Citizens from the date of the acquisition. Goodwill arising from the 
transaction totaled approximately $1,958,000 and is being amortized over 
fifteen years on a straight-line basis.

The following table sets forth selected unaudited pro forma combined 
financial information of the Bank and Citizens for the years ended December 
31, 1996, and 1995. The pro forma operating data reflects the effect of the 
acquisition of Citizens as if it was consummated at the beginning of each 
year presented. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the 
results that would have occurred had the acquisition been in effect for the 
full years presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of 
future operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1996              1995
                                              -----------        -----------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>
Interest and Noninterest Income:
   Bank of Santa Maria restated               $26,469,971        $25,094,999
   Citizens Bank of Paso Robles                 1,024,332          3,187,381
   Interest on Purchase Price                    (218,800)          (229,600)
                                              -----------        -----------
                                              $27,275,503        $28,052,780
                                              -----------        -----------
                                              -----------        -----------
Net Income:
   Bank of Santa Maria Restated               $ 3,467,734        $ 3,198,664
   Citizens Bank of Paso Robles                    19,134            331,682
                                              -----------        -----------
                                                3,486,868          3,530,346
                                              -----------        -----------
                                              -----------        -----------
   Merger Related Adjustments                     (16,927)          (196,332)
                                              -----------        -----------
Pro forma Net Income                          $ 3,469,941        $ 3,334,014
                                              -----------        -----------
                                              -----------        -----------
   Pro forma Net Income Per Share - Basic     $      1.17        $      1.14
                                              -----------        -----------
                                              -----------        -----------
   Pro forma Net Income Per Share - Diluted   $      1.16        $      1.13
                                              -----------        -----------
                                              -----------        -----------
</TABLE>


                                      F-40

<PAGE>

NOTE - B (CONTINUED)


Merger related adjustments include adjustments to interest income from the
payment of the purchase price in cash, goodwill amortization, depreciation,
professional expenses related to the merger, data processing, and other
operating costs and related tax effects.


MERGER WITH TEMPLETON NATIONAL BANK
At the close of business on September 8, 1995, Bank of Santa Maria consummated a
merger with Templeton National Bank. This merger was accounted for by the
pooling of interest method, whereby the Balance Sheets and the Statements of
Income are combined and restated as if the two banks were historically one unit.
A total of 397,561 common shares were issued to the shareholders of Templeton
National Bank in connection with this merger.

The following summarizes the historical separate revenue and net income of Bank
of Santa Maria and Templeton National Bank that have been reported in the
restated financial statements included herein:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Eight month
                                                                period ended
                                                             August 31, 1995
                                                          ------------------
    <S>                                                     <C>
    Interest and non-interest income
    --------------------------------------
    Bank of Santa Maria                                          $13,608,014
    Templeton National Bank                                        1,754,146
                                                              --------------
                                                                 $15,362,160
                                                              --------------
                                                              --------------
    Net Income
    --------------------------------------
    Bank of Santa Maria                                         $  2,061,359
    Templeton National Bank                                          199,598
                                                              --------------
                                                                $  2,260,957
                                                              --------------
                                                              --------------

</TABLE>
       
                                     F-41


<PAGE>

NOTE C - INVESTMENT SECURITIES


Securities have been classified in the Balance Sheets according to management's
intent. The carrying amount of securities and their approximate fair values at
December 31, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Gross                Gross               Estimated
                                                Amortized            Unrealized           Unrealized                  Market
                                                     Cost                 Gains               Losses                   Value
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
<S>                                          <C>                     <C>                  <C>                  <C>
1997:
Available for Sale Securities:
U.S. Treasury securities                      $17,560,736               $52,037              $3,009             $17,609,764
U.S. Government and agency
      securities                               28,439,171               124,560              30,361              28,533,370
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                              $45,999,907              $176,597             $33,370             $46,143,134
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
1997:
Held to Maturity Securities:
U.S. Treasury securities                         $999,750                     -                 $69                $999,681
U. S. Government and agency
    securities                                 28,913,811                71,152              86,281              28,898,683
Obligations of states and
    political subdivisions                     30,238,482               333,100               1,931              30,569,651
Other debt securities                           2,615,421                 6,773              16,205               2,605,989
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                              $62,767,464              $411,025            $104,486             $63,074,004
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
1996:
Available for Sale Securities:
U.S. Treasury securities                       $3,981,598               $26,867                   -              $4,008,464
U.S. Government and agency
    securities                                 19,893,604                27,101              63,559              19,857,146
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                              $23,875,202               $53,968             $63,559             $23,865,610
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
1996:
Held to Maturity Securities:
U.S. Treasury securities                       $4,798,202              $117,139              $2,915              $4,912,426
U.S. Government and agency
    securities                                 45,190,581                84,635             188,581              45,086,635
Obligations of states and
    political subdivisions                     15,294,241                     -               6,278              15,287,963
Other debt securities                           3,056,103                10,372              22,604               3,043,870
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                              $68,339,127              $212,146            $220,378             $68,330,894
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------
                                           ---------------         ------------         ------------          --------------

</TABLE>

There were no gross realized gains or gross realized losses on sales of
available for sale securities. The Company does not expect to realize either
gains or losses shown in the above schedule. The Company fully expects to hold
these securities to maturity/call date at which time the amortized cost and
market value will be the same as the par value of the bond.

The Company has no derivative financial instruments as defined by SFAS No. 
119, "Disclosure About Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of 
Financial Instruments."

At December 31, 1997, and 1996, investment securities having an amortized cost
of approximately $6,006,000 and $6,224,000 respectively, were pledged to secure
public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

                                   F-42

<PAGE>

NOTE C - (CONTINUED)

The amortized cost and estimated market value of all debt securities as of
December 31, 1997, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities
will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Held to Maturity                Available for Sale
                                                    ----------------                ------------------
                                                Amortized       Estimated        Amortized       Estimated
                                             ------------    ------------     ------------    ------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
Due in one year or less                       $15,754,095     $15,756,674       $9,133,101      $9,133,144
Due after one year to five years               36,331,320      36,473,327       36,866,806      37,009,990
Due after five years to ten years               9,342,945       9,490,224                -               -
Due after  ten years                            1,339,104       1,353,779                -               -
                                             ------------    ------------     ------------    ------------
           TOTAL                              $62,767,464     $63,074,004      $45,999,907     $46,143,134
                                             ------------    ------------     ------------    ------------
                                             ------------    ------------     ------------    ------------
</TABLE>




NOTE D - LOANS

The Company's loan portfolio consists primarily of loans to borrowers within
Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo Counties. Although the Company seeks to avoid
concentrations of loans to a single industry, loans to the agricultural
community are listed separately, as in total they exceed 10% of all loans
outstanding as of December 31, 1997, and 1996. Concentrations also can occur
based upon a single class of collateral. Real estate and real estate associated
businesses are among the principal industries in the Company's market area and,
as a result, the Company's loan and collateral portfolios are to some degree
concentrated in those industries. Real estate related loans, net of deferred
fees and costs at December 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996, were as follows:

Real estate related:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      1997           1996
                                              ------------   ------------
         <S>                                   <C>           <C>
         Construction and land development     $16,778,000    $13,797,000
         Home equity credit lines               18,727,000     20,465,000
         Residential properties                 14,304,000     17,253,000
         Commercial properties                  49,099,000     42,057,000
         Farmland                               11,101,000      6,971,000
                                              ------------   ------------
                                              $110,009,000   $100,543,000
                                              ------------   ------------
                                              ------------   ------------

</TABLE>


                                     F-43

<PAGE>


NOTE D - (CONTINUED)

The Company also originates real estate loans for sale to governmental agencies
and institutional investors. At December 31, 1997, and at December 31, 1996, the
Company had approximately $1,200,000 and $1,400,000 held for sale respectively,
and was servicing approximately $36,900,000 and $39,600,000, respectively, in
loans previously sold.

A summary of the changes in the allowance for possible credit losses follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             1997                1996                1995
                                                    -------------         -----------         -----------
<S>                                                   <C>                  <C>                <C>
Balance at beginning of year                           $2,701,876          $2,801,396          $2,412,427
Additions to the allowance charged to expense              30,000             227,000             875,500
Recoveries on loans charged off                           106,300              97,476             106,149
Allowance on loans acquired from Citizens
      Bank - Note B                                             -             228,022                   -
                                                    -------------         -----------         -----------
Subtotal                                                2,838,176           3,353,894           3,394,076
Less loans charged off                                    723,692             652,018             592,680
                                                    -------------         -----------         -----------
     TOTAL                                             $2,114,484          $2,701,876          $2,801,396
                                                    -------------         -----------         -----------
                                                    -------------         -----------         -----------
</TABLE>


The following is a summary of the investment in impaired loans, the related
allowance for loan losses, and income recognized on a cash basis as of December
31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             1997                1996
                                                      -----------         -----------
<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>
Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans                  $1,572,021          $1,390,561
                                                      -----------         -----------
                                                      -----------         -----------
Related Allowance for Loan Losses                      $  425,461          $  351,544
                                                      -----------         -----------
                                                      -----------         -----------
Average Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans          $1,733,151          $1,506,478
                                                      -----------         -----------
                                                      -----------         -----------
Interest Income Recognized for Cash Payments           $   61,569          $   39,128
                                                      -----------         -----------
                                                      -----------         -----------

</TABLE>

Loans having carrying value of $419,669, $1,151,581 and $698,909 were
transferred to other real estate owned in 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.
During 1997 and 1996, loans totaling $144,000 and $122,900 respectively, were
made to facilitate the sale of other real estate owned.


NOTE E -  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of premises and equipment follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997                  1996
                                                  -------------         -------------
<S>                                                <C>                   <C>
Land                                                 $3,349,597            $3,225,913
Buildings and improvements                            8,721,744             8,598,715
Leasehold improvements                                   12,210               109,199
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment                    7,581,153             7,162,786
                                                  -------------         -------------
     Subtotal                                        19,664,704            19,096,613
Less accumulated depreciation/amortization            6,955,577             6,448,406
                                                  -------------         -------------
     TOTAL                                          $12,709,127           $12,648,207
                                                  -------------         -------------
                                                  -------------         -------------
</TABLE>

                                       F-44

<PAGE>

NOTE F - STOCK OPTION PLAN

In 1996, the Company adopted a stock option plan under which the Company's
common shares may be issued to directors, officers and key employees of the
Company and its subsidiary, as well as consultants and business associates, at
not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date the options were
granted. Of the 892,542 shares available to be issued under the new plan,
159,400 were immediately issued to replace options outstanding under Bank of
Santa Maria's stock option plans.

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for 1997, 1996
and 1995, respectively: risk-free rates of 5.8%, 6.1%, and 5.4%; dividend yields
of 2.0%, 2.0%, and 2.0%; volatility of 20% for 1997, and 15% for 1996, and 1995.
A summary of the status of the Company's plan and the Bank's two expired fixed
stock option plans as of December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, and changes during the
years ending on those dates, is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1997                           1996                           1995
                                         -------------------------      -------------------------    ---------------------------
                                                          Weighted                       Weighted                       Weighted
                                                           Average                        Average                        Average
                                                          Exercise                       Exercise                       Exercise
                                          Shares             Price          Shares          Price        Shares            Price
                                         -------------------------      -------------------------    ---------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year          158,400              $12         153,900            $11       153,300              $10
Granted                                     4,000               16          31,500             15        23,500               14
Exercised                                 (17,600)              10         (23,400)             9       (18,450)               9
Forfeited                                  (3,600)              15           3,600)             7        (4,450)              10
                                         --------                        ---------                    --------- 
Outstanding at end of year                141,200               12         158,400             12       153,900               11
                                         --------                        ---------                    --------- 
                                         --------                        ---------                    --------- 
Options exercisable at year-end            72,000                           59,500                       53,400
Weighted-average fair value of
     options granted during the year       $ 3.79                           $ 3.10                       $ 2.70
Options available for future grant        733,942              11           86,520             10        118,420               9

</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 Options Outstanding                         Options Exercisable
                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Weighted-Average
 Exercise              Number         Remaining            Weighted Average         Number           Weighted
  Price             Outstanding    Contractual Life          Exercise Price       Exercisable       Exercise Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>           <C>                      <C>                    <C>               <C>
$6                     14,000         2 years                    $6                 12,500              $6
$10 to $12             72,400           1.3                      11                 44,600              11
$13 to $17             54,800           3.2                      14                 14,900              14
                    ---------                                                     -------- 
 $6 to $17            141,200           2.0                      12                 72,000              11
                    ---------                                                     -------- 
                    ---------                                                     -------- 

</TABLE>

                                      F-45

<PAGE>


NOTE G - RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company has a noncontributory retirement plan covering substantially all of
its employees. The plan is a defined contribution plan with annual contributions
established at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The retirement plan
expense was $425,000 for 1997, $380,000 for 1996, and $340,000 for 1995.

In 1988, the Company's subsidiary established a Profit Sharing and Salary
Deferral 401(K) Plan to allow employees to defer a portion of their current
compensation until retirement. Since 1991, the Board of Directors of the Bank,
at their discretion, have elected to make a matching contribution at a
predetermined percentage of deferred dollars up to 2% of the participant's gross
salary. In 1997, the Board increased the percentage to 3%. The expense of the
matching contribution was $111,000 for 1997, $79,000 for 1996, and $74,000 for
1995. As of December 31, 1997, there were $7,366,000 in funds held for the
benefit of Bank employees in the aforementioned plans.

The estimated annual benefit payable upon retirement for any participant is
dependent upon the participant's salary levels for each of the years until
retirement coupled with the election of the Bank's Board to make annual
contributions for any given year, as well as the returns generated by the
investment choices selected by the individual employee over the period prior to
retirement.


NOTE H - INCOME TAXES

The provisions for income taxes included in the Statements of Income consist of
the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1997                  1996                    1995
                          -----------          ------------             -----------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                     <C>
Current:
     Federal               $1,617,000            $1,436,000              $1,480,900
     State                    683,000               607,800                 619,000
                          -----------          ------------             -----------
                            2,300,000             2,043,800               2,099,900
Deferred                      316,000               269,000                (215,000)
                          -----------          ------------             -----------
                           $2,616,000            $2,312,800              $1,884,900
                          -----------          ------------             -----------
                          -----------          ------------             -----------

</TABLE>

A comparison of the federal statutory income tax rates to the Company's
effective income tax rates follow:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1997                     1996                       1995
                                              Amount        Rate        Amount         Rate        Amount          Rate
                                          ----------     -------    -----------      ------    -----------      -------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>       <C>              <C>       <C>               <C> 
Federal tax rate                          $2,319,000       34.0%     $1,965,000       34.0%     $1,728,000        34.0%
California franchise taxes,
     net of federal tax benefit              500,000        7.3%        448,000        7.8%        379,000         7.6%
Tax savings from exempt
     loan and investment income             (273,000)      (4.0%)     (197,000)       (3.4%)      (166,000)       (3.3%)
Other items - net                             70,000        1.0%        96,800         1.6%        (56,100)       (1.2%)
                                          ----------     -------    -----------      ------    -----------      -------
                                          $2,616,000       38.3%     $2,312,800       40.0%     $1,884,900        37.1%
                                          ----------     -------    -----------      ------    -----------      -------
                                          ----------     -------    -----------      ------    -----------      -------

</TABLE>

                                       F-46

<PAGE>

NOTE H - (CONTINUED)

The following is a summary of the components of the net deferred tax asset and
liability accounts recognized in the accompanying Balance Sheets:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1997          1996
                                                                 -----------    ----------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
Deferred Tax Assets:
     Allowance for Credit Losses Due to Tax Limitations             $570,000      $855,000
     Other Assets/Liabilities                                        351,000       437,000
                                                                 -----------    ----------
                                                                     921,000     1,292,000
Deferred Tax Liability:
     Premises and Equipment Due to Depreciation
            Difference                                             (496,000)     (490,000)
                                                                 -----------    ----------
     Net Deferred Taxes                                             $425,000      $802,000
                                                                 -----------    ----------
                                                                 -----------    ----------

</TABLE>

NOTE I - EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)

The following is a reconciliation of net income and shares outstanding to the
income and number of shares used to compute EPS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997                          1996                           1995
                                              Income         Shares         Income          Shares         Income         Shares
                                         ------------    -----------     -----------    -----------   -------------     ----------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
Net Income as Reported                     $4,204,967                     $3,467,734                     $3,198,664
Shares Outstanding at Year  End                            2,990,939                      2,973,631                      2,950,081
Impact of Weighting Shares
    Purchased During the Year                       -        (14,406)              -        (14,047)              -        (38,007)
                                         ------------    -----------     -----------    -----------   -------------     ----------
                   Used in Basic EPS        4,204,967      2,976,533       3,467,734      2,959,584       3,198,664      2,912,074
Dilutive Effect of Stock Options                    -         62,296               -         33,590               -         31,066
                                         ------------    -----------     -----------    -----------   -------------     ----------
                   Used in Dilutive EPS    $4,204,967      3,038,829      $3,467,734      2,993,174     $3,198,664       2,943,140
                                         ------------    -----------     -----------    -----------   -------------     ----------
                                         ------------    -----------     -----------    -----------   -------------     ----------

</TABLE>

NOTE J - FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into financial commitments
to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial commitments
include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those
instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate
risk not recognized in the Company's financial statements.

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance on
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the
contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit
policies in making commitments as it does for loans reflected in the financial
statements.


                                F-47
<PAGE>

NOTE J - (CONTINUED)

As of December 31, 1997, the Company had the following outstanding financial
commitments whose contractual amount represents credit risk:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       <S>                                         <C>
       Commitments to extend credit                $ 53,823,796
       Standby letters of credit                      2,046,426
                                                  -------------
                                                   $ 55,870,222
                                                  -------------
                                                  -------------
</TABLE>

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby
letters of credit are conditional commitments to guarantee the performance of a
Company customer to a third party. Since many of the commitments and standby
letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company
evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount
of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company, is based on
management's credit evaluation of the customer. The majority of the Company's
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are secured by real
estate.


NOTE K - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain
officers and directors and the companies with which they are associated. In the
Company's opinion, all loans and loan commitments to such parties are made on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. An
analysis of the activity with respect to such loans to related parties is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1997                1996
                                            -----------        -------------
    <S>                                     <C>                 <C>
    Balance at Beginning of Year             $5,643,829           $5,677,776
    Advances                                  2,815,721            5,993,138
    Repayments                              (3,888,618)          (6,027,085)
                                            -----------        -------------
    Balance at End of Year                   $4,570,932           $5,643,829
                                            -----------        -------------
                                            -----------        -------------
</TABLE>

NOTE L - REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can
initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional discretionary - actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, and the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet
specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's
assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under
regulatory accounting practices. The Company's capital amounts and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about
components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1
capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined);
and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management
believes, as of December 31, 1997, that the Company meets all capital adequacy
requirements to which it is subject.

                             F-48


<PAGE>

NOTE L - (CONTINUED)

The Company's actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following
table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Capital Needed
                                                                                      --------------
                                                                                                      To be Well
                                                                            For Capital           Capitalized Under
                                                                             Adequacy             Prompt Corrective
                                                    Actual                   Purposes                 Provisions
                                            -------------------        -------------------      --------------------
IN THOUSANDS                                   Amount    Ratio          Amount      Ratio        Amount        Ratio
- -----------------------------               ---------  --------        -------    -------       -------       ------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>
BANCORP 
As of December 31, 1997:
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets         $36,366     15.6%        $18,630        8.0%      $23,287        10.0%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets        $34,251     14.7%        $ 9,315        4.0%      $13,972         6.0%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets              $34,251     10.7%        $12,789        4.0%      $15,986         5.0%

BANK 
As of December 31, 1997:
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets         $36,041     15.6%        $18,527        8.0%      $23,159        10.0%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets        $33,926     14.6%        $ 9,264        4.0%      $13,895         6.0%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets              $33,926     10.2%        $13,364        4.0%      $16,705         5.0%
BANK 
As of December 31, 1996:
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets         $33,047     15.3%        $17,287        8.0%      $21,609        10.0%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets        $30,537     14.1%        $ 8,644        4.0%      $12,966         6.0%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets              $30,537      9.7%        $12,581        4.0%      $15,726         5.0%

</TABLE>

The California Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash
distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lessor of the Company's
undivided profits, or the Company's net income for its last three fiscal years;
less the amount of any distribution made by the Company to shareholders during
the same period. Under these restrictions, approximately $8,608,000 was
available for payment of dividends at December 31, 1997.

Banking regulations require that all banks maintain a percentage of their
deposits as reserves at the Federal Reserve Bank. During the year ended December
31, 1997, required reserves averaged approximately $2,281,000.


NOTE M - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments is
made in accordance with the requirements of Financial Accounting Standards No.
107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments". For financial
instruments, whether or not recognized in the Balance Sheets, the Company is
required to disclose the fair value of those instruments for which it is
practicable to estimate that value. In addition, the Company is required to
disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate those fair
values.

Considerable judgment is necessarily required to interpret market data to
develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein
are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a
current market exchange. This disclosure of the fair value of financial
instruments should not be viewed as equivalent to the valuation of the Company
as a whole.

Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below:


CASH, DUE FROM BANKS, AND FED FUNDS SOLD
For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

                              F-49

<PAGE>

NOTE M - (CONTINUED)

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

For investment securities, fair value equals quoted market prices where
available, or, if unavailable, the fair value is based upon similar securities.


LOANS

For those loans with floating interest rates, it is presumed that estimated fair
value generally approximates the carrying value. The fair value of other types
of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current
rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit
ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

The fair value of non-accrual loans with a recorded book value of $963,000 was
not estimated because it was not practicable to reasonably estimate the amount
or timing of future cash flows for such loans.


DEPOSITS

The fair value of demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts is the
amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity
certificates of deposit is estimated using rates currently offered for deposits
of similar remaining maturities.


COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are written at current market
rates. The Company does not anticipate any interest rate or credit factors that
would materially affect the fair value of these commitments or letters of credit
outstanding at December 31, 1997.


The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December 31,
1997, are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Carrying
                                                        Amount             Fair Value
                                                    ----------         --------------
<S>                                                   <C>                    <C>
Financial Assets:
     Cash and Due from banks                           $18,473                $18,473
     Fed funds sold                                      7,461                  7,461
     Investment securities                             108,911                109,217

     Loans                                             192,136                190,394
     Less:  Non-Accruals                                  (790)                  (790)
               Allowance for losses                     (2,115)                (2,115)
                                                    ----------         --------------
     Net Loans                                        $189,231               $187,489

Financial Liabilities:
     Deposits                                         $306,292               $306,167

</TABLE>

                                F-50

<PAGE>

NOTE N - PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION


Condensed financial information of BSM Bancorp (parent only) follows:


BSM BANCORP


Condensed Balance Sheet
December 31, 1997, and 1996

<TABLE>

                                                        1997            1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>
ASSETS 
Cash in Bank of Santa Maria                       $     185,140    $     17,136
Investment in Bank of Santa Maria                    35,739,148               -
Investment in BSM Merger Company                              -             200
Other assets                                            151,440          54,106
                                                  -------------    ------------
    Total assets                                  $  36,075,728    $     71,442
                                                  -------------    ------------
                                                  -------------    ------------
LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Short-term note payable                           $           -    $     40,000
Accrued liabilities                                      13,500          30,742
                                                  -------------    ------------
    Total liabilities                                    13,500          70,742
    
Shareholders' equity                                 36,062,228             700
                                                  -------------    ------------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity    $  36,075,728    $     71,442
                                                  -------------    ------------
                                                  -------------    ------------
</TABLE>


                                     F-51

<PAGE>


NOTE N - (CONTINUED)


BSM BANCORP


Condensed Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 1997, and 1996

<TABLE>

                                                        1997            1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>
INCOME:
   Cash Dividends from Bank of Santa Maria        $     850,000    $          -
EXPENSES:
   Operating Expenses                                   174,057               -
                                                  -------------    ------------
Earnings before income taxes and equity in
   undistributed net earnings of 
   Bank of Santa Maria                                  675,943               -
Provision (Income tax benefit)                          (67,000)              -
                                                  -------------    ------------
Earnings before equity in undistributed 
   net earnings of Bank of Santa Maria                  742,943               -
Equity in undistributed net earnings of
   Bank of Santa Maria                                3,462,024               -
Equity in undistributed net loss of BSM Merger
   Company                                                    -            (800)
                                                  -------------    ------------
Net earnings (loss)                               $   4,204,967     $      (800)
                                                  -------------    ------------
                                                  -------------    ------------
</TABLE>


                                     F-52


<PAGE>


NOTE N - (CONTINUED)


BSM BANCORP


Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 1997, and 1996

<TABLE>

                                                        1997            1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>
Cash flows from operation activities:
   Net income (loss)                              $   4,204,967    $       (800)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
   Undistributed net (income) loss of consolidated   (3,462,024)            800
subsidiaries                        
   Amortization of organizational expenses               14,829               -
   Other                                               (129,405)        (23,364)
                                                  -------------    ------------
        Net cash provided by operating activities       628,367         (23,364)
                                                  -------------    ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Decrease (increase) of investment in 
subsidiaries                                                200          (1,000)
                                                  -------------    ------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) 
          investing activities                              200          (1,000)
                                                  -------------    ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net change in short-term note payable                (40,000)         40,000
   Proceeds from the issuance of 
     organizational stock                                     -           1,500
   Proceeds from the exercise of stock options          176,925               -
   Payment to redeem organizational stock                (1,500)              -
   Dividends paid                                      (595,988)              -
                                                  -------------    ------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) 
          financing activities                         (460,563)         41,500
                                                  -------------    ------------
Net increase in cash                                    168,004          17,136
Cash, beginning of year                                  17,136               -
                                                  -------------    ------------
Cash, end of year                                 $     185,140    $     17,136
                                                  -------------    ------------
                                                  -------------    ------------
</TABLE>

NOTE O - INTENT TO MERGE AND PROPOSED CHANGE OF CONTROL



On January 29, 1998, the Company jointly announced with Mid-State Bank that they
have entered into an Agreement to Merge and Plan of Reorganization dated January
29, 1998, whereby the Bank of Santa Maria and Mid-State Bank would merge
together under BSM Bancorp. Upon consummation, which is anticipated to occur in
the third quarter of 1998, BSM Bancorp is expected to change its name to Mid
State Bancshares and Mid-State Bank would become the surviving bank. Under the
merger terms, existing Mid-State Bank stock would be exchanged for shares of the
Holding Company in a ratio based upon a value of $29.37 for each share of BSM
Bancorp and the fair market value of Mid-State Bank stock just prior to the
close of the merger. It is estimated that Mid-State Bank shareholders will own
approximately 70% and the BSM Bancorp shareholders will own approximately 30% of
the holding company following the consummation of the merger.



                                     F-53


<PAGE>


NOTE O - (CONTINUED)


This transaction is subject to the approval by holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of the Company's common stock and by regulatory authorities.
All unexercised stock options of BSM Bancorp will become exercisable in full in
the event that this proposed transaction is consummated. In addition, as part of
the Agreement with Mid-State, the Company's mid-year cash dividend, if any, is
limited to a maximum of $.10 per share.


ITEM 9: CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES


None







                                     F-54


<PAGE>


PART III


ITEM 10: DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT


                                    DIRECTORS


The following table sets forth as to each of the persons who are currently
directors of the Bancorp, such person's age as of February 17, 1998, principal
occupation during the past five (5) years, and the period during which such
person has served as a director of the Bancorp and also the Bank, its
wholly-owned subsidiary.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                  YEAR FIRST          YEAR FIRST
                                                            BUSINESS EXPERIENCE          APPOINTED AS       ELECTED AS BANK
              NAME AND OFFICE HELD          AGE         DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS      BANCORP DIRECTOR        DIRECTOR
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
<S>                                         <C>        <C>                              <C>                 <C>

Armand R. Acosta                            72               Retailer, Retired                 1996              1977

Richard E. Adam                             67                    Farmer                       1996              1977

Fred L. Crandall, Jr., DDS                  69                    Dentist                      1996              1978

A J. Diani                                  76                 Construction                    1996              1977
   Chairman of the Board
   Bank of Santa Maria
   BSM Bancorp

William A. Hares                            63              Commercial Banking                 1996              1981
   President and CEO
   Bank of Santa Maria
   BSM Bancorp

Roger A. Ikola, MD                          66                 Pediatrician                    1996              1977

Toshiharu Nishino                           71               Wholesale Produce                 1996              1977

Joseph Sesto, Jr.                           85             Investments, Retired                1996              1977

William L. Snelling                         66         Business Manager, Consultant            1996              1977
   Secretary
   Bank of Santa Maria
   BSM Bancorp

Mitsuo Taniguchi                            71          Wholesale Produce, Retired             1996              1977

Joseph F. Ziemba, MD                        80              Physician, Retired                 1996              1978
</TABLE>






                                     F-55



<PAGE>




Upon consummation of the acquisition of Bank of Santa Maria, (see Item
I-Business-Acquisition by Mid-State Bank), all but three of the above directors
have agreed to resign as directors of the Company and its subsidiary. The three
directors who will remain as a part of Mid-State Bancshares are Messieurs Diani,
Hares and Snelling. The seven directors of Mid-State Bank will then be appointed
to fill the vacancies at both the Bank and Company level and the number of
directors of the Company will be reduced to ten. The names of the directors to
be appointed to both the Company and the Bank's Board following the consummation
of the merger are as follows:

                                 Gracia B. Bello
                                Clifford H. Clark
                                 Daryl L. Flood
                                 Raymond E Jones
                                Albert L Maguire
                                Gregory R. Morris
                                 Carrol R Pruett

                               EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


The following table sets forth as to each of the persons who are currently
executive officers of the Bancorp, such person's age as of February 17, 1998,
principal occupation during the past five (5) years, and the period during which
such person has served as a director of the Bancorp and also the Bank, its
wholly-owned subsidiary.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    BUSINESS EXPERIENCE                    YEAR FIRST APPOINTED
   NAME                                     AGE                   DURING PAST FIVE YEARS                   AS EXECUTIVE OFFICER
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>                                               <C>
   William A. Hares                         63             President and Chief Executive Officer                   1996
                                                           of the Bancorp since November, 1996.
                                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
                                                                  of the Bank since 1981

   Carol Bradfield(1)                       43                Executive Vice President of the                      1996
                                                               Bancorp since November, 1996
                                                          Executive Vice President/Administration
                                                                  of the Bank since 1996

   F. Dean Fletcher                         50                 Executive Vice President and                        1996
                                                              Chief Financial Officer of the
                                                               Bancorp since November, 1996
                                                               Executive Vice President and
                                                              Chief Financial Officer of the
                                                                      Bank since 1991

   Susan Forgnone (2)                       36                Executive Vice President of the                      1996
                                                               Bancorp since November, 1996.
                                                               Executive Vice President and
                                                                 Loan Administrator of the
                                                                      Bank since 1994

   James D. Glines                          55                Executive Vice President of the                      1996
                                                               Bancorp since November, 1996.
                                                                 Executive Vice President-
                                                                Branch Administrator of the
                                                                      Bank since 1997
                                                            Executive Vice President since 1992
                                                         Manager-Santa Maria Way Branch since 1983
</TABLE>







                                     F-56


<PAGE>

(1) Ms. Bradfield joined the Bank in April, 1988.  She was formally Senior 
Vice President - Human Resources prior to her appointment as an executive 
officer of the Bank.

(2) Ms. Forgnone joined the Bank in October, 1988. She has worked in various
aspects of lending with the Bank prior to her appointment as an executive
officer.

None of the directors, nominees or executive officers of the Bancorp were
selected pursuant to any arrangement or understanding, other than with the
directors and executive officers of the Bancorp, acting within their capacities
as such. There are no family relationships between the directors and executive
officers of the Bancorp, except between Director Nishino and Director Taniguchi
who are brothers-in-law, and none of the directors or executive officers of the
Bancorp serve as directors of any company which has a class of securities
registered under, or which is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of,
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any investment company registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, although all of the directors
and executive officers hold similar positions with the Bank, which, until
acquired by the Bancorp, was subject to the above periodic reporting
requirements.

None of the directors or executive officers of the Bancorp have, during the last
five years, been involved in any legal proceedings that are material to an
evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director or executive officer of
the Company.

ITEM 11: DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION


During 1997, the Bancorp did not pay any cash compensation to its executive
officers nor were the directors compensated for their attendance at Bancorp
meetings.

The following Summary Compensation Table shows compensation earned from the Bank
for services rendered during fiscal years 1997, 1996, and 1995 to each of the
Bank's executive officers whose salaries and bonuses exceeded $100,000 in 1997.



                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Long-term
                                                            Annual                            Compensation 
                                                        Compensation(1)                          Awards
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>               <C>                   <C>                    <C>
                                                                                                Securities             All Other
                                                          Salary              Bonus             Underlying          Compensation
Name and Principal Position              Year            ($)(2)              ($)(4)            Options(#)(5)                ($)(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Hares                         1997        $  185,000          $  190,000                                  $    18,285
        President and Chief              1996           170,000             165,000                                       17,750
        Executive Officer                1995           160,000             150,000                 10,000                16,843

Carol Bradfield                          1997            90,000              70,000                                       17,715
        Executive Vice President         1996            68,104              35,000                  5,000                11,051
        Administration                   1995               N/A                 N/A                    N/A                   N/A

F. Dean Fletcher                         1997           100,000              80,000                                       17,135
        Executive Vice President         1996            96,000              60,000                      -                13,776
        and Chief Financial Officer      1995            93,000              45,000                      -                15,223

Susan Forgnone                           1997            95,000              70,000                                       15,041
        Executive Vice President         1996            85,000              50,000                      -                12,767
        and Loan Administrator           1995            80,000              45,000                      -                 9,241

James D. Glines                          1997            95,000              70,000                                       17,311
        Executive Vice President         1996            89,000              50,000                      -                14,614
        Branch Administrator             1995            85,000              45,000                      -                12,025

</TABLE>



                                     F-57


<PAGE>


(1) The column for other annual compensation has been omitted since the only 
items reportable thereunder for the named persons are perquisites, which did 
not exceed the lessor of $50,000 or 10% of salary and bonus for any of the 
named persons. 

(2) Includes all contributions to the Bank's 401(k) Plan, and the Bank's 
Flexible Spending Account for medical and child care expenditures made 
through salary reductions and deferrals. 

(3) All employees of the Bank who have at least one year of service having 
worked at least 1,000 hours during that year and are at least 18 years of age 
are eligible to participate in the Bank's Profit Sharing and the 401(k) 
Salary Deferral Plan. The Salary Deferral Plan is a self funded voluntary 
plan that offers certain tax savings with tax deferred investment earnings. 
The amount contributed by the participants is fully vested from the date of 
deposit. The directors of the Bank at their discretion may elect to match an 
amount equal to $.50 for every $1.00 the 401(k) participant invests, not to 
exceed 2% of their gross compensation. This contribution is made as of June 
30th and December 31st of each year. All matching contributions follows a 
seven year vesting schedule. Contribution to the Bank's Profit Sharing Plan 
are also at the discretion of the Bank's directors. Any amount that is 
contributed is allocated to accounts established for each participating 
employee, and is based on a percentage of their gross income. These are 
subject to a seven year vesting schedule with 100% vesting occurring after 
seven years of service. Funding for the plan always occurs in January of each 
year. Participants contributions toward the 401(k) are included in amounts 
shown as "Salary," above. The Bank's matching contributions are as well as 
the Profit Sharing contribution are aggregated and included under "All Other 
Compensation," above. 

(4) Cash bonuses are reported in the year earned and may be paid in that year 
or in January of the following year at the discretion of the officer. Bonuses 
are recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board and are approved 
by the full board at the December meeting. Bonuses are discretionary, but are 
generally based upon the operating results of the Bank. 

(5) Options shown were issued under the Bank's Incentive Stock Option Plans. 
These plans are administered by the Compensation Committee. Options granted 
have an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, 
vest over a term of 5 years, and expire 5 years from the date of grant unless 
otherwise noted.

STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN 1997
There were no grants of stock option to any of the named persons during 1997.

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION 
VALUES 

The following table sets forth the number of shares acquired by any of the 
named persons upon exercise of stock options in 1997, the value realized 
through the exercise of such options, and the number of unexercised options 
held by the such person, including both those which are presently 
exercisable, and those which are not presently exercisable.

<TABLE>
                             Shares                                   Number of
                            Acquired                              Share Underlying                    Value of Unexercised
                              Upon                                   Unexercised                             In-the
                             Option          Value                     Options                           Money Options
Name                      Exercise (#)    Realized($)              at 12-31-97 (#)                     at 12-31-97 ($)(1)
- ----                      ------------    -----------     ---------------------------------    -----------------------------------
<S>                       <C>             <C>             <C>                   <C>              <C>                   <C>
                                                                                 Not                                    Not
                                                           Exercisable          Exercisable      Exercisable           Exercisable
                                                          ------------         ------------      -----------           ----------- 
William A. Hares                1,000     $   19,625            19,500                9,500      $   355,563           $   139,437
Carol Bradfield                 2,500         38,125             1,000                4,000           12,750                51,000
F. Dean Fletcher
Susan Forgnone                                                   5,000                2,500           74,750                37,125
James D. Glines                 5,000         41,500 


</TABLE>


(1) Potential unrealized value is determined by multiplying the number of shares
by the net of the fair market value at fiscal year end ($26.50) less the option
exercise price.

COMPENSATION FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS There were no fees paid to directors of
the Bancorp.

During 1997, each non-officer director received $900 for each Board of Directors
meeting attended. The Chairman of the Board and the Secretary received an
additional $900 and $300 respectively each month. Members of the Executive
Committee received $900 per month no matter how many meetings held per month.
Members of all other committees received $300 for each committee meeting
attended.






                                     F-58


<PAGE>




CONTRACTS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
In March, 1997, the Board of Directors of both the Bancorp and the Bank approved
severance pay agreements for their executive officers which would be triggered
by a change in control of either the Bancorp or the Bank, for valid reasons as
defined in the agreements. The principal purposes of these agreements are to
help assure that key executives give impartial consideration in evaluating and
negotiating a potential business combination which is in the best interest of
BSM Bancorp's shareholders, but which may result in the loss of, or reduction
in, the executive's job.

The benefits under these agreements are triggered if, within one year following
a change in control, the executive officer's employment is terminated without
cause or the executive officer resigns for reasons such as a substantial
reduction in the officer's responsibilities, an assignment of responsibilities
inconsistent with the executive officer's former responsibilities, a reduction
in the executive officer's annual salary or benefits, or a job relocation of
more than 50 miles.

Severance benefits payable to executive officers covered by Agreements are
determined by multiplying base monthly salary by a component of 24 months for
the President and by 18 months for the other four executive officers. The sum is
payable in monthly installments, or at the discretion of the executive officer,
in one lump sum. In addition, the executive officers are entitled certain fringe
benefits including health and other medical benefits for either the 18 or 24
month period.

Generally, a "change in control" will be deemed to have occurred in any of the
following circumstances:

   -   A merger or consolidation where the Bank and/or the Bancorp is not the
       surviving corporation.

   -   A transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank and/or
       the Bancorp.

   -   An acquisition of more than 25% of the outstanding stock coupled with or
       followed by a change in the majority of the directors of either the Bank
       or the Bancorp.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Bank's Compensation Committee is comprised of A. J. Diani, Carol Bradfield, 
William A. Hares, Roger A. Ikola, Joseph Sesto, Jr. and William L.
Snelling.  Both Mr. Hares and Ms. Bradfield served as Executive Officers of the 
Bank during 1997.  All of the above directors have had loans from the
Bank during 1997.

Neither Ms. Bradfield nor Mr. Hares participated in the discussion of their 
respective compensation or performance when such matters were addressed by
the committee.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The compensation committee meets annually to review the salaries and bonuses of
all officers of the Bank. Upon their recommendation, the Bank's full board then
approves salary modifications and bonuses, if any, for all Bank officers. While
all officers are reviewed, particular emphasis is placed upon the salaries paid
to executive officers.

The goal of the compensation program is to align compensation with business
objective and performance, and to enable the Bank to attract and reward
executive officers whose contributions are critical to the long-term success of
the Bank. The Bank is committed to maintaining a pay program that helps attract
and retain the best people in the industry. To ensure that pay is competitive,
the Bank regularly compares its pay practices with those of other leading
independent banks and sets its pay parameters based upon this review.

Executive officers are rewarded based upon corporate performance, and individual
contribution. Bank performance is evaluated by reviewing the extent to which
strategic and business plan goals have been met. Individual contribution is
evaluated by reviewing the progress of the Bank against set objectives in the
individuals area of responsibility.




                                     F-59


<PAGE>




CEO COMPENSATION
William A. Hares has been President and Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") of the
Bank since January 1982, and President and CEO of the Company since it was
formed in November of 1996. In setting Mr. Hares' compensation, the Compensation
Committee made an overall assessment of Mr. Hares' leadership in achieving the
Company's long-term strategic and business goals. During 1997, particular
emphasis was placed on enhancing shareholders' value. The Committee paid
specific attention to variation in budget projections and well as executive
compensation surveys from the California Banking Association, Department of
Financial Institutions and banks headquartered in the Company's local market
area. Mr. Hares' salary reflects a consideration of both competitive forces and
the Company's performance.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
A. J. Diani, Chairmen
Carol Bradfield
William A. Hares
Roger A. Ikola
Joseph Sesto, Jr.
William L. Snelling







                                     F-60





<PAGE>



                                PERFORMANCE GRAPH



The chart shown below compares Mid-State Bank's cumulative five-year total
shareholder return with both the S & P 500 Index and an index developed by SNL
Securities that represents Southern California banks.


                 COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

              AMONG BSM BANCORP, S & P 500 INDEX AND INDUSTRY INDEX



                                   BSM BANCORP



                                      CHART

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Period  Ending
Index                                  12/13/92        12/13/93       12/13/94            12/13/95         12/13/96       12/13/97
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>            <C>                 <C>              <C>            <C>
BSM Bancorp/Bank of Santa Maria          100.00          110.00         115.99              138.57           167.88         287.05
S & P                                    100.00          110.08         111.53              153.44           188.52         251.44
Southern California Proxy                100.00          122.27         139.49              176.91           267.07         510.65

</TABLE>



                                      F-61
<PAGE>




ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT



Management of the Bancorp does not know of any person who owns beneficially or
of record more than 5% of the Bancorp's outstanding common stock. The following
table sets forth certain information as of March 18, 1998, concerning the
beneficial ownership of the Bancorp's outstanding common stock by each of the
directors of the Bancorp and by all directors and executive officers of the
Bancorp as a group. As noted in "Item 1 - Business", the proposed merger with
Mid-State Bank would result in a change of control for the Company.

As used throughout this Form 10-K, the term "executive officer" means the
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bancorp, and the four Executive
Vice Presidents of the Bancorp.

Neither the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary of the Bancorp are treated as
executive officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           TITLE OF                 NAME OF BENEFICIAL                             AMOUNT OF                           PERCENT OF
           CLASS                    OWNER AND TITLE                        BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP (1)                   OF CLASS (2)
<S>                                 <C>                                    <C>                                        <C>
           Common                   Armand R. Acosta, Director                     24,220(3)                               .8%

           Common                   Richard E. Adam, Director                     100,734(3)                              3.3%

           Common                   Fred L. Crandall, Jr., Director                82,176(3)                              2.7%

           Common                   A. J. Diani, Chairman                          86,588(3)                              2.9%

           Common                   William A. Hares, President/CEO                50,310(4)                              1.7%

           Common                   Roger A. Ikola, Director                       74,408(3)                              2.5%

           Common                   Toshiharu Nishino, Director                    92,674(3)                              3.1%

           Common                   Joseph Sesto, Jr.                              14,000(3)                               .5%

           Common                   William L. Snelling, Secretary                 81,140(3)                              2.7%

           Common                   Mitsuo Taniguchi, Director                     74,524(3)                              2.5%

           Common                   Joseph F. Ziemba, Director                     46,956(3)                              1.6%

           Common                   All Directors and Executive
                                    Officers (15 in number)                       785,133(5)                             25.6%
</TABLE>

(1) Beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or
indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or
otherwise has or shares: (a) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or
to direct the voting of such security; and/or (b) investment power which
includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of such security.
Beneficial owner also includes any person who has the right to acquire
beneficial ownership of such security as defined above within 60 days of the
date specified.

(2) Shares subject to options held by directors and executive officers that were
exercisable within 60 days after March 18, 1998 ("vested"), are treated as
issued and outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of class
owned by such person (or group) but not for the purpose of computing the
percentage of class owned by any other individual person.

(3) Includes 4,000 vested shares from the 1997 Bancorp stock option plan.


                                      F-62
<PAGE>

(4) Includes 8,000 vested shares from the 1997 Bancorp stock option plan and 
7,237 shares over which Mr. Hares has sole investment powers.

(5) Includes 6,000 vested shares and 23,750 shares owned directly and 34,890
shares whose voting powers can be exercised by the executive officers not listed
individually.

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS



Some of the Company's Directors and executive officers and their immediate
families, as well as the companies with which they are associated, are customers
of, or have had banking transactions with, the Bank in the ordinary course of
the Bank's business, and the Bank expects to have banking transactions with such
persons in the future. In management's opinion, all loans and commitments to
lend included in such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business,
in compliance with applicable laws on substantially the same terms, including
interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions
with other persons of similar creditworthiness and, in the opinion of
management, did not involve more than a normal risk of collectibility or present
other unfavorable features.


PART IV



ITEM 14: EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K


(A)        Financial Statements

           See Item # 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA, which is 
           part of this Form 10-K.

(B)        Reports on Form 8-K

           During the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company did not file any 
           Current Reports on Form 8-K

           During the first quarter of 1998, the Company filed two Current 
           Reports on Form 8-K, one as of January 16, 1998 and the second as of
           February 3, 1998.

(C)        Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT NO.
    -----------
    <S>               <C>
        2.1           Plan of Reorganization and Merger Agreement dated
                      November 20, 1996 - Annex 1 of Written Consent
                      Statement/Prospectus*
        2.2           Plan of Reorganization and Merger Agreement dated
                      January 29, 1997***
        3.1           Articles of Incorporation of Registrant*
        3.2           Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Registrant*
        3.3           Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Registrant*
        3.4           Bylaws of the Registrant*
        10.1          Form of Indemnification Agreement*
        10.2          BSM Bancorp 1996 Stock Option agreement as approved by
                      California Department of Corporations**
        10.3          Form of Written Consent*
        10.4          Nipomo Branch Land Lease*
        10.5          Lompoc Branch Lease*
        10.6          Form of "Change in Control" Employment Contract**
        10.7          Plan of Reorganization and Merger Agreement dated
                      January 29, 1998***
         21           Subsidiary of Registrant
                      Registrant has one subsidiary, Bank of Santa Maria,
                      a California State Chartered Bank
         23           Consent of Independent Accountants
         27           Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only)
</TABLE>

*Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement of the Company
filed on Form S-4 (Commission File No 333-16951). The effective date was
January 29, 1997


                                      F-63
<PAGE>

**This exhibit is contained in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the period ended March 31, 1997. filed with the Commission on May 15, 
1997 (Commission File No. 333-16951), and incorporated by reference.

***This exhibit is contained in the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K as of
February 3, 1998 and incorporated by reference.

(D)        Financial Statements-Other

           All schedules are omitted because they are not required, not
           applicable or because the information is included in the financial
           statements or notes thereto or is not material.



SIGNATURE


Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.




Dated: March 18, 1998                                 BSM BANCORP
       --------------
                             (Registrant)

                                                      By:/s/ F. Dean Fletcher
                                                      -----------------------
                                                      F. Dean Fletcher
                                                      Executive Vice President
                                                      Chief Financial Officer


                                      F-64
<PAGE>


Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>

<S>                                       <C>                     <C>                                        <C>
/s/ William A. Hares                      3/18/98                 /s/ Susan D. Forgnone                      3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
  William A. Hares                          Date                   Susan D. Forgnone                          Date
  President/CEO/Director                                           Executive Vice President,
                                                                   Loan Administrator

/s/ F. Dean Fletcher                      3/18/98                 /s/ James D. Glines                        3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
 F. Dean Fletcher                           Date                   James D. Glines                            Date
 Executive Vice President/CFO                                      Executive Vice President
                                                                   Branch Administrator

/s/ Carol Bradfield                       3/18/98                 /s/ Mata L. Landry                         3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
  Carol Bradfield                           Date                   Mata L. Landry                             Date
  Executive Vice President,                                        Assistant Vice President,
  Administration                                                   Controller

/s/ Armand Acosta                         3/18/98                 /s/ Richard E. Adam                        3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
  Armand Acosta                             Date                   Richard E. Adam                            Date
  Director                                                         Director


/s/ Fred L. Crandall, Jr., D.D.S.         3/18/98                  /s/ A. J. Diani                           3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
  Fred L. Crandall, Jr., D.D.S.             Date                   A. J. Diani                                Date
  Director                                                         Chairman, Board of Directors

/s/ Roger A. Ikola, M.D.                  3/18/98                  /s/ Toshiharu Nishino                     3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
  Roger A. Ikola, M.D.                      Date                   Toshiharu Nishino                          Date
  Director                                                         Director


/s/ Joseph Sesto, Jr.                     3/18/98                  /s/ William L. Snelling                   3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
  Joseph Sesto, Jr.                         Date                   William L. Snelling                        Date
  Director                                                         Director

/s/ Mitsuo Taniguchi                      3/18/98                 /s/ Joseph F. Ziemba, M.D.                 3/18/98
- ---------------------------------         -------                 ---------------------------                -------
  Mitsuo Taniguchi                          Date                   Joseph F. Ziemba, M.D.                     Date
  Director                                                         Director

</TABLE>


                                      F-65
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Article V of the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation provides that the
liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be
eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law. Article VI of
the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation provides that the corporation is
authorized to provide for the indemnification of agents (as defined in Section
317 of the California General Corporation Law) of the corporation in excess of
that expressly permitted by such Section 317 for breach of duty to the
corporation and its shareholders to the fullest extent permissible under
California law.
 
    Article III of the Registrant's Bylaws provides, in pertinent part, that
each person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation
or other entity, shall be indemnified by the Registrant to the full extent
permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of California or any other
applicable laws. Article III also authorizes the registrant to enter into one or
more agreements with any person which provides for indemnification greater or
different than that provided for in that Article.
 
    Both the Registrant and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Santa Maria,
have entered into indemnification agreements with their respective officers and
directors in the forms incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-16951) originally filed November 27,
1996.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted pursuant to the foregoing provisions to directors,
officers or persons controlling the Registrant, the Registrant has been informed
that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in said Act and is
therefore unenforceable.
 
ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO.    EXHIBIT
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  2.1  Plan of Reorganization and Merger Agreement between Bancorp, the Bank, and
         BSM Merger Company in connection with the formation of Bancorp as a
         holding company for the Bank--Annex I of Written Consent
         Statement/Prospectus incorporated by reference*
 
  2.2  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated January 29, 1998 and amended on
         March 18, 1998 by and between Bancorp, Bank and Mid-State--Appendix A of
         Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus incorporated by reference
 
  3.1  Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant*
 
  3.2  Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Registrant*
 
  3.3  Bylaws of the Registrant*
 
  4.1  Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of Registrant's Common Stock*
 
  4.2  Stockholder Agreement Covering Issuance and Compulsory Repurchase of
         Organizing Shares of Registrant in connection with the formation of
         Bancorp as a holding company for Bank--Annex II of Written Consent
         Statement/Prospectus incorporated by reference*
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO.    EXHIBIT
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  5.1  Opinion of Knecht & Hansen
 
  8.1  Tax Opinion of Arthur Anderson LLP****
 
 10.1  Form of Indemnification Agreement*
 
 10.2  BSM Bancorp 1996 Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement**
 
 10.3  Form of Bancorp Proxy
 
 10.4  Form of Mid-State Proxy
 
 10.5  Nipomo Branch Land Lease*
 
 10.6  Lompoc Branch Lease*
 
 10.7  Unisys License and Service Agreement*
 
 10.8  Information Technology, Inc.*
 
 10.9  Carpenter Fairness Opinion--Appendix C of Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
         incorporated by reference
 
 10.10 H & A Fairness Opinion--Appendix B of Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
         incorporated by reference
 
 10.11 BSM Bancorp 1996 Stock Option Plan, form of Stock Option Agreement and
         form of Substitute Stock Option Agreement****
 
 13.1  Annual Report to Securityholders--Annual Report on Form 10-K at Appendix F
         of Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus incorporated by reference
 
 21.1  Subsidiary of BSM Bancorp--Bank of Santa Maria is the only subsidiary of
         BSM Bancorp
 
 23.1  Consent of Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP
 
 23.2  Consent of Arthur Anderson LLP
 
 23.3  Consent of Knecht & Hansen (Included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
 27    Financial Data Schedule***
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
  * Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement (File No.
    333-16952) filed on November 27, 1996, which exhibit is incorporated herein
    by this reference.
 
 ** Filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (File No. 333-29161) filed
    on June 13, 1997.
 
*** Filed as an exhibit to the Form 10-K filed on March 18, 1998.
 
**** To be filed by amendment.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
    All schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable
or is included in the Financial Statements of the Bank and the related notes.
 
    (c) Not applicable.
 
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to file, during any period
in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this
Registration Statement:
 
        (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
    Securities Act;
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
        (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
    effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
    post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
    represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
    Registration Statement;
 
       (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
    distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any
    material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
 
    (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
    (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus pursuant to Item 4 of this form, within one business day of
receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class
mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in
documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement
through the date of responding to the request.
 
    (d) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by mans of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Maria, State of
California, on March 17, 1998.
 
                                          BSM BANCORP
 
                                          A California Corporation
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                By:             /s/ WILLIAM A. HARES
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                 William A. Hares,
                                       PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
                                President and Chief
     /s/ WILLIAM A. HARES         Executive
- ------------------------------    Officer (Principal          March 17, 1998
       William A. Hares           Executive
                                  Officer and Director)
 
                                Executive Vice President
                                  and
     /s/ F. DEAN FLETCHER         Chief Financial Officer
- ------------------------------    (Principal Financial        March 17, 1998
       F. Dean Fletcher           Officer
                                  and Accounting Officer)
 
     /s/ ARMAND R. ACOSTA
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
       Armand R. Acosta
 
     /s/ RICHARD E. ADAM
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
       Richard E. Adam
 
  /s/ FRED L. CRANDALL, JR.
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
    Fred L. Crandall, Jr.
 
        /s/ A.J. DIANI
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
          A.J. Diani
 
      /s/ ROGER A. IKOLA
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
        Roger A. Ikola
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
     /s/ TOSHIHARU NIHINO
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
      Toshiharu Nishino
 
    /s/ JOSEPH SESTO, JR.
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
      Joseph Sesto, Jr.
 
   /s/ WILLIAM L. SNELLING
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
     William L. Snelling
 
     /s/ MITSUO TANIGUCHI
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
       Mitsuo Taniguchi
 
     /s/ JOSEPH F. ZIEMBA
- ------------------------------  Director                      March 17, 1998
       Joseph F. Ziemba
 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>
                                                              Exhibit 5.1

                                March 18, 1998


Board of Directors
BSM Bancorp
2739 Santa Maria Way
Santa Maria, California 93456

         Re: BSM BANCORP COMMON STOCK

Gentlemen:

         We are acting as counsel for BSM Bancorp in connection with the 
Registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of a  
maximum of 7,170,947 shares of Common Stock, no par value (the "Shares") of 
BSM Bancorp, a California corporation. A registration statement on Form S-4 
(the "Registration Statement") will be filed under the Act with respect to 
the offering of the shares. Based upon the examination of such instruments, 
documents and records as we deem necessary, including the Registration 
Statement, we are of the opinion that;

         1.  BSM Bancorp has been duly incorporated and is validly existing 
under the laws of the State of California.

         2.  The shares of BSM Bancorp, to be offered by BSM Bancorp, have 
been duly authorized and, when issued after such time as the Registration 
Statement becomes effective under the Act, will be legally issued, fully 
paid, and nonassessable under the laws of the State of California.

         Consent is hereby given to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit 
to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the 
caption "Legal Opinions" in the Exhibits to the Registration Statement.


                                       Very truly yours,


                                       /s/ LOREN P. HANSEN
                                       _________________________________
                                        Loren P. Hansen of
                                         Knecht & Hansen

LPH/bk



<PAGE>
PROXY                              BSM BANCORP                             PROXY
                         ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                                           , 1998
          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The undersigned shareholder acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Annual
Meeting of Shareholders of BSM Bancorp (the "Bancorp") and the accompanying
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated             , 1998, and revoking any
proxy heretofore given, hereby appoints Joseph Sesto, Jr., Mitsuo Taniguchi, and
Joseph F. Ziemba, or any one of them, with full power to act alone, my true and
lawful attorney(s), agent(s) and proxy, with full power of substitution, for me
and in my name, place and stead to vote and act with respect to all shares of
common stock of the Bancorp which the undersigned would be entitled to vote at
the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on             , 1998, at
p.m.,             ,             ,             , and at any and all adjournment
or adjournments thereof, with all the powers that the undersigned would possess
if personally present, as follows:
 
1.   APPROVAL OF MERGER AGREEMENT. To approve the principal terms of
     the Agreement to Merge a Plan of Reorganization dated January 29,
     1998 (the "Agreement"), as amended, by and among the Bancorp, the
     Bank and Mid-State Bank ("Mid-State") and the transactions
     contemplated thereby pursuant to which (i) the Bank will merge
     with and into Mid-State and Mid-State will continue as the
     surviving bank, (ii) the Bancorp will become the bank holding
     company for Mid-State and change its name to "Mid-State
     Bancshares" and (iii) the shareholders of Mid-State will become
     shareholders of the Bancorp in accordance with the exchange ratio
     set forth in the Agreement (the "Merger"). The terms and
     conditions of the Agreement and the formulas for calculating the
     number of shares of Bancorp Common Stock to be issued for each
     share of Mid-State Common Stock are set forth in the accompanying
     Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated             , 1998.
     Approval of the principal terms of the Agreement requires the
     affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of
     Bancorp Common Stock.
 
            / /  FOR            / /  AGAINST            / /  ABSTAIN
 
2.   ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  FOR all nominees listed below   WITHHOLD AUTHORITY
     To elect as directors   (EXCEPT AS INDICATED TO THE     TO VOTE FOR ALL
     the nominees set forth  CONTRARY BELOW). / /            NOMINEES LISTED
     below:                                                  BELOW. / /
 
Armand R. Acosta
Richard E. Adam
Fred L. Crandall, Jr.
A.J. Diani
William A. Hares
Roger A. Ikola
Toshiharu Nishino
Joseph Sesto, Jr.
William L. Snelling
Mitsuo Taniguchi
Joseph F. Ziemba
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(INSTRUCTION: TO WITHHOLD AUTHORITY TO VOTE FOR ANY INDIVIDUAL NOMINEE(S), WRITE
                    THAT NOMINEE(S) NAME IN THE SPACE ABOVE)
<PAGE>
 
3.   APPROVAL OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN. As
     required by the Agreement, to approve proposed amendments to the
     Bancorp's 1996 Stock Option Plan that would allow for the
     granting of substitute stock options to officers and employees of
     the Bancorp and the Bank, and certain directors of the Bancorp
     and the Bank that will continue as directors of the Bancorp and
     Mid-State, and such substitute options would have the same terms
     and conditions as existing Bancorp options, except that such
     substitute options would be completely vested, and such stock
     options would not terminate as a result of the Merger, subject to
     all necessary approvals of the California Department of
     Corporations and any other necessary regulatory agency, as
     described in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
            / /  FOR            / /  AGAINST            / /  ABSTAIN
 
4.   OTHER BUSINESS
     To transact such other business as may properly come before the
     meeting.
 
    Execution of this proxy confers authority to vote "FOR" each proposal listed
    above unless the shareholder directs otherwise. If any other business is
    presented at said meeting, this proxy shall be voted in accordance with the
    recommendations of the Board of Directors. When signing as attorney,
    executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full title. If
    more than one trustee, all should sign. All joint owners SHOULD sign.
 
    THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" EACH OF THE LISTED PROPOSALS.
    THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MAY BE
    REVOKED PRIOR TO ITS EXERCISE.
 
    I/WE DO / / or I/WE DO NOT / / expect to attend the meeting.
                                           Dated _________________________, 1998
                                           _____________________________________
                                                    (Number of Shares)
                                           _____________________________________
                                                Signature of Shareholder(s)
                                           _____________________________________
                                                Signature of Shareholder(s)

<PAGE>

                       REVOCABLE PROXY - MID-STATE BANK
            ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS - __________________, 1998

     The undersigned shareholder(s) of Mid-State Bank ("Mid-State") hereby 
appoints, constitutes and nominates ________________________________________, 
and each of them, the attorney, agent and proxy of the undersigned, with full 
power of substitution, to vote all shares of Mid-State which the undersigned 
is entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held at 
________________________, California on ___________________________, 1998 at 
________________.m. local time, and any and all adjournments thereof, as 
fully and with the same force and effect as the undersigned might or could 
do if personally present thereat, as follows:


     1.  MERGER AGREEMENT.  To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve 
the principal terms of the amended Agreement to Merge and Plan of 
Reorganization dated as of January 29, 1998 and amended on March 18, 1998, 
(the "Agreement") by and among Mid-State, Bank of Santa Maria (the "Bank") 
and its parent holding company, BSM Bancorp ("Bancorp") and the transactions 
contemplated thereby pursuant to which (i) the Bank will merge with and into 
Mid-State and Mid-State will continue as the surviving bank, (ii) Bancorp 
will become the bank holding company for Mid-State and change its name to 
"Mid-State Bancshares" and (iii) the shareholders of Mid-State will become 
shareholders of Bancorp in accordance with the exchange ratio set forth in 
the Agreement.

      /  / FOR               /  / AGAINST               /  / ABSTAIN


     2.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  To elect the following seven (7) persons to 
the Board of Directors of Mid-State to serve until the 1999 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders and until their successors are elected and have qualified:

         Gracia B. Bello                Clifford H. Clark
         Daryl L. Flood                 Raymond E. Jones 
         Albert L. Maguire              Gregory R. Morris
         Carrol R. Pruett


/  / FOR ALL NOMINEES LISTED ABOVE         /  / WITHHOLD AUTHORITY TO VOTE
     (EXCEPT AS MARKED TO THE CONTRARY)         FOR ALL NOMINEES LISTED ABOVE

     A SHAREHOLDER MAY WITHHOLD AUTHORITY TO VOTE FOR ANY NOMINEE BY LINING 
THROUGH OR OTHERWISE STRIKING OUT THE NAME OF SUCH NOMINEE.

     3.  OTHER BUSINESS.  To transact such other business as may properly 
come before the Meeting and any adjournment or adjournments thereof.


                         (CONTINUED ON THE REVERSE)

<PAGE>

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" EACH OF THE LISTED PROPOSALS.

THE PROXY CONFERS AUTHORITY AND SHALL BE VOTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNLESS A CONTRARY INSTRUCTION IS 
INDICATED, IN WHICH CASE THE PROXY SHALL BE VOTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
INSTRUCTIONS. IF NO INSTRUCTION IS SPECIFIED, THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THE 
PROXY WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF THE PROPOSALS LISTED ON THIS PROXY. IN ALL 
OTHER MATTERS, IF ANY, PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING, THE PROXY SHALL BE 
VOTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS WHO 
WILL MAKE ANY SUCH DETERMINATION IN THEIR SOLE DISCRETION. THIS PROXY ALSO 
VESTS DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY TO CUMULATE VOTES.

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MAY BE 
REVOKED PRIOR TO ITS USE.

     The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the combined Notice of 
Annual Special Meeting and the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus that 
accompanies this proxy and ratifies all lawful actions taken by the 
above-named proxies.


Signature(s)                                 Date:
             --------------------------            ----------------------------

             --------------------------            ----------------------------

Number of shares 
                 -----------

I(We) will / / will not / / attend the Annual Meeting in person.

NOTE: Please sign your full name. Joint owners should each sign. When signing 
as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full 
title as such.


<PAGE>

                              [LETTERHEAD]


                                                                  Exhibit 23.1


                     CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
            

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our Independent Auditor's Report dated 
January 30, 1998 regarding the consolidated balance sheets of BSM Bancorp and 
Subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated 
statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in the Form 10-K 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and included as 
Appendix F to the Form S-4 filed by BSM Bancorp with the SEC and the 
reference to our firm as experts.

                                           /s/ VAVRINEK, TRINE, DAY & CO., LLP


March 17, 1998
Laguna Hills, California

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.2

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report 
dated January 30, 1998, included in Mid-State Bank's Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 1997 and to all references to our firm included in or made 
a part of this S-4 registration statement. It should be noted that we have not 
audited any financial statements of Mid-State Bank subsequent to December 31, 
1997 or performed any audit procedures subsequent to the date of our report.


                                       /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 17, 1998




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission